2015.38035.the Chemical Formulary Vol 1 Text
2015.38035.the Chemical Formulary Vol 1 Text
n c; Prv\ss-1938-r>‘>-34'.1B~U).(X>0
THE CHEMICAL FOUMULAliY
THE
CHEMICAL FORMULARY
A CONDENSED COLLECTION OF \ ALrABLE. TIMELY.
PRACTIC\L FORMLLAE FOR MAKINi; THOl SANDS
OF PRODTCTS IN ALL FIELDS OF INDI SPRY
VOLUME I
Editor-in-Chief
H. BENNETT
NEW YORK
D. VAN NOSTRAND (X)MPANY, Inc.
250 P’ouimi Avenue
O 1' y K I (j HT i; N OKU I NTKKNAT I <) NA L C () P YB I G U T L' NION
All HIGUTti UGHKBVKI) I’NDKB AmKBICAN liNIUN
I VTH»N AT lO A L ( 1910 )
BY Thk Chkmical Fdumulaky Co.
PllINTEl) IN r. S. A,
pmr Art OF
HHAI/NWORTM a CO INC
UOOK MANUFACTURrtrtrt
WR NkW YORK
VN
EDITOIMX-rniEF
II. Bkxxktt
Boaki) of Kditoiis
(
F. 1., PrniiM.i. Con^uIliUL: 'lit iiii-t
H. J. Ilugbos C. C. Wakefield Co ,
Ltd.
sis, analysis and engineering — and properly so. It is part of the proper foundation
Many a chemist on entering an industry soon finds that the bulk of the products
manufactured by his concern are not synthetic or definite cliemical compounds but nro
The bteratiiro, in this field, if any, may l>o meagre, scattered or antiquated.
Even chemists, with years of expeiicncc in one or more indust lies, spend con-
siderable time and effort in ac(juaintiiig thomsel\s*s on entering a new field. Con-
sulting chemists, similarly, have problems brought to them from industries foreign
to them. A definite need has existed for an up to date compilation of formulae for
chemical compounding and treatment. Since the fields to be covered are many and
varied an editorial board was formed, composed of clicniisls and engineers in many
industries.
been drawn upon to obtain the latest and lu-st information. It is felt that the
formulae given in this volume will save chemists and allied workers much time and
effort.
Manufacturers and sellers of chemicals will find in these formulae now uses for
their products. Non-chemical executives, professional men and others, who may lie
interested, will gain from this volume a “speaking acquaintance" with products
which they may l>e usiug, trying, or with which they are in contact.
It often happens that two individuals using the same ingredients in the same
formula get different results. This may be the re.sult of slight deviations or unfa-
may be necessary to get the best results. Although many of the formulae given are
being used commercially many have been taken from patent specifications and th«
literature. Since these sources are often subject to various errors and omission^
viii PEEPACE
I ^
i i— W
due regard must be given to thig factor. Wherever possible it is advisable to con-
sult with other chemists or technical workers regarding commercial production. This
It is seldom that any formula will give exactly the results which one requires.
Formulae ano useful as starting points from which to work out one’s own ideas.
Formulae very often give us ideas which may help us in our specific problems. In
a compilation of this kind errors of omission, commission and printing may occur.
technical worker familiar with the specific field in which ho is interested. Although
this involves an expenso it will insure quicker and better formulation without wastage
H. Bennett
CONTENTS
rAGB
Addenda, Alcoholic Liquors 541
Adhesives ... 1
Agricultural Specialties 10
Alloys 19
Food Products . 47
Cosmetics 101
Fuels 179
Miscellaneous 345
Photography . . , 392
Plating . . .
. ^
399
li
X CONTENTS
FAOM
P0U8H, Abrasives, Metal Cleaners 417
Repairing, Renovating, Removing Stains 433
Resins, Gums, Waxes ( 442
. Rubber 448
Rust Preventing, Pickuno 458
Silk, Rayon, Cot'kin, Fibre 459
Sizing and Stiftening, Softeners ......... 474
Waterproofing 478
Tables 484
References Consulted 491
Index 493
Supply Section
Chemical Advisors
Special Raw Materials
Equipment
Containers, Etc,
Pubucations
ADHESIVES
* Bakelite, Adhesive A glue base which when mixed with
Shellac 1«’'
uater and alkalies piodtices a smooth
Pontianak Gum S glue (having a inucli longer “life” than
Titanium Dioxide 2 a similar niatenal made without casein
Asbestine 22 and seed nu‘al) is foiiiied of dried blood
Ale.ohol 22 all'iiniin dried milk casein 1.1-30, a
meal high in protein material such
.-'crd
Water 500
Yeast 1
Adhesive for Celluloid to Celluloid
Sod. Bonite 2
Cum Camphor 1 part
Aleohol 4 parts
*Adheai\e, Cast'in
I)i‘»H(d\e tin* in the alcohol
cnniplior
Casein 7.1
1
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
12
2 . 3. and elastic, and is not attacked by cold
Rubber Resin
Tape, Coating for Adhesive
2 lb. of plantation rubber, Heat Kt parts Castor Oil to 270“ C.
11), oi Mexican or wild rubber,
f)
and to it add slowly with stirring 6 part.s
higliin natural resin content.
shellac and I pa it rosin. The addition of
1 lb. of zinc oxide pigment. glycerol or glycols produces more sticky
The ingredients al>ove enumerated are products.
compounded on a lubber mixing roll and
then cut to the desired consistency in a
rubber solvent, based upon the neiu'ssary
Tape, Masking
viscosity for spieading this material. As altove except that 9 parts of shellac
Ordinarily, the solvent is calculated by i.s u.sed.
ifution (10° Bi*.) .stir until uniform. Pour water into a jacketed kettle, or a
kettle heated by and add the
live hteum,
Ciusein. Stir well to break down any
Adhetlive fur Wigs
20 lumps that may foiin and then add
Dumar
20 Auiiuouia. Stir the mixture after adding
Rosin
40 tho Ammonia and immedmlely turn on
Heesw ax
20 the heat. Heat, while stirring, to about
Venice Turpentine
100'' F. Turn oflf the heat wlien this
Heat to 90° C. and sti]r until uniform;
temperature is reached and continue to
cast in sticks. stir, preferably with a meehamcal ngi
tutor, until the Casein is completely dis
sohed, which will take about half an
* Adhesive, Wood
So hour.
Casein
If the temperature exceeds ItiO” during
Hydrated Lime 4
the heating, it is not mtious, although it
}’ot.Chlorate 1 fi
This will not combine with tannins and addition of warm water and used, as dis-
oilspresent in wood. solved, either hot or cold, in the Bame
manner as ordinary glue.
as i^ a” l*'"
• and drie?
Glue
Blood albumin
(90 per
^ccntaolubility)
,„o p.n. co.d‘l^etr'kt"t:ld‘Vrl‘'’'^/“n‘-
Ammonium hj-droxidn (spe-
cific gravity 0.90) a
Hydrated lime ’
i P*"*
Water
10 parts
resistant? water
Ih.
glue.
Botanaphthol
Combine "tho'^amftlE.7''r'‘ Z'“"^ Icrpinool h-
»Ht^„d.h„b.vdra;.Srtor^^^ % lb.
Fxtra Flexible
Bindery Glue
Glue No. 2
Glue No. 3 GJ 11>.
Water Ih.
Betannphthol
Tcrpineol 1*^*
S™Tb4r;£S'=i.” Glycerin
Water 105
lh»
Jb.
Bofanaphthol }p>
Terpincol ^ m.
Blood allMunin lb.
(90
P®r cent solubility ) mo
Water P"‘» Regular Bindery
" Glue
Ammonium Glue No. 1
hydroi-
ide ( spec fie Glycerin 1*5 lb.
i
grnv-
0.90) Water 10 lb.
^
Parafornmidchydo Betanaphthol
Terpineol ^ m.
% lb.
for an hour
or two 0'"a
The ammonium OluoNo?''"*
with more
hydrox^!,“
formaldehyde is siffnri
«ur. i. atir^^
’"tj:
•
T Para-
Glycerin
Water
2inc Oxide
1^^
113
^1^
lb.
Jon' to,
apwd. Paraformnldehlde Bplanaplithol *
poured in so rapidly
sh ierpincol ^ m*
as
nor so slowly
thaf tL^ % lb.
Liquid Glue
Borax 8
“ Dissohdng ’
’
Glue
Water (Boiling) 4
In a 100 gal. steam jacketted kettle Pot. Carbonate 1
place 80 gal. water; to this add 100 lbs. Stir the above into
glue and soak for one hour; turn on Glue 10
steam and cook glue until di.ssolved; do Water (Boiling) 32
not heat above 110° F,
Dissolve animal glue in the same water. water, the sugar added, then the starch,
Mix lead and chalk; add to the sodium breaking up all lumps, after which the
salicylate water and glue. Add wood mixture is boiled for a few miniitee in
alcohol to the batch. order to dissolve the starch,
10 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
it thinned down to the desired con-
is Make smooth paste of flour and cold
sistency with more water. water and then pour into boiling water.
Stir and boil for 5 minutes.
Mounting Paste
*
White dextrine 1 Ib.
and the perfume oils added while it is water stirring constantly. Bub up the
cooling. It should be stirred thoroughly salicylic acid with the glycerin, add to
while the oils are being added. the mucilage and boil for 6 to 6 minutes
with constant stirring.
Scaling Wax
Starch Paste
Shellac (Button) 14
Com or Tapioca Starch 4 Rosin 24
Cold Water 8 Veniiillion
BoiUng Water 0
Barytes 14
Make a paste of starch and cold water French White 4
then pour into Ixubng water and stir until Turpentine 1
translucent. Melt shellac and rosin; keep hot and
work in pigment and finally the turpen-
Putty tine. Cast in sticks.
Whiting 800
Com Oil 20
Crude Cottonseed Oil 10
Sealing Wax
Thin Mineral Oil 69
Shellac 84
Sod Oil 3
Venice Turpimtiiio 60
Rusiu 21
Elastic Putty
Turpentine 5
Rosin Oil 8 Sealing Wax
Linseed Oil and drier 5.5
Limed Rosin 8
Barytes 8.5
Tallow 6
Whiting <3.0 8
Turpentine
Precipitated Chalk 4
Non-Shrinking Putty ited Lead 4
White Lead 150 lb.
Turpentine 14 lb.
Whiting 56 lb.
Si lex 35 lb.
Whiting Putty Palo Vermillion 5% lb*
Whiting 800 lb.
Hard Wax Stopping for Pilling Screw Flexible Paper Box Glue
Holes in Wood Animal Glue 45%
r>«Camauba wax Ifl lb.
Glycerine 15%
IPamffin wax 8 lb.
Water 39%
Bosiit 8 lb.
Preservative 1%
Aspkaltum 1 lb. Soak the animal glue (bone glue
together and apply suitable for paper box work) in cool
Melt the above
water for approximately two hours and
hot.
melt at 140“ F. Stir the glycerine into
the glue solution after the temperature
Cellophane Glue has reached 140“ P. If the glue is kept
Animal Glue 40% f(ir a period of time, some effective
Water 40% pieservative should be added.
Aquuresiii 207o
Cement
Use grade of glue eommon to paper Celluloid 32 oz.
Ixix work; soak glue ju rool Avnter for Acetone 128 oz. or 1 gal.
around one hour, melt in water bath at Amyl Acetate 16 oz. or 1 pint
140* F. and stir in Aquaiesiii. Add
Methanol 16 oz. or 1 pint
siitficieiit water to produee the proper
working consistency at KtO-14U° F.
Mix the ingredients in a jar and
all
allow to stand until dissolved shaking —
from time to time.
Clean surface well before applying
Liquid Glue then apply a thin coating; first allow to
Animal Glue 40,7% dry then apply another coat and cement
Water 10.7% articles.
Sodium Nitrate 6.0%
Dissolve sodium nitrate in cdoI water, Adhesives for Hard Rubber
stir glue into solution, allow to soak 1. Carefully melt together 1 part gutta
two hours, melt in water bath at tem- percha and 2 jiarts coal tar pitch. Im-
perature between 140-160'’ F. Heat a mediately apply the fluid, homogeneous
couple of hours or until mixture remains hot muss to the parts to be joined, these
fluid at room temperature. Glue may first having been degreased. Allow the
be preserved by adding phenol or other repair to cool under pressure.
common preservative. 2. Broken hard rubber can be repaired
by applying to the 2 surfaces to bo
joined, concentrated silicate of potas-
Glue— Starch Paste sium and subjecting them to strong pres-
sure.
Starch (Cassava) 30% 3. Marine glue is made of 10 parts
Glue (Bono Glue) 10% rubber dissolved in 120 parts benzol or
Water 60% turpentine. Add 20 parts asphalt or 18
The starch and glue are put into solu- parts gum lac and allow to digest until
tion separately and mixed hot. Any the mass is homogeneous. The solid
additional water necessary to produce glue, when it is to be used, is liquefied
the desired consistency is incorporated by careful heating; while the surfaces to
later. be joined are first heated.
4. Melt together equal parts of pitch
and gutta percha. Apply hot.
Flexible Bookbinding Glue
5. Dissolve 20 parts of rubber in 160
Animal Glue 30% parts benzol or naphtha and mix with a
Water 29% solution of 20 parts gum lac and 50 parts
Glycerine 30% mastic in the smallest possible amount
Preservative 1% of 90% alcohol.
Sizing of Paper
Silicate Adliesive
Glue is u.sed to servo for two distinct
Sod. Silicate 40 purposes in the munufneture of wall
Water 10
paper. It is emphnod as a binder for
Tescol 10
the clay, or other material with which
The water is mixed with tho silicate liie papers are grounded, and also as a
und the Tescol is added a little at a si/ing agent for the ground colors, espe-
time with good stirring. Do nut add eiallv for sun fast wall paper.
further quantities of Te.seol until the The most general jmictu e is to precipi-
previous portion is dnssulvod. This ad- tate the color directly on an insoluble
hesive is less alkaline and not as brittle ba.se n.s ilnided DaS 04 draw off
finely ,
Glue and Gelatine are allowed to rap rics are much more didicatc than those
idly dry out upon a plate of glass. As used in p-aper and arc usually soluble,
the glue loses moisture it contracts and the absence of traces of mineral acids or
adhesion of the gelatine is so great that alkalies is also indic^ited.
able for use on wood, cloth, paper, etc., a quantity of watiT as possible. When
comprises a non-jellying stable solution liquid cast mixture in thin cakes and
of substantially 29 parts glue free from when cold cut to size. When required
foreign substances of acid reaction in a for use moisten one end.
solvent comprising alcohol about .33 parts
and water about 35 parts and about 0.1
Paste for Cardboard
weight of the glue or a glue plasticizing
substance such as glycerol or turkey red Dissolve 11 oz. of high grade glue in
oil.
26 oz. H
2 O. Add 1 oz. of a solution
composed of 1 part shellac in 7 parts
alcohol and stir as long as solution is
Glue for Hectograph warm. Next dissolve Vj oz. of dextrine
One part glue, 1 part glycerine and in 7 oz. of alcohol and 3Vj| oz. of H 2O,
smallest amount of H 2O possible is used stir and place vessel in warm water until
as hectograph mass for the transfer of solution is Mix two solutions
complete.
matter, when with concentrated solution and allow to cool. When wanted for use
of aniline color. cut off a small piece and liquefy by
warming.
Liquid Glue
Glue liquid is prepared by treating a Paste for Pads
hot solution of animal glue with a sol Glue 4 parts, glycerine linseed oil
uble perchlorate not having a tanning
^
sugar 4, dye to color. Dissolve glue
action. Sodium perchlorate .3.5 parts and add glycerine with surar and then
may bo stirred into a hot solution of add dye and stir in tlie oil Use paste
glue 10 parts in water 13 parts. hot.
Glue liquid is prepared by treating
animal glue with chloric acid. Animal
Waterproof Qlue
glue 10 parts, dissolved in water 15 parts,
may be stirred with 20% chloric acid 3 Solution of glue by itself or mixed
parts. with pigments is used in painting walls
in distemper. A waterproof coating is
obtained as follows; Boil part of pow-
Glue for Joints in Leather Driving dered gall nuts and 12 parts 2 O untilH
Belts mass is reduced %
of its bulk. Strain
Soak 1 part domestic isinglass and 25 through cloth and apply solution to dry
parts glue in 75 parts water until thor- rout of distemper paint, the latter be-
oughly soft Heat until solution has coming thereby as solid and insoluble as
been effected. Add 0.2% Beta Naphthol oil paint. The tannin of gall nuts acting
and 0.1% Venice Turpentine C.P. Sur- only upon soft glue, the solution has to
faces to be cemented should be free from be applied so that the lower layer of the
grease, slightly roughened and glue ap- glue becomes thoroughly soaked through.
plied at a temperature of 150* F.
AOniCULTURAL SPECIALTIES
Apples, Removing Arsenic Spray Residue Dissolve the above and satnrate soil
from around root.s.
2001)
Ivi'ttuee Bottom Kot, Control of
Kfh\l .Meifiiry Phosphate 1
Grass Fi'rtilizer Powdered Bentonite 2
1 *ounds
Sulphate Ammonia (20 50% N) 585
Castor Pomace (4.50%' N) 140 Ornamental Bushes, InsivtuMde for
Siipeiphosphate (18% P-d)',) 007
Kero.'feue 10 gal.
Muriate Potash (50% KoO) 80
Soap CIiijis 6 Id.
Filler 228
Water 10 gal.
^iicotine Sulfate 1 02.
2000
Spraying with 6% llydrorhloric aod Dusting with following gives good ro-
• Fungicide, Seed
Potato Flake Fodder
The seed is dusted with
Copper Mercury Sulfocyanide 10 Potato flakes contain all the solid con-
Sprout Killer
* Weed- Killer
Sprouts or shoots of young tieea can
be killed by injecting into them a twenty (Non-poibonous to cattle)
per cent solution in water of sodium Calcium Cliloride 20
arsenitc. Since this material is very JSodium Chloiate 30
poisonous it must be handled with the
utmost care.
Weed Killer for Seed Beds
Sulphur Ile.sin Spray Zinc Sulfate 8 gm.
Water 250 c.c.
Stock spray made by mixing equal
parts of potassium polysulphide .«ioluiion Dissolve and apply above equally to
(liver of sulphur) with potn.s.sium lesiu every square foot of seed bed. Careless
solution. appheation will damage root tips. The
second dose for a succeeding crop should
Potassium Polysulphido Solution bo half of above strength.
Flowers of Sulphur 4 lb.
ALLOYS
MAKING FUSIBLE ALLOYS * Aluminum Alloy '
Copper
When making fusible alloys, melt the JSilicuu
lead and bismuth together. When mol ^*n*k(*l
ten, add the tin with stirring. Wiien the Aluminum Jialaii.-e
tin lias been molten into the mix, adjust
This alloy highly resistant to
is de-
tlie temperature of the mix to about 300®
terioration at ele\ated tenijieratures.
0., and using the cadmium sticks in tongs
as stirrers, work in the necessary cad-
miura. Cadmium burns easily in air, *<'opj)er Al!(ty, Tlcat Tn»atment of
lienee the temperature must be watched, ^\Ire cniiiposed of an alloy of Cu
20,
and if rise much above 300° C. this
it Mil .10, and Ni GiUj, is annealed, jirefer-
may happen. ably in \ac. at .'{(KM.'iO" (.’hGO®), for 12-
(lood metal can often be recovered 21 hr. The treatment increases the elas
from the dross formed in making fusible tic liiiiit and tensile strength.
alloys by working the dross with tlu'
ladle or a stick against the side of the
kettle. b\lIoy, Btainug
Tin 9-11%
Lipowitz Metal Ant imony 9-11%
Cadmium 3 Cadmium 1 1 l.H%
Tin 4 Arsenic o.lt 1.7%
Bismuth 15 Copper 1.2- !.()%,
Lead 8 Lead Balance
Melt above together and add
Mercury 2 •
,\lIo\, Bcanng
previously heated to 220° C. Altimiiiiim 3-12.5%
Melting point of above is 143° T. Copjicr 0.1-2%
Magne'.iiim ()..5-2..3%
Zinc Balunee
Rose Alloy
Bismuth 2
Lead 1
•.\lloy for bleanngs and Knife Edges
Tin 1 Carbon 0.5-().7%
Melting point 200° F. Silicon 0.7- (».!>%
Manga iK'se 0.5-0.7%,
Ch romiuiii 7..5-H..5%
Electrical Fuse Alloy Tmigsteii 7..5-8.5%
Tin 94
The remainder being iron, which may
Lead 344
coiitiiiii .small airioiints
of imjmrities such
Bismuth GOO
as plio'<j.|ioni,'4, silicon and sulphur, and
Melting point 1G8° F. is surface hardened by treatment with
ammonia at an elevated temperature.
* Alloy, Aluminum
An A1 alloy not requiring hardening
•
by heat treatment and suitable, e.g., for Alloy, Brake Drum
’
Nickel 0.5-30
intemabcombustion engine pistons and
Carbon 3-3.75
piston rings, consists of A1 77.5-91, Cu
Silicon 1-2.5
6-12, Ni 1-3, Cr 0.05-5 and Mg 0.5-
Manganese 0.4-1
2.5%.
A1 alloys, particularly for internal-
combustion engine, pistons, contain Si * Alloy, Copper
10-17, Ni 4r-8 and either Cu 1-5 or Mg An allojjr of high strength and electrical
conductivity consists of
20 TflE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Copper 94 This is resistant to acid and heat and
licryllium 1 has a high power of elongation.
Chromiiiin 5
* Iron Alloy, Corrosion Resistant
.
Alloy, Cupper Bearing
Copper 0.2-0.5%
Copper 02.3-40.2% Tungsten 0.01-0.5%,
Tin 4-8% Chrtiiiiium 0.00-0.5%,
Zinc .3-10% Carbon less than 0.05%
L(>ail 30-35% Mangane.se less than 0.25%
< 'ale aim 1
0.3-0.5% Silu-on less than 0.02%
Pliosphoru.H less than 0.02%,
* Dental, Alloy Sulfur less than 0.02%
(Uesilient arnl non coi rosivt* Inui Balance
Cold 39.8
<'oppt‘l ‘lo * Lead Alloy
Nifkel 14 A tough, .sliglitly liardened alloy suit-
Chroiniiim i able for storage battery plates consists
riutinuiu 0.3 of
Calcium 0.1-0.4%
• Alloy, Drill Hit Tin 0.5-2.0%
Tungaton Ciirliulo 90-97 Lead Balance
Molybdenum O.fi-o
Tantalum 3-9.5 * Lead Coating Alloy
A lead alloy for coating wire is com-
• Alloy, Kleetrlcul Itosistanee poseil of
* Cohi, Imitation
To 5 II), 10 (t/. of incited Cu are su»‘-
* Alloy, Sulfur Resistant ce.ssively added ,'!
<»/,. fullor’s eartli, 7 oz.
Na^B^t);, ammoniated mercury, 12
o/..
Chromium ir)-2L*'’{,
o/.. Sn, d 07. MgO and and
Ma nganese t i- 1 iV/,. 07.. ale,, 1
Iron Jtalance
Stainle.ss “Invar"
* Alloy, Thermocouple Two alhns containing appro.x, .'10.5';’'^
Iron Balance
Tungsten 8
Carbon 0.05-1%-
Iron Bnlnnce
Iron Balance
Tin 0.5-7%
Antimony 12.7.j-l.'>% * Steel, Stainless
Lead Balance Nickel 5-35%
Chromium 9-13%
* Steel, Armor Plato Molybdenum 3-10%
Carbon 0.2S-0. ir,% Iron Balance
Chromium 2-t%
Molybdenum 0.15-1%
• Stainless Steel, Bright Annealing
Nickel 1-3.3%
Iron Balance Articles such as sheets formed of
Ni-Cr alloys with
nickel, stainless steel or
a bright surface are obtained by treat-
* Steel, Non-Magnetic ing the metal with HNO3 to render the
Carbon 0.45-0.05% bright surface paa.sivc and then heating
Chromium l.r)-.5% to about 900° to 1100® for several hrs.
Manganese 10%. m a reducing atm. to effect annealing
Nieki'l 8 10 %. without discoloration.
Iron Balance
* Steel, Tool
•Steel, Non Oxidizing
(For motor valvesl A hard alloy for tools, implements and
Carbon 0. 15-0.05% projiH'tiles consists of W 38-98 and Be
Manganese 0.3-0.0%, 2-9.5%,, with or without up to 3%, C and
Silicon 1. 3-2.5%, 57% Fe, the Be being at least 5% if the
Chromium 11-14% W is less than 82% and the Fe at least
34
BE ERA (J i: S A N 1) E I, A 0HS
( Alcohol K* LKiuor-^ will he found on j«ij;e Ml.)
Ani.sc Flavor
CofTee Powdered
Iteiiii 3.3
Sugar I'owilered 5
3 Fluid Ounces Oil Anise
Boasted I’eunuts Powdered 02
7o Fluid Oun<‘e.s Olycopon S
L’li Fluid Ounces Water
Dry Ginger Ah‘ Extract
8 07. Solid Kxtnict Juinaicn Ginger
Caraway Flavor
2 diaui.H Oil (finger
2 Fluid Ounces Oil Caraway 2 draiii.H Oil Sweet Oniiige
70 Fluid Ounces Olycopon S 1 dram Oil I.inu'S, Distilled
28 Fluid Ounces Water dram Oil .Mace
Vi
Vi dram Oil Coriander
4 Fluid Ounces Oil (Vlery (irind (he aho\e in a mortar with 4 oz.
2<i Fluid Ounces Water 1 gallon (il\eop<ui .XS slowly while grind-
ing in thoroughl\ (lien add om* gallon;
3 Fluid Ounces Oil Thyme (liroiigh fim* liltiT paper. The firiish<‘il
hours; then add one pint rock candy /A’ strength, txtraet of ,anxUa Shall . —
syrup, and stand for twenty- fimr
let be prepared without added flavoring or
liours longer; add one pint prune
juice coloring, from prime vanilla beans with
and let stand for twenty-four hours; or without sugar an<l/or glycerin; shall
tlien add five pints boiling water ami
let contain, in IdO cubic centimeters, the
stand for tw'o weeks. Filter. soluble matters from not less than 40
To make the extract add one quart of grams of vanilla beans; shall contain
solution (B) to one gallon of solution not less than [ht cent, by volume, of
(A). absolute ethyl alcolud. and when one
part, by volume, of the product is di-
Vanilla Extract luted with thnr jmrts, by volume, of
Olcorosin Vanilla 4 oz. dilute alcohol (40 [icr cent by volume)
Alcohol 4 pints the resulting mixture shall comply with
Simple Syrup D/4 pints tin* reipiiremeiits for vanilla extract, ex-
Water 2% p‘nts cept in regard to alcohol content. The
label slmll cbmrly indicntc the strength
thoroughly. Sim[de
Mix by stirring of the piodiict and if the product is not
syrup is prepared by dissolving lb-
imulc directly from vainllii beans, the
of sugar m
one quart of water. label should contain a statement to that
and vanilla resins, which shall be deriveil Balance water to make 1 gal.
until commctely dissolved. Allow to cool mixing some cotton or other edible oil
to 180® F. and add the citric acid, previ- with tiio flavor oil used, before emulsifi-
ously dissolved in a littja^ water. The cation.
fruit pulp Is thqp added and slow stir- The addition of 1% phosphoric or
rinp; is continued until cool. If some ad- hydrochloric acid or a larger amount of
ditional flavor is desired it is added at a weakerjEiaMl increases the stability of
this point. If a preservative is indi-
these emulsions. The acid should be dis-
cated then 3.6 grams of Benzpate of solved in the water used.
in. The finishei^’^rup is
llllTcd slowly wliilo bottling. It is ad-
Essence Grape Aroma “Speciar'
visable to shake each bottle the next day
before packing tor shjj^ent. Nerolin 20 gr.
The pulp
Essence Cognac » 10 mils
will now remain in s^Wsion for long
Sol. Methyl Anthranilatc
periods.
10 20 mils
Tinct. Cacao 20 mils
EMULSION KI. AVORS Fluid Ext. Valerian 2 mils
Sol. Benzoic Ether 1 : 10 1 mil
Formula (Cold Method)
Grape Juice 60 rails
A. 1. Lemon or Orange Oil 25 oz. Glycopon XS 200 mils
2. Kmulsono B 3-4 oz.
3. Water q.s. 1 gal.
Pistacho Essence
4. tllycerin 10 oz.
Oil Lemon, Handpreased 4 rails
Put (1) and (2) inwitha pot fitted Oil Bitter Almonds,
a beating stirrer. Start mixing to wet
F.F.P.A. 8 mils
the gum thoroughly with the oil. Add E.s8once Strawberry Aroma 12 mils
(3) and (4) udiile beating vigorously. Benzyl Acetate, pure 3 drops
Continue beating until homogeneous. Glycerine, pure 12 mils
Continue beating intermittently for a
Peach Flavor, pure 3 mils
few hours. If the aboNc amount of es-
Glycopon XS 120 rails
sential oil is not desired, any part of it
Green Color i/j
gm.
may be replaced with mineral or cotton-
seed oil.
Essence Prune Juice for Blending
Tinct. St. John's Bread 10 oz.
Formula (Hot Method) Extract Vanilla 5 oz.
B. 1. Lemon or Orange Oil 25 oz. Prune Juice 28 oz.
2. Emulsono B 2 oz. Prune Spirit 12 oz. 4 dr.
3. Water q.s. 1 gal. Essence Bum Kingston 2 oz. 4 dr.
4. Sugar 16 oz. Tinct. Lemosin Oak 30 oz.
Mix Essence Raisin Wine 10 oz.
(2) and (4) intimately in drv
pot. In a steam-heated kettle or double Essence Cognac Fine Cham-
boiler, bring (3) to a boil; add the mix- pagne 5 oz.
ture of and (4) very slowly while Essence Figs 2 oz. 4 dr.
(2)
stirring. Cover the kettle and boil for Essence Grape Aroma 2 oz.
two hours, while stirring. Allow to cool
and add the oil slowly while beating Oil Blood Orange
vigorously*. Continue beating until uni- Oil Sweet Orange, Hand-
form. Continue beating intermittently pressed 64 oz.
for a few hours. Oil Lemon, Handpressed 15 oz. 4 dr.
BEVERAGES AND FLAVOItS 31
Tincture of Civet
Tinctun* of St. .lohna Bread
Civet, (ronuino 4 oz.
(ilycopon XS 1 gal.
St. .lolms Hmid, Powder 2 lb.
(ilycopon XS 4 pt.
Water 4 pt.
Tincture Foenugreek
Foenugreek, Powder 2 lb. Tincture Orrisroot, Florentine
Glycopon XS 1 gal. Orrisroot, Florentine, Powder 2 lb.
V,l »pou XS 4 pt.
Water 4 pt.
Essence Raisin Wine
f]xtract Vanillin 70 oz.
Tincture of Almonds, Shells
Essence Raspberry Aroma 2 oz.
Almonds, Shells 4 lb.
Oenantliic Ether, Absolute 4 dr.
Geraniol Puie 2 oz 2 dr.
.
(ilyc(»pon XS (1 pt.
Water 2 pt.
Acetic Etlier, Glacial 2 oz 2 (Ir.
.
(ilycopon XS 40 oz.
Methyl Antliranilate Pure 20 drops Tincture of Arnicn
Water 10 oz. Arnica Powiler 1 lb.
Glycopon X.S 1 gal.
Oil Plum Ethereal
Oil Pineapple, Ethereal 4 pt.
Tincture (Jurn Benzoin, Siam
Oil Jamaica Rum 4 pt.
Essence Slivovitz 4 pt.
Gum Benzoin Siam, Powder 2 Ib.
Glycopon XS 1 gal.
104 02.
French Curacao
ture. Now slowly work in the artificial
grape oil, mixing thoroughly. Huflicient
Oil Orange 10 oz.
color i.s added to give the required
Mace Oil 8 cc.
shade when dissolved in water. Mix
Cassia Oil 16 cc.
thoroughly and spread out until dry,
Cloves Oil 8 oc.
then rub again through a sieve and put
Lemon Oil 32 oc.
up in packages.
Rose Oil i cc.
As the color will vary in strength, it
Vanillin 1 dr.
will be necessary to experiment a little
Jam. Kum Ess. 2 oz.
to get the exact quantity required to
give the desired color when the product
.Vitificial Grape Oil
IS made up into a finished drink.
Bon/.vl lUitvrate lOVj fl. oz.
In the .strength given here, a tea-
Methvl .Vnlhraiiilato 4 >
.j fl. oz.
spoonful will bo sufficient to flavor
Methyl Halicylato *•! fl. oz.
strongly a quart of water.
Ainvl Valerianate Vi fl. oz.
Fluid Extract Valerianate 3 fl. oz.
Port Wine 75 fl, oz. Powdered Flavors
Alcohol loO fl. oz. Put about 4 ounces of the powder
Grape Juice .50 fl. oz. into a mortar and spray or drop the
Glycerine LM fl. oz. mixed flavoring materials over it
slowly, mixing well. When all have
Mix the first five with the alcohol,
been added, gradually add the remain-
then the other materials one at a
der of the acid, mixing well after each
tune in the order given, stirring well
addition. The color should be dissolved
ifter each addition. Let stand for 24 in the flavoringmixture before adding
iours and filter. the acid. When well mixed, place in a
glass dish and stir often until it has
_BEVERAGES and FLA VOI^S
37
=a
dried out sufficiently to admit of pack-
Artificial Oil of Raspberry
ing. Best put up in glass bottles with
Acetic Ether
closely fitting stoppers, but may be put 5
The quantity is sufficient Formic Ether
up in cans. ]
Methyl-.Salic\ lie Ether
for 45 gallons of liquid. ] 0/..
Nitruu.s Ether
j 02.
Raspberry ()<‘Tianthic Etlier j
The base as above 1 lb. Sebacylic Ether 1 oi.
Artificial Oil of Raspberry 02. Butyric Ether 1 02.
Bordeau S. Amaranth Ben/oic Ether ] 0/.
Color 2 to 5 gr. Amyl- Butyric Ether j
^2'
Artificial Vanilla Flavor 1 dr. Succinic Aei.l 1 o;..
Saturated Solution Tartaric
Acid in fold Alcohol fl 02.
Strawberry Glycerine 4 0/,.
The base as above 1 lb. Tincture of Orris 100 02.
Ponceau 3 R Color 2 to.5 gr.
Artificial Oil of Strawberry IV^o/..
Mix the succinic acid with the tine*
lure, add the others ami, lastly, the
Artificial Vanilla Flavor 1 dr.
glycerine. One ounce of pure vanilla
extract will improxe this.
Cherry
The base as above 1 lb.
Artificial Oil of Pineapple
Artificial Oil of Cherry It^o/.
Bordoau S. Amaranth Color 10 gr.
.\inyl Butyrate 1 02.
Butyric Ether 4 02,
Sebacic Ether 1 oz.
Pineapple .'\cetic Ether 4 dr.
The base as above 1 lb. Amyl Acetate 4 dr.
Artificial Pineapple Oil IVjo/,. Pineapjile .Tuico 4 dr.
Napthol Yellow, Color 10 gr. Glvccniie C. P. 4 oz.
Alcolud 50 oz.
Use to:
Glycerine .5 02.
1 gallon Simple Syrup. Amyl Alcohol 2 oz.
1 ounce Extract.
Alcohol enough to make up 100
ounces.
Oil of Wild Cherry
Acetic Ether 10 fl. 02 .
* Coffee f^xtract
Alcohol enough to make up 100
Roast ground fresh coffee is perco- ounces.
lated with hot water until exhausted.
5-20% Glycerin is then added. Excess Artificial Vanilla Flavor
water is driven off by heating in vacuo
Vanillin 6 dr.
at temperatures up to 90“ C.
Cumarin 2 dr.
Alcohol 2 pt.
38 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY*
Water 5 pt. ized. The pure annatto which precipi-
White Sugar Syrup 1 pt. tates must be washed thoroughly with
Glycerine C. P. 1 pt. water and dried.
This solution may be used for color-
Caramel color enough to give the de- ing ices and various other articles.
Bired shade.
Dissolve the vanillin and cumarin in
the alcohol, then add the other mate- Red
rials and let stand for a few days be-
Liquid Cochineal
fore using. If not clear, filter. The
syrup is made by dissolving 12 ounces Powdered Cochineal 1 oz.
mentioned alcohol water mixture to (To make 1() g:ill(tiis (»f conci'iif rate.)
make the whole liquid measure 10 fluid Oil of WiiilergreiMi (syn
ounces.
thetic) 1 pt.
This preparation may also bo made Oil of .Sassafras 1 pt.
hy dissolving 1% ounces of caramel in Vanillin •1 0/.
2 fluid ounces of water, adding 4 fluid Coumariii 1 oz.
ounces of tincture of cudbear and then
enough of a mixture composed of 1 Formula No. £
\olume of alcohol and 2 of water to (To make lo gallons of ronm 'Ill rale.)
make the whole measure 10 fluid ounces. Oil of Wintergreen (syn-
thetic) 2 qt.
Oil of l^assnfras 1 qt.
Chlorophyll Oil of ('loves 1 pt.
This may bo employed in alcoholic Oil of (’a.ssia 1 pt.
solution for coloring preparations of a
Emulsifli'af ion or absorption of the
green tint. It may l>e [iiirchased or it
may bo prepared as follows: oils in the gum solution cun be accom-
Tincture of Litmus
Alum % dr.
Litmus, pow<ler 2% av. o*. Add the oils to the alcohol and shako
Water, boiling 16 fl, oz. well. Dissolve the alum in the water.
Alcohol 3 fl. oz. Add the water gradually in small
40 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
quantities, shaking well after each ad- Vanillin 12 dr.
dition. Set aside to settle for 6 hours. Coumarin 3% oz.
A scum will form on
Separate top. Nerolin 5 oz.
extract from this with rubber hose. Ethyl Benzoate 6 oz.
Filter clear through magnesia. Methyl Salicylate % lb.
Use to: Ethyl Butyrate % lb.
1 gallon Simple Syrup. Ethyl Acetate lb.
ounces Lemon Sour Extract. Benzyl Acetate IVi lb.
3 ounces i.enion Sour Acid. Amyl Acetate 3 Jb.
\'j ounce Yellow Color.
8 lb.
Cideretto Syrup
Vanilla Basic Etheir
Sugar 4() lb.
Water fit/j gal.
Cardamom Oil l*/6 oz.
Oil of Cardamom f) dr
Boiled Cider 2 gal. Cologne Spin is 30 fl. oz.
(Jranulated Sugar 2.") lb.
Tartaric Acid •% gal.
Water 30 gal. Cherry Compound
Dry Citric Tartaric Acid {%
Color to
with sugar color.
suit
Citric and Vii Tartaric) I’Alb.
Thoroughly mix; let stand three dav'^,
Extract (dicrry Concentrated 1 pt.
then draw otT and aild one ounce of
Vegetable Ked Color in
benzoate of soda to each ten gallons
liquidform S oz.
of cider. Keep in a cool place.
Water, enough to make 1 gallon.
age maybo treated in one of two dif- Oil of Cinnaimtn 3 fl. dr.
ferent ways. Either five barrels of this Magnesium carbonate 8 li. oz.
Sapinono Foams
Cherry Acid Solution
Formula A —
Citric Acid 2Vi av. lb. Sapinono 1 Jb.
Tartaric Acid 2\^ av. lb. Glycerine gal.
Hot Water 1 gal.
Thoroughly dissolve and ad<l Phos-
H gal.
Dissoho the sapinono in ^ gallon of
phoric Acid syrupy 2 fluid ounces. clear water, then add glycerine. Use
'•j dram to 1 gallon or 1 ounce to 15
Compound Cider Aci<l
gallons of s\rup.
Extract of Limes
Oil of Limes 6 fl. oz.
Orangeade Substitute Powder
Alcohol, 9.') per cent ^ gal. Terponoleos Oil of Orange 1 dr.
DLstilled Water gal. Orange Color No. 1 2 to 5 gr.
Citric Acid 12 oz.
Powdered Sugar 4 oz.
Orange
Mix the oil of orange with about 1
Orange Extract
ounce of alcohol. Put the sugar in a
Sweet Orange Oil 64 oz. mortar and gradually add the solution
Oil of Bitter Orange 32 oz. of the oil. The color should be dis-
Grain Alcohol 6 gal. solved in the oil solution before mixing
Water 6 gal. with the powder. After the liquid has
BEVERAGES AND FLAVORS
lieon mixed with the sugar, add the incorporatiHl in the cooker bmiuw’ Sov
Citric Acid gradually, mixing well after Body Grits contain but a tnice of stanli
each addition. and need no cooking as the carboh.Ndnito
The same remarks concerning the use content amounting to about 35% is in
apply to this as the form of soluble dextrins and sugars.
of the terpencless oil
to the lemon powder. If ordinary oil
orange used, it will be neces-
of sweet is
gether with the Body Grits is run in and may be done by bidding a can of milk
the temperature again raised to 122 and in u tub or vat of water heated by a
maintained for 2 hours. steam hose. If a larger quantity is
The cooker mash is made at the same made, one of the starter cans used in
time using 1 pound of malt and 4 pounds creameries mil be found convenient.
of rice aud gallons of water.
3'Xt
I he These are essentially eylindrical vats
water used in this cooker mash is raised with mechanical stirrers and a jacket
to 122 degrees F. and the malt and
the rice which cun be filled nilli steam for lieat
are run in and the niash brought again
to mg or water for cooling. Tlio milk
122 degrees F. and this temperature should be held at a temjierature of at
F. for not less tliun .30 min
maintained for one hour after which tem- least P>()'"
plcte saccharification. The lauter whieli any amount between 10 and 20 gallons.
was withdrawn from the malt mash is
added back into the combined mashes im
mediately when the temperature of 170 Buttermilk Lemonade
degrees ia reached. A refreshing and nutritious drink may
This method is one in cereal chemistry be made b} the addition of lermux
juice
producing a larger quantity of dextrin and sugar to buttermilk, following the
material, reducing the fermentable
mat-
same procedure as in making ordinary
ter. After running off the first wort at lemonade. It will usually be found nwo
about 18.5 balling the grains are sparged essary to use more sugar and more lemon
to one yelding 11 Vi gallons of
wort
down juice than in making lemonade with
in the kettle. The Soy Grits (Kreemko) water. Buttermilk lemonade should be
to
are employed in this manner in order served very cold.
completely peptonize the protein content
it contains. The material should not be
46 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Kefir or Koumiaa When charged under pressures of from
Uae buttermilk or freahly curdled sour 70 to 175 pounds and kept at tempera-
milk. This should be thoroughly agi- tures ranging from 35“ to 60®, bottles of
tated to break the curd into fine particles. clean fresh milk or pasteurized milk kept
Buttermilk containing Jhicillus Bulgari- from four to five months without per
cua will give a flavor too acid for moat ceptible increase in acidity.
tastes. Milk carbonated under a pressure of
Add 1 per cent cane sugar (1*/^ oz. to 70 pounds comes from the bottle as a
the gallon). Add a small amount of foamy mass, more or less like kuiuiss tliat
—
ywiat cake onc-fuurth of a cake will be is two or three days
acid, pleiusant flavor,
old. It has a slightly
sufficient for 1 gallon of buttermilk. The due to the carbon
yeast cuke should bo ground up in water dioxide, and has a somewhat more salty
80 that it will bo well distributed. taste than ordinary milk. In the case of
Bottle this preparation, leaving suffi- carbonated milk pasteurized at 185“ F.,
cient apace to permit a thorough shaking there is, of course, something of a
of the contents. Htrong round bottles
“ cooked '' taste. Though the cream
of the type used for carbonated drinks separates in the bottle, it is thorouglilv
should be used, as considerable pressure remixed by a little shaking as the milk
is developed by the fermentation. If the corni's from the bottle and there is no
bottle is not provided with a sealing de- a{)()caranco of separate particles of
vice the corks must be securely tied or cream. All who have had occasion to
wired in place. te.st the quality of c.arbonatcd milk as a
Choc'olata liquor
Cliocolate Coatings Spiced Chocolate — VII (Vienna)
is lii'afod to about 4(>®
2500 g. cacao
and not more than of finely divided 2500 g. sugar
solid gelatin is added; water not more
20 g. powdered cardamom seed
than 1% of the entiie quantity is added
no g. powdered doves
as the mixing proceeds and snificient fat
210 g. powdered cinnamon
such as cacao butter is added to bring the
25 g. Peru balsam
fat content to about ‘M)%, tho temp, is
raised to aliout 60° and is maintained
at
this point for about 15 hrs.
Coffee Chocolate
2000 g. cacao
Spiel'd Chocolat<‘ — 2000 g. .sugar
2000 g, cacao 500 g, ground coffee
2500 g. sugar
*16
g. powdered cinnamon
J9 g. iiowdered chtves
* Candy Jellies
8 g. powdi'red caidamom seed Moderately Finn 1‘octin Jellies
for Cm
or JSlab Work
Ingredients
Spiced Chocolate —II Water
4000 g. cacao gal.
JOO Grade Exchange Citrus
J50 g. starch flour
Pectin 32
70 g, povvdejcd clove.s oz.
Acetate of 8oda (IJ.S.P.)
4000 g. sugar I'/i 0/,.
boiling
point ot water at your
factory.)
Spiced ( hocolato — ^’I (Leipzig)
(/) Add the color and flavor, then
into starch at
cast
2500 once. This formula will
g. cacao
produce about 48 to
dOOO g. sugar 50 pounds of candv.
Ihe tmished piece may
dO jiowdored be eivstallizeil,
g. cardamom seed sanded, iced, or coated with
200 g. powdered cinnamon chocolate.
Note: Cooking the batch to 224®
JdO g. powdered cloves F is
recoinnieiuled for slab work.
Hotiiied Corn Sugar may
be substituted
FOOD PRODFCTS 49
Turt and Moderately Firm Fei-tin Jellies Color and Flavor a8de.sirod
for Cast or Slab Work
Directions
(Especially for Fruit Fla\ors)
(1) Put 3 gallons of water in a kettle
Ingndicnts and heat hot (170° F.). (Open firo or
Water 2«/jg!d. .'•team-jaeki'ted kettle may be used.)
Exchange Citrus Thoivuglilg i/nr 1.’) ouiice.s of ]0U
100 Grade (2)
12 o/. Grade Exchange Citnis Pectin witli about
Pectin
Acetate of Soda (IJ.S.P.) 3 o/. h pound.s of giamilated sugar.
Citric Acid (crystals or (3) Add the Pectin Sngiii
mixture to
powdered 4 o/. the warm water a.s it is being sliired
Glucose (43° Be.) 20 lb. with a i>addle. Continue to slir and heat
Granulated Sugar 20 lb. to boiling. Hod Mgorously fora moment.
asde-^ued (4) Combine the acetate of soda
and
Color and Flavor
eifne acid. Dissolve in a Kimill portion
D Dictions of hot wafer.
Put 2 V2 gallon.s of waf(*r in a (,')) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid
(1)
kettle and heat hot (170 P.). (()j»eii solution to till' kettle and then Hie 2i>
used.)
(lit Add flu' remanulei of tin* sugar
Thomughlii mu 12 ounces of H'c (12 pounds) and cook to 222 -224 I'.,
(2)
Giade Exchange Citius Pectin with alKuit oi to a good “sheet “ ('Plus tempera-
Note: (crystals or
Citiic A' id
rccommeiiiled for slali woik. , .
•H/i OZ.
1
Iw substituted
.
nowdei.ilj
Kefined Corn Sugar may 20
cano or beet sugar Glucose (
13° BA) lb.
for all or a part of the 20
Gianiibitid Sugar lb.
given in the above formula.. as desired
c.dorarnl Flavor
Dirt ct ions
Firm Pectin Jellies for Cast or Slab
^ ork
kettle
(1) Put 3 gallons of water in a
and heat hot (17')' F.). (Open fire or
Ingredients
3 gal. steam-jacketed kettle may be used.)
Water
(2) Thoroughly mu 15
ounces of IbO
100 Grade Exchange
HI Grade Exchange Citrus Per'lin with
Citrus Pectin
F -S.P.) 01 aliout 8 pounds of granulated sugar.
Acetate of Soda 1 Vii .
(
60 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
(3) Add the Pectin-Sugar mixture to a good “sheet." (This temperature cor-
the warm water as it is being stirred with responds to about 78% total soluble solids
a paddle. Continue to stir and heat to at sea level. It is sufficient to cook the
boiling. Boil vigorously for a moment. batch to 12° F. above the boiling point
(4) Combine tlie acetate of soda and of water at your factory.)
(0)
citric acid. Dissolve in a small portion (7) Add the color and flavor, then cast
of hot water. into starch at once. This formula will
(6) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid produce aljout 48 pounds of candy. The
solution to the kettle and then the 20 finished piece may be crystallized, sanded,
pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling iced, or coated with chocolate.
again. Note Refined Com Sugar may be
Add the remainder of the sugar substituted for all or a part of the cane
(12 pounds) and cook to 222°-224° F., or beet sugar given in the above formula.
or to a good “.sheet." (This tempera-
ture corresponds to 75-78% total soluble Tart and Tender Pectin Jellies for Cast
solids at sea level. It is sufficient to cook Work
the batch to 10'’“12° F. above the boiling (Especially for Fruit Flavors)
point of water at your factory.)
Ingredients
(7) Add the color and flavor, then cast
into starch at once. This formula will Water 2% gal.
produce about 48 to .'50 pounds of candy. 100 Grade Exchange Citrus
The finished piece may he crystallized, Pectin 8 oz.
sanded, iced, or coated with chocolate. Acetate of Soda (U.S.P.) 2^ oz.
Citric Acid (crystals or
Note: Cooking the batch to 224° F. is
powdered) 4^4 oz.
recommended for slab work.
Glucose (43® B6.) 20 lb.
Refined Corn Sugar may bo substituted
for or a part of the canc or beet sugar
all
Granulated Sugar 20 lb.
Color and Flavor as desired
given in the above formula.
Directions
(1) Put 2^ gallons of Water in a (5) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid
and heat hot (170° F.). solution to the kettle and then the 20
kettle (Open
fire or stoam-jacketed kettle may be pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling
used.) again.
(2) Thoroughly mu 8 ounces of 100 (6) Add the remainder of the sugar
Grade Exchange Citrus Pectin w'ith about (1(5 pounds) and cook to 224° F., or to a
good “shoot.” (This temperature cor-
4 pounds of gianulated sugar.
(3) Add (he Pectin-Sugar mixture to
responds to about 78% total soluble solids
at sea level. It is sufficient to cook the
the warm water ns it is being stirred with
a paddle. Continue to stir and heat to batch to 12® F. above the boiling point
boiling. Boil vigorously for a moment. of water at your factory.)
Combine the acetate of soda and (7) Add the color and flavor, then
(4 )
ca.st into starch at once. This formula
citric acid. Dissolve in a small portion
will produce about 48 pounds of candy.
of hot water.
The finished piece may be crystallized,
(6) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid
sanded, iced, or coated with chocolate.
solution to the kettle and then the 20
pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling Note: Refined Corn Sugar may be sub
again. s^tuted for all or a part of the cane or
(6) Add
the remainder of the sugar beet sugar given in the above formula.
(16 pounds) and cook to 224® F., or to
FOOD PRODUCE 51
Firm Pectin Fruit Jellies for Slab Work Honey (82-^83% soluble
solids) 20 lb.
Ingredients
Granulatinl Sugar 20 lb.
Water 3 gal. Color and Flavor if desired
JOO Grade Exchange Citrus
Pectin 15 oz. I^incticns
Acetate of Soda (U.S.P.) 1 oz.
Citric Acid (crystals or (1) Pijt 3*^ gallons of water in a
powdered) kettle and heat hot (170° F.). (Open
2 oz.
hie or steam-jacketed kettle may lie
Glucose (43° Be.) 20 lb.
u.sed.)
Granulated Sugar 20 lb.
Fruit Pulp (2 No. 10 tins or) 13 lb. (2) Thoroughly mix 16 ounces of 100
Grade Fxchange Citrus Pectin with about
Color and Flavor as desired
S pounds of giauulated sugar to which
Ihnctions has bemi added the 1 ounce of Acetate
of .Soda (P.S.P.).
(1) Put 3 gallons of water in a kettle
and heat hot (170° F.). (Open fiie oi (3) Add
this mixture to the warm
water it is as
being stirred with a
steam-jacketed kettle may be used.)
I'addle. Continue to .stir ami heat to
(2) Thoroughly mij- M
ounces of 100
l>oiling. Boil Mgoiously foi a moment.
Grade Exchange Citrus Pectin with about
S pounds of granulated sugar.
(1) Add flu' leinaimh'r of the siigai
(12 pouiiils) and cook to 210" F., or to
(3) Add the Pectin-Sugar nuxtuie to
a goial "sheet." ('Dus tempenitiin' cor
the warm water as it is being stiiied
revpt)nds to about ().*>((. total soluble
with a paddle. Continue to .'^tir and heat
solids at sea level. It is sufficient lo
to Ixiiling. Boil vigorously for a
cook the batch to 7 h\ abovi' the boil
moment.
Combine the acetate of soda and
II.
g ]'oiut of water at your faelory.)
(4)
(’ool the batch lo 176' F.
citric acid. Dissolve in a small portion
of hot water. (3) Add the honi'y which should bfi
at a teiiipcralnie of about 170 F. Mix
(fi) Add the acetate of soda-citric acid
Ihoroiiglily W'lth flu* batch, then add the
solution to the kettle and then the 20
mid solution, pour oii a slal» at oiici',
pounds of glucose. Heat to boiling again.
Will'll the batch has set, the jellies are
(fi) Add the remainder of tlio sugar
eiil They ma\ be sanded,
ci jstalli/ed,
(12 pounds), the fruit jiulp (2 No lo
Ued, or coated with chocolate.
tins), and cook to 221" F. or to a good
(6) Thi.s will piuduce about 50 pounds
"sheet.” (This tein[ierature mirn'spouds
of candy.
to about 78% total soluble soIkK at sea
level. It is sufficient to cook the batch to
12° P\ above the boiling point of water
at your factory.) Moderately Firm P«‘ctin CofTeo Jollies
(7) If desired, color and flavor may for Cast or .Slab Work
bo added, although flavor is seldom
needed. The batch is poured at once Ingndu nts
into oiled or waxed paper lined foim'^ Coffee Fxtiact (see note) 2*4 gnb
to the desired depth and allowed to JO" Grade Exchange Citrus
stand until set. It is then cut to pro- J\ ft in 12 oz.
duce pieces of the desired size which may Ai'etate of Soda (E.S.p.) 2 *4 oz.
be crystallized, sanded, iced, or chocolate Citiie Acid ^ery.^tIllH or
coated to produce extra fancy confections powdered) 4 oz.
at low cost, (ilueoso (13° Be } 20 11).
a little warm >Nater. Thou add tho 7 Ihf.. sto\e,and allow to dram. Bet this stand
of warm corn s^'rup. Stir until complottdy for one hour, then jioiir into a (laiinel
ii/ixed and at no tune mod the tonij.oia* jelly bug, Jiress to ol)tain all possible
ture be higher than -00° F. TruiislVr juice, diip tlmi a bag to remove jmrticles
the to pail, allow to cool down
jelly ot fruit. Tlie juice is then placed in a
iihout 150° F. Then add with stiiniig kettle and biouglit to boil, at which
a
the 35 grams of pliobplioric a«‘id and I'luit time tlnne is lulded 1 lb. sugar for I'ltcli
tlavor. The jelly will set in se\eial hoiiis lunmd flint taken. The jellying point is
or allow to set all night. di'lerinined b\ dipping a spoon into the
The imitation cane sugar jelly is made boiling .solution, and tlum holding it
exactly the same way as the coin s\rup abo\e ki'tth' alhtwing tin' synqi to diop.
jelly with the exception that you nn.x the When It iliops in Ihikes or sheets from
70 grams of Aacaguni with abou* K) jmt the option jmiir iniinediately into clean,
cent of the weight of cane sugar. 'I'hi^
sft'iili/t'd jelly gi:i>se'i. When jelly is cold
mixture will aid the Aacagum coiisideralily pour hot purallm oxer it and store it
to stand until cold. Pour into cln'c-e iiia^li and (ouk to the pioiicr con-
,'•> 1
,
cloth bag and allow to diain pie-'smg to '-''-ti my. Whin nearing tlie linishiiig
extract all juice. This juice is then point I'C (areful not to sioreh. If using
d mined without pressing thru a clean a tlierniomelcr, cook to 222 F. or 100° 0,
flannel jelly bag.
food color which has heon diS'^oUed lu boiling for 5 minutes, remove from tho
a little warm vvater. Then adil the 7 Ihs. stove, and Let this stand
allow' to drain.
of warm corn syrup. Stir until completely for one hour, then jmnr into a Ibinnel
iijixcd and at no tunc need the tempera- jelly bag, to obtain all possible
pies.s
ture bo higher than l2U0° F. Transfei juice, iliip thru a bag to remove particles
the jelly to pail, allow to cool down of fruit. The jnue is then idaeed in a
about 150° F. Then add with stiiring ki'ttle and biouglit to a boil, at which
the 35 grams of pho!^pholle acid and fruit time tlieie is added I lb. sugar for each
llavor. The jelly will set in several hoiiis }iuund fiuit taken. The jellying point is
detei mined by dipping a spoon into the
or allow to set all niglit.
Koling solution, and then holding it
The imitation cane sugar jelly is made
nbo\e kettle alhiwing the syrup to diop.
exactly the same way as the coin sMup
\\ lien It diops in flukes oi sheefs from
jellywith the exception that you mix the
per the spoon pom imim'diafely info ch'aii,
70 grams of Aacagum with ahou* li>
This sleiib/od jellv glasM'S. When ji'llv is cold
cent of the weight of cane sugar.
jionr hot paiafhn over it and store it
mixture will aid the Aacagum considerably
aw ay.
m going into solution when added to the
hot water.
The phosphoric acid used in the ubov<‘ Pig Pii’servt'S
foimulao was made by diluting per
(>qts figs
cent phosphoric acid with an ecpial vol- 2 qfs sugar
ume of water. The fruit tlav^us used 3 (pH wafer
wore of the fruit oil tyjie and weie dis- Clip soda to <> qf-^. Isnling
Add one
solved in Cllycopon AS, I’lunge figs info liot soda solution
watei
and allow to remain until white, milky
Jelly (Non Sweating) lliiid is exIiMcted (al'oiit lo mmutes) or
until water is cold enough to plunge hand
Agar-Agar or Peetin
into (om foil ably Put ligs thin two cold
Sod. Alginate well.
15
wafer baths to iinse
Sugar -'’'/o
7s-s:b/c thoroughly and
Drain figs
Water
Citrie Acid 0.03-0 (i-P/o add giadimlly to thesvruo .vou have mad('
by boding the sugar ami wafer togethi'r
1(1 minutes and skimnniig. Cook riijudly
(luava Jelly until figs aie cleai and tender (about ll
houis)
Pr(paration of >linci :
ColTee Extract
Orange Marmalade
This IS prepared by bringing 3 gallons
3 lb. oranges
of water to a boil and adding V/i pounds
3 lemons
of Giound Coffee. The mixture is stirred
IVj pint water
well and set aside to draw' for 10 minute^.
3 lb. sugar
The extinct is then strained through a
Wash, remove the peid and seeds, cut- suitable cloth, oi filtered, and will yield
ting one half of the peel into veiy thin the needed 2 ‘a gallons of extract.
strips, and add pulp and balance
it to tin*
of the peel, which has first had the yellow Pineapple Icing
portion grated off and has lu'en passed
Pineapple (grated or crushed) 1 lb.
through a food ctiopner with the pulp.
Cover with water and let stand overnight. Thicken to proper consistenev with
Boil for 10 niinutea the ne.xt morning,
icing sugar. Heat to 110° C. and appi)
stand for 12 hours, add tho while waini.
allow to
sugar and again stand overnight. Cook
it rapidly next morning until the jelly Lemon Icing
test can Ih‘ obtained (about 222® F.). Hot Water 16 oz.
Cool to 170 F. pour into sterilized
’
Hoyal Icing
Home Made Icing Beat light:
Beat stiff
Egg White 16 oz.
Egg Whites .'12 oz. Jeiiig Sugar 96 oz.
Salt VI oz. Juice of Lemon 1 oz.
SugJir 16 oz. Cream of Tartar % oz.
Vanilla (to suit) Vanilla ^ oz.
Boil together to 236-240“ F.
Sugar 104 oz.
Fruit Cake Shrine
Glucose 8 oz.
Water 2 oz.
Bring to a boil
t^Uained.
Bakeis Baking Powder
Benreue 10.(100
* (.'ream, .\rtilicial
Cicpe Bubber ."lllll
Borax 0,25
Water G2
Ico Cream Powder
Flavor to suit
Diicd Milk Powder 51
Sugar Powdi'r f)'J
•Breast Milk, Ailificial
Sod. Carlionatf 2
Cream of Tartar 4 t
A siib.stitute for liunian milk is prCjid.
Cake No. 4;
6 Kilos Sugar Fonnulft B and Variationa
7% Kilos Flour 10 Quarts \Vholn Eggs
4 Litres Eggs
5 Quarts Egg Whites
4 Litres Narobin Solution
5 Quarts Narobin Solution (same
Beat well together. strength)
62 TlfE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
This is found to replace 20 quarts of in connection with storage eggs, giving
rhole eggs. them sul^tantially more adhesive power,
6 Litres Egg Yolks and facilitating their emulsion.
21^ Litres Egg Whites
2^/2 Litres Narobin Solution (30
* Chocolate Margarine
grams Narobiti dissolved in
one litre \vann water) Cocoanut Oil 1800 lb.
This takes the place of 10 litres of egg Cocoanut Oil (hydrogenated) 500 lb.
;i large unitary mass. The purpojse ot Worked into the mass, while the fats of
charging the fat base into water is to the l*ase are in a solidilied state, tluit is,
hi mg it quickly and uniformly to the Without the aiiplicatioii of lieat. At this
ilt'Mred temperature, 'lias ma\ be u1m> tune about bj'i by wmglit of salt, ba.sed
accomplished by tempering in the air to on the total weight of the Uiix, us added.
I he same temperature as speciiicd but not Allei the.se iiigiedients ha\e been woiked
«o satisfactoiily as by the use oi water. together until the mass is smootli and of
After leaving the water bath, the fat suitable texture, the mass is spieiid iu
IS placed in a continuous working device, thin la\ers to permit it to roach uiufoim
preferably one having screw blades, and temperatures in the shoite.‘>t po^8lbh‘
IS worked until the water content i.s tune, and is chilled to render if capable
biought down to alioiit H'/t- When this of being punted. The piodm't may then
point reached, the mass is ienio\ed to
is be printcil nml packed f<tr shipiiieiit nnd
a butter worker, compri.sing a ie\ol\iiig sale. If the product is to be jiiickiiged in
table and a wooden loll, and is woiked glass or other similar containeis, how
on this device until the moisture content e\er, this ehilliiig step is uniM'<-es.‘-ar\
IS reduced to somewhat below ,
jirefer- The eliocidate beat uig material used
ably to about 79<. The exact manner of ''liould be in the form of an aqueous
woiking is not critical, neitlier is it s\iiip. A syrup of the following formula
necessary to use the specific tyjie.s of nia- IS satisfactory:
cliinos mentioned above. Since the object J’ercent by
of this working is to reduce the moisture weight
content, it is evident that any device Sugar 62
which will accornidish this object will (’ocoa 12
be operatixe. However, the particular (/'hoi'olato 7
tured milk drinks in this country. The houis or until acidity of about .75 per
most common pioduct is that made by cent IS leached.
souring milk under control conditions ti. Break curd and cool immediately to
with pure cultutes of 8. lacticus. 801110 at least 50° F. by pumping over surface
manulucturers prefer a heavy body and eoolei.
a sharper Iluvor which they secure by
adding a small jiroportioii of L. bul- Preparation of L. IJulgaiicus Starter
garicus starti'r to that made with 8. hic-
Mother cultuie.
ticus. For the acidophilus dunk a thud
oiganism is used called L, acidophilus. 1. Use only high quality skim milk.
2. Place milk in glus.s container such
All tliiei* of these sturteiscun bo secuiod
as fruit jar and heat to 100-200° F. foi
fiom any commercial cultiiie laboratoiy.
30 minutes.
In some ca.ses no butter fat is added,
3. Cool slowly to 100° F.
but a much mor(> palutablo product can
4. Using sterile spoon or pipette trans-
lie secured by the addition of suflicient
fer about 10 cc. of the last mother cul-
cream (0 make a total fat eontmit of 1-2
ture to each quart of the sterilized milk.
per cent.
Cover bottle immediately.
Esflciitinl to Have (Jood Starteis 5. Incubate at 100° F. for about 18
niinute.s and again heat to boiling for 10 Knoiigh cooled staiter is then nddt'd to
minutes. liiing the fat content down to about per 1
5. Add 1-1 Vi mother culture. and fairly light body. he adviiiilage of 'I
(5. incubate at lo5 F. lur k-L’o lioui'- this method ov(‘r the fiisf IS the gieaier
.,r until an acidity of about .70 per cent last'of churning and the iisliiccd voliimo
IS reached. of cK'ani tliat must be handled in the
7. Cool as rapidly us pos.'-ible to 50 F. chill II.
Caro must k
taken to keep the tein-
peiaturo up to at least loo F. dining
the incubation jiciiod. All p<»ssible Hour Cream
Minrce.s of contamuiatioii sliould also be Commercial sour cn*am somidimes
cimtrolled as the eiillure must remain called Jewish cream, is tin* Ix'uvy bodied,
pine. Thoe factois are so important smooth tevliiied piodiicl of high acid
that specially coii'tnicted \ats aie neccs llavor scciiicd by pmeeMHing and iijienilig
sary for the siicceH.il'ul manufacture of sweet cr<am uiuici (oiitml conditions. Jt
aiidofihiliis milk on a commen lal basis i.s used as a spieiid tot bn'ad, as a dies'
I>. acidophilus cultures niaybestoied at
lag loi vegetables, and in the making ol
40“ F. or lower lor .seieial days wiliioiit
sanies of vtiiioos kinds.
adwting the number of living oigaiiisms 'bheie are si'vcial siicc(*ssfiil methods
for jiieparing soui cieam. Vaimlious in
jdaiit eipiipnieiit and plant c-oiiditioiis
Cliurned Buttermilk a method
make It iinpo-sil.lc to snggi'st
Catering to the ideas of certain indi- applicable to all plants. Three geiienil
viduals who believe that the products and pio<cdutcs will thiieluie be given.
[oactiees of 0111 childhood are better than
those of tod.'iy, many dealers have placed A. .Method for making sour crMini with-
oil the market within leeent yeais a type out the iiw* of a \is'-oli/,er oi hoino-
of fermented milk termed chinned butter- g(*ni/er.
milk. This jirodiict has been made in 1. l.’sing enzyme
mimeimis ways, but in general tlii'ro are
a. I*asteun/e the eti-am (lH-2() per
tluee methods. cent fat) by lieatiiig to ]7.'i'’ F.
I’robubly the inoie common method is for .'JU minutes.
to ripen thoroughly and pastcinizc a to 8.V r. and u<ld [mr
b. f'ool .5
2 per cent milk to about .7.0 i>er cent cent startei and of rennet
S) cc.
acidity. The ripened milk is then churned (diluted with .'10 volumes of
at a sufTicientiy high temperatuic to pro- water) to each BiO pounds of
duce butter granules in the usual length milk.
of time or even shorter. The churning is
c. Four cream into sliotgun cans.
stopped when the granule.s are about the
(]. Incubate at 85“ F. until a firm
size of small rice grains. The buttermilk
(umI is formed.
is then pumped over a cooler and bottled.
t-ool rapidly without stirring by
If butter coloring added to the milk
is
e.
jdacing cun in ice water or
before churning a more distinct granule
40“ F. room.
will be obtained.
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Thia is a fast method for making a Iwx without a bottom and with slits
sour cream of good body. sawed in tho sides to allow drainage. The
2. Using cheese curd mold is set on tho draining table, a fol-
a. Pastcuiize per cent cream by lower is put on tho curd, and one or
heating to 115“ F. for 30 min- two bricks aie used on each cheese fur
utes and cool to 72“ F. pressure. The cheeses are allow’ed to re-
b. Add 3 per cent starter and main in tho molds for 24 hours, when
incubate at 72“ F. for 18 hours. they are removed, the entire surface rub-
c. Mix 4 parts of soured cream
bed with salt, and the cheeses piled three
with 1 part of cottage cheese deep. The salting i.s done each day for
curd and 1.5 parts of good three days, after which the cheese ii
starter which have been previ- taken to the ripening cellar, which should
ously mixed and strained to re- bo comparati\oly moist and have a tern-
move curd particles. poruturo of from 60“ to 65“ F. Kipeu-
iug requires two months.
3. Using skim milk powder
a. Add 3 per cent skim milk pow-
der to 20 per cent cream.
Brio Cheese
b. Kaise temperature giadually to
145“ F. with constant stirung. This is a soft, rennet cliecso made from
Hold 30 minutes at 145“ F. cows’ milk. Tho clioeso vaiics in size
Cool to 72“ F. and add 3 per
and also in quality, deponding on whether
c.
whole or partly .skimmed milk is used.
cent starter and % cc. rennet
(diluted with 3 volumes of The method of manufactuie resembles
closely that of t'amembcit.
water) to each 100 pounds of
milk.
Tho milk used is usually perfectly
fresh. It is not micominon, however, to
d. Place in shotgun cans.
Incubate 15 hours at 72“ F.
mix the evening ’.s milk, whi'ii kept eool
e.
overnight, with tho morning’s nulk. Some
f. Cool without stirring by placing
artificial coloring matter is added to (he
can in ice water or 40“ F. room.
milk, whieh is then .set with rennot at a
B. Method of making sour cream, using tompeiaturo of 80“ or 85“ F. After
viseolizer or homogeni/er. standing undisturbed for about two
Pasteurize lK-20 per cent cream at
1. hours, the cumI is dipped into forms or
180“ F. for 30 minutes. hoops, of which thcie are tlireo si/es in
2. Hoinogi'nize at 180“ F. using 3,000 punmon use. Tho hugest si/(' is about 15
p(»unda pri'SHuro on om* valve. (Be sure inches in diameter, the medium .si/e about
homogeni/.er is thoroughly washed and 12 inclu's m
diameti'r, and tho smallest
largely njion the degne of ripeness. .selling the milk should have an acidity
Cameniliert cheese is made from whoh* of about O.IS or 0 20 j»cr cent. Color
milk or from milk slightly skimmed. It may or may not bo used. 'I'he curd is cut
is not advisable to .skim the milk unle.ss when it breaks evenly befoie the, finger.
it testa more than 3.r) jior cent biitterfat. Tlie cutting is done with I'lird knives
'I'lie temperature of setting is from 78’ made up of blad»‘s set aliout one-thud of
to 87® F., and the quantity of rennet an imh ajiart in frames. In one franm
added for this purpose is sutlicient to get the knives are .set jierjs'iidicularly and in
the desired degree of firmness in from (he other hori/ontally. When well cut the
two to five hours. The curd i.a then trans- curd is in uniform cubes of al)Out one-
breaking up
ferred, usually with as little third of an inch.
as possible, to perforated tin forms or After bi ing rut, the curd is heated
hoops aliout inches in diameter ami slowlv and with continued stirring until
the same in height. Tlie.se rest upon rush it reaches a tem[>cralurc of from 9(1® to
mats, which permit it free drainage. The lbs“ F. With the use of mcclianical agi-
fillingof the forms may be done at two tators, as is the common practice, the
or three different times, short intervals curd should Ixj heated about 4° higher
being necessary for the curd to settle. than when itivring is done by hand.
Each form holds the equivalent in curd After heating, the stirring is continued
68 mn. uniSMICAL FORMULARY
intermittently until the curd is sufficiently ticles are not allowed to mat together
firm. This is determined by squeezing after the whey is drawn. The curd is
a handful, Which should fall apart im- stirred occasionally to prevent this mat-
mediately on being released. The whey ting process, but it differs from the sweet-
is then drawn. At the same time the acid curd cheese, as acid is allowed to develop
should have reached about 0.20 per cent, before salting and pressing. Formerly a
or one-fourth of an inch, the latter of comparatively large quantity of stirred-
which is determined by measuring the curd cheese was made, but very little, if
length of strings when the curd is touched any, is made at tho present time.
to a hot iron. The curd is then matted A washed-curd cheese varies from the
about 4 inches deep, sometimes in tho regular Cheddar process in having the
Iwttom of tlio vat, sometimes on racks milled curd subjected to cold water for a
covered with a coarse linen cloth. After short period. This process is evidently
it has remained there long enough to practiced to force the curd to take up a
stick togctlier it is cut into rectangular smull percentage of tho water and in-
pieces easy to handle, which are turned crease the yield. It results in a cheese
frequently and finally piled two to four which apparently breaks down or ripens
deep; in tho inoanwhilo the temperature much more rapidly than cheese made in
of the curd is k(*pt at about 90® F. When the ordinary way. This ripening is very
the curd has broken down until it has tho likely not due to tho excess of moisture
smooth feeling of velvet, which requires but to some other unexplained reason.
from one to three hours, it is milled by Some States have prohibited the use of
means of a machine, wliicli cuts it into the State brand on washed-curd cheese.
pieces tho sizo of a finger. It is then
stirred on the bottom of tho vat until
whey ceases to run, which roipiires from Cheshire Cheese
one-half to one and one-half hours, when This cheese is one of the oldest and
it is salted at the rate of 2 or 2Vj pounds most popular of tho English varieties.
of salt to 100 pounds of millc. It is then It is a rennet eheoso made from whole
ready to be put into tho press. The curd milk of cows, and is named for Chester
is put into tinned-iron hoops of tho pro- County, England, where it is largely pro-
per sizo, which are lined with cheesecloth duced. It is made in cylindrical shape,
Imndages. Tho hoops are put into presses from 14 to 16 inches in diameter, and
and great pressure is applied by means weighs from 50 to 70 pounds. In making
of screws. Tho next morning the cheese this cheese sufficient annatto is u.sed to
is removed from the lioups and put on give the product a very high color. The
shelves in a curing room. Formetly it process of manufacture vanes in detail in
WHS kept in a curing room as long ns six different sections. Perfectly sweet milk,
months, but at the present time it is night’s and morning’s mixed, is sot at a
covered with a coat of paraffin and put temperature of from 75* to 90“ F. In
into cold storage when from .3 to 12 days one hour, tho curd is cut usually with an
old. There is a growing demand on the instrument in which knives are set in a
part of consumers for mild cheese, and frame to cut culios 1 or 1 Vi inches square.
eomsequontly ripening must bo carried on This is pushed down through the curd
at a tempo ratu 10 below 50“ F. and finally worked back and forth at an
An important point in tho process of angle. This is continued for aliout an
manufacturing Cheddar cheese is tho de- hour, or until tho particles of curd are
velopment of the desired quantity of acid, tho sizo of peas. The curd is then allowed
which is responsible for tho projx'r break- to settle and mat on the bottom of the
ing down of tho curd lM>foro milling and vat for about an hour, when it is rolled
suiting. Tho maximum quantity of acid up to one end, weighted down, and the
that can bo developed in the whey with- whey drawn, aher the desired degree of
out injuring tho texture of the cheese acidity has been obtained. Tho curd is
should, therefore, be aimed at. It is very cut in pieces of the right sizo to handle
probable that too much weight has been and is piled on racks. It is then run
placed on tho desirability of a maximum through a curd mill, salted at the rate of
development of acid, and that practically 3 pounds to 1,000 pounds of milk, and
as good cheese can bo produced without put into a hoop having a number of holes
the nigh acid. in the side, through which skewers can
Some of the details in the manufacture 1)6 thrust into the cheese to promote
of Cheddar choose are varied to some drainage. The cheese in the hoop is put
extent, and other names may be used to into a heated wooden box called an oven,
designate the cheese so mide. A stirred- and sometimes light pressure is applied,
curd cheese is one in which the curd par- tho pressure increasing gradually until it
food products
reaches hbout 1 ton. The curing cellar With milk of a good quality a yield of
or room is about 60* to 65“ P. The time 15 to 18 pounds of cheese per 100 pounds
required for thorough ripening is from of skim milk is obtained. Cottage cheese
8 to 10 months. should always bo kept in a refrigerator
or in a cooler until disposed of.
Cottage Cheese
Cottage cheese is sometimes made with
a small amount of rennet, and the curd Cream Choeso
is heated to from 118“ to 125“ F. It may Genuine cream cheese is made from a
be made on a small or a factory scale. rich cream thickened by souring or from
With this method the skim milk is pas> sweet cream thickened with rennet. The
trurized, cooled to 70“ or 80“, and 1 to 5 cream for this cheese should always lie
per cent of a starter added. Rennet is jiastcurized. Tins thickened cream is put
then added at the rate of 1 c.c. per 1,000 into a cloth and allowed to dniin, the
pounds of milk. The curd is allowed to cloth lieing cluuigcd several times during
develop an acidity of about 0.55 in from the draining, which requires about four
6 to 10 hours. The cougulum i.s then cut days. It is then jiliwed on a board covered
into */^-inch culies. Water at a tempera- with a cloth, pjirmkled with salt, and
ture of 115“ is run over the curd in about turned occasionally. It i.s ready for con-
an hour ^d
the temperature of the wash sumption in from 5 to 10 days.
water than gradually raised to 120“. The Another variety of cieiim cheese is
curd is then stirred until it will stand made from cream with a low content of
without breaking. It is then giadually butterfat (6 or 8 per cent). A small
cooked to a temperature of 11H° to 12(5“ quantity of a luctic-ucid starter is added
in the course of one and one-half to three to the cream, and after the mixture is
liours. When the curd may be squeezed warmed to from 70“ to 7G“ F. and thor-
in the hand and still retain its shape, the oughly stirred, rennet is added at the
whey is withdrawn and the curd is washed rate of fiom 1 to ll-j ounces of com-
two or three times in cold water. After mercial liquid rennet to 1,000 jHiunds of
the washing the water is withdrawn, and cream, bsunlly tlie cieum is placed in
the curd ditched along the side of the vat shotgun cans holding about 30 pounds
or kettle, and drained for one hour. It each. After setting tor about 18 hours,
I.s then placed in a cooler for 12 hours. the curd is poured, with as little breaking
To each 100 pounds of curd, 70 pounds as possible, upon draining rin’ks covered
of a mixture of milk and cream contain- with cloths. After a few liours’ drainage
ing 10 per cent cream is added. The curd the cloths are drawn together, tied, placed
is then stirred for a few minutes. After upon crai'ked ice, and allowed to remain
creaming the cheese is placed in a cooler ovi’rnight. The curd is then pressed,
at .30® to 40“ until ready to use or ship. salted, and worked to a paste by means
When the cheese is made on a factory of special macliinrry or by suitable sub-
scale a drier product is desired in order stitutes. The cheese is then molded into
that it may lie marketed successfully. pieces weighing from 3 to 4 ounces,
For thisreason the curd is generally wrnjiped in tin foil and, without curing,
cooked at a higher temperature than placed upon the market. The standard
when made on a small scale. The main package of cream cheese is 3 inches by 2
equipment necessary for making cottage inches by 1 inch. It is a mild rich che<^se
cheese on a factory scale is a pasteurizing which is relished most when eaton a few
outfit and a channel -bottom Cheddar vat. days after it is made. Cream cheese is
Ordinarily from 5 to 10 jkt cent of a now quite oxten8i\rly made in the larger
good lactic starter is added to skim milk, factories of the United Status, where the
after which the milk is allowed to ripen ever-increasing demand for it makes it
at a temperature of 70“ to 80" F. until one of the most popular variotioa of soft
curdled. The curd is then cut into cubes cheese.
and gradually heated to from 115“ to
125“ in 30 to 45 minutes. When the
whey has been removed, the curd is Edam Cheese
washed with cold water, drained, and The perfectly fresh milk is set at 82*
piled along the sides of the vat. Ordi- to 84“ F. ; e^Ior is added and sufficient
narily the cheese is salted at the rate of rennet is used to coagulate the milk in .30
3 or 4 ounces per 100 pounds of milk. minutes. The curdled milk is divided
Often the cheese is mixed with cream evenly with a knife. After 20 minutes
and then marketed in small, single ser- the whey is partly removed. The curd is
vice, paraffined paper containers, or in further diviM; after 10 minutes another
batter tube. portion of the whey is removed and stir-
70 THE chemical FORMULARY
ring is retained for 10 minutes. Then Department of Agriculture or by State
the temperature of the mixture it in- agenciea
created to 9^*. The curd is now allowed It has been found that by clarifying
to settle and the whey removed ; then the the milk a much better quality of cheese
layer of curd is cut into pieces, each part can bo produced, both in regard to eye
having the size of a cheese. These are formation and in improving the body of
left to settle in the molds, and they are the cheese. Clarification tends to reduce
then turned a few times; after being the number and to increase the size of
wrapped in cloth they are pressed two or the eyes. It is estimated that fully two-
three hours. After this they are salted, thirds of the factories of Wisconsin now
either by rubbing in salt and putting clarify their milk for the manufacture of
them in molds without lids, or by immer- wheel and block Swiss.
sion in brine for three days. They are In making the cheese in Switzerland
then stored for ripening and turned at the evening’s milk is skimmed; the morn-
intervals, which is the cause of their ing’s milk is heated to 108® or 110® F.,
flattened shape. When they are a few and the cream from the evening ’s milk is
weeks old they are marketed and the added and both thoroughly mixed. The
ripening process continues in the ware- evening ’a milk cooled with a little saffron
houses of the cheese merchants. to color it, is then added, and the whole
is mixed. The milk is then brought to a
temperature of 90® in summer and 95° in
Emmonthaler (Domestic Swiss) Cheese winter, and sufficient rennet is added to
This is a hard, rennet cheese made coagulate the milk in 30 or 40 minutes.
from cows' milk, and has a mild, some- The whole process is carried through in a
what sweetish flavor. It is characterized huge copper kettle holding 300 gallons.
by holes or eyes which develop to about The rennet used is obtained by soaking
the size of a cent in typical cheeses and the calf’s stomach in whey for 24 hours.
are from 1 to 3 inches apart. Cheese of When the milk has thickened to almost
the same kind made in the United States the desired point for cutting, which is
is known as Domestic Swiss, and that practically the same as for ordinary
made in the region of Lake Constance is American or Cheddar Cheese, the thin sur-
called Algau Emmenthaler. face layer is scooped off and turned
There is a slight difference in manipu- wrong side up. This is supposed to aid
lation of the milk in making Emmen- in incorporating the layer of cream into
thaler cheese in this country as compared the cheese. The curd is then cut very
with Switzerland. In the latter countiy coarse by means of a so-called harp. Tho
the evening’s and morning’s milk is cheesemaker, with a wooden scoop in each
mixed and made into cheese, while in the hand, then draws the mass of curd
United States it is popularly believed toward him, that lying on the bottom of
that the evening ’s milk must bo made into tho kettle being brought to the surface.
cheese immediately after milking, as is At this point tho cheesemaker and an
done with the morning’s milk. assistant commence stirring tho curd with
However, there is a growing tendency the harp, a breaker having first been fit-
to make the cheese from milk delivered ted to the inside of tho kettle to interrupt
once a day or from milk that has been the current of tho whey and curd. The
slightly ripened, as it is believed that harps are given a circular motion and cut
the quality of the cheese is thereby im- —
the curd very fine about the size of
proved. wheat kernels.
Swiss cheese is made both with home- After this stage is reached heating is
made rennet and with commercial rennet. commenced. In Switzerland until recently
When homemade rennet is employed all the heating was done over an open
usually no additional cultures are used. fire, the kettle being swung on a large
In some cases the homemade rennet is crane; most of the factories have the
inoculated with a pure culture starter of same method at the present time. In this
lactobacillus bulguricus. With modem country the same method was followed in
methods it has been found desirable to tho early days of the industry, but at the
use the following pure cultures: (1) The present time inclosed fireplaces, into
lactobacillus bulgaricus to check unde- which the kettle can be swung and doors
sirable fermentation and to aid in con- closed to retain the heat, are largely em-
trolling the ripening; (2) the use of an ployed. This takes -away much of the
eye and flavor culture to aid in the de- discomfort of the operation. In a few
vwopment of eyes and flavor. These instances the kettle is set in cement and
pure cultures are sent out by the Bureau an iron ear containing the firs is run
of Dairy Industry of the United States under it. The most m^em factories use
FOOD PRODUCTS 71
steam, which appears to be the most satis- The vary in temperature from 55*
cellars
factory way. When the heating is begun to 65* F., though in extreme cases 70*
the contents of the kettle are brought or a little higher may be used. While the
rapidly to the desired temperature, which cheeses are in the ripening cellar, which
may be from 126* to 140* F., the higher in Switzerland may l>o from 6 to 10
temperature often being necessary to get months or longer, and in the United
the curd sufficiently firm. In the mean- States three to six months, they should be
while the stirring continues for about one turned and washed every other day for
hour, with slight interruptions near the the first two or three months and less
end of the process, when the curd has often subsequently. At the same time a
become so firm that it will not mat to- little coarse salt is sprinkled on the sur-
gether. The end of the cooking is deter- face. In a few hours this salt has dis
mined by the firmness of the cutd, which solved, and the brine is spread over the
is judged by matting a small cuke with surface with n long-handled brush.
pressure by the hands and noting the The cheeses are very large, about 6
ease with which the cake breaks when inches in thickness and sometimes as
heating the edge. much as 4 feet in diameter, and weigh
When the curd is sufficiently firm, the from 60 to 220 pounds. In shipping, a
contents of the kettle are rotated rapidly number of them are placc'tl in a tub which
and allowed to come to a standstill as may contain 1,000 pounds of cheese,
the momentum is lost. This brings all Fmmentlmler cheese is made
fcjoinetimes
the curd into a cone-shaped pile in the up in the form of blocks instead of in
center of the kettle. One edge of a heavy the shape of millstones. The blocks are
linen cloth resembling burlap is wrapped about 2H inches long and 8 inches square
around a piece of hoop iron, and by this in the other dimensions and weigh usu-
means the cloth is slipped under the pile ally from 25 to 28 pounds.
of curd. The mass of curd is then raised
from the whey by moans of a rope and
pulley and lowered into a cheese hoop on Gorgonzola Cheese
the draining table. These hoops are from This variety, known also as Stracchino
4 to 6 inches deep and vary greatly in di Gorgonzola, is a renuet, Italian cheese
diameter. cloth is folded over the
The made from whole milk of cows. The in-
choose, a large follower is put on top, and terior of the cheese is mottled or veined
the press allowed to come down on the
is with a penicillium mui’h like Hoquefort,
cheese. The press is usually a log swung and for that reason the chi'cso has been
at one end and operated by a double grouped with the Koquefort and Htilton
lever. Pressure is continued for the first varieties. As seen upon the markets in
time just long enough for the euid mass this country the surface of the cheese is
to retain its shape. The hoop is Ihen re- covered with a thin coat resembling clay,
moved, the cheese turned over, and a dry said to be prepared by mixing barite or
cloth substituted. The cheese is allowed gypsum, lard or tallow, and coloring
to remain in the press about 24 hours, matter. The cheeses are cylindrical in
during which time it is turned and a shape, about 12 inches in diameter and 8
dry cloth substituted six or more times. inches in height, and as marketed are
At the end of the pressing, the curd wrapped in paper and packed with straw
should be a homogeneous mass without in wicker baskets.
holes. The cheese is then removed to the The milk used in making this cheese
salting l)oard, covered with a layer of is warmed to a temperature of al)out 75*
salt, and occasionally turned. In a day F. and coagulated rapidly with rennet,
or two it is put into the salting tank in the time required l»cing usually from 15
a brine strong enough to float an egg; it to 20 minutes. The curd is then cut very
remains there at the discretion of the fine, inclosed in a cloth and drained, after
cheesemakcr for from one to four days. which it is put into hoops 12 inches in
Often no brine tank is used with diameter and 10 inches high. It was for-
Emmenthaler cheese. merly the custom to allow the curd from
The cheese is then taken to the curing the evening ’s milk to drain overnight and
cellar. In the best factories two or more to mix it with the fresh, warm curd from
cellars with diflferent temperatures ai^ the morning’s milk prepared in the tame
available, and the cheeses are placed in way. The curd from the evening’s milk
them according to their development. If and that from the morning ’s milk, crum-
it appears that the cheese may develop bled very fine, were put into hoops in
too fast and have too many and too large layers with moldy bread crumbs inter-
eyes, it is placed in a cool cellar; if the spersed among the layers. The cheese is
reverse is true, a warm cellar is selected. turned frequently for four or five days,
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
the cloths being changed occasionally, two months. When ripe tho cheese is
and is salted from the outside, the proc- wrapped in paper, then in tin foil, and
ess requiring about two weeks. It is put into boxes, each containing about 50
then transferred to the curing rooms, cheeses.
where a low temperature is usually main- Contrary to the popular belief, no Lim-
tained. At an early stage in the process burg is imported into this country at tho
of ripening, the cheese is usually punched present time. This type of cheese is
with an instrument about 6 inches long, made so cheaply and of such good qual-
tapering from a sharp point to a diameter ity in this country that the foreign make
of about one-eighth inch at the base. has been crowded out of the market.
About 150 holes are made in each cheese.
This favors the development of the peni-
cillium throughout the interior of the Loaf or Process Cheese
cheese. Well-made cheese may bo kept It is defined as the clean, sound, heated
for a year or longer. In the region where product made by comminuting and blend-
it is made, much of the cheese is con-
ing, with the aid of heat and water and
sumed while in a fresh condition. with or without tho addition of salt, one
or more lots of cheese into a homogeneous
plastic mass.
Limburg Cheese At present it is estimated that one-half
This is a soft, rennet cheese made from of all cheese made in this country is
cows’ milk which may contain all the marketed as loaf or process checsi*.
butterfat or may be partly or entirely American Cheddar, Swiss, Brick, Lim-
skimmed. The best Liialmig is undoubt- burg, and even Caniembert have been
edly made from the whole milk. This handled in this manner.
cheese has a very strong and character- In the preparation of this product,
istic odor and taste, weighs about 2 chcCBO of different degrees of ripeness
pounds, and is about 6 by 0 by 3 inches and of inferior quality with respect to
in size. flavor and texture may be used. Well-
Limburg choose originated in the cured Canadian, well-cured Emmenthalcr,
Province of Liittich, Belgium, in tho or culture Swiss cheese is often used to
neighborhood of lIorv6, and was marketed impart a typical flavor. It is stated that
in Limburg, Belgium. Its manufacture as much as 20 per cent white American
has spread to Germany and Austria, cheese is often blended with Swiss cheese
where it is very popular, and to tho in order to give tho finished product tho
United States, whore largo quantities arc proper texture.
made, mostly in New Yoik and Wis- Tho method of manufacture consists in
consin. cleaning tho surface of tho cheese, grind-
Swoct milk, without any coloring mat- ing it, and then adding a small quantity
ter, is set at a tomporaturo of fiuin Dl® of an emulsifier, sucli as sodium citrate,
to 90® F. with sulliciont lonnot to coagu- sodium phosphate, or rochelle salts, dis-
late the milk in about 40 minutes. lu solved in water, and finally heating the
foreign countries a kettle is used, but in mixture in jacketed containers with coa-
the United States an ordinary rectangu- Btant agitation until tho cherso has
lar cheese vat is found to be more satis- reached tlio piopor degree of consistency.
factory. Tho curd is cut or broken into It is then put into suitable containeis
cubes of about one-third of an inch and either directly or by specially designed
is stirred for a short time without ud<ti- machinery. From 1 to 2 percent of
tional heRting^ It is then dipped into emulsifiers are often used. Conaiderablo
rectangular forms 2S inches lung, 5Vj skill is required iu selecting tho best
inches broad, and about 8 inches deep. kind of cheese to use as well as in regu-
These forms are kept on a draining lating tho manner and duiation of tho
board, where tho whey drains out freely. cooking. Ordinarily the choeso is gradu-
When the cheese has been in the forma, ally heated and stirred until a tempera-
with frequent turnings, for a rullicieut tuio of 140 to IGO* F. is reached. Tho
length of time to retain its shape, it is stirring is continued at this temperature
removed to the salting table, where the for a longer or shorter period according
surface is rubbed daily with salt. Wlien to the nature and kind of cheese.
the surface of the cheese commences to In the initial heating there is at first
got slippery the cheese is put into a a slight separation of fat. This is fol-
ripening cellar having a temperature of lowed by physical changes in the char-
about 60® F. While in the cellar the sur- acter of tho curd so that tho cheese be-
face of each cheese is frequently rubl>ed comes plastic and stringy. Upon further
thoroughly. To ripen requires one or heating this plastic state is gradually
FOOD PRODUCTS 73
broken down and a homogeneous mass ns Neufchktel but have slightly different
qualities is de- shapes.
with but slight plastic
veloped. When the cheese has reached bJeufchfttel cliooso is made in the same
this creamy condition and while still very manner as cream cheese, except that a
little less rennet is used, perhaps 1 ounce
hut, it is weighed and
run into tin-foil-
hnod containers. Such packages render of commercial liquid rennet to 1,000
the cheese remarkably free from
subse- pounds. Either whole milk or partly
quent mold development. skimmed milk is used. Rennet is added
Most of the process cheese raanufac- to it at ordinary temperatures, and tho
tuicd in this country is made in a few curd when sufiioiently firm is broken up,
laigo plants. At the present time there put into molds, and subji'cted to pressure.
are no regulations as to the kind or After being salted, the cheese is cured for
quality of cheese that may be used in fiom 8 to 15 days in a so-called drying
blending and no statement on the pack- room and then ripened in a cellar at a
age as to whether or not emulsifiers are temperature of al>out 55“ F. During tho
U3t‘d.
process of ripening tho cheesi' IxH'onies
covered at first with a wliitisli mold and
later with a blue mold in which red spots
Munster Chceso api'cur. After about one month it is
Miinster is a rennet cheese of the v^holo ready for sale.
ticles. After removing tho whey the curd draining for a short time is j'ut into
isscooped into forms or hoops, and caia- hoops aliout 10 inches high and 18 inches
way or anise seed is usually added. The
or more in diameter, and lined with
coarse cloth before filling. Pressure is
hoops are made in two parts, tho lower
beiug 4 inches high and 7 inches in then applied for 24 hours, tho cliceso
diameter, with holes in the bottom for
being turned frequently and the cloths
cliunged. The sailing, which is begun in
draining, and the upper of tho same di-
from one to throe days after removing
mensions. The whole resembles an ordi-
The from the press, is continued for a con-
nary cheese hoop with bandages.
siderable length of time, often 40 days.
hoop is lined with cheesecloth. After tho
curd has been in the hoop for 12 hours Tho cheeses are then transferred to a
wcU-ventilatcd room, where they
tho upper part of the latter may bo re-
cool,
may bo stored for years, tho surface
moved, the cheese turned, and the cloth
being rubbed with oil from time to time.
removed. Tho cheese is now put into tho
upper portion of the hoop and turned The exterior of tho chwso is dark green
frequently for from four to six days. In or black, duo to coloring matter rubbed
the meantime tho temperature is held at on the surface. A greenish color in tho
interior has lx>en attributed to the
con-
68* F. After salt has been rubbed on the
tamination with copper from tho vessels
surface daily for three days the cheese is
in which the milk i» allowed to stand
taken, to the cellar, which has a tempera-
before skimming.
ture of from 51* to 65" F., where it is
allowed to ripen for two or three months.
Parmesan cheese when well made may
be broken and grated easily and may be
kept for an indefinite number of years.
Neufch&tel Cheese It is grated and used largely for soups
and with macaroni. A
considerable quan-
This isa soft rennet cheese made w- tity of this cheese ia imported into this
tensively from either whole or skim milk for a very higk price.
country and sella
of cows, Bondon, Malakoff, Petit Carre,
and Petit Buisse are essemtiiUly the same
74 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Boquefort Cheese of mold on the surface. In order to favor
the growth of mold in the interior, the
This is a soft, rennet cheese made from
cheese is pierced by machinery with from
the milk of sheep. It is also stated from
20 to 00 small nee^es, which process per-
good authority that as much as 2.46 per
mits the free access of air. The cheeae
cent of cows' milk and 0.18 per cent of
goats’ milk are mixed with the sheep’s
may be sold after from 30 to 40 days
or may remain in the caves as long as
milk. There are, however, numerous imi-
five months, depending upon the degree
tations, such as Gcx and SeptmonccI,
of ripening desired. During the process
made from cows’ milk, which resemble
One of the most striking of ripening by scraping sind evaporation
Roquefort.
characteristics of this cheese is the mot-
the cheese loses from 16 to 20 per cent
of the original weight. When ripened, it
tled or marbled appearance of the in-
terior, due to the development of a peni-
weighs 4ya or 5 pounds.
cilUum, which is the principal ripening
agent. Stilton Cheese
Part of the milk is heated to 122® to This is a hard, rennet cheese, the best
140® F. ‘When this milk is mixed with of which is made from cows’ milk to
the remainder the resulting temperature which a portion of cream has been added.
should be 76® to 82®, which is the setting 'Iho cheese is about 7 inches in diameter,
temperature for the cheese. In from one 9 inches high, and weighs 12 or 15
to two hours after the addition of rennet pounds. It has a very characteristic
tho curd is cut until the particles are wrinkled or ridged skin or rind, which is
about the size of walnuts. Tho whe^ is probably caused by the drying of molds
dipped off, and the curd is put into and bacteria on the surface. When cut it
hoops which are about 8% inches in shows blue or green portions of mold
diameter and inches in height. Tho which give its characteristic piquant
hoops usually are filled in three layers, a flavor. Tlio cheese belongs to the same
layer of moldy bread crumbs between group as tho Roquefort of France and the
each. Tho bread used for this purpose is Gorgonzola of Italy.
prepared from wheat and barley flour, The morning’s milk is put into a tin
with tho addition of whey and a little vat, tho cream from the night’s milk is
vinegar. It is thoroughly baked and kept added, and tho whole is brought to a tem-
in a moist place from four to six weeks, perature of 80® F., when the rennet is
during which time it becomes permeated added. It is claimed by some cheese-
with a growth of tho mold. The crust is makers that the curd should be softer
removed, and tho interior is crumbled when broken up or cut than tho curd for
dried, ground very fine, and sifted. The
Cheddar cheese, whereas others believe
cheese is not subjected to pressure. It is that it should become very firm before it
turned usually ono hour after putting is disturbed, one or two hours being
into hoops and is not wrapped in cloths. allowed for setting. When sufficiently
Formerly the manufacture of tho firm, the curd dipped into cloths which
is
ohoeso up to this stage was carried on are placed in tin strainers. After drain-
by tho shepherds themselves, but in recent ing for one hour, the cloths containing
years centralized factories have been the curd are packed closely together in a
established, and much of tho milk is col-
large tub and allowed to remain for 12
lected and there mado into cheese. The hours, when they are again tightened
cheese is then taken to the caves. These and packed for 18 hours. The curd is
are for the most part natural caverns ground up coarse, and salt is added, 1
which exist in large numbers in the region pound to 60 pounds of curd. It is then
of Roquefort. The temperature in these put into tin hoops 8 inches in diameter
caves is 40® to 45® F., and the air and 10 inches deep. The cheeses remain
circulates very freely through them. when they are
in the hoops for six days,
Recently artificial caves have been con- bandaged for 12 days, or until they be-
structed and used. When tho cheeses
come firm, and are then placed in tho
reach tho caves they are salted,
which Ripened Stilton
curing room at 65® F.
serves to check the growth of the
mold
cheese of late is often ground up and put
on the surface. One or two days later into jars holding from 1 to 2^ pounds.
with a cloth
they are rubbed vigorously
and are afterward subjected to thorough Infants Milk
scraping with knives, a process formerly
done by hand, but now performed much
To make cow’s milk more easily diges-
bybottle-fed babies—one level
more satisfactorily and economically by tible
10 minutes in y% cup of cold milk taken heated to a temp, over about 65* and
from formula, then placed in boiling which contains a hardening agent such as
water and stirred until dissolution. Then K alum and an emollient such as glycerol,
add remainder of the milk. and the coated article is then dipped into
Jelly Powders: In the manufacture of a gelatin soln. of alx>ut 27% at a temp,
llavored gelatine, 10 parts gelatine is of al>out 43-40* which has not bc('n
mixed with 85 parts sugar to which flavor, heated to above about 65* and the coat-
color and tartaric acid 2 parts are used ing formed is dried.
to sharpen the flavor.
Gelatin in Ice Cream and other Food
* Preserving Pepper Extracts
Products: % of 1% gelatine in ice
cream prevents the formation of ice crys- Extracts of red pepper are preserved
tals by acting as an emulsifying agent by the addition of 0.01-0.05% thiosiua-
improves the texture and body of the minc.
finished product.
• Sausage Casing
• Non-Sweating Peanut Butter Cheese cloth or cnlendorod muslin is
1-5% of Diglycol Stearate or Glyceryl coated with a viscou.s, gelatinous solution
Munostearate or Cetamin is dissolved by prepared by boiling down the extract
warming and thorough mixing in the from 25 lb. of fresh hog skins or hides
peanut butter mass. with 8 gal. of H 2 O to 15 lb. wt. and
adding glycerin 2 %, NaCl 10 - 20 %, and
*
KNO 3 1 02* to 3 lb. of hide solution.
Protective Coating for Meats The cloth is smoked for about 24 hr. to
The dipped into a gelatin
articles are dry and harden the coating; alterna-
soln. contg. about 30% gelatin at a temp, tively, it may be treated with 2-3%
of about 57-60* which has not been CH 2 O followed by hypochlorite.
CLEANER S, SOAPS
• Cleaning Compound brass; and if the metal is immediately
This product is claimed to bo non- polished and lacquered with clear lac-
inflammable; for cleaning floors and oil quer, a reasonably permanent finish will
paints. result.
• Cleaning Fluid
* Deodorant Cleaner, Porcelain
Methyl Acetone 2
Ethyl Acetate 1 Sod. Risulfate 80
Alcohol 1 Pino Oil 4
Methanol 1 Sodium Sulfate 16
Thia makes an excellent antiseptic 0.5 lb., light mineral oil 6 lb., petroleum
cleaner for woodwork, tile, porcelain, jelly 2.5 lb., pumice stone 20 lb., ben-
etc. ziue 0.5 lb. nnd perfume 0.5 lb.
Leather Cleaner
Castile Soap (Powd.) 6 Rug Goaner
Water 160 Di-Olycol Oleate 44
Boil until dissolved: cool and add Butyl Cellosolve 5
Ethylene Dichlorido 12
Ammonium Hydroxide 6
15
Alcohol
Glycerin 14
Oleic Acid 11
Ethylene Dichloride 7
Ammonium Hydroxide 11
Water 45
Marble and Porcelain Cleaner This rany bo made thinner by incretis
Diatomaceous Earth 3 ing the amount of water.
Sulfuric Acid 0
Sodium Sulfate 88
•Silk Stockings and Gloves, Detergent
Ammonium Hydroxide (0.880) 3
• Marble and Porcelain Cleaner Gum Arabic 1
Sodium Bisulfite 25 Oil Ijivender Spike %
Sodium Sulfate 75 Water 14
2 ounces of the above are used per
• Cleaner, Oil Painting gallon of wash water.
Tetralin 35
Hexalin 10 Cleaning Straw Hats
Sod. Sulforicinoleate 10
15 1 Hats made of natural (uncolored)
.
Turpentine
20 straw, which have become soiled by wear,
Water
3 may Ise cleaned by thoroughly sponging
Am. Chloride
2 with a weak solution of tartaric acid in
Amyl Acetate water, followed by water alone. The hat
after being so treated should be fasteneil
• Cleaner for Oil Paintings by the rim to a board by meaps of pins,
so that it will keep its shape on drying.
A paste for cleaning oil
delicate fabrics, precious wood, etc., is Packets containing some of the acid in
obtained by stirring a soln, of 3000 g. powdered form and wrapped in wax
rice starch and 50 g. deodorant, e.g,, rose paper may be put up and sold for this
oil, almond oil, PhN 02 in*9 1. HoO into purpose. Of course, printed dirwtions
,
for the use of the acid should aoconi-
a mixt. of CCI 4 280, decahydronaphtha-
lene 980, cyolohexanol 380, olive oil 340
pany the packet.
2. Sponge the hat with a solution of:
*
and H
2O 240 g. and
adding up to 1020
g. of 15* B^. NaOH aoln. Sodium Hyposulphite 10 parts
Olveerin 5 parts
Alcohol 10 parts
* Detergent and Paint Remover Water 75 parts
Tallow 14 lb., coconut oil or the like
8.5 lb. and a soln. of NaOH 3.75 lb. in Lay aside in a damp place for 24 hours
water 25 lb. are boiled together, water
and then apply:
75 lb. is added, with further boiling, and Citric Acid 2 parts
there are then alK» added silicate of Na Akohol 10 parts
or glycerol 3 lb., an aq. soln, of borax Water 90 parts
78 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
PreM with a moderately hot iron after Distilled Water 32
stiffening with gum water if necessary. Oxalic Acid
3. If the hat has become much dark-
ened in tint by wear the fumes of burn- *
Soap
ing sulphur may
be employed. The ma-
terial should be first tiiuroughly cleaned Cottonseed Fatty Acids 60
by sponging with an aqueous solution of Hardwhite Stearin 20
potassium earbonate, followed by a simi- Soda Ash 12
lar application of water, and it is then Caustic Potash g
iUspended over the sulphur fumes. These These are ground together to form a
are generated by placing in a metal or dry water soluble soap.
>9arthen dish, so mounteu as to keep the
heat from setting fire to anything be- Soap, Castor Oil
neath. some brimstone, and sprinkling
To obtain a transparent, amber-col
over it some live coals to start combus-
ored castor-oil soap (A), mix 30 cc.
tion. The operation is conducted in a
deep box or oarrol, the dish of burning
KOH of 80%
(wt./vol.) with 15 cc. in-
dustrial ale. and 99.4 g. castor oil. The
sulphur being placed at the bottom, and
resulting opaque jelly when put into ii
the article to be bleached being sus
warm place will be clear after 10 min.
pended from a string stretched across
To prep, from this a compound soln. of
the top. - A
cpver not fitting so tightly
cresol, add further 142 g. cresol, shake,
as to exclude all^ir is placed over it,
then add H 2 O to make 300 cc. To prep,
and the apparatus allowed to stand for
a more dil. soln. of A, add to the above
a few hours. Hats so treated will re-
quire to be stiffened by the application
anantity of A sufficient 2 O to make H
225 cc. This soln., liquid castor-oil soap
of a little gum wat«r, and pressed on a
{li)f is miscible with H 2O in all propor-
block with a hot iron to bring them back
tions, is permanent and may be used ns
into shape.
_______ a stock soln. for other prepus.
Wall Paper Cleaner
Whiting * Floating Soap
10 lb.
Magnesia Groined 2 lb. Asubstance capable of generating II
Fulleri Earth 2 lb. is added to the soap or a constituent
Pumidl^ Pohrd. 12 oz. thereof before, during or after the sa-
» Lemenofe 4 oz. ponification proce.ss. Tims, 20 g. of At
dust may be added to 100 kg. of hot
TAuudry Sours
liquid grained soap.
Neutralizing scale for use in souring
after ^ chlorine blg^ on cotton, etc.
* Soap, Dry Cleaning
I ouzu 56% acetiff^cid
.cetiff« equals the
following:' Oleic Acid 1
'
0.6 os. OxfUc Acid Cyclohexanol 1
0.5 os. Suliffrio .Acid Cone. Carbon Tetrachloride 1
1.4 oz. Nitre Cake (33%) i Ammonia (26° B6) 0.2
0.5 oz. SodiudlBilico Flourid^*V Water 0.5
'
0.6 oz. Sodium mcid Fluoride
Dry Cleaning Soap
1.0 oz. Muriatic Acid
1.0 oz. Sodium Bisulfite Red Oil 1000
2.0 oz. Lactic Acid Pot. Hydroxide (50° B4) 400
Hexalin 1000
others that could be added iW 1»I gas,
Benzine or. Carbon Tetra-
“hypo," formic acid, etc.
chloride 300
Water 300
Laundry Blue The first two items are warmed to 70*
Ultramarine Blue 35 C. and stirred until saponification ia
Aniline Blue Soluble 1 eomplete. Cool and stir in other ingre-
Soda Ash 30 dients.
Com Syrup 7
Dry Cleaners Soap
Make into a paste with water and
prees in forms. 50 to 55 parts good quality red oil
(oleic acid).
12 to parts eaostic potash is
14
Liquid Laundry Blue added to the red ail and stirred
Pmaffian Hue 1 until soap solution la reached.
CLEANERS, SOAPS 79
. Laundry Soap
Drycleaners Soap Tallow Soap 75%
White Oleic Acid 0- 10% Steain-distillod Pine Oil 25%
Triethanolamine 3- 4%
The pine oil content of this laundry
Carbontetrachloride 18-17%
soap promotes excellent penetration and
Cleaners Naphtha 73-09%,
has been tested and proven to insure the
Mix white oleic and trietlianolmine removal of more dirt. l*ine oil has .no
and heat solution until hand warm. Then deleterious effe<’-t on any tvpe of textile
add carbontetmchloride and cleaners fibre. A laundry soap of ftiiltfw works,
naphtha, stirring mixture slowly. well at anv temperature an^ will assist^
in the brightening of colofls It leaves j#
pleasant piney odor in the damp clothw,
Dry-Cleaning Soaps which disappears upon drying.
self. A
formula along these lines, wWcl^,
gives excellent results in dry-cleaning,
has been worked out and thoroughly * Liquid Soap, Non-Qelatinizing
tested. It produces a soap which is sol-
Eight kilomms of coconut oil, 2 kilo-
uble in naphtha in all proportions, and
grams of t^ow and 1.3 kilograms of
is therefore particularly adapted for use
olein (oleic acid) are saponifiM by the
with filter s^tems. Being more com-
half-boiled process with 7.2 kil^rams of
pletely saponified than ordi^ry soaps, it
is more concentrated and hence less is
caustic potash lye (40 d^rees with ^)
the addition of 15 liters of water.
required for use. The incorporation ^ Shortly after sanonification is completed,
Butyl Gellosolve in the formula gives a
3.2 kilograms of a 50 per cent solution
particularly effective coupling action,
of potassium acetate are added. The
and allows the addition of water which
soap is then allowed to cool It is fil-
is vitally necessiXy for good detergent
tered to remove impurities.
action. It also iisnts in removing food-
stains and gther water-soluble spots and
80 THE CHEMICAL PORMULARY
Concentrated Liqdd Soap for Silk is dissolved in 77 parts by weight of
Goods, Silk Stockings, Etc. water and again up to a maximum of
Water 55 parts 0.5 part of potash is added.
° Solid Caufltic Potash 5 parts It is very interesting to follow through
Diethylane Olvfiol 20 parts the progress of saponification'. At the
Bed Oil or Oleic Acid 20 parts beginning the temperature of the mix-
ture rises slowly, since only a small part
Yield 100 parts of the mixture is saponified under the
initial conditions of the process. But
Dissolve the caustic in the water, add
the rise in temperature constantly be-
the diethylenc glycol, bring to a boil and
comes greater and the principal reaction
add the red oil. Adjust eitlier with red
of the saponification then takes place.
oil or alluili until the suniplo dissolved
Hence if the ndxture has been agitate<i
in alcohol is neutral to plienulphtlialein.
at a tempemturc of 65 to 70 degrees t?.,
the temperature rises slowly to approxi-
Formula: Liquid Cleaning Soup mately 75 to 78 degrees 0. Thereafter
the rise is more rapid until approximately
Rosin Soap (Anhydrous) 10%
85 degrees (’. is attained. At this point
Oleate Soap (Anhydrous) 10%
the grmter part of the contents of the
Steam-distilled Pino Oil 20%
kettle is saponified and the heat of reac-
Trisodium Phosphate 4% tion libemted becomes smaller and fur-
Water 50%
ther increase of the temperature is
This product makes a very efficient
cleaner for use on all types of floors, slow'er. In mo.st cases the temperature
woodwork, tile, porcelain, etc. The pine increases to approximately 94 to 96 de-
oil content insures penetration and n
grees 0. and remains constant at that
solvent action to assist tlio removal of point for some time. Then there comes
greasy and oily Aims. This product has a point at which the temperature in the
kettle begins to fall. Saponification re-
a pleasant piney odor that will act ns a
partial deodorant, and the pine oil con-
action may then be considered as finished
tent will also insure some disinfecting
and it only remains to saponify residual
value.
traces of unsaponified matter. Hence
the mixture in the kettle must show at
this point noticeable traces of caustic
Liquid Soap alkali, so that the saponification of the
The soap base may bo made from one- residual fat and oil may be affectc«l
third coconut oil and two-thirds soya W'hen the mixture is well-agitated.
beau oil. The proportions used in sapo- As the mass in the kettle is worked
nification are 10.75 parts by weight of up, it first bivomes thick and heavy, but
soya bean oil, crude or bleached, 5.00 then soon thinner and thereafter thicker
parts by Weight of coconut oil and about and heavier again. When this happens,
7.87 parts by weight of 50 degrees B6 agitation is best stopped and the soap
^tassium hydroxide. The soap obtained mass is allowed to remain quiescent for
from this saponification is dissolved in some minutes. Then the soap is fitted
77 parts by weight of water to which a and tested. If sufficient alkali were
maximum of Oli part by weight of present, technically complete saponifica-
potash has been added. tion would be obtained. Thus, the re-
Another soap is made from two-thirds sults would be as good as those obtained
loconut oil and one-third castor oil. The by hot saponification of fats.
proportions used in saponification are At this point the fitting of the soap
10.76 parts by weight of coconut oil, 5,0 begins. The soap must have a slight
parts by weight of pure castor oil and but clearly perceptible acrid taste. This
about 7.48 parts by weight of 50 degrees test may be used when the complete
potassium hydroxide solution. After saponification test is not made in the
saimnification, the soap is dissolved in works laboratory. This test is, however,
76 parts by weight of water and as very simple and should be made. A
above a maximum of 0.5 part by weight small quantity of the soap is dissolved
of potash is added. in disnlled water. The solution must
In making the soap from coconut oil not be turbid, but absolutely clear. If
and olein, the following proportions are t1l»re is a slight turbidity, this indicates
used: 8.5 parts by weight of coconut the presence of unsaponi'fled oils or fats.
oiL 6.0 rarts by weight of best quality However, in this case, no traces of free
olm acid and about 7.3 parts by weight caustic potash could M detected in the
of 50 degrees B6 potassium hydroxide soap, since the correctly earned out half-
solntion. After saponification the soap boil process gives absoluteyr good re-
CLEANEBg, SOAPS 81
aulta. If too little lye has been used in red used with best results for this
oil is
the saponification process, which may purpose. This product dissolves rapiilly
also happen when the potassium hydrox- and completely in the liquid soap to give
ide solution employed is not 50 degrw a clear solution. Neutmliwition is there
strength (this does not happen often), fore rapid and as complete as desired.
if the solution of potassium hydroxide is
allowed to remain in storage’ tanks ex-
White Hose Soap
piised to the air for too long a time so
that considerable of the hydroxide is Soap Cliips 100 kilos
converted into the carbonate and the Perfume:
strength of the solution accordingly re- Geninium Algerian Oil 2.50grms.
duced, then the soap may be lacking in Rhodinol 250 gnus.
potash lye and in fitting the soap it then Benzyl Acetate 250 grms.
b'comes necessary to add potassium hy Patchouli Oil 50 gnus.
(Iroxide. In this case the potassium hy- Oh.ve Oil 100 grms.
droxide solution is diluted with distilUsl Benzciin Siam Tincture 75 grms.
or soft water to about 30 degree's Musk Ainhrette Ib'siduo 300 gnus.
concentration, so that it can bo mixed Aldehyde Cl 1
5 gnus.
with the soap more readily and more No color.
uniforiiily. The fitting of the soap must
be repeaterl in this case after a short Violet Soap
time has elapsed and tlie same jirocess is
Soap Chips 100 kilos
carried through until a definite excess of
Orris Powder 100 kilos
fMitassium hydroxide is detectable in the
soap. Perfume:
Alkali in Soap Base
Orris Resinoid 100 grms.
If the excess of alkali is found to be Ylang Viang Bourbon
too large when the soap base is ti'sted, Oil 300 grms.
tlie taste of the soap being too sharp,
Bergamot Oil 250 grms.
then there must have been an error in lononc Spci'ial for Soap 2iHI gnus.
measuring out the alkali for saponifica- Musk Aiiihrctte Pcsidue 3(i0 grms.
tion of the fats and oils, on the assump-
Benzol Acetate 50 grms.
tion that there was nothing wrong with A’o color.
the latter and they were completely
saponifiable. However, fats ami oils,
Oriental Bouquet Soap
which are not completely saponifiable,
and hence are not of first quality (t(*i li- Soap Chips 100 kilos
meal gnide), are not suitable raw ma- Perfume:
terials for making liquid soaps. How- La vernier Oil 250 grms.
ever, if the soap base contains too much Patchouli 200 grins.
alkali, then it is necessary to neutmlize VctiNcrt Bourbon 200 grms.
the same. This is accomplished by in- Cananga Oil 200 grins.
tiuducing a small quantity of coconut Musk Ambrette Residue 150 grins.
into the hot soap. Good results are also
obtained with oleic acid. After tlie Color
added fats or oils have been thoroughly Dark Green 100 grms.
mixed with the soap mass and saponi-
fied, the soap must be tested again after Lilac Soap
about ten to fifteen minutes and fitted. Soap ('hips 100 kilos
As has been remarked above, if the Perfume:
soap base had a content of about 05 to Terpineol 400 grms.
00 per cent of fatty acids, it ne'e!! be Meth.>l lonone 100 grms.
dissolved only in three times its weight
PIien\ lacidahlehyde 100 grms.
of distilled or soft water to give a liquid Ilydroxicitroncllul 200 grms.
soap containing about fifteen to sixteen Benz\l .Vectate 100 grms.
per cent of fatty acids. If the soap Bromo.st}rol 50 grms.
base contained only a slight quantity of Musk Artificial 50 grms.
alkalin excess and was ui^ without fur-
Color
ther treatment, the liquid soap will be
Lavender Blue 75 grms.
found to be practically neutral. On the
other hand, if the proportion of excess
potassium hydroxide in the soap base Almond Blossom Soap
was quite large, then the liquid soap Soap Chips 100 kilos
must be neutialised. An acid turkey White Almond Flour 10 kilos
f!HEMrCAl.
Benzoin Siam Tincture 200 grms.
Perfume; Artificial 100 gnns.
Musk
200 grms.
Bergamot Oil
200 grmfl. Color
Ifo-Eugonol 75 grms.
200 grms. Light Green
Norolifl
Oil 100 grms.
Bitter Almond
100 grms.
Aubcpino Bed Bose Soap
75 grms.
Vanilla Tincture 100 kUos
15 grmi. Soap Chips
Bromoetyrol Perfume:
10 gnna
Aldehyde C14 250 grms.
Geranium Algerian Oil
No color.
100 grms.
Phenylacetaldehyde
100 grms.
Rhodinol
Perfumo grms.
Eau do Cologne Soap Benzyl Acetate
100
250 grms.
Sandalwood Oil
Low Priced Perfume 50 grms.
Vertivert Bourbon
« - kilos 100 grms.
fhinil
Soap Chips . Benzoin Siam Tincture
Powder kilos 50 grms.
Orris J Musk Artificial
Bergamot ’*$» B™*-
8™“' Color
Lemon Oil
f
Sr loolrms!
Light Cinnabar
Soaps
150 grms.
and dirt
1® manager for dissolving grease
Civet Tincture k*^*^'®*
light sudsing
from concrete flooring. Its
Colors great advantage lu that it
property is a
100 gnus. leave a slippery tilm. In
ad^-
Light Green does not
fragrance excel-
tion its searching piney
obnoxious odors.
lently dispel SOS many
Heliotrope Soap Perfume representative of the
WD The following is
Colors
grms. ”^The oleic acid and
Wood Rosm
75
Lavender Blue brought to a
put m the are added to a vat and
Dissolved in water and temperature of 80« C. The
soamm hy-
mixer with soap and oik droxide is dissolved m ^
th®
of the
amount of water. Temperature
60 C. and the
New Mown Hay Soap mass is then dropped to
is added by
5 kilos sodium hydroxide solution
Orris Powder compbte «pott-
100 kilos stirring in slowly. Mier
Chips
the Pine Oil is added by
stir-
Perfume; ifleation
s<^a ash to the
ring in slowly. Add the
Ooumarin K™
200 gms.
‘
previous mass and
c 9\ stirring device
^
similarly constructed
Nerolin
CLEANERS. SOAPS 83
to a cement mixer. The resxiltant prod- then added to balance water loss during
uct is free flowing. sustained heating to bring product to
The pine powder is sprinkled over the original weight.
greasy floors and wet down witli a hose.
'I’he ilsual scrubbing practice is followed.
Pine Oil Liquid Scrubbing Soaps
Or itmay be dissolved in a bucket of
hot water and applied in usual manner. The scrubbing soups on the market
are either liquid or powder. The former
are principally composed of soaps and
Pine Oil Liquid Hand Soaps solvents with lesser percentagee of alkali,
Liquid soaps usually are made with whereas, the latter are mostly alkali with
focoanut oil-potash soaps, or a combinsi- slight traces of soap and solvent.
fuin of palm-kernel oil and vegetable oil- Pine Oil Liquid Scrubbing Soap is
pntash soaps. recommended for general use and is
These soaps are diluted with \vater, widely used in many institutions to pre-
depending upon the price the consumer serve costly surfaces and for its deodor-
wishes to pay for such a product. Wlicn izing properties.
high percentages of water are present The follow’ing i.s a good formula for a
large percentages of etliyl (or grain) liquid scrubbing soap:
alcohol, glycerol or sugar are added to
Parts by Weight
lower the freezing point. Consequently,
thoie is less chance for the soups io (tl.() Oleic Aidd (Aeid Number
solidify out of solution and cause a sub- IIM)
sequent clouding of the finished product. “I” Wood Itosin (Aeid Num
A cloudy product causes sales resistance ber 1 <',>)
Cocoanut oil of Ceylon Grade is added tation and continued for 15 minutes.
to a vat and heated to a temperature of After complete saponification the Pino
80"-S5® C. The potassium hydroxide is Oil is added by stirring vigorously for
then dissolved in a sufficient amount of several minutes.
the water to make a 15% to 20% solu The finisheil or completed prl^uct is
tion. One-half the solution is then added light red to dark brown in color, de-
to the cocoanut oil and stirred in slowly. pendent upon the type of rosin or oleic
The balance of water is then added fol- acid used.
lowed by the balance of potassium hy- 8uch a pine liquid scrub soup is espe-
droxide solution which is stirred in ciallyadapted for fine tile, cork, rubber,
linoleum, mastic, terrazzo and painted
slowly. The temperature of the mix is
then kept at floors.
C. for a period of
from two to three hours with good agi- 1. It is a powerful solvent.
tation. After complete saponification, 2. It does not contain any injurious
the solution is then cooled, chilled and ingredients.
filtered in this chilled state. The Pine 3. It is an efficient cleanser.
Oil is then added by stirring in rery 4 It removes grease and stains.
.
Camauba Wax 54
Dissolve above and mix into
Soap Flakes 20 Sod. Silicate (75® Tw.) 10 lb.
Tallow 26 Soda Ash 22.5 lb.
Turpentine 21 Soap (Melted) 50 lb.
Sperm Oil 6 When thoroughly mixed cool to 50'® UIK
Water 5 work in
Sod. Perborate 9.5 lb.
Soft Soap for Textile Purposes Tliis mixture is finally reduced to tt
to tlie soap.
SwtM'ping CoiiqKiunds
Although there are many sweeping
* Rancidity in Soap, Prevention of
compounds on the market made of saw-
Tlio addition of 0.2% Sod. Sulfanilate dust, .sand, ground feldspar, oil, wax
is recommended. emulsions, <a)lonng matter, disinfectant,
etc., It IS beliiwed that in many cases
* Soap Stabilizer fine sawdust moistened with water at the
time of use will }>rove satisfactory. 8omo
The addition of 0.2 to 0.4% trietlian-
jirefera compound containing sand, oil,
olnrnine olcato to soaps inhibits oxida-
etc.; for example, the Treasury Depart-
tion.
ment at one time used a compound made
up iK'conling to the following formula:
Rug Cleaning Soap
Hand 10 parts by weight
Oleic Acid 28 lb.
Fine Hawdust .3’^ parts by weight
llutyl Cellosolve 5 lb.
Halt I'/j parts by weight
Kthylene Dichloride 13 lb. Paraflin Oil 1 jHirt by weight
Triethanolamine 15 lb. Mix thoroughly.
Water 125 lb.
Certain (lovernment offices have ad-
Isopropanol 14 lb.
vised us that a compound conforming to
The oleic acid, ethylene dichlonde and the following formula lias been satis-
Rutyl (kdlosolve are mixed and then factory in si r\icc:
luhled to a solution made of the Tricth-
35%
Fine Hand
aiiolamiiio and water. The unxtuie ns
Pine Hawdust 40%
well stirred and sufficient isopropanol is
Paniflin Oil 15%
added to form a clear solution. Tie*
Water (d\e if coloring is de-
product emulsifies in water, and the 10%
sired;
einulsion made with an equal volume of
water is recommended for cleaning rugs. The Navy Dejiartment has used a
compound consisting of a uniform mix-
ture of clean, fine sand and finely ground
Paint and Tar Solvent sawdust properly impregnated with a re-
Xylene 140 lb. fined heavy mineral oil and water. Such
Trichlorethylene 47 lb. a compound must show on analysis: not
Ethylene Dichlorido 01 lb. more than 20 per cent of water, not
Oleic Acid 40 lb. more than .lO per c«‘nt of elmn sand, not
Sulphonated Castor Oil 21 lb. less than 5 per cent of refined ln*avy
Isopropanol 313 lb. mineral oil, and the remainder finely
Triethanolamine 10 lb. ground sawdust. Home of the commer-
This made by mixing the xxlene, cial conqiounds are colored with Iron
is
trichlorethylene, ethylene dichlori<le, oleic oxide or other pigment and contain
acid and sulphonated oil, adding the iso- naphthalene flakes.
Essential oils, such as oil of eucalj'p-
propanol and triethanohimine and stir-
ring to obtain an even, clear mixture. tus, oil of sassafras, etc., are frequently
This solution is easily dispersed in water added to impart a ph-asant odor to the
and makes a stable emulsion that is ex- compound or to mask any unplwisant
o<jor that may be duo to the ingredient*
cellent for removing paint and tar from
wool. used.
blues the cloth or idothes, cuts down the water before being added to the soap.
number of rinsing operations, and pre-
serves the fabric.
Dry Cleaning Soap on Ammonia Ba.se
Coloring Liquid Soaps This soap is easily prepared cold by a
Pink simple mixing operation. A good 80 4 : )
Leaf Gre(n
Naphthol (Ireou Mix these ingredients thoroughly; in
1 lb. to 1500 gal.
cold weather the oleic acid sliouhl bt
Olive Grnn warmed up.
Ohloro Croon 8-3 10 1 lb. to 1500 gal.
Beer Pipe Cleaning Compound
Amber Caustic Soda 12.5
Bismarck Brown 1 lb. to 1500 gal. Soda Ash 87.5
BLEACHING, COLORING, DYEING
Bleach for Animal Fats suspension in a solution eontaining
Vj-
Bleach for use with animal fats and 1% of NaOII (on the wl. of air-(lry
(uls is to use from 1% lb. to 4 lb. pulp), wu8h«*d, and bh»acheil with uii
Miinf^iinato of Soda or Pernianjjanate alkaline livp<tclilurite lupior. The NnOU
Salts and from lb. to 0 lb. of Sul- steejt reduco.s the resin content but does
phuric Acid to each 100 lb. of fat. not alTcvl tiu* «-celliilose content.
required quantity of Man-
Dissolve (H) The above process is applied to
of Soda or Permanganate Salts
pjiuiiite pulp which i.s cau.'U'd to Ilow as a con-
m from 20 to 25 times its own weight tinuous .stronm through a suitable sys-
of boiling water. Dilute required quan tem, The NaOll lupior is added to the
tity Sulphuric Acid with 10 times its raw pulp entering tlie svsteiii, and at a
own wi'iglit of water. Liquefy fat tlior |)oint reailied by the pulp about 2 hr.
oughly at as low tempenilure as possible later the bleach liquor is added and tlic
and then add slowly and with vigorous temp, raised to 27”.
agitation the Manganate or Perman
ganate solution, continue agitation ac- * Chlorine Free Bleacliing Powder
tively for 15 to ;U) minutes, then add,
Sodium Peroxide I'Jf)
also with vigorous agitation the dilute
Citric ,\cid 4.17
Sulphuric Acid and continue stirring foi
Soap (Powd.) n.lVA
15 minutes. Then steam is to be turned Sod. Carbonate 41.()d
on and an active boil kept up until all
Sod. Silicate 8.;34
III own stain (lisa[»pears, which should be
from .'50 to 00 minutes from time boiling
'
oriiiiK'nceR. Then setth* and dmw off *Cliloiide of Lime, Non II\ groscopic
'Spoilt sidution and wash oil with water. (5hloiido of Lime is ground intimately
If using Manganate* of Soda caie must with r>-l()Vo Calcium Sulfate.
1)0 take'n not to add bottoms or undia
Hol\(‘(l portion. Permanganate* Salta cost
a little more but me>re* ri'aelily soluble.
Blea<'hiiig Colton in Kier
is
(per jOOO lb, cotton)
Hydrogen Peroxide
‘
Bh-aching Vegetable and Animal Oils
(loo Volume) 25 Ib.
Patty oils (e*tc.) are nii\e*il with a Sodium Silicate (Sp. gr. Lll) 40 lb.
dry CaOOl., preiduot containing .'iO-OOe^
Sulfoiiated Corn Oil 414 Ih.
of available Cl; in amount equiv. to
Heat to 185-105° F. for J/j-l hour.
0. 5-1.0% of available Cl on the oil, unel
Kinse well and dry.
heated at 70-90° until ble*acheel; the
sepamted oil is blown with siijicrheated
steam until free from available Cl. Bleaching Cotton
The goods to be bleached are impreg-
Blenching Angora Wool nate<l with a solution of Turkey HchI Oil
the yam (previously thoroughly wetted of the excess, and then dried. The goods
out) a few turns in the liquor and sub- are next boded for six hours under pres-
merge and allow to stand over night. sure with from 1% to 2 per cent of
Keniove from the bath the following caustic 80 «la, rinsed, slightly soured,
morning and rinse in \varm water. rinseilarain, passe*! through a very weak
soap bath, aga^ rinsed, and then dried.
Tf the cotton is very pure and easily
• Cellulose Pulp, Bleaching bleached the process may be simplified
(A) Unbleached sulphite pulp is by putting the Turkey-Red Oil into the
treated at room temp, as a flowablc aq. boiler with the lye. The process has
87
88 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
special importance for bleaching makko- Sodium Hypochlorite Meach
yarn, as that yarn, so largely used for To prepare Sodium Hypochlorite.
finer counts, has been hitherto very diffi- Dissolve 100 lb. of 33% Bleaching
cult to bleach, requiring strong baths of Powder in 40 gallons of water.
chloride of lime. Dissolve ()0 lb. of Soda Ash in 20 gul
Turkey-Bed Oil may also be used to Ions of boiling water, afterwards diluting
advantage in bleaching cotton by the with 10 gallons of cold water.
usual chloride of lime method, as fol- The Soda solution is then to be mi.xed
lows: with the bleaching powder paste ami
Goods may be treated with the oil well stirred for one-half hour and al
before bleaching. Pad goods in a 5 per lowed to settle over night.
cent solution of the oil, and steam with- In the morning the mcar solution is to
out pressure. Tlio oil may also be added be drawn off.
to the contents of the kier, whether this The residue should be washed with
consists of lime, soda, or caustic soda. clear water, allowed to settle, and tlic
Two litres of Turkey- Ited Oil per cubic top liquor added to the main solution.
meter of caustic soda at 3“ Tw. are The washing may be done for econ
sufficient. The oil is added to the satu- omy, several times, each time letting the
rated liquor, which is afterwards intro- solution settle and adding the top to the
duced into the kier. There is no change main solution.
required in the bleaching operation. Use only sufficient wash wmters to
When lime is used, the oil is added to bring the main solution to stand at
the lime after slaking, ami then the to 7° Tw.
necessary quantity of water is added. A Now add IVi to 2 lb. Soda Ash. Dis-
milky liquid is thus obtained, which only solve and lot stand over night, when all
settles very slowly, and whicli penetrates the lime will have been thrown out of
the goods perfectly, especially when solution.
te^id. The use of the oil in the lime It Ls then ready for use by simple*
boil gives better results than in the dilution in w'nter to the desired strength
soda boil.
C4iustic for bleaching.
Before the unti chlorino bath it is ad- Sodium Hypochlorite has advan
visable to wash well in soft water, in tages over the old-time Chloride of Lime
order to remove any undecomposed oil. solution. The goods come out softer.
Goods bleached with tlio aid of Turkoy- They rinse cleaner, and this insures bet
Reil Oil are much softer than those ter strength of the fibre and a more per-
bleached without. The chemicking is manent white.
easier and quicker, while at the same
time less bleach may be used. Bleach for Furs
Water 3 gal.
Hydrogen Peroxide 3 uz.
Bleachers, Chlorine Pot. Persulfate 6 oz.
Sod. Pyrophosphate 6 oz.
Hypochlorite Liquor Made with
Liejuid Chlorine
In 400 to 500 gallons water dissolve: Hypochlorite Bleach
150 to 1300 lb. Soda Ash Caustic Soda 120 lb.
80 lb. Caustic Soda Water 700-800 lb.
100 lb. Chlorine Stir until dissolved.
The Chlorine should bo added to the Put 100 lb. of above in carboy packed
alkaline solution slowly to prevent heat- in ice and salt. Pass into it chlorine
ing and loss. gas from a weighed cylinder on a scale.
Another method is to use a solution When 16 lb. chlorine has passed in and
of Caustic Soda: solution is still alkaline to phenolph
thalein 8hut't)ff chlorine. Keep tempera
400 to 500 gallons water
125 lb. Caustic Soda
turo ns low as possible. The resulting
hypochlorite solution may be diluted as
100 lb. Chlorine
desired.
Tanks or tubs of good depth should
be used in making Hypochlorite solu- Javel Water
tions. If shallow solutions are used, the Bleaching Powder 20 lb.
Chlorine will not absorb readily and the Soda Ash 20 lb.
finished solution will not be stable. Water 60 gal.
Mix well until reaction is completed.
BLEACHING. COLORING, DYEl NG 89
Allow to settle over night and siphon off lar form, and not in gummy
masses.
tlic clear liquid. hMlter off the shellac on a large Witt
plate or Buclmer funnel provided with
waxes or fatty acids, the solvents should stance capable of liberating CIIoO {(.g.,
be heated to insure full solution of the CH2O, NaHSCbj), steaming for 4-8 inin.
color. You wdl not get full money value in a Mnther-Platt, and oxidizing in 2oVr
or perfect solution if you dissolve the aq. !Na2Cr207 at CO®, followed by soap-
color in cold oils. ing and washing. Mordant dyes, espe-
cially alizarin, may be added to A, and
the resulting shade is deeper if Cr(OAo),{
Milled Soaps
is also added. The brown pigment has
You can use water or ah'ohol soluble an affinity for basic dye.s, and those ma\
colors. Water colors preferreil, as alco- be added to A or applied aftorwanls,
hol may cause blistering. Add the liquid whereby very deep shades are obtained.
color to the soap in an amalgamator if The HCl in A may be replaced bv a
—
possible preferably after the perfume mixture of HCO2H or AoOH and NH^-l-
and zinc oxide. If no amalgamator is An alternative printing process, whereby
used, distribute the color throughout the the same brown pigment is formed ulti-
soap as much as possible, before nulling. mately, consists in condensing CHoO
Spots and blotches are caused by undis- with (I) in the presence of an alkali
solved color, so make sure that you have and using the resulting transparent
a clear color solution. gelatinous product in the prep, of A.
A. Water
METAL COLOBING Silver Nitrate
2.5
25.0 gm.
lit.
Black Finish for Aluminum The silver finishes are sulphide fin-
Use hot.
Coloring Iron
Water 1 pt.
Borax Shellac Water Solution 1 pt. Coloring Com'rete
Table of Colors to be Used in
Coloring Bone Buttons Concrete Floor Finish
Amounts of pigments given in table
Black are approximate only. Ti'st samples
Pylam Ebony Black 1 oz. should be made uj) to determine exact
Water 1 qt. (piantities reijuired for the desired color
Heat to boil. Bye at 100® C. and shade.
PonndB of Color Rft-
Light MfHiium
bbade Hhade
Grays, blue-blaok and black Germantown bampbliick* or
n 1
Carbon black* or H 1
black Oxide of Manganese* or 1 2
.Mineral black 1 2
...... L'ltraiminiic blue fi 0
blue
brownish red to dull brick red bed oxide of iron s 0
Mincriil turkey nnj A 0
bright red to vermilion
Itidiaii red A 0
lieu sandstone to purplish red
brown to reddish-brown \ictallie lirow u (oxide) A 0
ydlovx od.ie .T A 0
bull, colonial tint and yellow
Yellow oxide 2 4
Green cliromium oxide or A 0
Grcemsti blue ullramarino A
quality lampblack should be used f'arbnn blarV. is ..f light weight and requlrei
* Only first
Tor
thorough^mixxng. blLk oxide or mineral blark is j.robablv most inh Hiilageoue for general lue.
black use 11 pounds of oxide for each bag of cement
Silvering Dragees
Dragees must be perfectly dry before sil-
Silvering operation should be carried
solution \ci cmiting is applied. Silvering is ac-
out only in clean vessels. Gelatin
2r) jiaits coniplislu'd by addition of silver powder
IS first prepared by softening
soft- to glasslinc'd kettle containing pills.
gelatin with little water and cooking
This kettle is made so that it can ho ro-
ened mass and then passing liquid gelatin
tated and silvering takes place while ket-
through filtering cloth. Gelatin is then
tle is inmotion. Uniform spi'ed of 80 to
mixed with 60 parts acetic acid in suit-
The smaller the on^nal 100 K.U.M. is important. Pills must run
able flask.
the thinner the gelatin out of kettle quite dry and then they are
sugar-coated pills,
If
further dried on glass plate or dish.
solution must be and the more acetic acm
silver coating does not possess required
must be added. Silvering process should
luster, then dragees are allowed to re-
be carried out in room in which
is
main few days and are then run into
dry and as cold as possible, compatible
Dragees lye glnss lined kettle again and moistened
with comfort of workers. Hermetically
ordr with little acetic acid.
moistened with gelatin solution in
out sealed containers must lie used for stor-
nary kettle and operation is earned
smooth dragees should be ing silvereii dragees, because they lose
by htnd. Only
can luster on contact with air.
used, because a fine, metallic luster silvering
smooth surface. Another good method for
be produced only on
0& THE CHEMrCAt FORMULARY
drageeB ia to prepare a little gum solu- acid by 1 per cent sulphuric acid.
This
tion or white syrup with which sugar- lias the effect of clearing the
bath of
coated pills are moistened. They are dichroraate and ensuring the action
of
then placed in box which is filled with the chrome. The chrome dyes are the
few pieces of silver leaf. liox may be fastest in general respects of all
the
made of porcelain, glass, horn or wood. soluble d}es, and although the process
is
It is closed and rotated so that dragees expensive and laborious compared to
the
roll around in it in continuous circle. straight use of acid dyes, the results
arc
Rotation continues as long as any metal- well worth tlie extra trouble involved.
lic particles remain unattached to jiilb.
More silver Imf is addoil as may be nec-
essary and rotation of box is continm>d Leather, Applying Basic Dyes to
until perfectly silvered pills are ob Before dyeing with basic dyes, tanned
tained. If dragees contain medicaments, leather is treated for :h) min. with
a
which react with silver, such as for ex- liquor containing as much C11SO4 as
the
ample sulfur compounds, a collodion dye to be afterwards applied, wherebv
coating is applied before silvering or the depth of shade obtained subsequentlV
before sugar coating pill. Thus the pills is 4-5 times that similarly
obtained on
may bo placed in roomy dish and mix- non-treated leather, wliilst exaggerated
ture of 2 parts collodion and one part grain defects and a tendency- for the
ether is poured over them. Pills are dyed flesh side of the leather to be loose
rolled in solution until solid, uniformly to rubbing (evident in leather not
tixed
lustrous spotless coating is obtained. after binning) are avoided. The Cti
treatment colors the tanned h'ather from
a pale yellow to brown, but insutficientlv
Fur Skin Dyeing
to affect the shade obtained with
the
A typical aciddyeing process wmdd basic dye, and enables acid dyes to bo
be as follows: The dyestuff solution is satisfactorily replai'ed by basic! dyes.
sieved into the bath, 10 per cfnt
Glau-
ber 's salt and 2 per cent acetic
acid on
the weight of the material are ’’Pluck Leathi'r Dye
added.
'I’he goods are entered at 20 deg. C., O-Dichlor Benzol .*10 gni.
raised to 40 deg. 0., and a further lo’ Spirit Soluble Nigrosine
20,000
7.5 gm.
per cent Glauber’s salts added. Oleic Acid
After 5 gjj,
dyeing for half an hour at this tempera- Alcohol 48 gni.’
ture, the bath is slowly raised to
05 deg.
to 70 dog. C., and a further
2 per cent Coloring Gasoline
acetic acid added. If necessary, the
bath may bo cleared by the addition
Red— 130,000Azo 11). Oil Red
of 20, IKK) gallons gasoline.
from 1 to 2 per cent formic acid. It
is Orange-l
30,000lb. Azo Oil Orange
advisable to allow the skins to cool down
at least for half an hour in gallons gasoline.
the baths, Yellow— I
as this, while helping to exhaust lb. Azo
Oil Yellow
the 20.000 gallons gasoline.
bath, also helps to increase the
tion.
penetra- ” Green — 1 11). .Vnthraqmnone Oil Green
After dyeing the skins are treated in 30.000 gallons gasoline.
a solution containing *Blue-— 1 lb. Antliraquinone Oil Blue
gallons gasoline.
Olivo Oil Soap
Olive Oil
100 grm. • Violet —
1 lb. Anthraquinono
Oil Violet
20 grm. gallons gasoline.
Ammonia 10 gmi, In commerelal prnetice dve is first dis-
per liter, for 15 minutes at 20 deg.
C., solved in benzol (1 lb. to 2 gal.).
then hydro-extracted without rinsing and The above dyes do not precipitate out
dried. This proi:eas for acid dvestuffs of solution and have good light fastness.
gives very good results.
way as the acid dyestuffs, but they are 2 . Dissolve Pyla- White in bensol
dy^l with the addition of potassium (1%
sol.).
dichromato equal to half the weight of 3. Add Pyla-White in following pro-
dyestuff. The skins are dyed for 1 to 2 portion :
J. lb. to 5000 bbl. Savbolt Color ored compound of some other metal. The
No. 18 compounds of copper are tho most use
1 lb. to 10000 bbl. Say bolt Color ful. By treating zinc with various cop-
No. 20 per solutions several colors may Im' ob-
1 lb. to 25000 bbl. Savbolt Color tained. .411 shades of black and brown
No. 22 produced by .»mall changes in the pro-
Agitate until P\la Wliite solution cedure, such as tune of dip, concentra-
4.
tluirouglily distributed. tion, etc,
is
iustuutaneoua. .\n adlmrcnf bright black can In* rcAad-
Whitening is
ily produced by electrodejiosition in tho
following bath;
Coloring Glycerin
Nickel Anmioniiini Sulphate
Yellow — Auroinino (per gnl.) H oz.
Scarlet—Pylani Scarlet No. 1523 Zinc .Siilplinti* 1 oz.
Green— Malachite Green Sodium Snlplto ('uinate 2 oz.
Blue— Metlulene Blue
Orange— (’lirysoidine A fairlv adherent black cnimble of
Violet — Methsl Violet being bruslicd \i> iciiio\e the cidonng in
Black — Pylatn Basic Black the high lights ri'siilts from a 5 sisond
Brown — Bisniark Brown dip 111 the following solution:
Use from one to two ounces per gallon Sodium H\dro\ide (per gal.) t oz.
at 90® to
100® F., a striker such as tita- National Plmspliine RN 20 ox.
nium potassium oxalate or bichromate of National Safranine A 5 oz.
potash is added, and drumming is con- and run for 15 to 20 minutes. Then
tinued for an additional ten or fifteen dram and the pack is ready for the fat
minutes. The drum is then drained and
liquor.
the skins given a slight rinse. Fat liquor in a fresh bath for twenty-
They arc then ready for the first dye five minutes with:
bath. This usually a bath of Acid
is
(’ulors. The skins are drummed in tliis Sulphonated Neatsfoot Oil 10 or.
bath for twenty minutes at 110° F. At Then wash and horse up. The
drain,
the end of this time, if the color is not skins are then hung up, dampened in
Butficicntly exhausted, a small amount of sawdu.st, staki'd, lacked, blockeii and
formic acid is added and drumming eon- bruslied.
tmued for ten to fifteen minutes. Then The selivlion of a good fat liuuor is
the drum is drained. \ery impoitant. This applies to chrome-
The next step is the addition of the taiiiiedsuede as well as xcgetiible tanned
Ihiflic Color. This may be made in one suede. 'I’he use of too much fat liquor
bath or in sevenil, aeeording to the shade IS to be axoided, as this will cause a
desired. After obtaining the shade de- .sheen or a gieasy appeaninc.e. One
sired, drain and fat liquor in a fresh should also ax Old tlie use of too tiiucli
bath. The skins are then washed in tin* dxe, particularly a Jiasio Color, us this
ilium or in a tub and horsed up. After will cau.se crocking. Washing the skins
imlling out, tliey are hung up to dr\. thoroughly uml biu.sliiug after blocking
When dry they are dampened back in will help to oxcrcome fins.
the sawdust, then staked, and ta<'k«‘d on Chrome laniu'd leather prepared for
the boards. From the boards they are huede coIon‘d in a similar manner to
IS
blocked and finally brushed. tlie proce.ss just gixen fur conibinatioii
For particularly dark shades on this taniu'd leather, llowexi'r caie should be
stock, it is sometimes necessary to give taken to be sure the slock is thoroughly
a .sei'ond coloring. After hanging up, wi‘t out befuM* starting to color. This
the skins are wet back and tlien ladored stock IS minh harder to wet out than
to the desired sliade. They are then the (ui'vious stock. The chrome tanni'd
finished as preyiously stated. leather also has a betliT nllinity for iho
Tlie following formula is for Prado cidor, and it also may be colon'd at a
Hroyyri, one of the popular brovin shades. sliglillx higher tioiiperalure. After wet-
This IS calculated for 1,000 square feet ting out, the leather is gixeu li bottom
Iunilunatiou tanned sheefiskins prepared uf sumac extra, fustic crystals and log-
for suede. After washing, bottom fur wood crvstals if necessary.
liftoen to twenty minutes at 110° F. with 'J'his IS druiiiined for tiftisui to twenty
**1 imuutes at 110'' to 120° F. TIum the
Fustic Crystals
Logwood 1 niurdant is struck with a suitable striker
siK li ns biclirornate of potasli and run
stiike with: for another ten minutes. The liquor is
Bichromate of potash 5 oz. tlieii diained off and tlie skins rinsed.
and run for ton minutes. Drain and The skins are then given a bath of an
rinse. Dye for twenty minutes at 110° aeid brown similar to National Paru
F. with Brown PD, National Resorcino Brown R,
or National Hesoreine Brown RN, and
National Resorcine for twenty miniiti's at 110°
run in this
Brown R ^ lb. 8 oz.
12i»° F. By tins lime, if exilor has
to
National Wool Orange exhausted, add a small
not Hufliiieiilly
A Cone. 1 lb- 1-
amount of formic a<id and run for ten
National Buffalo Black NBR 10 oz.
minutes. Then drain, and top with a
then add: basic brown. Run for twenty minutes
Formic Acid 12 oz- at ll<i° F. Drum in a fresh bath with
Drain. a small amount of Sulphomited Neats-
and run for ten minutes.
foot Oil and egg yolk. Wash in drum
Top with: or tub and horse up. The skins are then
National Bismarck Brown hung up to dry. When dry, dampen in
Y Extra 3»A lb.
sawdust and stake them. Then dry well
National Safranine A 8 oz.
to bring up the nap. Tack on boards
National Methylene Blue 2B 10 oz.
uml then brush.
Run at 110° F. for twenty minutes and In horsing up suede, the skins should
add: always be {Hac^ grain to grain. When
[00 THE CHEMICAL EORMUJ.ARY
orctl with Direct Colors. When used for Nigrosine Powder 2Mi oz.
Dark Walnut
Colored Waters (Non-Fading)
T’ylam Black 5 oz.
These are for filling bottles which aie
Acid Orange 1 oz.
exposed to sunlight.
Pylam Tellow 1 oz.
Amethyst Dissolve in 2 gal. hot water.
Sodium Salicylate 10 grn.
Tine. Ferric Chloride Mi dr.
Distilled Water 2Mi Kal. Light Walnut
Pylam Black 2 oz.
Acid Orange 2 oz.
Dissolve in I gal. hot water.
Blue
Copper Sulfate 4 oz.
Anirnonia .sutlicient to di.s'iolve Oak
precipitate
Pylam Black 1 oz.
Distilled Water 2’, a gal.
Metanil Yellow 7 oz.
Dissolve in 4 gal. hot water.
Green
Nickel Sulfate ^ or. Spirit Stains
Sulfuric Acid 6 oz. Bfd Malic gang
Distilled Water 2% gol.
Pylam Spiiit Black Vz oz.
Bismarck Brown .3 oz.
Ihi.'sic Fuch.sine oz.
Good penetration. Raises the grain Same as spirit stain. Substitute shel-
somewhat. lac "oliition for denatured alcohol.
C0S M E TICS
Violet Ammonia Camphor 1.5 gm.
Alcohol 120.0 cc.
Ammonia Water 12 pt.
Water, enough to make 500.0 cc.
Distilled Water 28 pt.
Perfume (see below) 1 oz.
Color enough Pine Oil Bath Liquid
Turkey Red Oil 10 oz.
Perfume for the Foregoing I'luorcHccin VjO oz.
Anisic Aldehyde Vi dr. I*ine Oil 3 oz.
Benzyl Acetate % <D' Water 3 oz.
lonone 1 dr.
Dissolve the fluorescein in the turkey
Coumarin 1 gr.
rod oil; add the pine oil and when well
Oil of Bergamot 15 nun.
mixed add the water, stirring until a
Oil of Neroli 10 min.
uniform liquid results. Strain if neces-
Tincture of Musk 4 oz.
sary.
coulains tartaric acid or potassium bi- tassium bitartrate. Another new prepa-
tartrate. These chemicals increase the ration of this typo calls for
3 parts of
cost of the preparation, but they are sodium perborate, 4 parts of mangaueso
well worth while adding. They are used sulphate, 11 parts of sodium tartrate.
in the place of the sodium acid sulphate. Pressed residues from sweet and bitter
If 900 parts of sodium bicarbonate are almonds can Iw used to good adxTintage
ui^ed, then about 750 parts of pulverized as catalysts. These residues may bo
tartaric acid or 1,200 parts of potassium mixed with the dry oxygenated salts.
acid tartrate are required. It is essen- They possess the additional property of
tial that this preparation should not re- creating a lather when the comjiosition
act to produce carbon dioxide before it is dissolved in water.
13 actually used, and in order to prevent
*
Lanolin Emulsion
Corpse Tissue Filler
Lanolin 80 jb.
Zinc Oxide 50 lb. Stearic Acid
Glucose 15 ib,
10 lb Trietlianolamino k n,
20-25 lb] Water
iMaster of Paris 200 lb]
.3 lb.
Phenol 1 11,”
Preparation
Alum 5 oz*
Weigli out the
Triethanolamine and
stearic acid and
add to the whole quan-
Mole and Blotch Covering tity of water. Heat the mixture in a
Collodion kettle and, when the stearic
1 j^al. acid is
Zinc Oxide 1 ib. ^ creamy soap solution.
T'l i
Geranium I^ike i/j
oz. Add the lanolin and continue heating
Yellow Ochre Lake li/j oz. without stirring until the lanolin is
melted and the mixture is just below the
boiling point.
Leg and Arm Blc^sh Covering
At this point stir the mixture tlior
Stearic Acid 4 lb. oughly a thick creamy emulsion
until
Diethylene Glycol results.
1(5 lb. Continue stirring intermittent!
H^t to 180° F. and to this add while until the emulsion has cooled
to room
stirring the following solution heaU*d to temperature.
140° F.
Caustic Potash Properties
4 oz.
Water This emulsion is a very smooth, lightlv
15 pt.
colored cream of excellent stability,
When uniform work in following: and
can be diluted to any desired consistency
Zinc Oxide 15 ib. with water. Such a lanolin emulsion is
Yellow T.,ake 12 oz! essentially a water-soluble lanolin
Persian I^ko and
4 oz] can be used in place of the straight fat
Perfume Oil 4 oz. whenever washability is advantageous.
COSMETICS 105
lanolin it is suggested that one per cent Oil Sweet Almond 3 os.
t(>r}>Mieol by weight be added to the Eth\l -Vmino Benzoate V4 oz.
lanolin prior to emulsification. More- Melt acid and oil together and add
ii\(*r, only the purest anhydrous grmlc Ethyl Ammo Benzoate. Stir until dis*
bhould be used for cosmetic and medic- and adjust teniporatuie to 70* C.
solvt'd
1. Potassium Carbonate
1 oz. 1.30 gr. f Parachol 10 lb.
Then add it to the solution of Triethan- Heat 1, 2 and 3 to 140® F. and stir
olamine and water which has been into it slowly 4 and 5 heated to same
brought to the boiling point in a sepa- temperature. Add perfume, at 105° R
rate container. Stir vigorously to obtain stir slowly until cold after allowing to
a uniform emulsion and add the Carbitol stand for 5 minutes stir until smooth
solution of the perfume. Continue with and pack.
oven stirring until a smooth cream is
obtained and then occasionally until cold.
Cleansing Cream
Too rapid stirring causes an undesirable
aeration of the cream. Mineral Oil 78 lb.
White Wax 5 lb.
(White) 33
been brought to the boiling point in a Miiicnil Oil lb.
Heat (1) and (2) until just melted Mineral Oil 1 gal.
slowly with thorough stirring and con- Water (preferably distilled) ^ gal.
Ethyl Amino Benzoate Vi oz. The fat bases should be melted with
Borax Powder ¥2 oz. mineral oil.The borax and benzoate of
Distilled Water 25 oz. R.).la dissolveil in water and brought to
Beeswax an.] the boil and stirreil while still hot into
Melt Apricot Kernel Oil,
with
and add Ethyl the molten fats. Allow to cool
Ceresin Wax together
Add perfume.
Stir untU dis^lved. slow agitation.
Amino Benzoate.
Adjust temperature to 65® C. Dissolve
Borax in hot Distilled Water and filter. Oreaseless Cream
add
Adjust temperature to 65® C. Then 4
Stiarlc Acid oz.
Borax solution slowly while stirring to
the Paraffine Wax ¥2 oz.
the oil and wax mixture kept at 12 oz.
Olyoerino
same temperature and stir until cold.
Add Ammonia 26® ¥i oz.
Vanishing Cream, for Sun and Wind When there is a perfect saponification,
Bum add 16 oz. warm distilled water in which
Stearic Acid triple must be dissolve 15 grams powdered
14 oz.
borax.
5 oz.
Api^^Keroel Oil
no THE CHEMICAL FORMUI.ARY
OreasclesB Cream Hard Soap 1 dr.
Water
Di.stilled 1 oz.
Steario Acid 40 lb.
Dissolve and add
Water 22 gal.
Glycerine 3 gal. 1 pt. Hydrous Wool Fat 1 oz.
Borax 3 lb. 12 oz. Glycerin 1 oz.
Potassium Carbonate 18 oz.
If a more liquid cream desired
is fht
Mineral Oil 1 pt.
amount of soap may bo increased to
Uie 20 gal. water in kettle with drachm, and the glycerin and hydroui,
Stearic Acid and melt. Stir well. Add wool fat reduced to % oz. each.
potassium carbonate and borax dissolved
in 2 gal. hot water. Beat until smooth.
Stir constantly. Add mineral oil in
about li) minutes, gradually add glyc- •Lemon Cream
erine. Heat all for % hour. Stir con- The formulae given for cold creams
stantly until cool. Add perfume. can be modified to make a lemon cream
by substituting Lcmenone for the usual
perfume to the extent of of 1% and %
Greaseless Cream coloring yellow.
Add
Borax oz. Liquefying Cream
2Vi
Water 9 pt. Miiieial Oil 7 lb.
Water 4 oz.
Melt together at 220® F. and stir at
Glycerine 15 oz.
room tompciaturo until cold. Then add
I’eroxido 15 oz.
pel fume; pour into jars while liquid but
Ammonia Water 10% at lowest possible temperature. This
Perfume. cream will not sweat oil during hot
weather.
Oreasoless Cream
Stearic Acid 4 lb. 12 oz. Creams, Massage
Glycerine 8 lb. 8 oz.
Water 14 pt.
One formula suggests compounding 65
parts of mineral oil, 35 parts cetyl alco-
Ammonia Water 4yi oz.
hol and 10 parts water. In another, 90
Heat 2 glycerine with 12 pints
lb. parts stearic acid, 9 parts potassium
water into the ammonia. Then molt '
carbonate, 800 parts water are used to
Stearic Acid. Add first mixture and make soapy mixture by first melting
balance of glycerine and water. Heat to stearic acid and then adding solution of
80* C. carbonate in water and stirring until all
carbon dioxide evolution has ceased.
Then mass is cooled. It is mixed with
Liquid Lanolin Cream
5 parts white beeswax, 20 parts anhyd-
Liquid lanolin cream depends upon a rous lanolin, 150 parts glycerin and per-
suspension of lanolin by the aid of soap. fumed with 6 parts oil of eucalyptus, 5
The following is a satisfactory formula: parts oil of pinus sylvestris and one part
COSMETICS 111
acid.
stand 12 hours.
to Strain it
allow it
lucent paste, stirring continually, taking
through cheesecloth and allow it to care to avoid overheating and hurning
afiind again for 12 hours. Mix in the Take off the
the bottom of the pan.
salts and the glycerin, and tritumte
in
heat and a<ld No. .3. Htir. 'Mien a<hl
a mortar, finally adding the odors
and
No. 1, which has previously bemi meltisl
the coloring. The curdled milk must he together at 200“ F. Stir rapidly fur
from water as possible in order
as free about M/i to 2 hours. Add color and
to avoid separation. perfume, and 2 o/.. sodium benzouto dis-
solved in 4 oz. water. Fuck cold.
Nourishing Cream
(Skin Food Type) Tissue Cream
Glycosterin 12 lb. Lanolin 800 parts
Petrolatum (Vaseline) 4 lb. Almond Oil 100 parts
lianolin 6 lb. Glycerine 100 parts
Mineral Oil 12 lb. Benzoic Acid 2 parts
Water 65 lb. Perfume to suit.
'^1
procedure Melt lanolin on water bath, and add
lie is the same as for cohb
crea.ii.
the oils and glycerine. Stir until of
uniform consistensy. When cool, add
Nourishing Cream Cholesterol perfume.
White Wax 600 gm.
Spermaceti 100 gm. Tissue Cream with Cholesterin
Stearin 600 gm. liEnolin d25 grams
Anhydrous
J..anolin, 600 gm. Cocoa Butter, odorless 200 grams
Cacao Sutter 400 gm. Beeswax, White 300 grams
Sweet Almond Oil Spei inaceti 55 grams
(with preservative) 1,800 gm. Oleic Acid grams
50
Cholesterol, Purest 120 gm. Stearic Acid grams
200
After solution of the cholesterol has Sesame Oil (with
been effected, stir the following hot solu- preservative) 800 grams
tion into the molten mass until pasty; Cholesterin (Pure) 65 grams
Sodium lienzoate Borax 50 grams
15 gm.
Borax Water 800 grams
100 gm.
Water Sodium Benzoate 8 grams
1,700 gm.
Procedure: Melt the waxes, fats, and
Sun llurn Cream oil. Add the cholesterin. Make a liol
solution of tlie borax, sodium benzoate
Lanolin 2 lb. and water and stir into the melted fats
White IN'trolatum 8 lb. after the cholesterin has dissolved. Mix
Zinc Oxide 4 lb.
thoroughly and perfume to suit.
Glycerine 4 lb.
Mix the above thoroughly.
1 issue v^roam wiin lA'citum and
Cholesterin
Tissue Cream
Lanolin,, Anhydrous 220 grams
White Wax 5 oz. Cocoa Butter, odorless 100 grams
Spcnimceti 1 lb. Beeswax, White 200 grams
Petrolatum (Light Amber) 1 lb. ytearic Acid T. P. 100 grams
Mineral Oil li/^ pints
Olivo Oil (with
Lanolin (Hydrous) 2 lb. preservative) grams
1000
Borax % oz. Lecithin grams
22
Water 10 oz. Cludesterin grams
44
Benzyl Alcohol 1 drachm Water grams
600
Oil Bitter Almond 1 dmehm Parahydrdxybenzoic Acid 4 grams
Oil Rose Oeraniuni 1% dmehm Sodium Benzoate 10 grams
Oil Bergamot 2 dmehm Procedure' Melt fats, waxes and oils,
ad<l cholesterin and lecithin. Stir in a
Tissue Cream (Non- Alkaline) solution (hot) of the water and sodium
Spermaceti benzoate. Dissolve the parahydroxy-
10 lb.
Lanolin 20 benzoic acid in a small quantity of alco-
lb.
Glycosterin 46 lb.
hol. Mix, perfume, and color.
Olive Oil 20 lb.
Almond Oil 30 lb. Tissue Cream with Lecithin
W^ater 90 lb.
lanolin, Anhydrous 22 grams
Sodium Benzoate % lb.
Spettnacet-i 22 grams
Perfume to suit Beeswax, White 40 grama
Heat (1) to 150® F. and run into it Cocoa Butter, odorless 28 grams
COSMETICS
113
( lianulin 1 lb.
Preparation
to 180° F. Add one to the other and
stir until uniform. Mix in perfume at
In one container melt the stearic acid
about 105° F.
<‘arefully and add the lanolin. Heat the
Triethanolamine aud water separately to
boiling and then add the melted fatty
Vanishing Cream
aciil to it with constant stirring. When Stearic Acid
a smooth mixture is obtahied, stir in the 35 lb.
crystallizes.
Perfume.
Properties Melt stearic acid and castor oil in one
A vanisWng cream should bo com- container and in another heat Witch
pletely absorbed without leaving a greasy Hazel and Water in which has been dis-
residue. It should have no tendency to solved the Sodium Borate. When at
flakd or roll and should impart a feeling about 20° under b. p. of water, add
of softness and smoothness to the skin. ammonia to water solution and instantly
It should alTord some protetdion against introduce into this solution the stearic
wind and sun and also act as a powder acid. Agitato cream for 12 hours until
base. The given product gives these de- every truce of ammonia gas has passed
sired properties to the fullest extent, and off. Agitate again the next day for two
is free from irritating effect. hours. Add perfume.
Potassium Carbonate and Borax in water ide in the lose water. Mix and add the
Add this solution very slowly ghceriiie. A inoio delicate perfume may
at 70® C.
constantly stirring to stearic acid and be used.
glycerine having turned off the heat. IJ. Paste Type
After all water is added, keep on stir- Salicylic Acid 10 gm.
ring until cream forms. Then turn on LcMgated Zinc Oxide 00 gm.
the heat again and stir until whole mass Cneasele.vs Cold ('ream 480 gm.
is practically liquid. Turn off heat and Perfume to Suit.
stir till cold. Shortly before getting
cool, add 5 lbs. glycerine.
Deodonijjt Pencil
(White
Zinc Stearate Creams product)
Zinc stearate cream may be prepared Or. (Ir.
lowed to cool. Mass is triturated into and kaolin. Stir with pn'SHure until
soft salvo and water and perfume are smooth paste is formed. I’our at once
worked in gradually. Five to 10% of into molds and cool slowly.
zinc stearate is added to obtain prepa-
ration suitable for dry skin.
Perspiration Deodoiizing Cream
Liquid Body Deodorant B<*eswax 8 oz.
Eau de Quinine
Dandruff Mixture
The following is a formula for an in-
Chloral Hydrate 1 dr.
expensive eau do quinine:
Glycerin 4 dr.
Tincture of Cantharidin 1 dr. Bay Rum 8 oz.
Quinine Hydrochloride 10 gr. Mix.
Tincture of Capsicum 20 min.
Glycerin 30 min. Dandruff Remedy
Bay Rum, Prepared with Ammonium Carbonate 5
Industrial Spirit to 20 oz. Alcohol 30
Tincture of Cudbear Glycerin 20
sufficient to color Rose Water 200
Eye Shadow
Dandruff Treatment
Mineral Oil 6 lb.
Lanolin This complaint requires for its treat-
2 lb.
Petrolatum ment and cure external medications in
1 lb.
the form of ointments, shampoos and hair
Beeswax 1 lb.
tonics, and these should contain anti-
Paraffin 2 ?b.
Perfume Oil 4 oz.
septics, parasiticides and stimulants. The
following formulas indicate the type of
Color with any of following combi- preparation
nations
Scalp Tonic
Blue Resorcin 10 gm.
,
Ultramarine Blue 2 lb. Chloral Hydrate 6 gm.
Zinc Oxide 2 lb. Camphor 0J2 gm.
COSMETICS
117
Petrolatum 01 lb.
main on the hair until a sullicient amount
Iheteof is absoibed. The time required
Pastor Oil 15 lb.
is \anable, dejiending upon the shade to
'ITncturo Fish Berrios 1 lb.
be produeed. The hair is then again
Balsam Peiu 2 11).
washed and dried, 'fhe exposure of the
Carbolic Acid 85% 2 lb.
the a(mo.M]>!iere after washing and
liair to
^lix the sulphur with the castor oil ruli-
while the hair i.s drying results in oxida*
ng thoroughly until lumps ha\e di.sap-
tion of lolor base to pioduce the desired
peared. Mix the oxyquinolinc* sulphate color. Tlie hair is then sliainpooed and
with ten pounds of petrolatum, run dried. A.s u K'sult of the operation, the
through an ointment null thiee times, a<M hair IS jiermaiieiitly colored and may bo
the sulphur castor oil mixtuie, mix washcil npeatedly without removing the
thoroughly and run through mill again. color tin let lorn.
Melt the lanolin and the rest of the 'Pile solution ns deseribed affords all of
petrolatum, add the remainder of the cas- the m'e."'ary niiitenal for the tr«*atracnt,
tor oil, mix thoroughly and then mix in it being unm‘c»-.'<sar\, as is usual in many
the oxy-sulphur mass. Mix thoroughly, hair d>eiag oiieratioiis, to apply hydrogen
add the balsam Peru, continue mixing for peroxide or similar chemical ngcnti. It
^
Dressing for “Kinky" Hair ba.se adapted to pnabice the desired color
or shadi-will'll the material is applied in
Beef suet Hi
tho manner di^cubed to tlio hair. A
Yellow Beeswax 2 oz.
typical examjdo of such a solution con-
Castor Oil 2 oz.
sists of
Benzoic Acid 10 gr.
Oil of Lemon 1 dr. ('olor 10 gm.
Li drops Sodium Hydrosulphito 1 gm.
Oil of Cassia
Aqua Ammonia 50 ce.
Melt the suet and wax, add the castor likT
\\aler 1
oil, and acid, allow to cool and add other
Such a solution is adapted to afford a
oils.
deep color. In light shades the propor-
* Hair Dyes tion of color would be considerably less,
Mixture may consist of 0.5 part of l^e hair after treatment as descrilied U
soft and free from harshness. There ii
haematoxylin and 0,3 part of orthoamin*
no substantial loss of strength and the
ophenol. Striking blonde shade is ob-
tained thereby. Mixture which contains hair takes a permanent wave readily when
118 THE chemical formulary
treated })y the usual waving methods. Oil of Green Elder
The colors aio fast and do not change 3
Oil of Eucalyptus
when tlio hair is exposed to strong light 3
or becomes moist with perspiration.
Hair Tonic
Alcohol
10 gal.
Ilair-Fixativo Castor Oil
7 gal.
Wuter Quinine Bicinolcate 1 lb.
20 gal.
Gum Trngacanth 1 lb.
Perfume Oil 1 lb.
Boric Acid 1 Jb.
Moldcx 2 oz.
Allow to stand over night and stir until Hair Shampoos
uniform; then stir in The absence of alkalinity in Triethano-
Perfume Oil 4 oz. lamine soaps and their harmless
effect
Color to suit upon the skin has brought about
their
use not only in emulsified cosmetic
creams
Hair Fixers or Straighteners but also in special cosmetic soaps.
A very
(Waxy) good hair shampoo, for example, is com-
po.sed of a neutral cocoanut
oil soap of
A Triethanolamine. For a variation, Carbi
Ceratlux 40 lb. tol may bo added as a
Glyco Wax A cleanser ami
10 lb.* stimulpt for the scalp according to the
Petrolatum, White or Yellow 100 lb. following formula:
Bosin 40 lb.
dissolved in a litre of rose water. Finally, Heat Xos. 1 and 2 to 140® F. and stir
there are added with stirring in an auto- until dis>ol\ed; then stir in No. 3. Now
matic mixer: alhtw No. 4 to run in slowly while Stir-
ling. If the pim> oil is olijt'Ctionable,
Alcohol (95 per cent.) 150 gm.
however. aii\ other oil may Ik? sulwtituted
Oil of Ijemon 75 gm.
for it. It may be colored bi*autifullv by
Oil of Bitter Almonds 10 gm.
means of any water-soluble dyo free horn
salt.
Honey 1 oz.
C. and add enough of the cnu.stic soda
Oil of ('hives 1 dr.
solution (1 or 2%) until the mixture
Lavender 2 dr.
turns bright. Perfume as desired.
(iernnio) 2 dr.
(’oninarin 1 dr.
Pota.Hsium Carbonate
40 gm.
Borax jO gm.
Mucilage of Tragaeanth 100 cc.
IJair Tonic (’oumann
5 g,,,
Tannic, Acid 0.5
Methyl Acetophenone J cc.'
Alcohol 100
Hulicylic Acid 1.0
Castor Oil Bose Water to make 1000 cc.
24.5
Resorcin Mono Acetate 5.0
o
Alcohol 60.0 600 gin.
Perfume Hufiicicnt Acacia 80 gm.
Boiling Water 18 liters
When cold add
of (himphor
58pirit 7.j ce.
—
part of psyllium sc-od in 100 parts of
distilled water, jirepjired by lioiling for
Hair Wave Liquid five minutes, and mixnt} with
mix thoroughly.
all at oii'i*, and shake viuleiitlv, Dilute ,
^ Solid
Permanent Wave Solutions Oleic Acid 4 oz.
'
Astringent Lotion
• Insect and Poison Plant Lotions
Alum 1 oz.
Pot. Carbonate 0.25 oz. A. Cycle Hoxylamine 25
Glycerin 0.50 oz. Alcohol 75
.Rose Water 10.00 oz. B. Linoleic Acid 2
Water to make 1% pints. Some of Triethanolamine 1
this water can bo replaced by witch C. Stearic Acid 1
hazel.
Triethanolamine 2
Zinc Oxide 1
Water or Alcohol to suit
Face Lotion
Triethanolamine gm.
2.0
Calcium Carbonate gm.
1.0 Lemon Juice Lotion
Aq. Hamamelis 65.0 gm. Pectin 2.5
Aq. Rosac 26.0 gm. Lemon Juice 9.5
Triethanolamine 4.0 gm. Water 88
Borax 2.0 gm. Moldex 0.15
Petroleum Jelly 4.0 gm.
Alcohol 25.0 gra.
Skin Lotion
Distilled Water 65.0 gm.
Zinc Phenolsulfonate 30 ot.
Alcohol 4 dr.
Acne Lotion Glycerine 2 dr.
Triethanolamine 10.0 gm. Tinct. of Cochineal 1 dr.
Stearin 22.0 gm. Orange Flower Water 02.
Petroleum Jelly 3.0 gm. Bose Water to make 6 oz.
COSMETICS 125
Sunburn Preparations
Liquid White (for Skin)
1. Subnitrate of Bismuth 1^ dr.
Lotion for hand and arms contains Powdered French Chalk 30 dr.
2,500 parts witch hazel extract, 5,000 Glycerine 2 dr.
parts rose water, 1,000 parts alcohol, Rose Water IVj oz.
1,800 parts glycerin, 100 parts tallow, Mix the powders, and rub down care-
100 parts magnesium carbonate, 50 parts fully with the glycerine; then add the
magnesium steamte and 1,000 parts anti- rose water. Shake the bottle before use.
pyrine. First, antipyrine is dissolved in
2. Glycerine Cream 2 dr.
witch hazel extract and rose water. Then
Jordan Almonds 4 dr.
glycerin added.
is Perfume used is al-
Rose 5 oz.
lowed to be absorbed by magnesium car-
Essential Oil of Almonds 3 drops
bonate, magnesium stearate and tallow.
Then alcohol is added. This suspension Blanch the almonds, and then dry and
is strongly shaken for two dayj. Milk beat them up into a perfectly smooth
is filtered through coarse filter paper. paste; then mix in the glycerine cream
The two preparations are united with and essential oil. Gradually add the
vigorous stirring and decanted. This rose water, stirring well after each ad-
preparation is applied with cotton. Skin dition; then strain through muslin.
is rubbed and preparation is allowed
to
Paste Rouge
Bydecreasing the amount of waxes in Shaving Cream (Lathering)
lipstick formula, an excellent paste rougo Melted mutton tallow (250 g.) and 60
is made. g. ox tallow are saponified with 178 cc.
50® B6. potassium hydroxide solution amd
COSMETICS 131
boiled to sticky mass. Cool and mix with to avoid rapid stirring, as this tends to
boiled solution of 150 g. stearin, 40 g. aerate the cream.
anhydrous lanolin, 50 g. potassium car-
Make up to Properties
lionate and 1200 g. water.
3000 g. with water. Cream No. a white, pearly product
1 is
somewhat cream and is
like a vanishing
preferable for oily skins. Cream No. 2
Lather Shaving Cream is a smooth white cream of grontcr body
Cocoanut Oil 18 lb. than the other, and is preferred for use
Stearic Acid 73 lb. on dry skins. Both creams are readily
Caustic Potash Lye 39° BA 54 lb. applied to give a smooth coating on tho
Glycerine 33 lb. face, have a soothing after-effect and are
Water 27 lb. readily washable. The consistency of
these creams can bo varied by altering
Put and glycerine in kettle and heat
oil
Add tho proportion of water, and other
to 120° F. and stir thoroughly.
changes can be made along tho linos indi-
slowly 35 lb. lye and continue to stir
cated by tho differenco in the two for-
until it thickens. Add balance of lye
mulae. cream of good consistency can
A
mixed with the water slowly with con- formulae
Allow to bo made by combining tho t\vo
stant stirring until smooth.
given above.
stand in kettle 24 hours, then add per-
fume. Fill into tubes.
* Latherlcss Shaving Cream
the lye must bo added more quickly than Spirits of Camphor ad 1 oz.
usual; to the saponified mass add Gly- This should be smeared on the skin of
costerin and leave to the self-iuduced the exposed parts as often as is necessary.
heating process for three hours, but stir Cod-liver oil used in the same way has
through hourly. Put into forms or pa.'^.s been highly recommended, and in combi-
through a drying machine. A soap put nation with quinine it makes an effective
into forms takes very long to harden. “sunburn and midge cream, “ a formula
Good drying is necessary. The fre.shly being as follows
machined sticks are too soft for cutting
Quinine Acid Hydro-
and must bo left to harden several lioiirs.
chloride 5 parts
After cutting wrap in tinfoil for preserv-
Cod-liver Oil 20 parts
ing their soft and pliant quality.
Anhydrous Wool Fat 75 parts
Oil of Ija vender (or
Shaving Cream for Tubes geranium) a sufficiency
Stearic Acid 15 The irritation of
a mosquito or fly bito
I’eanut Oil 6 may be allayed by gently rubbing tho
Ooooanut-oil (Cochin) 7 puncture with a moist cake of soap, or
Caustic Potash Lye 40" Bti. 14 l)y applying a 1 per cent alcoholic solu-
Water 16 tion of menthol, or 1-20 aqueous carbolic
Glycosterin 2 lotion. Hydrogen peroxide or weak
add to tho melted fats at
Stir as usual, ammonia solution dabbed on is also u.so-
70" Celsius tho mixed potash lye and ful. If the bito shows signs of sepsis,
water till sufficiently thick, leave till fully constantly renewed hot boric fomenta-
saponified and cooled. The melted Gly- tions should be applied, or if a limb is
costerin and perfume is then stirred into implicated, hot saline arm or leg baths.
tho soft mass.
Styptic
Shaving Cream
An excellent styptic powder results from
Lard 100 the mixture of 50% powdered talc and
Olive-oil Sesame-oil 80
50% phthalyl peroxide. Tho latter often
Cocoanut-oil (Cochin) 70 contains up to 40% of its weight as
Glycosterin 5 phthalio acid; this is beneficial and acts
Caustic Potash 40" BA 125 as a stabilizer. The mixture is antiseptic.
Solution of Potash 20" B6. 15
Melt fats and Glycosterin, saponify
with caustic potash lye; add the potash Styptic Pencils
solution, perfume and pass through a The following are the methods adopted
3-roll-mill. By addition of a little alco- for themanufacture of alum pencils:
hol during the rolling tho cream will get White: Liquefy 100 gm. of potassium
a silky shine. alum crj’stals by tho aid of heat. Remove
any scum and avoid overheating, particu-
larly of the sides of the vessel in which
After-Shaving Lotion
liquefaction is being carried out. The
The following is a formula for a men- molten liquid should be perfectly clear.
thol after-shaving lotion; Triturate a mixture of French chalk in
Tragacanth (pdr.) 8 oz, (5oz,) fine powder, 5 gm., glycerin 5 gm. to sT
Formalin 2 dr. (4 (dr.) paste, incorporate \idth the liquefied alura
Menthol 2 oz. (1 oz.) and pour into suitable molds. white A
Cologne Oil 2V{| oz. appearance can be imparted to the result-
Bed Coloring a sufficiency ing pencils by the addition of more
COSMETial 133
Ilydroxycitronellal
— — — 10
Violet Leaf Absolute
0J5 — —
Methylnonyl Aldehyde
— — —
1
75 — 25
— 160
—
Linalol
___ — 85
Terpineol
60 — 40 — 50 — —
Linalyl Acetate
— — — — 20 —
Geranyl Acetate
— — — — —
Aldehyde C 12
Anisic aldehyde ex anethol
— — 60 — —5 — —
136 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Toilet Soap Base which can be readily milled into a per-
fectly neutral and stable toilet soap.
The folloMng represent five standard
This process has demonstrated its use
and workable compositions of the stock
fulness as it lias been employed in prac
used in making the soup base. The first
tical operations for quite some years.
mixture contains eighty per cent of fresh
beef tallow, and twenty per cent of good
grade coconut oil; the second, sixty-five Half -Boil Process
per cent of beef tallow, fifteen per cent
of lard and twenty per cent of coconut A fourth process for the manufacture
oil; the third, seventy per cent of of soap base consists in complete saponi-
bleached palm oil, fifteen per cent of fication of the fatty mixture (neutral
sulphonated olive oil and fifteen per cent fats) only by the half-boil process. The
of coconut oil; the fourth, sixty-five to soap is then comminuted to chips and
seventy per cent of beef tallow, ten to these are dried in the usual manner as
fifteen per cent of castor oil and twenty in all the soap making processes and
per cent of coconut oil; the fifth, sixty thereafter milled. Toilet soaps that are
per cent of bleached palm oil, twenty per manufactured by this process contain in
cent of beef tallow and twenty per cent excess of eight per cent glycerin. Hence
of coconut oil. it is evident that the soap is sufliciently
In making soap bases of second qual- plastic and easily millable. A long se
ity good glades of fat refuse are used in ries of experiments has also proven that
largo quantities and also palm kernel oil the soap is absolutely stable. Naturally
in the place of coconut oil. These raw a most important prerequisite of this
materials can be converted into well- soap making process is that the raw
saponified soaps and of good keeping materials used must be absolutely pure
quality, but only when great care is paid and free from any odor as well as free
to the details of the process. However, from albumens. If the raw materials
the soap base that is made in this man- received into the plant are not of tins
ner cannot be perfumed satisfactorily. quality, they must be purified by suitable
The oldest and mostly used process for means before being used in the kettles.
the manufacture of excellent soap bases Only when the temperature varies very
is first to saponify the tallow, lard, palm markedly and when the humidity of the
oil, castor oil and the like and to salt- air is very high, close to 100 per cent, do
out the same once or seveml times. Then soaps made in this manner become wet.
the coconut oil is added and the saponifi- On the other hand, soaps made by other
cation continued and the soap salted out processes of saponification as well as
until a niger is obtained. This process after-treatment become wet much more
has been improved by beginning the readily under considerably less severe
saponification of each batch of stock in conditions.
a dilTorent kettle and after the batch Some toilet soap manufacturers con-
has been completely saponified, the vert the soap base into toilet soap by the
salted-out curd soap from a previous following process. The raw materials,
saponification is added. It is claimed consicsting of tallow, lard and the like,
that this metluxl makes for ti'chnicully are comiuetely saponified in a large tank,
complete saponification of tlio stock in a provided with an apparatus
agitating
more easily and safely attained manner. and situated close to the kettle.Saponi-
A third method of boiling the soap fication is carried out according to the
does not involve the addition of any emulsification-saponificationprocess by
salt. It has been used in various toilet the half -boil method using a small ex-
soap works and has been found satisfac- cess of lye. Then immediately after
tory over a period of years. The salting saponification the mass is added to the
out of the curd from the previous boil curd soap which has been subjected to
ns well as of the soap from the boil to several changes, the soap obtained from
which the curd soap has been added is a previous boil When the entire mix-
accomplished with concentrated sodium ture has been saponified, then the soap
hydroxide lye. The graining of thff fin- is salted out, salt being used in making
ished soup is also accomplished with two changes. The soap is then finisheil
dilute sodium hydroxide solution and not in the usual manner. The emulsification
with salt water. The curd soap that is and saponification of the stock, which is
obtained after standing for thirty-six carried out in a single operation, gives a
hours in the kettle is quite alkaline. soap which is completely saponified.
However, the alkalinity of the soap dis- This process is therefore of considerable
appearis as the latter is dried. The re- advantage.
lult is that a product is finally obtained
COSMETICS 137
mechanical filter because the stain is al- is caused by poor circulation of blood.
most impossible to remove. It is better Above preparation should be rubbed into
to filter in five gallon bottles reserved scalp at night, and, because odor is ob-
for this purpose. noxious, shampooed out in morning.
Label should contain a statement to the
effect that the longer the preparation is
Liquid Brilliantine left on the better will results be.
Light Mineral Oil 99%
Perfume (Usually Flower Typo) 1%
Procedure: MLx and filter.
Hair Tonic —Oily Scalp
Water 15 gal.
Glycerine 2 gal.
Brilliantincs are favorite sellers, the Alcohol 30 gal.
liquid being the best seller of the two. Menthol 7 lb.
Although some chemists insist that bril- Resorcinmonoacetate 8 oz.
liantines should be made from vegetable Perfume q. s.
oils, the danger of rancidity in cases
where the hair is not shampooed fre- Procedure: Dissolve menthol and per-
quently is great and it seems advisable fume in alcohol, mixing rapidly. Add
therefore to adhere to light mineral oil. glycerine and 10 gallons of water. Dis-
The purpose of a brilliantine is to solve resorcinmonoacetate in rest of
brighten the hair, to help hold it in water, add to the above and mix for
place and to perfume it. three hours. Allow to stand over night
and filter.
Spermaceti 14 lb.
Alcohol 75%
Beeswax 6 lb.
Glycerine 5%
Mineral Oil 100 lb.
Cholesterol 1%
Perfume 1 lb. Lecithin 1%
Color to suit Distilled Water 12 %
Perfume 1%
Prooedwe: Melt the waxes in the min- Chloroform 6%
COSMETICS 139
Carbolic Acid 85% 2 lb. Melt the stearic, acid and the sporma-
ceti, add the petrolatum and wlum
Procedure: Mix the sulphur with the melted stir in the mineral oil which has
castor oil rubbing thoroughly until lumps first been heated. When almost set stir
have disappeared. Mix the oxyquinoline in perfume.
sulphate with ten pounds of petrolatum,
run through an ointment mill or milling Greasy Type Cleansing Cream
rolls three times, add the sulphur castor
Spermaceti 23%
oil mixture, mix thoroughly and run 20%
Petrolatum White
through the mill again. Melt the lano- Mineral Oil 57%
line, and the rest of the petrolatum, add
Perfume to Suit.
the remainder of the castor oil, mix 100%
thoroughly and then mix in the oxy-
Make as above.
sulphur mass. Mix thoroughly, add the
balsam of Peru, continue mixing for
thirty minutes, add the tincture fish ber- Cold Cream
ries and the carbolic acid and mix again Mineral Oil 54 %
for twenty or thirty minutes. The ma- White Wax 18 %
chine best suited for this ointment is a Absorption Base Parachol 5.5%
pony mixer. Borax 1 %
Water 21 %
Perfume .5%
• Lip Stick
26.7% talc, 13.3% 10.9% pon-
kaolin, 100 0 .
%
ceau 3R 6.3% amaranth, 17.1% yellow
ochre, 5.7% zinc oxide, 3.6% paraffin, Melt the white wax, add the mineral
5.9% beeswax, 2.4% carnauba wax, 4.7% oil. Dissolve borax in part of water
sulfonated oil and 3.4% petrolatum. with heat. Add to melted fats. Heat
rest of water, stir in absorption
base
Body materials, that is talc and kaolin,
are mixed, then dry coloring matter is until smooth and mix with fats. Agitato
added including ponceau, amaranth and thoroughly and when just above solidify-
• yellow ochre; then zinc oxide and finally ing point, add perfume.
binder which is first fused so that mix-
ing with binder takes place above melt- Lecithin Lotion
ing point of same. Mass is mixed well
Milky lotions (emulsions) are produced
until plastic and poured into sticks.
by dissolving lecithin in oil and agi-
Some other ingredients mentioned in- with
tating or churning the oil solution
clude eosine Y, tartarazine, borax and
neutral soap solution containing water
bentonite. Sulfonated oil in lipstick
or glycerine. In this way there form
aids dispersion of color on skin.
emulsions that are not to« stable. Fai
more stable is the following emulsion:
Lemon Juice Cleansing Cream Two parts of monostearin ^ycerine es-
Tincture of Fish Berries 10 oz. slowly, to the saponified oil that was first
Glycerin 30 oz. produced. Stirring should be continued
Tincture Benzoin 8 oz. for about an hour after mixing has been
Witch Hazel 150 oz. completed.
Water 10 oz. There are a number of other chemicals
Perfume to suit. which have been used in the manufacture
of psoriasis products. Among the more
Procedure: Dissolve the sulphate in popular of these may be included the fol-
water. Mix the fish berries with the lowing: lanolin, se.same oil, peanut oil,
glycerin, add the benzoin and the witch benzoic acid, bismuth subgallate, linseed
hazel. Then add the sulphate solution. oil, birch tar, chaulmoogra oil, neats foot
Other chemicals used in the manufac- oil, croton oil, cod-liver oil, and soya bean
ture of eczema preparations are: calo- oil.
mel, iodoform, oil of wormwood, silver
protein, sodium iodide, potassium iodide,
pine tar, bismuth resorcinate, mercuric Dandruff Preparations
salicylate, bismuth subnitrnto, red mer- Ointment
basic aluminum acetate,
y
curic iodide, Lanolin 12 oz.
benzocaine, bismuth oxyquinolato, and Water 15 oz.
various absorption bases. Silver Lactate .S oz.
Tincture Fish Berries 5 oz.
Sulphur Iodide 3 oz.
Procedure: In making this prepara- Procedure: Mix the colors first with
tion, the proper method to be followed is the bromo acid. Melt the parachol and
to add the olive oil to the mace. This the lard, add the color mixture and grind
step should be followed by thorough mix- through a paint mill three or four times.
ing. After this operation is completed Meanwhile melt and mix the rest of the
the ammonia water is added slowly, with waxes, and, when the colors are ready,
COSMETICS 143
add the melted waxes and mix tlior- containers, they will last for years.
oughly. Heat should not be raised nbo\e When acetanilide and magnesium car-
the melting point of the waxes. As soon bonate are used alone, then about 15%
as the batch is finished it should be menthol or menthol and camphor should
molded, keeping it so far as possible at be added.
a constant temperature.
Wrinkle Cream
Anti-Perspiration Liquid First requirements of skin creams for
removing wrinkles is that they must be
Oxyquinoline Sulfate 1
500 greaselesa. Cream is naturally uae<l as
Rose Water
massage cream, for process of removing
wrinkles involves massaging. Suitable
Anti-Perspiration Powder formula for sut’h cream is 1(U)0 parts of
Oxyquinoline Sulfate 1 rose water and 350 parts of glycerin.
Tale 10 This mixture is brought up to boiling
and 40 parts of })otash soap added.
Solution is boiletl again and IS parts of
Freckle ''Removers”
purilied calcined potash addetl. In an-
Two grams of zinc sulphophenylate,
other \essel ISO parts of white stearin
.lO grams of distilled water, 2 grams of
are nudted. First solution is filten'd
ielitliyol, .'10 grams each of anhydrous remove impurities.
througli cloth to
lanolin and petroleum jelly and 2 grams Then it is brought to boiling and molten
of lemon oil or other suitable perfume, stearin allowed to flow into vessel in thin
will give good results.
stream while solution is vigorously agi-
Preparations with a bleaching action tated. Large vessel must bo usial for
are made containing 1500 grams of wool carrying out operation, for mass must
grease, S.IO grams of almond oil, 110 not be allowed to boil over due to evolu-
grams of beeswax, 150 grams of borax, tion of large quantities of carbon diox-
150 grams of hydrogen peroxide (100% ide. If contents of kettle boil over, re-
by volume) and 10 grams of yellow sult is insuflicient saponitication of con-
petrolatum. tents and jioor product. This is noticed
by formation of small lumps in cream.
Freckles Treatment The.se lumps cannot be jiroperly rubbed
Alcohol 4 oz. into skin and spoil entire action of cream.
Stronger Rose Water 2 oz. This cream is really a soft soap. Mass
Tincture of Benzoin 15 dr. is cooled after being boiled long enough
Apply every night after scrubbing. and is agitated thoroughly and pi-rfumed
with 15 parts of rose oil and one part of
vanillin. Bmall amount of alcohol may
Perfume Sticks be added either after or during addition
Most suitable base for these perfumed of stearin. This is effective in prevent-
crayons is acetanilide. It is used in pro- ing formation of lumps.
portion of 87.5 parts by weight. It is
melted on water bath or over flame, pro-
while being Concentrated Hair Wave
vided it is carefully stirred
heated. Temperature must not rise above Gum Karaya White 5 lb.
Jasmin Synthetic
Chypro Cologne
Base A Benzyl Acetate 400
200
Oak Moss Absolute Hydroxycitronellal 100
3
Vetiverol Acetate Linolool 50
5
Patchouli Heliotropin 50
3
Coumarin Amyl Cinnamic Aldehyde 50
5
Santalol Acetate Para Cresyl Caprylate 50
4 Ylang Ylang Oil 50
Jasmin Absolute 250
Oardenia Cologne
Base A 200
Styralyl Acetate 2 Rose Synthetic
Hydrotropic Aldehyde 0.5 Rose Otto 150
Rose Absolute 50
Jasmin Cologne Rhodinol 200
Base A Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 300
200
Benzyl Acetate Phenyl Ethyl Propionate 100
5
Amyl Cinnamic Aldehyde Alpha lonono 50
2
Hydroxycitronellal Vetiverol Acetate 25
3
Rhodinol Acetate 25
Citronellol Butyrate 25
Lilac Cologne Phenyl Acetic Aldehyde
Base A 50% 50
200 Aldehyde C9 (10%) I5
Benzol Acetate 5 Alcohol CIO (25%) 10
Terpmeol 5
Anisic Aldehyde 2
Phenyl Acetic Aldehyde Carnation
2
Hydroxycitronellal 5 (Bo not use Creams or Lipsticks)
in
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 100
Orcliideo or Trefl6 Cologne
Isoeugenol 250
Base A Eugenol 300
200
Isobutyl Salicylate Rose Otto 25
10
Musk Ambrette 20% Rhodinol 200
in Benzyl
Benzoate Ethyl Vanillin 20
5
Musk Ketone 50
Benzyl Isoergenol 50
Carnation Cologne Methyl lonone 50
Bise A 100 Oppoponax Resin
Isoeugenol 2
5 Tolu Resin g
Eugenol 5
Vanillin 2
Methyl lonone Oregon
3
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol Carnation Synthetic 250
5
Methyl lonone 200
Peru Balsam 20
Rose Cologne Tolu Balsam
Base A 20
lOo Benzoin
Bose Geranium 50
2JS Ylang Manilla 60
COSMETICS
TrellG
Tuberose Synthetic Isobutyl Salicylate 250
Tuberose Natural 100 Benzyl Salicylate 150
Cinnamyl Alcohol 50 Ylang Bourbon Oil 150
Plienyl I’ropyl Alcohol 100 Metliyl lonone 100
Ylang Mayilla Oil 300 Isoeugenol 30
Benzyl Salicylate 100 Eugcnol 30
Benzoin Resin 50 P.ergarnot Oil 100
Tolu Ream 50 Linalyl Acetate 50
Sty rax Resin 50 Citroncllol Acetate 05
Methvl lonone 50 Coumarin 60
Heliotropin 50 Para Cresyl Phenyl Acetate 25
Methvl Salicylate 25
Aldehyde C12 (10%) 50
Violet Synthetic
Alcohol Cl 2 (25%) 25
Alpha lonone 200
Beta lonone 50
Neroli Synthetic Methyl lonone 150
Neroli Petale 250 Orris Resin 100
French Pettigrain 300 (.'assie Synthetic 50
Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 100 .lasmin Synthetic 50
Linalyl Anthranilate 100 Vcti\erol Acetate 50
Linalool 50 Coumarin 25
Nerol 100 Vanillin 25
Rhodinol 50 Bergamot 50
IMienyl Acetic Acid 5 Hydrnxycitronellal 50
Sweet Italian Orange Oil 45 Isobutyi Phenyl Acetate 50
Musk Ketune 50
Violet Natural 100
Narciase Synthetic
Ylang Bourbon Oil 150
Benzyl Acetate 100 Ambre (Fixative)
Hydroxycitronellal 200 Musk Kotftne 30
Terpineol 100 Musk Ambrette 30
Cinnamyl Alcohol 100 Labdanum Bleached 100
Rose Synthetic 75 Orris Absolute 10
Coumarin 50 Methvl lonone 60
Jaamin Synthetic 50 VaniUin 60
146 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Vetiverol Acetate 50 Tangerine Cream
Counmrin 50 Follow cold cream formula using water
Clary Bage Oil 25 soluble orange color and tangerine
Rergamot Oil per-
125 fume.
Heliotropin 100
lienzylCinnamate 100
Resin Peru 50 Mint Cream
Resin Tolu 50 Follow cold cream formula using water
Santalool Acetate 80 soluble green color and peppermint
Resin Benzoin per-
50 fume.
Ambreine or Ambrethene 100
Lemon Cream
Lavender Cream
Strawberry Cream
As above except using water soluble Cucumber Cream
lavender color and lavender perfume. Turtle Cream
Viosterol Cream
Lecithin Cream
Violet Cream Hormone Cream
Follow cold cream formula using water Olive Oil Cream
soluble violet color and violet perfume. Almond Oil Cream
COSMETICS 147
Cold Cream
Turtle Oil Cream
White Beeswax 150 gm.
Same as Tissue Cream (above) with
White Mineral Oil COO gm.
the addition of Turtle Oil %
lb. and % Water 240 cc.
oz. Moldex, dissolved in the water.
Borax 10 gm.
Melt beeswax in mineral oil. Dissolve
Cucumber Cream borax in water. Add two with vigorous
Same as Cold Cream (above) except stirring until cooL Perfume to suit.
that a little water soluble green color is
14d THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
*
Vanishing Cream Heat to 180* F. and pour into
DECOLORIZING, DEODORIZING,
DISINFECTING
• Ammonia Gas Mask Absorbent into shallow paus to depth of one inch
First make a solution of and heat to 160® F.
gas absorbing materials, all of which may Spray for Movie Theatre
then be enclosed in a pervious container,
The following is a formula for a prepa*
a perforated cylinder of sheet aluminum ration suitable for spraying in theatres:
approximately 3 inches tall and 2%
Pine-needle Oil
inches in diameter being one form in
which I prefer to manufacture this ap-
Formal in of each 2 oz.
paratus. Such a receptacle has a capacity
Acetone 6 oz.
Isopropyl Alcohol to 20 oz.
of approximately 105 grams and will con-
tain; For use as a spray 1 oz. is mixed with
Grams a pint of water.
Sour Cherry Wood Charcoal 47.25
Cocoanut Shell Charcoal 2G.25 Theatre Sprays
Boxwood Charcoal 21.00
Trioxy methylene 10.00 (1)
Oil Lavender 60 c.c.
In the foregoing, use pulverant tri- Oil Bergamot 30 c.c.
oxymethylene which is packed in a thim- Oil l’epperniii|t 5 dr.
ble or capsule of unsized paper. This Oil Cloves 30 dr.
capsule forms a central core about which Ac’ul Benzoic 1.8 gm.
is packed the granular absorbent ma- Alcohol sufficient to make 300 c.c.
terial. The shape and size mentioned is
one form suitable for use in a refriger- The benzoic acid is dissolved in the
ator having a capacity of approximately and the
alcohol volatile oils added.
3 cubic feet.
2)
Another form product may be manu- (
‘ ’
Pine Oil Disinfectants
* Lysol ’ (Cresol Disinfectant)
Pine Oil Disinfectants are commonly
Dissolve 25.5 gins. Caustic Soda in 140
made according to the Hygienic Labora-
c.c. water, waim this and add to a
tory Formula;
warmed mixture of 500 c.c, Crosylic Acid
and 180 c.c. Rozolin; stir thoroughly and Parts by Weight
add water to make 1000 c.c. Pine Oil 1000
“1” Wood Rosin (Acid Num-
Cresol Disinfectant
ber— 165) 400
Sodium Hydroxide (25% Solu-
A. Cresol 35 tion) 200
Creosote 45
Castor Oil Soap 20
1600
Itprepared in the following manner;
ivS
B, Rosin 17
The Pine Oil and Wood Rosin are
Washed Cresote 71
heated together at a temperaturo ot
Cresol 10 80® C. in a jacketed steam kettle, the de-
Caustic Soda 2
gree of heat is maintained until the rosin
Water 2
is thoroughly dissolved in the Pine Oil.
The temperaturo is then dropped to 60® C.
White Cresol, Disinfectant at which point the Sodium Hydroxide
Cresol 50 (25% solution) is added by stirring in
Cresote 7.5 very slowly. Saponification should bo
Glue 2.5 complete in thirty (.30) minutes. This
Castor Oil Soap 0.5 product has a predicted phenol coefficient
Caustic Soda 0.1 of 3.5 to 4 determined by the Food and
Water 60 Drug Act Method against B-Typhosus.
The following formula was developed
Disinfecting Laundry using a vegetable oil soap base:
Soak for 1 hour in any of following Vegetable Oil Soap Base 20%
and rinse. Pine Oil 80%
Formalin 1
Pine oil is added to the vegetable oil
, Water (at 140“ F.) 200
soap and stirred in slowly. No heating
Emulsified Cresol (Cresylic Acid) 1
is required for this blend. This product
Water 100 has a predicted phenol coefficient of 5.2
Use cold.
determined by the Food and Drug Act
Method against B-Typhosus.
EMULSIONS 151
The following label has been approved lice, spray a 40 dilution with water
1 to
for disinfectants by the Government: on roosts and dropboards; to kill fleas,
wash dogs in a 1 to 40 dilution in soapy
Fine Oil Disinfectants water.
Active Ingredients The Government has strict regulations
Pine Oil 1 to prevent laljeling a product as a disin-
Soap or Base 2 fectant if an adulterant is present.
Inert Ingredients Manufacturers should have a represen-
Moisture 3 tative sample of their disinfectant tested
(Moisture not to exceed 10% of total.) for determination of phenol coefficiency.
The above procedures, if followed, in-
Food and Act Teat Phenol
Drug — sure the manufacturer of having a disin-
Coefticient (4). in blanks (1)
(Fill fectant labeled within the Government
(2) — —
(3) (4) correspond
to with the regulations.
disinfectant manufactured.) A Steam-distilled Pine Oil Di.sinfectant
made according to the prescribed rules
Directions and regulations insures the following;
—
In the bathroom. To wash the bath- 1. Has a clear sparkling amber color.
In kennels, chicken houses, etc.— To kill minor cuts and bruises as a wet dressing.
EMUL sionS
Emulsions that i.s, something which does not mi^
Theory with water.
theory and practice of Kniulsification formulae and methods
Since the
emulsions is still in a highly disorgan- have been evolved chiefly through prac-
ized state the theoretical side will bo tice— by actually making innumerable
touched on but lightly. emulsions. Because of the vagaries and
An emulsion may be considered as a eccentricities of emulsions practical
homogeneous suspension of tiny drop- workers have made greater technical
lets of oil in water or water in oil. The advances in this field than the pure
oil in water type may bo represented research chemists. Too often the
by the usual furniture polish (milky) trained chemist does not achieve as
and the water in oil type by butter. good emulsions as the lay worker be- —
The term “oil" includes oils (mineral, cause the former rebels instinctly
vegetable, animal or essential), fats, against empirical formulae and does not
greases, waxes, hydrocarbons (beneol, follow instructions as implicitly as the
naphtha, turpentine, etc.), synthetics man “who knows be doesn’t know."
(thylene dichloride, nitrobisnzol, etc.) Moreover each new emulsion reprifents
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
"
new problem having, numerous vari* Emulsifying Agent
able factors^. These should not be under* Ammonium Linoleate Pasto
Mtimated if a good stable emulsion is
desired. The technique and preparation A cream colored paste; amnioniacal
of any particular formula should first be odor.
mastered before any variations are at* This is an excellent agent for emulsi-
tempted. I
fying vegetable and fish oils, waxes,
fat, resins, hydrocarbons and many
Methods other water insoluble products. When
Just as ono man's food may be an- emulsifying a water insoluble product
—
other's poison so one method, which^i having a melting point of over 100® C.,
will givo u perfect emulsion in ono case, the latter should bo first dissolved in
may proiluco a perfect failure in an- naphtha, ethylene dichloride, turpentine
other., Thus no ono method or emulsi- or similar solvent. Alcohol as a rule
fying agent will serve universally. should not be used as it breaks down
Specific technique will be given later in most emulsions. Similarly acids, esters
the case of the different emulsifying and salts must be avoided.
agents recommended.
When an emulsion of a solid melting Procedure
above 100® C. is desired, it should first Using proportions given in the fol-
be melted with sufficient solvent or oil lowing table, first dissolve the indicated
to reduce the combined melting point
amount of water in the Ammonium
below 100° C. For example naphtha- Linoleate Paste. This is done by cov-
lene with naphtha or other hydrocar-
ering the Ammonium Linoleate with
bons; synthetic resins with hydrocar-
the required amount of water and al-
bons or vegetable oils.
lowing it to soak over night. Work in
Uses slowly the next day until dissolved
completely. Do not attempt to dissolve
Technical emulsions are used in
in any other way or lumps will result.
numerous ways in many fields. The
To this add slowly with vigorous agi-
followingare but a few of a large
tation the indicated amount of oil and
number of uses. Polishes, beauty continue stirring until homogeneous.
creams, lotions, water-proofing, agricul-
When a wax is to bo emulsified the
tural sprays, mayonnaise, denning com-
wax is melted and considered as an
pounds, lubricants etc. Many new spe- oil. In this case the water must bo
cialty emulsions are likewise being
heated above the melting point of the
created.
wax. Most trouble is encountered in
Summary making wax emulsions because the solu-
tion of Ammonium Linoleate in water
It must be borne in mind, however,
and the melted wax are not heated suf-
that perfect results cannot be gotten
ficiently. To play safe keep each of
until a few experimental emulsions are
thesG solutions between 95 and 100° C.,
made in order to become familiar with
not allowing the temperature to drop
working conditions. That is why ex-
below the melting point of the wax
perience shows that ono of the given
while adding one to the other. These
formulae should be mastered before at-
formulae have been repeated numerous
tempting any variations.
times with uniformly good results. If
Variations in raw materials, proce-
your emulsion is grainy or forms a film
dure, eriors in proportions, etc., produce
of wax on the surface, then the fault
poor results. The formulae given have
is in manipulation and not in the Emul-
been repeated many times and will
sifier. Good wax emulsions cannot bo
work if they are strictly adhered to.
Of course these formulae cannot fill
mad# by hand or with a slow moving
paddle. The vigorous agitation of a
every individual requirement. Varia-
fast electric stirrer is essential.
tions are therefore necessary. In order
Emulsions of the various infiammable
to work Out ^successful formulae, pa-
hydrocarbons produce products of high
tience is essential. That which is worth
cleansing powers and of a much higher
while getting is worth while striving
flash-point.
for. It is suggested that only one in-
In many synthetic reactions where
gredient or proportion be varied at a
better contact is desired between an
time. This enables one to know exactly
aqueous and a water insoluble liquid
what produces the change in the fin-
recourse is had to emulsions. Similarly
ished. product.
a wator soluble solid may be dissolved
A
EMULSIONS
*
in water and then emulsified with the Triethanolamine Oleate 6
water insoluble liquid. Water * 78
Formulae
Coconut Oil Emulsion
(All parts by Weight)
Coconut Oil 81
Parte
Ammo- Triethanolamine Oleate 6
Parts nium Oleic Acid 12
Material of Linoleate Water
Emuloified ParU Water 82
No. Paste
1. Kerosene 90 90 8
Naphtha 90 100
Corn Oil Emulsion
2. 7
3. Bensol 90 100 7 Corn Oil 86
i. Gasoline 90 100 7
5. Pine Oil 90 90 10
Triethanolamine Oleate 6
6 . Carnauba Wax ... 90 620 12 Oleic Acid 6
7. Beeswax 90 600 12 Water 82
8. Ozokerite 90 400 14
9. Turpentine . . . 90 100 8
10 Nitrobenzol 90 100 8
Cod Liver Oil Pimulsion
11 Orthodichlorbeuzol 90 100 8 Cod Liver Oil 82
12 Methyl tSalicylate . 90 100 8
Triethanolamine Oleate 6
The above formulae can be lessoned Oleic Aciil 6
in cost by reducing the amount of emul- Water 80
sifierused. The minimum can bo de-
Cotton iSeetl Oil Emulsion
termined by experiment. Increasing
the amount of watt'r will give thin Cotton Seed Oil 86
emulsions. Certain oil emulsions arc Triethanolamine Oleate 6
improved by the addition of 1% or so Oleic Acid 6
of ammonia dissolved in water when Water 80
making the emulsion.
Emulsifying Agent
Trihydroxyethylmnine Stearate
Oil Emulsions
(T. S. ior short)
Using Triethanolamine Oleatc A light brown wax.
Faint fatty odor.
The procedure is to stir the trieth- In the formulae given below proceed
anolamine oleate with the oleic acid as follows;
until dissolved and then, while beating Melt the T. S. with the oil and add
\igorously to run the oil and water into this to the water (some prefer to use
it in successive alternate portions. w'arm water) slowly while stirring vig-
Emulsification take.s place immediately orously with an eleetric mixer. Warm
and beating can be discontinued in a water and very rapid stirring produce
few minutes. These emulsions are very uniformly stable emulsions.
stable. As they are diluted, however,
the degree of stability decrea.sos. Salts, Formulae
acids or other electrolytes disrupt these Trihydroxy-
emulsions. The addition of small Material Parts ethylarnine
amounts of cresylic acid, alcohols or Eiimlsibed Parts Water Stearate
The soluble oil method is particularly in small portions, and finally the re-
applicable for medium viscosity mineral maining water in a similar manner.
oils and is not successfully applied to Emulsification is complete when the
other oils or solvents. With such min- oil and water are evenly distributed.
eral oils, however, the method yields
excellent emulsions which are quite Properties
stable. These oils usually require from The olive oil emulsion so prepared is
3.5 to 4.0 per cent Triethanolamine, de- pure white and creamy, and will be
pending upon the stability desired in stable in the concentrated form in
the emulsion. The amount of oleic acid which made. If greater dilution is
it is
lies between 8 and 11 per cent, the desired,water may bo stirred into this
amount varying especially with the emulsion in any proportion. When di-
type of oil. The more refined oihs are luted to five times its volume, giving
the most difficult to emulsify as will bo a 9% concentration of oil in water, no
seen from the following table: separation should occur within 24 hours.
Uses
Formulation by this method requires
groat exactness, and it is always neces- Textile lubrication, shampoos, hand
sary to derive formulae for the specific lotions.
Properties
Olivo Oil Emulsions
The pine emulsion so prepared is
oil
Olive Oil 88 lb. a creamy, white product which is in-
Oleic Acid 10 lb. definitely stable when concentrated. It
Triethanolamine 2 lb. can be further diluted as desired, the
Water 80 lb. best results being obtained when the
Preparation water is stirred into the product. At
Working ordinary temperatures
at very high dilutions, such as is obtained
add the Triethanolamine, oleic acid and with 1% oil in water, good dispersion
30 lbs. of the olive oil to the agitator. and fairly high stability still character-
fi.8 soon as these three ingredients have ize the emulsion.
EMULSIONS 167
To make this product as concentrated was derived for an oil suitable for an
as possible and still maintain ready orchard spray. Similar formulae will
dilution with water, preparation is sug- bo found for other oils of this typo.
gested as follows. Dissolve 3 lbs. of
Preparation
Triethanolamine in 40 lbs of water and
add slowly, with high-speed stirring, a Into a container equipped with a
solution of 6 lbs. of oleic acid in 91 lbs. simple stirring dcMce, pour 7 pounds of
of pine oil.
the mineral oil together with all of the
Uses oleic acid. Htirnng for a few minutes
produces a homogeneous solution to
Disinfectants and deodorants, textile
which should now bo added the exact
wetting-out and scouring agents.
quantity of Triethanolamine. Mix this
into the liquid until a clear solution
Light Mineral Oil Emulsion results.
Typical of the partially refined min- To this soluble oil base, the remain-
158 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
ing 80 pounda of paraffin oil may be Uses
added when deaired, or aimply one part Leather soaking, silk soaking, leather
by weight of this base to four parts of dressing.
the oil. Stirring sufficient to mix the
two materials only is necessary. A per-
fectly clear liquid will result if the pro- Linseed Oil Emulsion
portion of oleic acid is correct. Linseed Oil 88 lb.
Oleic Acid 10 lb.
Piiranui . 88 9 3 300
Oleic Acid 8 lb. Lanolin., 80 6 200
Triethanolamine 3 lb. J apaii . . . 85 12 3 400
Water 10^
In this method, the wax or oil is
Preparation
omul.sificdby means of a w:iter solution
Tho preparation of this emulsion is of the soap which i.s made from tho
typical of the procedure used for any Triethanolamine and stearic acid. The
liquid. In one container weigh out the water i.s measured out into a container
above quantities of kerosene and oleic or kettle which can be heated. Tho
acid and mix these two liquids thor- Triothanolamino then stirred into
is
oughly. In a separate container stir this stearic acid is added.
and then the
together the water and Triethanolamine On heating, the acid gradually melts
until a homogeneous solution is ob- and can bo stirred into the water to
tained. give a smooth soap solution, and the
Tho solution is now poured into
oil temperature is raised to just below the
the water solution, and the resulting boiling point. The wax is now melted
mixture is stirred or agitated vigor- in a separate container and its tem-
o*6ly. After tho emulsion is well perature brought to 85-95“ C. This is
formed, it should bo stirred occasion- then added to the water solution and
ally, a few minutes at a time. tho whole at once stirred vigorously to
obtain a good emulsion. Stirring is
Properties then continued gently until the product
This method produces a pure white has cooled.
emulsion of kerosene which possesses ex-
cellent stability. It is of the oil-in-
Carnauba Wax Emulsion
water type and can be diluted to any Carnauba Wax 87 lb.
extent desired by the addition of water. Stearic Acid 9 Ib.
160 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
‘
Triethanolamino 4 lb. Properties
Water 400 lb. The wax emulsion so pre-
paraffin
Preparation pared is a creamy, white product, the
Weigh out the stearic acid, water and consistency and stability of which are
and Triothanolamiue, and heat the mix- but little affected by temperature
ture in a kettle to 100* C. After the changes. In its concentrated form, no
acid has molted completely and the solu- separation will occur over a period of
tion is boiling gently, stir carefully months. To make a more dilute prod-
until the acid has been dissolved and uct, water may be stirred into this
a smooth soap solution is obtained. emulsion.
In a separate steam-heated container Variations
melt the carnauba wax until a tempera- The wax and stearic acid are melted
ture of S.'i-OO* C. is reached. Do not together over a steam bath until the
allow the temperature to rise above
temperature is 90° G. and thoroughly
95“ C., or the wax will be darkened in
mixed. The mixture is then poured
color. Now add the molten wax to the quickly into a boiling solution of the
boiling soap solution and stir vigor-
Triethanolamine and water, and is at
ously until an even dispersion of the once violently agitated. The emulsion
wax results. Stir gently, but continu- is then stirred gently until it has cooled
ously, until the emulsion has cooled to
to room temperature. The same pro-
room temperature. cedure is to bo followed if oils or sol-
vents are to bo mixed with the wax,
Properties
the only change being a substitution of
The carnauba wax emulsion, when a portion of the wax in the given
prepared ns described, is a very smooth, formula.
cream-colored product. It is rather vis-
Uses
cous when cold, but of thinner consist-
Sizing and waterproofing, cosmetic
ency when warm, and is a very stable
creams, polishes.
emulsion. It may bo diluted with water
if desired.
Variations Triethanolamine Emulsions
The substitution of oleic for stearic The soap method of emulsification has
acid in the above formula produces an proved to be the most practical method
emulsion somewhat loss stable but much of treatment for the majority of animal
loss viscous. It therefore permits a and vegetable oils, ns well as for cer-
considerably higher concentration of tain typos of organic solvents.
wax to be used. When other ingredi- Typical of the oils to bo emulsified
ents are to be added they are best in- by this method, as well as tho formulae
cluded prior to emulsification by to be developed, is the following table
methods given in the polish formulae. which gives tho proportions of ingredi-
ents by weight:
Uses
Leather dressings, auto polishes. Soap Method
Tri-
Oleio ethanol-
Paraffin Wax Emulsion Type of Oil Oil Acid amine Water
Castor Oil 82 16 2 80
Paraffin Wax 88 lb. Cottonseed Oil 88 10 2 80
Stearic Acid 9 lb. Lard Oil 87 10 3 80
Linseed Oil 88 10 2 80
Triethanolamine 3 lb.
Olive Oil
.
. 88 10 2 80
Water 300 lb. Neat’s Foot Oil 88 . 10 2 80
Preparation Dichlorethyl Ether.83 12 5 100
Ethylene Dichlonde 86 10 4 100
Mixthe water, Triethanolamine and Lubricating Oil. 89 9 2 100
stearic acid and heat to 100“ C., Pine Oil 91 6 3 100
White Paraffin Oil 82 14 4 100
allowing the mixture to boil gently.
Then stir carefully so that a smooth The procedure by thismethod con-
soap solution is obtained with a mini- sists in stirring the oil and water alter-
mum of foam. In a separate container nately into the soap made from- the
melt the paraffin wax and bring its tem- Triethanolamine and oleic acid. To
perature to 90^ C. Add the hot wax one-third of the oil is added the total
immediately to the boiling soap solution olcio acid and Triethanolamine and
and stir vigorously until the wax is these are stirred together until homo-
evenly dispersed. Continue to stir the geneous. Stirring vigorously, a volume
emulsion slowly while cooling. of water equal to the oil present is now
EMULSIONS 161
Paradichlorbenzeue Emulsion
Paradichlorbenzene 12 gin. *Sulfonated Mineral Oil
Glycol Stearate 3 gm. Thismseful as an emulsifying agent
is
Water 150 cc. and “spreader" —
for various emulsions
Melt the glycol stearate in the water — particularly agricultural sprays.
(about 90° C.). Stir rapidly (high- Two volume.s of lubricating stock
speed mixer). Melt the paradichlor- such as brown neutral oil are mixed
benzene, preferably on water bath and under continuous and rapid agitation
add slowly to the stearate dispersion in with one volume of acid, ordinary 95
water. Continue stirring until cool. to 97 per cent sulfuric acid, for thirty
minutes at a temperature approximately
35° to 40° C. The reactivity of the
Rosin, Turpentine Emulsion oil incommercial batches tends to cause
Rosin 11.0 gm. exces.Mve heating and the material
Turpentine 2.5 gm. .shouldbe suitably precooled or else the
Ammonium Linoleate 2.0 gm. mixture intimately cooled to avoid the
Water 50.0 cc. rise of temperature above 50° C.
(6-8 ounces of Trisodium phosphate and oil soluble sulfonic acids. The
added to water may prove advantageous middle layer consists of some oil, sul-
if water used is of a high degree of fonic acids, sulfonic tars, organic sulfur
hardness.) bodies, sulfuric acid, water, some sul-
This is a substitute on an equal basis furous acid and the bodies in which I
for commercial 50% Sulfonated Tallow am interested. The bottom layer con-
in sizing preparations. sists essentially of sulfuric acid and
water.
164 .
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
The oil layer (upper) and the acid with approximately one-third its volume
layer (lower) are then removed from of benzol (benzene) to purify it. After
the middle layer which is a thick green- sufficient agitation the mixture is al-
ish black mass and may even show a lowed to stratify and the lower layer
purple color in thin layers. containing product in solution is drawn
The separated middle layer is then off from below. This benzol wash-
dissolved in throe volumes of alcohol ing is repeated three or four times
(methyl or ethyl) and dry finely pow- or until the sulfonic tars have been
dered soda ash (sodium carbonate) practically all removed.
added under agitation until the strong After the solution has been washed
free acids are neutralized and precipi- with benzol it is returned to the still
tated as salts insoluble in alcohol of where the dissolved benzol and remain-
this concentration. ing alcohol are removed by further dis-
The aqueous alcohol is then filtered to tillation.
remove the precipitated salts. The re- The resulting purified product may bo
sulting alcoholic filtrate is then. further reduced to any desired consistency by
diluted with an equal volume of water evaporation. When reduced so as to
and either exactly neutralized with a contain .“lO to 40 per cent solids product
solution of sodium hydrate, or may be is a brown colored syrupy liquid com-
made alkaline with ammonia. pletely soluble in water and in alcohol
The filtrate is then placed in a still and contains practically no oil solubln
to remove and recover the excess of al- matter. The color is variable from light
cohol. When the alcoholic content of brown to nearly black depending on
the filtrate has been reduced to approxi- the time and temperature of the origi-
mately ten per cent by volume, the fil- nal reaction and on the oil stock used.
trate is removed from the still and In general the lighter colored acids are
placed in a closed agitating vessel of superior quality.
where it is heated to 50° C, and mixed
12 gal.
Ammonium Nitrate 1 part 2. II., 1 Kill.
The mold is then coated with graphite, lend chromate, which prevents the de-
applied by a wet or a dry process, or posited metal shell from adhering too
both. After washing out the excess of tenaciously. The subsequent steps are
graphite, the form is either introduced similar to those involved when wax molds
directly into the depositing bath, or, in are used.
some cases, is given a preliminary treat- For the better classes of work,
especially color process halftones, or for
ment (so-called “oxidizing") with cop-
plates requiring very severe service, nickel
per sulphate solution and fine iron filings,
electrotypes (commonly called "steel" or
whereby a thin film of copper is deposited
"nickel steel ’%.are frequently employed.
by ‘ ‘ immersion ’ upon the graphite. The
’
During recent years a thin coating of in the printing of cartons and labels.
EXPLOSIVES, PYROTECHNICS,
AND MATCHES
* Blasting Composition Diphenylamine 1
54 Pot. Sulfate 1
Am. Chlorate
Barium Nitrate 29.5
Aluminum Powder l.o * Igniter, Blasting Cap
Aluminum Granules 0 20-40
Pot. Fcrricyanide
Rosin 5 10-30
J’ot. Chlorate
Nitrocellulose 70-30
• Explosive
An explosive consists of NaClO3 5-50, • Ammunition Primer
NaNOg 5-50, 0-O2NC0H4MC 5-15,
Mercury Fulminate 10-40
(02N)2C(,H3Me 5-15, and sawdust 5-15 20-45
Antimony Sulfide
parts. 10-60
Barium Nitrate
Lead Trinitrorcsorcinolate 5-35
• Explosive, Blasting
Sod. Chlorate 77.1
• Percussion Cop Primer
Dinitrotoluol 17.1
5.05 Lend Azide 5-15
Castor Oil
Cu Silicide 10-16
Paraffin Wax 0.75
Barium Nitrate 10-15
or
75 Tetmzeuo 10-15
Pot. Chlorate
Dinitrotoluol 18.4
• Electrical Detonator
Mononitro Naphthalene 1.06
4.8 Lead Sulfocyanide 30-50
Castor Oil
0.74 Pot. Chlorate 10-30
Paraffin
Smokeless Powder 30-60
•Fuse, Blasting
A mixture such as Pb
thiocyaimte
•Cartridge Primer, Explosive
smokeless
.30-60, KClOg 10-30 and ground 30
similar char- Meicury Fulminate
powder 30-50% or one of lx*ad Trmitro Resorcinate 10
Cu thiocyanate,
acter which may contain 29
as Barium Nitrate
a nitrate or a perchlorate is used Lead Sulfocyanide 10
wire
ignition material around the ignition Abrasive 20
fuse, and a detonating
of an electric
Binder 1
tetrani
charge may be used comprising
mix-
tromethylaniline associate with a * Primer, Explosive
in the
ture of Hg fulminate anJi'KClOg
Stable to shock and friction.
proportions of 90 and 10%, respectively.
—
*
- t
Pot. Chlorate
Antimony
28
55
* Powder, Ballistic 1*
Zinc Dust
Nitrocelluloee (13.15% N) 85 Gelatin Solution
36%
Dinitrotoluol sufficient to act as a binder
5
Dibutyl Phthalate
170 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
die
Pyrotechnic
flame, sizzling as it bums. Add tea* %
sjioon of strontium nitrate to the water
A nonhygroscopic successively explod* before boiling the sawdust in it. When
ing composition consists of the sawdust is then immersed and dried
Pot. Chlorate 35 lb. it will burn with a red flame. Barium
Magnesium Oxide 35 lb. nitrate will make the flame green; cop*
Phosforus Trisulfide 12 lb.
per sulphate, blue.
Gum Arabic 1 jh-
Pot. Dichromate 5 Ih-
Clay and Sand 8 Homemade Sparklers
White Potassium Chlorate 10 oz.
‘ ‘ ’ ’ Granulated Aluminum 2 oz.
* Pyrotechnic Snakes
Charcoal Me o**
Naphthol Pitch 300
100 Miy^conslstency of thick cream with
Tetryl
20 a solution of 2 oz. of dextrine in a pint
Nitrocellulose
250 of w'liter and coat upon wires or slender
Nitric Acid
60 w'ooden sticks.
Linseed Oil
Stearic Acid 0.5 For red sparkler add 1 %
oz. powdered
173
174 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Firoproofing •Fireproof Coating
Periodically the question of fireproofing Wood covered with following is re-
woodwork, curtains, and drapings crops sistant to fire and heat.
up, especially in regard to trade displays Asbestos 40
and exhibitions. The use of sodium Magnesite 30
acetate for fireproofing wood has been Magnesium Chloride
known for a long time, and a solution
(30% solution) to make paste
of 16 per cent, strength has been found
the most suitable concentration. Better
results are obtained if the sodium acetate •Metal, Fireproofing
is reinforced with a small quantity of A metal article
is protected and ren-
disodiura phosphate. For flame proofing dered firo-resistiug by coating it with a
planks a solution containing 228 grams layer of high-melting asphalt, then with
sodium acetate crystals and 33 grams a layer of asbestos paper or felt satd.
disodium phosphate crystals per litre with a mixt. of asphalt 60 and chlorinated
should bo used. Tho planks are given polyphenyl 40% and then with a layer of
three coatings with this solution, time tho asphalt.
being left between each application to
allow the liquor to soak in. For ellicient * Paint, Fireproof
working tho application of about 70
grams anhydrous sodium acetate per Afireproof paint made exclusively of
square metro of wood surface is noces- inorg. materials contains 20% silicate,
aary. The depth of penetration depends 15% KOH, 20% dil. HaPO^ 15% finely
on tho thickness and nature of tho wood. divided asbestos, 15% ZnO and 15%
In tho case of air dried pine boards of kaolin, intimately mixed.
17 mm. thickness a total penetration of
15 mm. was found, the boards being • Fireproofing Paper
coated on both sides. If tho wood has
Craftboard or paper is satd. with a
boon well dried out it Is advisable to give
soln. contg. Al2( 804)3 8 oz., Ti sulfate
a preliminary treatment with water.
Vi oz. and water 1 gal. heated to
For coating curtains, paper, etc., the
140-180® F. Tho craftboard or paper is
L.C.C. recommends 1 lb. of ammonium
removed and partially dried and then
phosphate and 2 lb. of ammonium
dipped in a soln. contg. Na2S04 10 lb.,
chloride to 1^^ gallons of water, or alter-
natively 10 oz. bora.x and 8 oz. borncic
NU3HO3 5 lb., Na silicate soln. (39® B6.)
14 and water 28 gal. heated to
gal.
acid per gallon of water. Tho second 140-180® F. The craftboard or paper is
formum is stated to bo better for delicate
partially dried and pressed in desired
articles. The fabrics should bo dried
shape.
without rinsing, and in all cases a small
piece of* the cloth should 1x5 treated first,
m order to find tho effect on colour and * Fireproofing
texture. Paper or wood impregnated with is
The Paris Municipal Laboratory, the oxide which combines also with the
ecommended the following process: fiber.
’repare a 2 per cent, solution of aiumi-
lum sulphate and a 6 per cent, solution Asbestos Dope
if silicate of soda. Mix and enter the —
Asbestos. Tho cloth is painted with
loth. After squeezing and drying the a dope containing asbestos which hardly
ilurainum silicate formed is insoluble. interferes with suppleness. An interest-
Another method consists in padding the ing composition is:
'abric in a solution of ammonium phos- Asbestos 350 gr.
)hate8, then steeping in an ammoniacal Silicate of Soda, 36 deg. B. 350 gr.
lolution of magnesium chloride. The Water 1,000 gr.
ompound formed on the fiber is insoluble
The particles crumble and shrink. Con-
n water. The fabric is rinsed to remove
tinue heating for about 12 hours, ('rush
he excess of magnesium chloride and
Iried.
and screen to uniform sizes; re{>laco in
Tungstate of zinc resists washing, and pans and reheat at 185-195® F. until
proper state of dryness reached (about
is
his makes preferred at times to tung-
it
8 hours). The dried material is of a
jtate of alumina. The most usual
granular glassy light yellow color. This
nethod consists in padding in a solution
No.
)f stannate of soda at Udeg. B., and material is nir-«’ooled and sifted thru
water to remove the excess of ammonium and agitated to bring the fibers into sus-
sulphate. This last step Is not indis- pension (the mineral wool fiber compris-
pensable, as tho sulphate has flame- ing 5(t-90% of the total fiber in tho sus-
proofing properties, Tho stannate of pension) and a product such as fiberboard
soda combines intimately with the fiber or the like is then formed from the
suspensiun.
and the ammonium sulphate precipitates
MatorUls, Equipment, Containers, consult Bupply
For Cheinicsl Advisors, Specisl Eow etc.,
* Solder, AJumimitn
Soldering Solution for Stainless Steels
Lead 25
Zinc Chloride, Commercial 37 gin. Zinc 40
(llacial Acetic Acid 99.9% 23 gnu Tin 20
Hydrochloride Acid, Com.
Aluminum 5
34.5% IlCl 40 gm.
Solder, Aluminum
Soldering Solution for Rustless Irons Tin 60
Zinc 40
,
Hydrochloric Acid, spociflc
gravity 1.18 CO gm.
* Solder, Aluminum
Ferric Chloride, Lump Form,
Zinc 50
I’ulverized 33 gnu
Nitric Acid, Spwillc Gravity Tin 20
Lead 15
1.42 2 gm.
Add in order named. Magnesium 10
Calcium
Tinning Flux — Zinc chloride stick
5
from sat united solution in water.
Solder, Aluminum
Aluminum 30
Non-Corrosive Soldering Flux Zinc 20
Tin 15
Rosin 1 oz.
Copper 6
Denatured Alcohol 4 oz. Bismuth 10
Silver 10
All formulas preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.
176
FLUXES AND SOLDERS: WELDING 177
Pewter, Soldering
* Solder, Aluminum
The surfaces are cleaned thoroughly.
Aluminum 30
As a flux there is usihI a mixture of
Zinc 20
rosin and olive oil. A good solder con
Tin 15
sists of
Copper 5
Bismuth 10 Bismuth 50
Silver 10-20 Tin 25
Lead 25
• Solder, Brazing
Solder, Silver
Phosforus 2.5-10
Silver 20
Zinc 5-50
Copper 45
Copper Balance
Zinc 30
Cadmium 5
Solder, Brazing
Copper 40-55 * Solder, High Speed Steel
Zinc CO-45
Powd. Soft Steel 85
Fused I'owd. lioric Acid 8
* Chain Solder Borax 2
A composition which may be
solder Powd. High Speed Steel 5
applied to greasy machine made chain in
the hank, rubbed into the joints, and
Solder, Stainless Steel
excess rubbed off so that after lieat-
Tin (56
treatment none will remain on the sur-
ia^ld 34
face of the cliain, is composed of pow-
dered Bn 2 pts., powdered Cu 1 pt., red ‘
P J pt. Solder, “Stainless Steel”
Manganese 20
(.5oj)|ter 25
* Bolder, Copper and Brass
Nickel 5
Iron Chloride 8 49
Silver
Zinc Chloride 8 (lold 1
I.ard 2(5
Rosin 2
Soldering Paste
Glycerol 6
Water 10 parts
Tin 121^
Zim* Chloride 25 parts
Lead
Ammonium Idiloride 2 parts
Dark I'etrolalum 65 parts
Flux, Soldering Dissolve the salts in the water and
Zinc Chloride 71 tir intothe petndatuw.
Am. Chloride 29
• Welding Fltix
* Soldering Ilux, Anti-Fermentive (’ulcium Fluoride 1
Salicylic Acid (Powd.) 20 Borax 3
Rosin (Powd.) 20
Melt together and enst into sticks.
Fuse together
Calcium Fluoride 25 * Flux, Welding
Borax 75
Pet. Carbonate 3
Pot. (diloride 3.7
• Solder Flux Lithium ('hloride 0.9
Fuse together Pot. Sulfate 7.2
Zinc Uiloride 8-20 Borax 20
Stearic Acid 88 Boric Add 21
Soda Ash 38.2
For ChrmiMl Adrinofi, SpecisI Raw lUtorUU, Kquipmonl, CouUiner*. •!«., comult SdpplF
SMtioB St end of book.
178 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Welding Eod Compoaition Boric Acid 49
Tungsten 1 -12% Borax 9
Chromium 1 -10% Iron or Copper Oxide 30
0.1 - 5% Sod. Silicate 12
Nickel
Aluminum 0.1 - 8%
Vanadium 0.1 - 2% • Welding Rod for Bronze to Iron
Carbon 1.75- 4% Copper 80 -90
Manganese 0.5 - 5% Tin 1 -10
Silicon 0.2 - 3% Phosfor Copper 0.2- 1
Molybdenum 0.1 - 6%
Iron Balance
* Welding Wire, Nickel
Welding Rod Composition
Magnesium 0.2-0.02%
Carbon O.GO- 0.85% Silicon 4 -0.05%
Manganese 11 -i;{.5 % Titanium 2 -0.05%
Nickel 2.5 - 3.5 % Nickel Balance
Silicon <* 0 00
.
%
Iron Balance Solder (Powder Form)
*
Iron Filings 100 parts
Welding Electrode Coating
Ammonium Cliloride 50 parts
Cotton cloth impregnated with follow- Sulphur in Powder Form 25 parts
lowing ini.vturo is used:
Mix well.
Tale 10
Feldspar 30 • Aluminum Solders
Ferromanganese (low C) 10 A. Tin 60-09%
Sod. Silicate 24 Zinc 27.5-28.5%
Aluminum 2,5-6.5%
* Welding Rod
ground caking coal and with a small stirredin the lye in a fine jet. When
amount, e.g., 1-2%, of a binder such as combination has be<*n effected, the water
is added to the thick colloid mass, which
itch, the mixture is briquetted, and the
IS thereby nmdered somewhat more liquid
riquettes are embedded in a neutral re-
fractory material, e.g., small coke, and by the addition. The alcohol is now
crutched in and tiie mass is permitted to
carbonized. For household fuel carboni-
zation is effected at G0O-G5O", whilst rest for about an hour; the pan or re-
ceptacle being W(>11 covered. A more in-
briquettes for industrial purposes are
produced by carbonization at 900-1000". timate union is thereby produceil. The
somewhat thick, transparent colloid is
then lirought into tlie frame, again
• Briquets, Fuel drawn tliiough with the erutch and al-
In making fuel briquets with an an- lowed to stand without being covered.
thracite base, culm 85-90, asphalt 5-10 To (his eiinilsificution agent is added 75
and pulverized bituminous coal about per cent of <lenaliired iileohol, and the
5% are used together. The asphalt is whole heated to a boiling point after
rendered freely fluent by heating, the which it IS allowed to cool; the colloid
culm is heated to about the same temp, thus formitd being then ready for use.
and mixed with the asphalt and the bitu-
minous coal is then added and inter-
•Coal and Coke, Improving
mixed.
Appearance of
•Jelly, Benzine The following method is useful in re-
Soap 20 gm. storing the lustre of weather beaten or
Alcohol 20 gm. discolored coal; to allay dust; to pro-
ing and other apparel, and with the ad- Fuel Oil
dition of antiseptic agents provides a Fuel Oil 400 cc.
desirable germicide. Degras 5 gnu
Dissolve by vigorous stirring; run in
Solidified Gasoline slowly following solution
Gasoline 0.5 gal Pot. Nitrate gm.
White Soap (Fine Shaved) 12 oz- Borax 2 ^^ gm.
Water 1.0 pt. Water 38 cc.
Household Ammonia 5 oz. Finally pass through colloid mill.
Heat the water, add soap, mix and The above mixture ensures i>erfoct,
when cool add the ammonia. Then work rapid and complete combustion.
in slowly the gasoline to form semi-solid
mass.
* Motor Fuel
* Special Gasoline Gasoline 70
The addition 0.2-1% oxidized parafUn Benzol 20
wax to gasoline serves to act as a lubri- Meth}l Formate 10
cant in automobile cylinders.
* Motor-Fuel, ‘ ‘
Anti-Knock ’
Xylol 10
For Chcmicsl Advisors, Special Eaw Materials, Equlpraenl, Containers, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
GLASS, CERAMICS, ENAMELS
• Casting Hlip, Ceramic tough reinforcing material, such as cel-
A metallic pot is lined with a mixture acid or oil in certain proportion during
of the polymerization of the rosins.
The following formulae set forth in
Slacked Lime 100
five examples of proportions of ingredi-
Borax 6
ents required to form modified poly-
Vitreous Knamol 26
hydric alcohol polybasic acid condensa-
Glue Solution 12
tion resins: ‘
Vitroous Enamel
Removing Vitreous Enamel
240 grams borax, 410 grams potash
Place article in a boiling 30% Caustic
feldspar, 30 grams saltpetre, 120 grams
Soda solution and enamel will dissolve.
sodium carbonate, 30 grams calcium
spar, and 170 grams quartz are fused
together to produce 1,000 grams of lump Enamel for Gold Dental Crowns
enamel. This is crushed, ground with Silicon 6.5^
60 grams of tinting substance and about Borax 2
20 grams of zirconia opacifier. The Soda Ash 1.65
latter should contain about 1 gram of Sodium Nitrate 0.3
salt of
unstable acid, for example, Cryolite 1.2
sodium nitrate of formate. Tin Oxide 0.5
* Enameling Iron
42
phyUte 16-25%. ^
clav 13-19, feldspaia 87-22 and pyro-
* Porcelain, Insolating
Pe articles, particularly sheet Fe, are
provided with a colorless ground-enamel China Clay 84 lb.
coating, free from CoO or NiO, by ap- Ball Clay 13 lb.
plying a suitable mixt. of readily fus- Feldspar 87 lb.
ible and difficultly fusible substances Pyrophylite 16 lb.
186 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Electrical Porcelain ware should bo carefully stacked on
Kaolin 40-55 grates in such a manner as to admit
Quartz 25-32 free access of air to all parts of every
Feldspar 20-28 piece of ware. Care must be taken to
very finely; mix well and prevent flat surfaces from coming into
Grind
1400“ C. contact with each other, and space must
fire'* at
be provided between the different pieces
of ware to admit sufficient air to com-
* Eefractory Composition pletely oxidize all carbonaceous matter
(For crucibles and furnace linings) present. It must be remembered that
the heat treatment forms an iron scale
Barium Oxide 31-51
which must subsequently be removed
Aluminum Oxide 17-37
22-42 by acid, and consequently the time and
.Silicon Dioxide
temperature should not be carried be-
The above is not corroded by alumi- yond that necessary to burn off the oil.
num or its alloys. Removing Grease with Caustic Soda.—
Caustic soda or potash may be used for
removing fatty materials, especially if
Enameling Steel
they are present in small amounts. In
The preparation of (ho steel for en- this process the steel article is immersed
ameling consists in giving it such treat- in a boiling solution of caustic soda or
ment us is necessary to leave a clean potash and allowed to remain for a few
surface, free from any foreign mutter minutes. It is then taken out and
that will injure the enamel when ap- washed free from alkali in clear water.
plied and burned. The treatment re- This precaution is necessary because the
quired depemls upon the nature and adhering alkali solution would rapidly
size of the piece of ware and the kind neutralize the pickling acid into which
of foreign matter that is to bo removed. the steel is next placed for the removal
The sand blast is used in cleaning of rust and other deleterious impurities.
laTgo ware and such as cun not bo easily
cleaned by pickling. When the sand Pickling
blast is used, no other treatment is ro- After the oil and carbonaceous mat-
uirod, since grease, rust, and any other ter have been removed from the sur-
oroign matter is readily removed by face, it is necessary to remove all rust
it. This is the most elTcctive method and oxide of iron. The pickling solu-
of cleaning steel and one that gives an tion used is one of either sulphuric or
excellent surface for enameling. For hydrochloric acid.
small pieces it is much more expensive
than pickling, and it is economical only 1. Mixing the Raw Materials
in making largo pieces or special shapes General practice in mixing the raw
of comparatively high value. materials consists in weighing the
batch, which generally approximates
Treatment Preliminary to Pickling 500 pounds, into a box and then turning
Nearly all light steel ware is cleaned the mixture over a few times with a
by the pickling process. The prelimi- hoe or shovel. In the case of colored
nary treatment before the ware is enamels it is considered mixed when
placed in the pickling acid varies. the coloring oxide is uniformly dis-
Grease and carbonaceous matter must tributed, imparting a uniform gray
ba removed from the ware before plac- color to the batch. In white enamels
ing in the pickling solution, and three the practice is to turn the mixture a
general methods are in use for doing certain number of times, which is con-
this; scaling, washing in caustic nlkalL sidered to bo sufficient. Here is one
solutions, the use of proprietary"
or of the places where enamelers can im-
cleaning compounds. prove their practice and raise the stand-
Scaling. —
Scaling or heating the ware ard of their ware by doing away with
slipshod methods and resorting to more
to redness is the method most generally
employed. Durilig the process of shap- thorough, exact, and economical meth-
ing the ware from the sheet of steel ods. Itotating drums and other forms^
it invariably collects grease from ma-
mixing machines give much more satS*
chinery and workmen’s hands, and one factory results.
method of removing such carbonaceous Every enameler, and even the unedu-
matter is to burn it off. Especially is cated laborer who has worked around
this the case when handling largo num- the smelter, has observed that the
bers of small pieces. To do this, the enamel smelts more quickly when most
GLASS, CERAMICS, ENAMEL9 187
but if proper care is U8cd any piece be. should bo said, further, that
It
of ware can be very uniformly coated best results are always obtained with
by spraying. The piece may be placed thin enamels. Barring tho properties
on a whirling rack and turned while the of whiteness and opacity, tho excellence
spray is being applied. of enamels is inversely proportional to
The consistency of the enamel is their thickness. This is especially true
highly important again in this case. of tho ability of tho ware to withstand
The enamel must be ground sufficiently bending and abrasion. In view of those
fine to prevent stopping the nozzle of facts the aim should always bo to keep
the sprayer, but for best results it must tho enamel as thin as possible, while at
not bo too finely ground. Its viscosity tho same time obtaining tho desired
must be high to prevent flowing. Since opacity and color.
the distribution of the slip over the
2. Drying
surface is accomplished in this case by
the movement of tho spray and not by Ground-coat enamels should bo dried
shaking tho piece, it is possible to work as rupitlly as po^^-ible to prevent rust-
with a higher viscosity than in slushing. ing of tho steel. This will l»o controlled
Dusting . —
This method of application to some extent by the lloceulating
agents used in the slip, but rapid dry-
is very common in cast-iron work, but
Percentage of Bases
Second White SiO., 02.0 G.11 07.2
Index Number Temperature, Time, B/ii Mi 2.0
“F. Minutes aLo-, 4.1 3.5 3.2
' 1500 .3 K.ro’ 3.1 2.(5 2.4
2 37.9 19.1 19.7
3. 1700 132
(’a() 9.4 7.7 7.5
Tallow 25
Soap 20 Wax Crayons
Shellac 15 The manufacture of wax crayons fol-
Lamp Black 6 lows very closely that of the moulded
Heat in enamelled pot to molt together. candle, both in procedure and materials
Then hejxt strongly until vapor ignites. and an attempt to go into details would
Allow burn for a while and smother
to be endless and rather futile. A finely
fiame with cover of pot. Take out a divided dry color is usually more suit-
sample and teat for elasticity. Tf not able us the coloring medium and usually
satisfactory ignite again in same way. more dependable. The dry color is added
to the wax combination after the wax is
melted in a steam jacketed aluminum
Marking Crayons
kettle. Meilianical agitation is contin-
Ceresin 40
ued until tlie kettle has been emptied in
Camauba Wax 35
order prevent any tendency of the
to
Paraffin Wax 20
Color to settle to the bottom.
Beeswax The wax
5
should be maintained ns nearly to the
Talc 60
meUing point as practicable and rapid
Chrome (Ireen «)r Other Pigment 15
cooling is perhaps more important here
than in candles. A good starting point
Crayon, Tailonn’ Marking on the wax combination would bo as
Camauba Wax 11 follows:
Stearic Acid 2 Double Pressed Saponified
Cerutlux 7r) Stearic Acid 40 lb.
Ozokerite 6 Paraffine 45 lb.
Terra Albn 6 Beeswax 10 lb.
Camauba Wax 6 lb.
Tailors’ Chalk
Dry color to suit.
on the usual card and paper charts. Add sufficient ammonium hvdroxide
*
to
Dyes that have been found to work well dissolve the blue precipitate formed.
are crocein scarlet, fast crimson, brilliant
yellow, emerald green, soluble blue,
* Printing Ink for Cellulose Acetate
methylene blue, methyl violet, Bismarck
brown, and water-soluble nigrosine. Film
Cellulose Acetate 3
Ethylene Cllycol Monomethyl
Indelible Marking Ink
Ether 50
Dissolve 5 grams of silver nitrate in Ethylene Cdycol Monomethyl
its own weight of water, and add am- Ether Acetate 60
monia water (not household ammonia) Color to suit
until the precipitate that first forms just
dissolves. Separately dissolve 5 grams
• Ink, Concentrateil Writing
of gumarabic in 10 milliliters of warm
water, and 3 grams of anhydrous sodium A paste ink suitable for writing on
carbonate (or 3.5 grams of the mono- diln. with water comprises water 2 os.,
hydrate) in 15 milliliters of warm water. white potato dextrin 1 os,, gjillic acid
Mix the three solutions and warm untd 33d grains, tannic acid 120 grains, gran-
the mixture starts to darken. This ink ulated Fe;;S()4 252 grains, 1101 1.30 min-
should be used with a gold or a quill ims, carbolic acid 3.5 drams, glycerol 2 I
pen if possible, but if not, with a clean drams, blue aniline A 217 grains, indi-
steel pen. The writing should be exposeil gotin <)8 grains and IIQAc.
to direct sunlight or pressed with a hot
iron to develop the color. The ink must
* Ink, Gold Bronso
be kept in the dark.
Aniline black inks are made in one or Cresvlic Aci<l 8
in two solutions, the argument for the Sulfuric Acid 4
latter being that the chemical reaction Borax 15 •
DigHolve by gently heating and then with 1 gal. solvent naphtha until dis-
add one of the following pigments. solved; cool and beat in a 20% water
solution of dextrin.
—
Black I^amp Black Vi oz.
—
Blue Ultramarine Vt oz.
—
Green Brunswick Green % oz.
lied —
Vermilion Vt oz.
Printing Inks
Printing Inks may be divided into
three —
classes typographic, lithographic
and rotographic. They consist principally
Waterproof Ink for Glass
of a pigment, vehicle and drier.
Shellac Bleached 10 Typographic Inks
Venice Turpentine 4
Hosin Oil 1 Typographic inks arc printed from a
Turpentine 15 raised surface. They dry principally by
Indigo Powder 5 oxidation and penetration. Magazine
and book inks dry largely by oxidation.
Representative formulae would be as
follows
* Ink, Graining Black
Gum Arabic 2.5 Carbon Black 20 lb.
Ethylene Glycol 60 No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 30 lb.
Water 7.5 Rosin Oil 30 lb.
Pigment 30 Cobalt Drier 10 lb.
Stcarine Pitch 5 lb.
Hectograph Mass
Good Grade Powdered Glue 2 parts
News Inks
Water 1 lb. Black
Glycerine • 4 lb.
Carbon Black 12 lb.
The lithographic process depends upon graphic inks may be made in other colors.
The Chrome Yellowa can only be used They are destroyed by alkalies and acids
in making opaque colora and therefore but have good resistance to lithographo-
only for the first color in three or four varnish and paraffin. They are slightly
color process work. soluble in water and alcohol.
Process Yellow
Process Transparent Yellow
Primrose Yellow Dry 4 lb.
Tartrazine Yellow Lake
Lemon Yellow Dry 1 lb. 8 oz.
Dry 4 lb. 12 oz.
Magnesium Carbonate Dry 1 lb.
No. 0 Lithographic
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
Varnish 2 lb. 8 oz.
No. 2 Lithographic Varnish 3 lb.
Cobalt Linolcate Liquid Drier 3 oz.
No. 6 Lithographic Varnish 3 oz.
No. 00 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
No. 6 Lithographic Varnish oz.
Lead Manganese Paste Drier 6 oz
Lead Manganese Paste Drjer % oz.
Paraffin Wax 2 oz.
Process Yellow Kerosene Oil 6 oz.
Chrome Yellow Medium Dry 8 lb.
Amber Petrolatum 3 oz.
Magnesium Carbonate
Dry 1 lb. 8 oz. Cadmium Yellows
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
These are precipitated cadmium sul
No. 2 Lithographic Varnish 5 lb. fides and are produced in a light and
No. 5 Lithographic Varnish 4 oz. dark shade. They are very permanent
No. 6 Lithogmphic Varnish 2 oz. to light and very resistant to alkali,
Lead Manganese Paste Drier % oz.
water, alcohol, oils and paraffin, but are
The above formulae may Iw modified affected by acids.
to be made stronger and more opaque by
omitting the magnesium carbonate and
using more of the chrome yellow pig-
Cadmium Yellow
ments. Cadmium Yellow Light Dry 15 lb.
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 4 lb.
Offset Tin Printing Yellow No. 3 Lithographic Varnish 8 oz.
No. 1 Transparent Lithographic Lead Manganese Drier 4 oz.
Varnish 20 lb. Wax Compound 4 oz.
No. 00 Transparent Lithographic Aluminum Hydrate Dry 1 lb.
Varnish 2 lb. No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
No. 2 Transparent Lithographic
Varnish 4 lb.
No. 3 Transparent Lithographic
Varnish 2 lb. ORANGE PIGMENTS
C. P. Meilium Chrome Yellow Orange Mineral
Dry 65 lb.
Oran^mineral is also known as red
Gloss White Dry 15 lb.
lead. It is a very opaque and bright
Offset Ink Wax Compound 1 lb.
orange pigment of very good perma-
on last pass over mill and add nency. In formulating inks with orange
No. 7 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb. mineral it is necessary to use a lighter
pigment and a heavy varnish with it,
Yellow Lakes due to its high specific gravity and low
These give transparent inks which are oil absorption, otherwise it will work
used for process colors. They are made very poorly on the press. It has a strong
from the auramine, quinoline, tartrazine drymg action on drying oils and there-
and naphthol yellow S dyes. They all fore does not require the addition of any
have very poor permanency to light. driers.
INK, CARBON 1»APEK, DUPLICATOHS
201
Red Pigments
Lithol Toners
The colors are produced by coupling Tobias Acid and Beta Naphthol, The various
shades ranging from Orange’ to Maroon arc prod'iciHl by forming different metalUc
salts. The sodium salt is the Orange shade. The barium and calcium salts are bluer.
Sodium It 0 Him Calcium
Properties Litlml Tontrs Lithol Toners Lithol Toners
Resistance to Light Fair Pair Fair
Resistance to Varnish Bleed Excellent Excellent Excel h'lit
Resi.stance to Water Bleed Good Excellent Excellent
Resistance to Paraffin Bleed Excellent Excellent Excellent
Resistance to Alcohol Fair Goo<| Goo.1
Resistance to Alkali Good Good Good
Resistance to Acid Good Excellent Excellent
Hiding Pow'or Good Fair Good
Baking Temperature .... 165* F. 230* F.
No. 1Burnt Plate Oil 2 lb. Barium Lithol Toner Dry 5 ll».
Scarlet Ink
Job Press Bright Red
The pigment of Scarlet Ink is the lead
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 4 lb. lake of the scarlet dye formed by the
No. 0 Lithographic Varnish 5 lb. combination of Xylidine and R salt. It
Load-Manganese Paste is ground directly into the ink from the
Drier 1 lb. 8 oz. pulp and is marketed in this form only
Barium Red for Lake C Dry 4 lb. because the color cannot be dried with-
Gloss White Dry 7 lb. out losing practically all of its strength.
Aluminum Hydrate Dry 3 lb. Scarlet Ink is very transparent and ha.s
Cobalt Drier 4 oz. a good finish, or gloss.
Properties
Resistance to:
Offset Proce.Hs Red
Light Pair
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 32 lb. Varni.sli Bleed Fair
No. 3 Litliographic Varnish 4 lb. Water Bleed I'air
Barium Red for Lake C, Dry 44 lb. Paraffin Bleed Good
Aluminum Hydrate, Dry 8 lb. Alcohol Good
Blanc Fixe Dry 8 lb. Alkali Fair
Offset Ink Wax Compound 2 lb. Acid Fair
Paste Drier (Lead Acetate Hiding Power Very pool
'Manganese Borate) 2 lb. Baking Temperature 165* P.
Para Reds
Those colors are produced by coupling Paia Nitranilino with Bela Naphthol. Two
distinct types; namely, Light and Dark Ptira Reds aie used.
Para Reds are well .suited for label and carton woik due to their good permanence
to light and excellent co^erlng.
Propntks Para Red Light Paul R(d Dark
Resistance to Light Good Good
Resistance to Varnish Bleed Poor Poor
Resistance to Water Bleed Fair Poor
Rtisistnnco to Paraffin Bleed Poor Poor
Resistance to Alcohol Poor Poor
Resistance to Alkali Fair Fair
Re.sistance to Acid Good Poor
Hiding Power Excellent Excellent
Baking Temperature 230* F. 230* P.
;:irme dyestuff
ProjHriu's
dihydroxyanthraquinone.
Resistance to;
Properties
Light Very poor
Resistance to: Varnish Blml Good
Light Excellent Water Bh*ed Poor
Varnish Bleed Good Ihimffin Bleed Poor
Water Bleed Good Alcohol Poor
Paraffin Bleed Good Alkali Very poor
Oils and Grease Excellent Acid Very poor
Alcohol Good Heat Very poor
Alkali Changes to
blue violet Process IUhI
Acid P(M)r Phlo.vine Toner Red, Dry 12 lb.
Hiding Power Poor Alumina Hy<lrute, Dry 10 lb.
The madder lakes are used mainly for No. 0 I.ithogniphic Varnish 7 lb.
oil and grouse proof inks such as on No. 1 Lithognij)hic Varnish 14 lb.
Resistance to:
Light Excellent Job Press Blue
Varnish Bleed Good Bronze Blue, Dry 0 lb.
Water Bleed Sit. soluble Permanent Violet, Dry 1 lb. 8 oz.
204 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
No. 0 Lithographic Alkali Blue Inks
Vamiih 9 lb. 8 oz. (Reflex Blue Toner)
Lead Manganese Paste Drier 4 oz.
These inks are made from C. P. Alkali
No, 6 Lithographic Varnish 4 oz.
Blue, an organic dyestuff and litho-
No. 1 Lithographic
graphic varnish. The alkali blue color
Varnish 2 lb. 8 oz.
in dry pigment form is unsatisfactory
Barium Sulfate, Dry 6 lb.
for grinding, so that it is necessary to
Petrolatum 4 oz.
add the varnish to the wet precipitated
pulp and then to displace and drive off
Label Blue the water present.
Bronze Blue, Dry 8 lb.
No. 0 Lithographic Properties
Varnish 2 lb 4 . oz. Resistance to:
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 1 lb.
Light Fair
Mineral Ink Oil 4 lb 8 . oz.
Varnish Bleed Excellent
Barium Sulfate, Dry 3 lb.
. 8 oz. Water Bleed Excellent
Aluminum Hydrate, Dry 0 oz. Paraffin Bleed Excellent
Permanent Violet, Dry 4 oz.
Alcohol Poor
\Vool Grease 0 oz.
Alkali Good
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Acids Excellent
Drier 4 oz.
Lead Manganese Paste Drier 12 oz.
The Reflex on Alkali Blue toners are
very strong, clean, bronzy colors and are
used for toning up the iron blues and
Lichtdruck or Photogelatin Blue !
Process Blue
Blue Lake Ink
Peacock Blue, Dry 8 lb. 8 oz.
Aluminum Hydrate. Dry 3 lb.
No. 0 Lithogmphic Varnish 4 lb.
Magnesium Carbonate, Dry 3 lb.
No. 1 Lithographic Varnish 3 lb.
Permanent Blue Toner,
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Drier 1 lb.
Dry 2 lb. 8 os.
Wax Compound 8 os.
No. 6 lithographic Varnish 9 lb.
Cobalt Linoleate Liquid Drier 1 lb. Properties
Lead Manganese Paste Drier 12 oz.
Resistance to:
Wax Compound 8 oz.
Light Good
Varnish Bleed Excellent
Ultramarine Blue Water Bleed Excellent
Is an artificially prepared pigment Paraffin Bleed Excellent
made bv heating together finely divided Alcohol Poor
soda ash or sodium sulfate, china clay, Alkali Good
sulfur and some form of carbon, without Acid Fair
contact with the air. The color of ultra-
For stock ink grind 1 part color with
marine blue is reddish and very clean part No. 0 Lithographic Varnish.
1
but it has the
disadvantages of very
weak tinctorial value, poor working
qualities on the press and wearing action OREILN PIGMENTS
on copper plates due to its sulfur con- Chrome Green (or Milori Green)
tent.
These are produced in various sliades
Properties by precipitating greenish chrome yellow
Resistance to; upon freshly preidpitated gr»H‘ni8h iron
Light Excellent blue. These pigments are opaque and
Varnish Bleed Excellent have the same properties as the chrome
Water Bleed Excellent yellow's and iron blues.
Paraffin Bleed Excellent
Properties
Alcohol Excellent
Alkali Excellent Resistance to:
Acid Poor Light Good
Varnish Bleed Excellent
with tannic acid and tartar emetic. It is Primrose Vellow, Dry 22 lb.
ground in lithographic varnish from the Aluinimim Hydrate, Diy 1 lb.
wet pulp and sold in ink form.
tion.
Blanc Fixe * Ink, Intaglio
22
This is precipitated barium
sulfate. 1. Gilsonite
than alumina Petroleum Naphtha 51
It is much less transparent 2.
has a much 5
liydrate and magnesia and 3. Glue
high spe- Water 22
lower oil absorption due to its 4.
finish.
Gloss White
• Intaglio Printing Ink
coprecipitating
Gloss White is made by
and blanc Grind together in ball mill
a mixture of alumina hydrate
of alumina 154
fixe. It usually contains 25% A. KitriH’dlulose ('/i sec.)
blanc fixe, by Isopropyl Alcoliol 54
hydrate and 75% of
working Diethyl Phosfate 50
weight. It has much better
dry I.4impblack 50
qualities than a corresponding
blanc ni^ 400
turo of alumina hydrate and Alcohol
inert 34
and is used as an economical and Toluol
123
base in printing inks. B. Nitrocellulose (14 sec.)
Alcohol 43
Triphenyl Phosfate 17
OPAQUE WHITE PIGMENTS Acetone 440
Toluol 267
Lithopone
Tricresyl Phosfate 17
and
of zinc sulfide
This is a mixture Castor Oil 16
and
barium sulfate. It has good opacity Milori Blue 120
to a great ex-
hiding power and is
printing inks.
tent for this purpose in
• Intaglio Inks, Water Resistant
Zinc Oxide
white has good
One hundred parts by weight of rosin
zinc
Zinc Oxide or re dissolved in one hundred parts by
for opaque
opacity and is greaUv used The solution is then
xSjdng whites and other opaque
inks. eight of benzine.
lUidsifted inan aqueous solution of W
arts by weight of sodium
resinate (rosin
Titanium Oxide weight of water,
avail* M\>) and 800 parU by
This is the most opaque nil ;ment liis^emulsion is than mixed with
200 to
inert
able today. It U also the 'most
the chemical formulary
and Silver Nitrate 15
280 parti by weight of pigment
Copper Sulfate 35
ground into an intaglio ink.
One hundred parti by weight of dam- Gum Arabic 20
Sal Soda 20
mar may be diiiolved in 100 to 150 parts
by weight of bemsol. The solution is Distilled Water 80
then emulsifled with a solution of sixty Ammonium Hydroxide 50
parts by weight of rosin soap in 600
parts by weight of water. The emulsion A. Copper Chloride 85
IS thereafter mixed with 160 to 220 parts
Sodium Chlorate 106
by weight of pigment and ground into Ammonium Chloride 53
an ink. Paste colors may be used in the Water 600
place of dry colors.
B. Aniline Hydrochloride 60
It is possible to use a brownish col-
Glycerin 30
ored pigment which is made in the form
of an emulsion of petroleum pitch or
Gum Acacia 20
Coloring matters or pigment
Water 130
asphalt.
pastes plus diluents may then bo added 1 part of A with 4 of B and use
Mix
to the emulsion. Thus a solution of one immediately as mixture does not keep.
hundred parts by weight of petroleum The marking is ' fixed ’ by steaming it.
‘ ’
and 300 parts by weight of water plus Dissolve the shellac in alcohol and then
a neutral diluent. stir in other ingredients.
This ink leaves no visible stain on the and stir until dissolved; add (4) and
paper, but when it is dipped in water, stir until completely dissolved. Allow
and while it wot, the secret can be
is to stand 24 hours, filter and bottle. The
read. As the Qj^per dries the writing above gives a black ink. By substituting
again disappears. other spirit soluble colors different shades
are obtained.
obtained. This ink may then be com- of water, containing in one case 0.3 part
pres^ into tablets and dried. When by weight of crystalline sodium carbo-
moistened with a wet brush, the color is nate, ina second 0.3 part by weight of
transferred to the same and hence the potassium dichroraate and in a third 0.3
ink can be used for
marking purposes part by weight of potassium binoxalata
udde<l. If the ac^roid resin solution be- and ground rosin 25 parts are c<Kiked
togctlicr and 20 parts of lampblack
comes too thick, this is generally due to
pitch
tho use of too much shellac size or casein adiled, (2) Medium hard stearin
ammonia. 30 and rosin pitch 25 parts are melU*d
solution or
together and coal Uir light oil 40 and
lampblack 5 parts are added.
Acid Proof Marking for Quartz
Thermometers
visible Marking Ink
A sharply defined, clearly
lb.
marking unaffected by acids and alkalis, .Isphaltuni 1
4
and permanent up to 1000 °, is made bv ('uul Tar lb.
Stir until dissolved then stir in Boil the above until dissolved; stir in
Dextrin Nelgin 8 oz.
20
Add with stirring
Water 20 oz.
13. Blue
Then work in
Pure Food Blue Dye 30 Lampblack or other pigment 5 oz.
Dextrin 20
Glycerin 82
Water 70 Outdoor Ink
Shellac 12.5
Inks for Metals Alcohol 22.5
An Cresol Tech. 15
marking black can bo obtained
iron
by mixing thirty parts by weight of Nigrosine Base 5
medium hard stearin pitch with twenty-
live parts by weight of rosin pit<’h, forty • Ink, Recording Instrument
parts by weight of coal tar light oil and
Water Soluble Eosin 1 oz.
rtve parts by weight of carW
black. Formic Acid 2 cc.
The two pitches are first molted together, Glycerol
the molten mass removed from the flame 5 cc.
Water 1 gal.
and then very carefully mixed with the Am. Hydroxide
light oil or crude
to make alkaline
Great care
benzol.
must bo taken to avoid the mass running
over or the benzol or light oil catching Rubber Stamp Ink
Are. Then the carbon black is a<lded Aniline Red 20
after first being passed through a fine Glycerine 6
screen. This ink is very well suited for Molasses 3
marking metal containers and sheet Boiling Water 80
metal and in fact or all purposes where
the ink does not penetrate into material
and hence must possess a marked tend- Black Stencil Ink
ency to adhere firmly to the surface of Paris Paste is thinned down with
the same. water and rapid stirring to the consist-
ency desired.
Mimeograph Ink Base If a waterproof ink is desired the
1. Lampblack (Best Grade) water is replaced by a rubless wa.x emul-
10.5
2. Violet Toner sion or borax shellac solution.
1.1
3. Aluminum Hydrate Light 3.8
4. Long Varnish 1,1 Ink for Use on Metals
5. Castor Oil 65.5 Copper Sulphate 10 g.
6. Lanolin 18.0 Hydrochloric Acid, Cone.
Mix (1), and (^) dry and add
(2) Ammonium Chloride 1
8 g.
(4) and (5) and continue mixing until Gum Arabic 4 g.
uniform; add (6) and mix until thor- Lamp Black 2 g.
oughly incorporated. Then grind on a Water 10 g.
four roll
mill. This base ink is too
heavy for direct use and is thinned down Typewriter Ribbon Ink
with castor oil to suit. Petroleum Oil 108
Peerless Carbon Black 25- 30
Mimeograph Ink Oleic Acid 20
Toner (Oil Soluble) 10
Lampblack (Best Grade) 6.4
Grind until uniform.
Violet Toner 0.6
Aluminum Hydrate (Light) 2.2
liOng Varnish 0.6 Stamp Pad Ink
Castor Oil 78.5 Glycerin 5 lb. 6 oz.
Lanolin 11.7 Water 4 ib. 2 oz.
ink, carbon paper, duplicators 211
and while raaintanied at this temperature, tier to puss ink wlien it is folded or
It) parts by weight, of the resin varni,s!i creased in uni inary usage.
containing substantially 45 per cent of
the solid reain is then added ami the
• Stencil Sheet Coating
product stirred.
8uitable base sheets such as yo.shino Water 130
paper are then coated in the usual way, Sulfo Turk 0 .40
l>cing obtained with slight stirring. It every case and the cost is extremely low,
IS preferred to dilute the thick emulsion Tho gcrminability of the seed grain is not
with about thirty to fifty volumes of impaired.
water, which gives an emulsion of ap-
proximately 2% oil content. Insecticide Spray
(Agricultural Quich-Breaking)
Insecticide Spray, Agricultural
Diglycol Oleato 2 lb.
Shale Oil Kerosene 600 c.c. I’yiethreum Extract
Water 300 c.c. (Mineral Oil or Kerosene) 50 lb.
Sicapon 10 gin. Mixing the aluive together gives a con-
Heat between 70-100'' C. and stir centrated sjmiy baso free from alkalies.
vigorously to emulsify. The aliove is a Tlie active principle of pyrethreum is
concentrate and is diluted to 60 liters thus unalTected. Burning duo to alkali
for actual spraying. 18 also eluniuated. l.
gravity of 0.891 a proportion of 1 part gals, of limo-inilk should l)e removed and
by volume of the foregoing composition diluted with 42 gals, of water, and when
to 6 parts of the oil affords a satisfactory
thoroughly stirred and strained the 4
gals, of copper solution may be added
product. Such emulsion will contain
slowly. The addition of refined sugar (2
about 83.,3% of oil, making up to a con-
oz. to 60 gals.) is useful in delaying
sistency about that of lard at the same
flocculation.
tempi-rature. Such a product, even after
standing in a warm place for months is
free from separation. Treebaud Composition
For horticultural spraying, a petroleum Sulfur Flowers 6
oil emulsion as indicated, would ordinarily
Linseed Oil 75
bo used at a spraying strength of 2%
oil. This would be obtained from the Heat hrs. with stirring until uni-
preparation referred to in tho above
,
form. Cool and thin with cottonseed oil.
example by diluting 2.4 gallons of the
emulsion to 100 gallons with water.
When sprayed, a highly satisfactory coat- • Tree Spray
ing on the vegetation is had, with a nMni* The ba.nic ingredients of this improved
mum loss from run-off or drip, and at the spray are oil and hydrated lime. The oil
same time the oil is well protected against is preferably a highly refined petroleum
damaging tender foliage. oil having a viscosity of about 50 to 150
sec. Saybolt at 100* F, and a specific
gravity of about 0.89 to 0.81. The
Bordeaux Mixture hydrated lime is preferably very finely
is the method of making
The following powdered and it may be of commerciid
Bordeaux Mixture for horticultural spray- purity. Other solids, such as talc,
ing. Tho customary wash is known as gypsum and bentonite may be used in-
“4-4-50,” and the official formula and stead of or combined with the lime, but
instructions nr© as follows: it has been found that hydrated lime
INSECT. RODENT DESTROYERS 21 !
givet* the best results. A preferred effective for combating the orientM
formula for tliis tree spray is: hydrated moths which infest the sensitive IfliMt o|^
lime, .15 lbs.; white oil, % gal.; casein, peach trees. It may also be used afaiust
.38 lbs. The oil is tlioroughly mixed with codling moths, red spider, aphids, aeale
the solid ingredients in any suitable ap- insects and other insect and fungus pesti;
paratus, for example, the mixture may bo The term “refined oil'* as USM in Uid
passed through screens of about ten mesh claims includes relatively viscous oils
so that the solids will absorb a uniform which have been treated to remove the
amount of the oil. The above proportions unsaturated hydrocarlions or other com-
may bo varied throughout a considerable pounds which may be injurious to foliage.
range, but for practical purposes, the
amount of oil used should not bo sulliclent
to yield a sticky or pasty ma.ss. Instead
Pine Oil insecticides
of using casein in the aliove formula,
about 2 per c<*nt of gum arnbic or an Yurmor ^tt'iim-disUlled Pine Oil is
Liquid HCN (25-50%) with chloro* One ounce arsenious oxide (common
picrin (2-3%), as warning agent) is ab- “white arsenic")
sorbed by a granular material (0-20- % ounce sal soda crystals (if the soda
mesh) consisting of calcined infusorial has crumbled down into a fine white
earth. powder, use only %
ounce)
Boil above ingredients together
the
PVuit Spray Ucsiduo, Kemoviug with about one pint of water in a
Treatment with 0..'{-l% Hydrochloric gianite-waro pan. l)o not use aluminum
Acid at 95-105“ F. gives good results in or galvanized vessels. After tho arsenic
removing arsenical residues. is practically all dissolved, add enough
water to make the total volume of tho
solution one quart. Sometimes the
•Green Lead Arsenato
arsenic is not quite pure, and h’aves a
A method of making a green colored little cloudiness which will settle over
insecticide conipiises leacting a water-
night, and which does no harm any-
soluble chromate with lead hydrogen
way. Mix thoroughly, bottle and label
arsenate so that sonic of the lead hydro-
POISON. At tho time the syrup is de-
gen arsenate is converted into a load sired for use, mix tho Stock Solution as
chromium arsenic cora]>ound and adding above picpared with honey according to
ferric feriooyariido so that the lead
tho following figures:
chromium arsenic compound formed and
Stock Arsenic Solution 1 fl.oz.
tho ferric forrocynnido cooperate to pro-
duce a green-colored insecticide having in-
Thin Honey 1 pt.
Insecticide
Soap 15
2 Casein 10
Naphthalene lb.
Carrageen 5
Oleo-resin Pyrethrum 2 oz.
Bentonite 30
Methyl Salicylate 2% pt.
Petrolatum 500
Deodorized Kerosene gal.
Water 2400
Dissolve the first two ingredients in the
kerosene by mixing or shaking and add iSoIntion B consists of a solution of a
the methyl salicylate. thallium or certain other metallic salt,
one part of the salt lieing dissolved in
almut 40 parts of water.
Insecticide (Bed Bugs) The soap, casein, carrageen, and water
Cresol 3 fl. oz. are lieaten together, a small amount of
Dichlorobenzene 13 fl. oz. borax having l>eeu added to render tbo
220 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
CHJwin >olul)lo. The temperature should These sprays could 1)6 materially im-
be from 140" id 200" F. Into the emul- proved by the addition of more pfne oil
sion which is formed, the iMmtonite is as evidenced by the subsequent data.
slowly sifted with constant stirring, and A series of four sprays were subjected
when incorporated, tho melted petrolatum to identical conditions for a period of
is added, tho liquid being coutinuously time at an agricultural college and a city
beaten during the operation. sanitation department.
The canvas to be treated is immersed The sprays were composed of the fol-
in and thoroughly wetted with A, wrung lowing ingicdients, all figures computed
out and passed into B, washed, in water on a volume basis:
to remove excess of metallic salts, again a a
The finished goods "gw
wrung, and dried.
P 0 s .
The kerosene extract is made at tho Tho product prepared by simple mix-
is
rate of five pounds of lloweis to a gallon ing of tho iiigiedieuts. Care must hv
of oil. The kerosene used should be taken that the ingredients are not allowed
highly refined so us to be as neaily non- to absorb water as this may produce a
irritant as possible. One may ])urcliase cloudy product. Tho cloudiness is easil\
nwdy made extract from the pieviously lomoved, how'ovcr, by filtration througli
mentioned companies. Pine Oil is tho re- kirselguhr or like material.
pellent in the formula. Steam-dixt^Urd (a) The heavy-bodied paraffin oil is
/Hn« oil is more repdhnt to flu's and lees obtainable from any oil refinery and
irritatinp to the skxn than the ehtaper .mIiouUI conform to tho following specifi-
siderable research work on pine oil cattle Thi.s fraction of oil is a shade heavier
sprays. than kerosene.
Various cattle sprays arc being (e) The petroleum distillate is ob-
marketed, differing in ingredient con- tainable from any oil refinery and should
tent, but producing comparable results in conform to the folowing specifications:
combating warble and horse flics. There Flash, Cleveland Open Cup 260" F.
are also a few pine oil cattle sprays on Fire, Cleveland Open Cup
tho market that have outstanding merit. * 300" F. Minimum
INSECT, RODENT DESTROYEIjS 221
7. Volatility —
relatively slow drying this lieHtmeiit.
8. Kill— 6.3%
9. Knock-down— 99%
10. —
Matting of hair negative Fly Spray
11. —
Healing properties the pine oil This is made by macerating 500 gms,
content promotes healing of open of pyrethrum with 4 liters of kerostme
wounds and cuts. (followed by expression) after 24 hours.
Results of field tests may be duplicated Perfume by adding 90 c^. of methyl
salicylate to each 4 liters of solution,
provided no deviations are made in raw
materials specified. I’yrethrum 240 gm.
Kerosene 2000.0 cc.
Cockroaches, Extenninant for Gasoline 2000.0 cc.
Napthalene 30.0 gm.
(1)
Parts by Weight Macerate the pyrethrum in the potro
Powdered Borax 4 leum liquids for 48 hours, then strain,
Flour 2 express and then add the naphthalene.
Chocolate Powder * X
222 THE CHEMICAL FORMTJLARY
Fly Spray lie killed by 5-(5% BaClg soln. or 0.15%
Warble-Fly, Control of
Ply CatohinfT Mixture Good results are gotten by spraying
Rosin 5f>
with
Ester Guru 1
Soft Soap Vi lb.
Heavy Mineral Oil 40
Water 1 gal.
Melt together and stir until dissolved. Derris Powder % lb.
Remove from heat and stir in
Glycerine 2¥j
Honey iVi Bracken, Eradication of
Spray with 1% solution of Bod.
chlorate.
Fly Paper
Rosin .'12
Peacli-Boier (lesser), Control of and the mixture boiled lor a sliuit time
Faradiclilor Ben/ol 1 Ib.
and then incorporated with the wheal.
Crude t'otlon.'-eed Oil 2 ijt.
A simple lilt poison eonsists of n
tapioca Hour paste, containing 2bj% of
Other oils aie not as satisfactory us
thallium sulplmle, and spread on slices of
cottonsi'ed oil.
bread, .\nolher bait which has been used
successfully is made as follows*. Va oz. of
It 0(3 on t Poison lhalliuiii .’«u!{)ha(e is dissolved in a large
Strychnine 0.55 tea eup of boiling water and half a cup-
Haecharine 0.15 ful of corn syiiij), and 12 oz. of peanut
Insect Extenninator
"Silverfish, " Poison for
Kerosene, Refined Grade 1 gal.
White Arsenic 30 gm. l*\retlirum Powder, Best
Flour 500 e.c. Grade i/j lb.
Water to make paste Pemdii IdorbenzeDe 1 lb.
Pkfumc Buflicient
INSULATION, ELECTRICAL SPECIALTIES
• Electrical Insulating Compound • Liquid Electrical Resistance
The following formulae may bo used A Il20-tube resistance for high voltages
ns u covering or lute as well us for mold- is provided with means for cooling the
ing into forms: liquid so that its resistance is maintained
• Insulation, Heat
* Electrical Insulation Lining
Hake Mica 800
Glue 1
Flour Paste 100
Water 24
Phenol 1
Sulfoturk C 2
Mica 5 Put between strips of cotton or jute
Sod. Silicate 5 and wrap around steam pipes.
Non-Volatile
Sanding Sealer; No. 1 Dry Basis No. 2 Non-Volatile
Cottou Solution No. 1 1 qt. or 2 11)
} 2 ll>- 4 1b. 1 11).
Cotton S^dution No, 4. . 1 <jl or 2 11). t) oz.
Resin Solution 1 i)t. or 1 11). bill). 2 11). 1 11).
Dibutyl Phthalate . . .
H lb.
P. lb.
Blown Castor Oil .
h11>. JhH*.
Zinc Stearate (U H. II ). 1 11) i)aste 32' ,% solids I II). 32.' ^% solids
Solvent No. 3 . . . .
1 qt 1 (It.
For Chemical Adviaort, SpecisI Rtir MsterlsU, Equipment, ConUinem. etc, cbnunlt Supply
Section It end of book.
m THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
1 qt. gloss. If flattening is desired a zinc
Amberol Solation
Paraplox 5B stearate mixture is added. The base
clear used will depend on the price of
Solvent No. 3 to spraying consist- cheap enamel is being
the cnpmol. If a
ency.
formulated, a base clear high in ester
4 gum will be indicated. Also the vis-
Cotton Solution No. 1 lb.
2 lb. cosity may bo increased by the use of
Lewisol Solution
12 oz. high visco-sity cotton or the film solu-
Dibutyl Phthalato
tion. For the better grade enamels, the
Solvent No. 3 1 qt-
lower viscosity cotton is used to give
By combining the flat and gloss lac-
muro solids, and the bettor resins in-
quers invarying proportions, any de- creased, such as amberol, lewisol, becka-
sired effect of serni gloss, satin finish citc, and the rezyls. These resins will
or rubbed effect may be obtained.
also give the tougher and more flexible
film.
Wood Enamels (Pyroxylin)
In a discussion of the pigmented Metal Lacquers
enamels two factors must be considered. These lacquers are used as a protect-
The ability to grind the pigment in the ive and ornaineutal coating on all class
plant, or must the ground pigment bo of metal objects, such as, brass goods,
bought from an outside source. For plated ware, and even iron and steel,
the former wo will list below some rep- and some of the newer alloys. When
rosonted grinds in a plasticizer and the purpose is to protect the highly pol-
gum solution. These will be explained ished surface against tarnishing, the
in detail and the difference from the mill lacquer is made of a rather high viscos-
ground product shown. ity cotton, as this type will give a
The H.B.H. pigments are dispersed in Clear finishing lacquers for metal and
a medium consisting of second nitro- automobile work may be included in
cellulose in a solvent mixture. I’hese this class.
lacquer pigments will be found to bo of Dry Pyroxylin 10 parts
n uniform dispersion, excellent cover- Rezyl 19 20 parts
ing power, smooth, and may bo obtained Dibutyl Phthnlate 5 parts
in any quantity from a gallon can to a
fifty gallon drum. In the uso of the Dry Pyroxylin *^10 parts
R.B.H. pigments additional plasticizer Rezyl 113 30 parts
must bo added to compensate for the Dibutyl Phthalate 3 parts
added cotton and pigment. It will also
be found necessary to carefully watch Dry Pyroxylin 6
Lewisol 9 lb.
Haw Linseed Oil 2 oz.
2 lb.
Blown Castor Oil 2 oz.
Lindol
Acetone 1 pt.
Blown Castor Oil 2 lb.
Toluol 1 pt.
Black Grind (above) 10 lb.
Solvent q.s. 10 gal. Fill to gal. with denatured alcohol.
(a)
Non-Blushing Lacquers 4.5 parts 222 A. Alftalate
12 parts Nitro-cotton No. 6
Vi sec. Pyroxylin 10
Hydro Rosin 2% 36 parts Butyl Acetate
Blown Castor Oil 4% 23 parts Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Acetate 10 24.5 parts Toluol
Butyl Acetate 15
6
14
^ 6
E.ster (him
xylol) are
such as benzol, toluol, or Toluol
excps of
kneaded together until the
capillarity; 8<. * ’
Lacquer
alcohol is taken up by Pearl
‘
' '
blend of per 25
lb. of pigment (e.g. a Silky Lead Iodide
cent of titanium dioxole
on a baryK.
l>yroxylin !rn
and the kneading and 100-1.>0
base) is added, LaequiT Thinner
mixing operation is continued ^
we tel Bronze Lacquer, Non-Thickening
the pigment is thoroughly *
dispersed as
.sufficiently
^ Ethyl Acetate •;
438.12 100 00 5 1.
Whiling 52 b-
Ethyl Acetate 00
Amyl or Butyl Acetate 22% Asbestine lb.
2% 25 gal.
Denatured Alcohol Raw Linseed Oil
Benzol _ Grind and add
47
Pb-Mn Dryer.
Yield 'A gal.
100%,
Interior Gloss Paint III
Pigment
Lithopone 80% figment 62%
Zinc Oxide 5%, Vehicle 48%
Extenders 15%
100 %
100% Pigment
Vehicle Lithopone d0%
Refined Linseed Oil 30% Asbei^ine ^
10%
Blown Linseed Oil 6%
Limed Rosin t #9^ 100 %
VARNISHES, STAINS
Vehicle ,
Zinc Oxide, Amer. Process 25%
Refined Linseed Oil 45% Extenders 15%
Blown Linseed Oil 10%
Limed Rosin t 7%
Mineral Spirits 36% Vehicle
Load-Cobalt Liquid Drier 3% Raw Liiihced Oil 80%
Kettle Bodied Linseed Oil 5%
1007o Mineral Spirits 11%
t Limed Rosin dissolved in part of Min- Leiid-Mangaiiose Liquid Drier 4%
eral Spirits.
100 %
Exterior House Paint I
Stcarine Pitch 100 Ib. Brunswick Blacks are only for in-
Rosin 20 Ib. door use such as for coating iron work
Raw Linseed Oil 50 gal. and arc too brittle for outdoor use.
Flake Litharge 24 lb.
Manganese Dioxide 2 lb.
Berlin Black
niroaono
Tar Spirits ^Jal: Berlin Blacks are air drying enamels
Stove at 300* foi
which give a mat or eggshell finish.
Stove at 180* C.
Pigment G2%
Lithopono 50%
Black Stoving Enamel Loaded Zinc Oxide 40%
34 parts
Silica 6%
Stearine Pitch
Asphaltum 11 parts
Asbestine 5%
Boiled Linseed Oil 22 parts
Vehicle 38%
Turpentine 13 parts
White Spirit 20 parts Raw Linseed Oil 80%
Kettle Bodied Oil 8%
Stove at 120® C. Naphtha 7%
Turp, Drier 5%
Air Drying Black Enamels and The above paint was reduced for
Varnishes primer by the addition of one quart of
Formula A raw linseed oil and one quart of turpen-
Asphaltum 100 lb. tine to one gallon of paint.
Boiled Linseed Oil 4 gal.
Bed Lead 2 lb.
Manganese Dioxide 1 lb. No. 2 Paint. Weight per gallon 11% lb.
Dibutylplithalnte 1 OZ.
No. 3 Paint. Weight per gallon 11 Vi lb.
Klh\l Aleolinl, including
jib'((hol in cotton 10
Pigment 43% 07..
Titanox B 70%
I.’ili\l Acetate 13% OZ.
Butyl Acetate 3 OZ.
Titanium Dioxide 15%
Butvl .Mcohol 4 07..
Zinc Oxide 15% Toluol 13% oz.
tho priming coat will provide good in- Gallons of Paint 7 gal.
surance against future trouble. Coverage (800 sq. ft. tier gal.) 6,600 sq. ft
One ('overage ns 00 mi
with paint and brush out well.
ft. per gal) 4,200 sq. ft. 4,400 sq. ft.
niuso of sticky floor paint is flowing
the paint on so thick that it doe.s not For porch floors a varnish shoubl bo
dry thoroughly underneath, and then used that will witlislaiid outside expo*
hurrying too much with the other coats. Min*. Where diirk colored paint is used,
Aher the priming rout is «lrv, nil tliui tinting colors with turpentine to
loiuta, crack.s, nail-holi's and other de- paint cousi.steiicy before adiling to tho
tects should be filled with a goo(l white- paint
lend putty. The put tv shouM be firmlv 'I’wo things to keep in mind through-
pressed into the joints or hole^ nrid out till* work are: first, vigorous brush-
sinootbed over with a putty knife. ing to s|>read out each coat to the ut-
When the putty is entirely dry, mind- most; si'coml, allowing each coat at
l.aper. least four days to dry.
t When boiled oil is used, redu'e drier to Fiiderside of Forch Floors.— Porch
Vi pint. floors require j»rotecfion against moist*
are from the drinip space beneath tho
Priming TTard Wood Floors. — New This spare i.s frequently left
—
hard wood floors oak, majilc, ash. >el-
porch.
without sufficient ventilation. If tho
low pino or walnut are not often — soil is damp the fiorch floor cannot help
painted but, if they are to be painted
nbsorbing n great deal of moisture,
with white-lead, use the following first-
which is almost certain to cause blister*
coat formula:
Ing and peeling of paint. To prevent
Formula No. 7 —
Priming Coal trouble of this sort give the underside
of the floor, also the tongue and groove
(Hard Wood Floors)
edges of the hoards, a coat of paint
Mstcrlals Soft Paste Heavy Pant® mixed us follows:
Whifc-lond 100 Ih too lb
Pure Linseed 011 2 gal 2 g.d Formula No. 10
Pure Tnrijentine 214 P.il 3 P'>1
(Underside Porch Floors)
Pure Urier tl ft tl I’t
The priming coat the most impor- is OfiUons of I’aint 8% gal 0 gal.
tant. A
ftrst-claiw foundation aavea ma-'* CoveiBK*' (700 Kt|
ft {HT gel) 4,038 aq ft. 6,300 eq. ft.
terial and labor in repainting.
Body and Finishing Coats. lor the — V4
t When
pint
boiled oil is used, reduce drier to
Dark Colors. —These colors are used G.xIlona of Paint 5^ gal. 0 gal.
chiefly for sash and blinds and require Coverage (600 aq.
no white-lead. Each formula is com- ft. par gal ) 8,375 sq ft 8,600 iq. ft.
plete in itself, the tUinners being shown For the third coat use Formula No. 3.
qt. Pure Linseed Oil not iietMled to preduco a good, pcnatratlrig ntain
3
and is vory likrD to cause trouble if (he
1 pt. Pure Turpentine surface w painted in the future. Creosote
% pt. Pure Drier stains beneath a coat of paint are apt to
"bleed” through and cause discoloration and
This will make about 1% gallons of spoil an otherwise good Job.
paint which will cover approximately
1.200 square feet one coat. Helpful Hints In Mixing and Apply-
—
ing Paint. 1. Be sure to mix plenty of
Painting Wood Shingles on Side of paint, both fpr body and trim. It is,
—
House. Paint for wood shingles used better to have some left than to run
as siding should be prepared as follows: short, especially if you are using a col-
For priming coat use Formula No. 1. ored paint. There will be no waste, for
For the second coat use: the left-overs are useful for painting
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
2.
be smoothed down before tho new paint
edlar ataiw, ro«f vallcya or gutters and
applied. If the old paint was white-
various odd jobs where the color of the is
paint makes no material difference. lead and linseed oil only a light sand-
The body and trim color left-bvers may ing and dusting off will be needed. If
be used for such work an<l a little lamp- hard, brittle paint was used it may
black added to the batch to produce a be necessary to scrape the surface or
neutral shade. perhaps remove the old paint with a
,
Bo sure to put the tinting colors in gasoline or acetylene torch and scraper.
the paint before the final thinning. Do not paint over loose or scaling
The colors should first bo thinned to I
paint. Be sure to brush off all the
paint consistency and added to the mix dust and dirt that has collected on
after the white-lead has been broken up the drip-caps over windows and door.*<,
in the case of heavy paste white-lead, us well as on the window headers and
or before the final thinning if soft pa.ste sills. If not removed, the dust and dirt
white-lead is used. To put in the colors will mix with tho fresh paint and cause
in their paste form or in dry form is to streaking.
invite streaking when the paint Ls 11. Use plenty of “elbow grease."
brushed out. Brush the paint well into the pores of
3. Strain your paint before using it. tho wood and do not allow it merely to
Stretch a double thick nc.ss of cheese- (low from tho brush. It is doubly im-
cloth or a fine wire screen over a tub or portant to brush tho priming coat in
pail and pour your freshly mixed paint closely.
through it. This will remove small 12.For putty use only pure white-
lumps of color, skins and other foreign lead (either soft paste or heavy paste)
matter that may have fallen into the thickcnml to putty consistency with dry
mixing tub. Straining the paint also whiting. With this putty fill all nail-
adds to its spreading qualities. hole.s, cracks, kuot-holcs, dents and
4. Benzine and kerosene should never other defects in the surface. These
bo u.sod as a substitute for turpentine. places should be filled tightly after the
Mineral oil and other non-drying oils priming coat is dry. Putty containing
have no place in paint. Avoid them. petroleum and marble dust often mars
fi. Use only the best liquid drier, an otherwise good painting job by mak-
made by some well-known manufac- ing yellow nail-holes and cracks.
turer. 13. Preparation.s of cheap shellac,
6. Knots and sappy streaks in new rosin, etc., are likely to cause knots to
wood should bo shellacked, after tho show yellow.
priming coat is applied, with pure shel- 14. It is well to nii.x the paint 48
lac varnish, brushed out very thin. hours before being used but do not put
When the lurabor is extremely knotty, in the drier or all tho turpentine until
less oil and more turpentine nmy be just before application. Paint should
used than tho formula calls for, ns too not be allowed to stand for long periods
much oil on tho knots causes later coats unless it is kept in fully sealed, air-
to draw and check. tight containers; otherwise it will be-
7. Do no outside house-painting in ex- come fatty.
tremely cold, frosty or damp weather. 1.'). Two coats of paint, properly
Painting may be done in winter if care mixed and well brushed out, are always
is taken to choose periods when the better than one thick, hea\y coat.
temperature is favorablo (not lower Id.In the case of linseed oil substi-
than 50“ F.) and surfaces are dry. tutes is sometimes claimed that they
it
8. Moisture is paint's worst enemy. are “just ns good."
Wood in new buildings almost ahvays
contains a good deal of moisture. Let
the wood dry out thoroughly before Interior Wall Paints
painting. Never put more than the —
Preparing the Surface. It is always
priming coat on tho outside of a house advisable to allow plaster at least six
until the plaster inside is thoroughly months to dry and aekson thoroughly
“bone dry." Oil and water will not before attempting to paint it. Fresh
mix and paint applied over a damp plaster contains free alkali which has
surface may eventually peel. a tendency to keep paint from drying
9. Be equally careful when repaint- properly and to cause colors to bleach
ing. Wait for dry weather and examine out.
the surface carefully for moisture be- A good many people do not care to let
fore painting. their walls go unpainted for six months.
10. The surface to be painted should In such cases, painters oftentimes arts-
LA0QUBR8, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 249
cially “age*' the new plaster by treat* should bo remembered that textlu^ea
ig the surface with a solution made by cannot be hidden completely with paint
issolviog two pounds of zinc sulphate and if the texture is displeasing, the
1 one gallon of water. After this solu- paper should be removed.
lon is applied, sufficient time is allowed If there is more than one layer of
or the plaster to dry before priming.* paper ou the wall, or if the paper is ex-
In th« esM of the priminf cost, flerure
* tremely loohc or if there is considerable
00 square feet per gallon. Also for the plastering to be done, it would be better
»eond and third coats, if turpentine U to to remove ell the paper using a broad
e nsod.
knife or similar tool after saturating
Before applying any paint, be sure the paper with warm water. The plas-
hat the plaster or old paint is clean ter should then be washed to remove
ind smooth. Go over the wall very all traces of paste.
ightly with fine sandpaper or a wide
lutty knife to remove grit and any
0080 plaster or paint, taking care not to
Formula No. I'J — Priming Coat
(Interior Plaster)
cratch the surface.
Fill all cracks and holes with patch* Material# Soft Paste Heavy Paata
ng piaster. The proper filling of cracks White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb.
8 essential to a good-appearing and Pure ItoiU'd Lin-
lernmnent paint job on plaster. The Boed on 3 gai 8 gal.
Floor Varnish 2 gul 2 gal
tlaster, to bo filled properly, should be
Pure Turjivnllno 1’4 gul. 1'^ gal.
irst cut out in the shape of nn inverted
or triangle.
V’ Gallon# of Paint 0*4 gal.
Coverage ( 600 wi ft. i>er gal 5,700 aq, ft
The edges
of the opened crack should )
especially true of kitchen, bathroom and Coverago (700 sq. ft per gal ) 3,675 aq. ft.
little light paint on the dark colors and Enamel Finish. —When
a prepared
if bleeding results it would probably be enamel is to ba used as the finishing
easier to remove the paper than to ap- coat, the priming and second coats
ply the two coats of shellac. should be mixed according to formulas
If the paper is tettured in a pleasing Ne. 12 and No. 13. Then follow with
manner it need not be remored but it enough eoats of formula No. 13 to make
250 the chemical formulary
mottled and figured wall effects obtain- reverse way a light finish may be em*
able with paint. ployed over a dark ground.
—
Crumpled Roll Finish. To produce It must, however, be kept in mind
this finish, select two harmonious colors that as only about one-third of the
differing enough in tone to offer a ground coat shows through, the finish*
pleasing contrast. ing coat is the one which doterinines
The ground or second coat, using the the dominant color of the decorative
second coat formula, should be tinted effect.
to match one of the colors selected and In new work the second coat should
should be applied in the regular way be tinted to the dp.sired ground color,
and allowed to dry. Then the finishing while the third coat should bo colored
coat is brushed on, a workable section in a sullicuMitly different manner to
at a time, and “rolled" as described show a proper degree of contrast when
below while still wet. Prepare the fin- removed by rolling in Iho manner pro*
ishing coat according to the third coat viously described. t)n repaint work,
fiat finish formula and tint it to match however, the .side wall color already in
the second color chosen. place, if 111 good condition and free of
The “rolling" or mottling is «lonc grease and <hrt, may bo employed as the
with a double sheet of newspaper or ground, and in such an instance the
other absorbent paper crumpled tightly single lini.shing coat to be applied over
It should be tinted with proper refer-
into an elongated wad seven to eight
inches in length. Newly printed news- ence to the ground so that the desired
papers should not be used because the degree of differenco will be appiireut.
printing ink may come off the paper Kxperiment with this finish will show
and spoil the appearance of the wall. that the si/e of the figure is determined
by the closeness with wdiich the paper
Starting at the top left-hand corner
selected for use is erumpletl. I’apor
of the freshly painted surface and roll-
crumpled loosely will produce a more or
ing diagonally downward, turn the roll
less widely spaced effect, while closely
of crumpled paper over and over with
crumpleil paper will produce an exception*
the fingers, pressing it firmly against
ally uniform treatment.
the wall to keep it from slipping.
Where a thr<*i*-tone finish is desired,
Continue the rolling to the bottom of
another coat of flat paint, tinfeil to a
the wall ami repeat for the next strip,
third color, should be upjilied over the
permitting the end of the roll of paper
two-tone effect and then rolled as pro*
to pust overlap the edge of the previous
viously ilescribed.
strip.
The crumpleil roll finish should not
New rolls should bo substituted when be attempted on rough-finished sur-
the paper becomes so saturated with faces since the high points of the plaster
paint as to leave an indistinct impres- w'lll prevent the paper from reaching
sion.
the paint in the depressed portions, thus
After a wall has been rolled it should leaving an indistinct pattern.
be examined. All blank or missed
spaces should be patted with the crum-
—
8 teneil Finish. Whether a ^decora-
tive note of color is required over an
pled paper, and all blurs touched up and entire side wall or sim[dy in small spots
rerollod while they are still wet. here and there in the panels, thi‘ stencil
Care should be taken to apply no offers a ready means of supplying it.
larger section of the fini.shing coat than It is also invaluable us a quick method
can be conveniently rolled before it sets of securing a frieze or panel border
up. where moldings arc missing.
The principal problem involved in a Although a steneil can bo applied
treatment of, this type lies in the selec- with ease, there are two points which
tion of the two colors to be used. Such should not be overlooked in connection
colors as ivory for a ground and tan for with its application. First, care should
a finishing coat combine nicely, as do be taken to avoid the use of a too thin
salmon pink and pale smoke gray, and paint as a stencil color. The paint
buff and light gray. should bo of paste consistency, thinned
If considerable difference exists be- slightly with flatting oil, and should be
tween the colors selected for use, an applied with a brush carrying very little
effect may be expected that is sharper paint. Second, care should be taken
and more clearly defined than in the actually to compare the stencil color
case of two colors which are more or directly against the ground over which
less similar. Just as a dark finish may it is to be applied, since those colors in
be employed over a light gT9and, in the the immediate vicinity of the stencil
3^2 THE CHEAflCAL FOKMULARY
will inflncnco and seem to chango its tho top of the wall in small spots, con-
color characteristic. siderably removed from one another.
—
Tiffany Finish. This finish, which Farther down the wall, tho spots should
was originated by the famous Tiffany be made larger and, as the baseboard
Btudios of New York City, is sometimes is approached, should be more closely
^it should first bo brought up to the the colors should be blendea into ono
ground color selected by adding the re- another with a ball of cheesecloth with
quired amount of tinting materials to a faint suggestion of wiped high lights,
Formula No. 14. This coat should be through which the ground color is
allowed to dry thoroughly. Over this barely visible.
should bo brushed a coat of straight Tho work should then bo finished by
flatting oil, taking care to cover no tamping with a ball of clean cheesecloth
larger area than can bo conveniently starting at tho top of the wall.
—
worked about twenty-five square feet. Tho plain shaded effect, which is pro-
While the flatting oil is still wet, the duced by using but ono glazing color,
glazing colors should bo applied here IS rendered in thfe same way except that
and there. Homo of the colors-in-oil tho color gradation should bo as even
used for tinting paint are better as possible with no attempt made to sug-
adapted to glazing work than others. gest high lights by wiping through to
Raw and burnt sienna, raw and burnt tho ground color beneath. Tho ground
umber, rose lake, cobalt and Chinese .should bo permitted to show only at the
blues and lampblack arc most fre- top of tho wall.
quently used as glazing colors. Tho J’aint Blend. —
This finish employs the
last two mentioned should bo used very same blemling principle as the tiffany,
sparingly since they exhibit a tendency except that tinted fiat paint is used
to “strike in” and unless care is taken in.stead of flatting oil and colors.
a spotty ofToct may result. While the ground, prepared just as
Tho colors should bo blended one into for the tiffany by using Formula 14,
another with a wad of cheesecloth, us- tinted to the desired color, is still wet,
ing either a circular or a figure 8 mo- the blending is done with paint mixed
tion. High lights shoubl then be wiped to the same formula (No. 14). The
out hero and there to permit the ground nece.ssnry quantity of paint for tho
color to show through and the work blending is divided into two or more
finished by tamping with a ball of batehes and these parts tinted to dif-
cheesecloth. ferent but harmonizing colors. These
Tho method as outlined above applies colors, In well-assorted groups, are
of course to smooth finish plaster, but spotted over the wet ground and then,
equally interesting effects on this same before tho paint has set up, smoothly
order may bo obtained on rough finish blended into each other by tamping
plaster, provided tho
,
glaring colors with a stippling bni.sh. Tho effect pro-
when applied are blendetl into ono an- duced i.s very similar to tho tiffany.
other by tamping with a stippling The principal advantage of this finish
brush. IS the f.act that tho painting and tho
vaulted ceilings to gi^e the appearance of individual units such as the egg and
of increased height. dart, bead, floral motifs, etc., that may
An appropriate flat ground color, pre- bo present in tho interior. It is, as a
pared according to tho third coat flat general rule, mos^ satisfactory for use
finish formula is selected, applied and ns nn added touch of decoration where
allowed to dry. Next a coat of straight a plain one-tone treatment has been em-
flatting oil is brushed on to cover as ployed on side wall and ceiling.
much of tho surface as can be easily This finish is best obtainiJd by apply-
worked at one time. ing to the various units composing the
While tho flatting oil is still wet, tho molding several different colors which
glazing colors should bo applied near have been extended into tints by the
U\CQUER8, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS te
addition of white-lead. These tints harmonize with the remainder of tbe
should be quite light and nearly equal glazing color used on the aide wall.
in value. Tinting parts of the molding Another interesting treatment is se-
in certain of these light colors oilers a cured by wiping clean the areas appea^
isrticularly effective treatment for ing through the stencil openings and
farge rooms, since it lends a colorful then applying, in the regular atoncil
touch to an interior that might other- manner, some of iho clear glazing colors
wise appear cold and uninteresting. used in originally spotting the wall for
Should the effect appear too bright (he glazed effect. This will naturally
it can bo toned down, when the paint produce a stencil in complete harmony
is dry, by the application of a thin glaze with Iho romuindcr of the side wall
coat as described below, under “An- since the same colors arc used.
tioue Finish.'^ The wiped stencil is, of course, appro-
Wo-Tono Glaze or Antique Finish. priate for use only on plaster having a
This method of finishing the plum one- smooth finish. Obvious difficulties
tone wall, or some more elaborate deco- would bo encountered in endeavoring to
rative treatment, is indispensable where wipe clear the surface of a rough*
the colors u.sed need to be softened finished ground.
and a rich depth of tone added to the Striping. — Where a simple method of
work. treatment is required to lend a distinc-
The effect is obtained by first prepar- tive air to an interior which has been
ing a thin semi truusjiarent glaze com- painted in a plain one tone effect, strip-
posed of flatting oil to which tinting ing may be used with good results.
material has been added to jiroduce the Striping is simjdy a narrow banding
depth of tone required. Apply this lino of some harmonizing color of
glaze over the dry finishing coat and greater strength than that applied on
then, while the glaze is still wet, wipe tho side wall.
lightly over it with a ball of clean For general use this line should per-
cheesecloth. This operation will remove haps bo three-quarters of an inch iu
a certain amount of the glaze, permit- width outlining all window frames, door
ting enough to remain on the surface to frames, and running parallel with any
give an antique effect. other interior trim.
—
"Wiped Stencil Finish. A coat of The striping line should be applied
straight flatting oil is applied over a direct to the side wall a few inches out
dry, flat, one-tono ground coat prepared from the wood trim, tho distance de-
according to Formula No. 14, and tinted pending largely on the width of the
to the desired color. On this wet sur- stripe which is, in turn, diderminod by
face the glazing colors are spotted un- the size of the room. Tho usual dis-
evenly. The colors arc then blended tance is about three to four inches for a
one into another until a tiffany finish is three-quarter inch stripe.
produced. Striping is also employed where imi-
While the tiffany is still wet the .sten- tation stone effects are requ^cd as a
cil selected for use should bo placed method of marking (heir outline.
firmly against the surface and the glaze I’anel Effects with I’aint. —
Large in-
appearing through the openings of the terior surfaces are sometimes found
stencil should be removed by wiping that would appear far more interesting
with a ball of cheesecloth. This allows if paneled than if left in large un-
the ground color to show through. broken areas.
The case with which an error can be Striping or stenciling with paint to
corrected by simply glq/dng over the proilucc panels offers n simple solution
spot and rewiping through the stencil of the problem. In laying off the side
cun be seen. wall in panels, considerable discretion
There aro*many interesting possibil- should be exercised in order that tho
ities with this finish. When the stencil panels may be interesting in shape. As
is placed against the wall, the glaze a general rule, panels should bo taller
may be wiped out clean to show a clear- than they are wide in, order to lend an
cut pattern or it mj^y be wiped lightly atmosphere of beighf to the interior.
to show a faint and somewhat indistinct When panels have boon outlined and
outline. In the latter case, care should tho decorative panel treatment carried
be taken to wipe clean the edge of the out, a solid striping line of color or a
area appearing through the stencil stencil border should be applied to
openings. This operation permits a frame properly each panel. The width
small amount of the glazing color to of the Dordcr is dependent on tho panel
remain in the center of each figure, to size.
254 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
—
Spongo Mottle Finish. In the sponge textured with a brush, whiskbroom,
mottle finish the colors chosen for the sponge or any other means.
ground and mottling coats should differ A plhstic paint prepared as described
su/Bciontly to show the de.sircd degree may do tinted while it is being mixed,
of contrast in the finished effect. or may have colors-in-oil worked into it
A flat ground, properly tinted, should while it is still wet on the wall. Such
first bo applied and allowed to dry. a paint sets up overnight and can ea.sily
Prepare this ground according to For- bo glazed to lend additional color to the
mula, No. 11; use this formula also for surface if such a procedure is desired.
the mottling coat. White-load and oil plastic paint may
Now cut a coarse fibre sponge in half bo applied to any surface that is in con-
in order to make a flat surface, soaking dition to receive paint —
plaster, wall
one of the halves in water to soften board, fabric w'all coverings, brick, con-
the fibres and then wringing it out care- crete, w'ood and glass. In tho case of
fully. fabric wall coverings, all loose or slack
To do the mottling, lightly prc.ss the fabric .should bo pasted or nailed in
flat sideof the sponge into some of the place with nails driven through tin
mottling coat paint, previously .spread disks. One coat plastic paint, which
on a board, and then tamp the wall with is sufficient for all ordinary texturing,
it hero and there. Go over the entire will completely hide small defects and
surface in this way, making no attempt nail heads.
to follow a set pattern. Much of the When tho plastic paint is to be ap-
charm of tho sponge motile finish la plied to now plaster walls, it is recom-
lost if tho sponge . mai kings are iricndod that the walls first receive a
placed in straight linos and at fixed in- priming coat of wall primer. If the
tervals. walls have been previously painted with
More than one mottling color may, of an oil paint, and are in satisfactory con-
course, employed.
be (lao a separate dition for repainting, the plastic finish
sponge for each color. may be applied direct.
A beautiful and changeable effect Use an ordinary four-inch wall brush
may bo secured by using an egg.shcll ami coat only a workable section at a
gloss (third coat, eggshell finish), over tune. If too largo an area is covered
a flat ground coat. Ity tinting both the before the texturing is begun, the paint
ground and the mottling coats to the mav bo difficult to manipulate.
same color an c(Tc<-t of tracery may be Plastic Textures. —
Paint prepared ac-
obtained due to changes in the angle cording to Formula No. 18 may, when
of reflected light. applied, be textured to produce interest-
—
Combination F.ffeets. All tho .s])Ocial ing and highly decorative effects.
wall finishes described on tho foregoing For a wall effect of modified texture,
pages are subjoet to interesting varia- apply n coat of paint mixed as follows:
tions and many may be used with e.\-
collont results in combinations one with Formula No. IS — Plastic Paint
another. A little cxperiineuting will
'
Dry W'hilinjT 44 22
ish serves as an excellent background
over which to apply a sponge mottle or
FlnltiiiK
Pure Drier
Oil l-\
%
lb.
gal.
I)t.
mM lb.
xal.
pt
stencil, giv ing an elaborato and highly
Gallons of Paint 7 Vi Rsk 5 Vi gal.
decorative treatment. Coverage (160 sq.
White-Load and Oil Plastic Paint. ft per gal.) 1,160 sq.ft 840 sq. ft
The trend is away from oxco.ssively
rough surfaces ns wall finishes, but If soft pa.ste white-lead is used, thin
modified or low-roHof textures are gain- the whiting with the flatting oil and mix
ing in popularity. This latter typo of thoroughly with tho white-lead, adding
textural effect can bo produced readily the drier and such tinting colors as may
with a white-load and oil plastic paint. bo required.
Such a paint is made with nmtcrials If heavy paste white-lead is used, add
that the painter always has in his shop, half tho flatting oil to the white-lead
is relatively low in cost and gives a and use the remainder to thin tho whit-
durable finish that can bo kept clonn by ing. Then mix tho two batches to-
washing. gether thoroughly, addinft the drier.
The resulting paint, although heavy, Tinting colors may also be put in if
will brush out with comparative ease, desired.
after which it may bo manipulated or A gallon of ^bite-lead and oil plastic
LACQUERS. PAINTS. VARNISHES, STAINS 255
paint will cover from 100 to 220 square turo this with a whisk-broom in the
the difference in spreading rate manner described and, when dry, glaxe
depending upon the thickness of film re- it with colors thinned with fluting oil.
quired to produce the desired texture. Weave Modorne, — This effect is pro-
The maximum coverage of 220 square duced simply by drawing a whisk-broom
feet to a gallon represents a spreading through the plastic paint at various
rate beyond which the plastic paint angles. The broom sweeps should bo
would be too thin for producing even fairly long and overlap so as to form
the most modified relief effect. The an interesting series of interlacing di-
minimum coverage of 100 square feet agonal lines. Particularly effective re-
to the gallon Tcprcscuts a spreading rate sults may be had with this effect by
which, if further reduced, will not gi\e glazing with gold, silver, bronze or
overnight drying, due to the heaviness some other mot a color. I
the first procos.s below the horizontal sponge nguiuht tin' plastic paint, pulling
markings. When this pattern is laid the spoiigi' sharply away after a quarter
over an entire wall the effect resembles twist of tin' wrist. The sofoiid method
a basket weavi? and makes an interest- is to use, in place of the sponge, a flat
ing modern design for small rooms or block of wood about six inchi's square
for the tea room, shoji or studio. and an inch thick. With either tool
—
Fan Swirl. Starting at the top of the the markings should bo made so that
wall, place a whisk broom against the the swirls overlap.
wet plastic paint and give the wrist —
Gothic 8cro!l. A serving spoon is
slightly more than a half turn to the the tool nsed in producing this pattern.
right to produce a circular effect. Re- The bowl of the spoon is pressed against
peat the process, making another simi- the wet plastic and moved spiral-
lar figure at the right of the first one. fashion. The outer sweep of the spiral
The whisk broom is held in horizontal .should be six or eight inches in diam-
position. The bristles at the right act eter, the spiral becoming smaller ns it
a.s the axis upon which the broom is approaches the central point from
turned. After several of these fan- which the spoon is lifted. A second
shaped swirls have been executed, a spiral, overlapping the first, is then
scpond series should bo worked below added and the process continued to
the first and just close enough to enable form an all-over treatment.
the sweep of the whisk broom to carry Waving Rccd.— First drag a graining
the pattern up over the lower part of comb horizontally across the plastic
the first line. paint. Then, using the rounded end of
The Fan Swirl texture is particularly the handle of a paint brush or putty
striking if a glaze is added to accentu- knife, make upward curving lines a foot
ate the high points. to n foot and a half long. All the lines
Grass Oloth.— The beauty of the “hould have the same general curvature
Grass Cloth effect depends aH much on and taper off at the point to rcscmblo
the colors used as on the texture. A reeds bending slightly before the wind.
coat of tinted plastic paint is first The “reeds'' should interlace to provide
brushed on in the usual way. While a uniform all-over pattern. The use
this coat is still wet, spots of plastic of a glaze will bring out the texture
paint of various colors are applied here strikingly.
and there. A whisk-broom is then Thatched Reed.—This effect is ob-
drawn vertically across the surface so
^
tained by drawing the rounded end of
as to blend the colors. (he handle of a brush or putty knife
Another way to produce the Grass through the plastic paint to establish
Put on a
Cloth finish is as follows: vertical and diagonal markings, closely
coat of tinted plastic paist Then tex- interlaced. These, in the fliul finish,
THF. chemical FOJIMULARY
ing will enable one to determine just Pure Turiientine 1% gal. 3 tal
Floor Vsrniah 1 pi 1 pt
how strong a soap solution is necessary Pure Drier 4 pt. hk pt.
to produce the desired results without
injuring the paint film by either chem- of Paint
(Salloiis .*> gal
Coverage (SOO sq ft iK>r gal 4,000 aq. ft.
ical or mechanical action. )
I'amting New Inside Wood.— The fob Formula No. 22 -Third Coat,
Inwing formulas are for white paint.
Kggshell Finish
If the paint is to bo colored, tint it as
explained. (a) Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
While lead 100 lb. 100 lb.
100 100 lb
White lead
I'lire Haw Linseed
lb.
Formula No. 23 — Third Coat,
Oil 3 gal S gal Oil Gloss Finish
Pure Tnr|)entine (tal. n Ktl
Pure Drier 1 pi 1 pt. (New Inside Wood)
X'ofe -The following should beformula
Osllons of Paint 0 koI
piT gal 6, .300 sq ft.
UMil as a base for dark colors only, as light-
Coverage 700 sq. ft
colored paint containing considerable raw lin-
( )
tlatting oil and drier should be increased 1‘uro I/inseotl Oil 3 gal.
Pure Drier 1 pt.
correspondingly.
3 parts Pure Turpeniino the pores. One coat makes a fair job,
2 parts Pure Raw Linseed Oil but two coats make a bettor one, filling
1 part Pure Drier up the checks which the first coat dia
not fill.
This point should bo applied over the .\fter the filler has dried for about
dry ground and, while still wet, should an hour, rub briskly across the grain of
be dragged, combed* or otherwise lig- the wood with coar.se burlap or excel-
urod, in imitation of natural wood sior to remove surplus filler left on the
graining. .surface.
—
Painting Interior Floors. There are The purpose in using fillers is to fill
two kinds of floors that require paint- the pores of open-grained wood, and to
ing —new floors laid with soft wood |trevent tlarkcniiig by the excessive ab-
such us hemlock or white pine; old surplion of \arnish or other material
floors that have bocoino worn, scratched, used for the finish.
stained or otherwise marred. Kev\ Oil Finish. —Oiling, no doubt, is the
floors of hard wood, such ns oak, ash, most durable finish for a floor, though
maple or yellow pine may be painte<l, it requites frequent going over. One
if desired, but waxing or varni-'hing or elTect of oil is to darken considerably
staining makes a handsomer linmh. the natural color of the wood. For
Success with newly painted floors de- a floor oil use three jmrts of pure boiled
pi'iids chiefly upon the choice of right lin.seed oil to one I'urt of turpentine.
materials and knowing how to use them. When boiled oil cannot be obtained
In fact, the only important particular take four jiarls raw oil, one part turpen-
in which the film of floor iminl needs to tine and one part drier. 8fir frequently
(UfTer from that on a win<low frame, while using; upjdy with a strong, stilt
door or the side of a house is the finish. brush; rub well into the wood. Clean
The priming coat most anchor firmly elT all surplus oil not taken up by tho
into the wood, it must dry thoroughly wood. An oiled floor should bo wiped
ami the outer coat must become hard frequently with an oiled cloth. Oily
before the floor is used. rags are 'liable to take fire spoutano-
Other Finishes for Hard Wood Floors. oimly and should be burned.
'-Fot hard wood floors that tiro not to Shellac Finish.— This treatment gives
be jiaiutod, four kimis of treatment may a fairly lasting finish if the floor is not
—
be namod oiling, shellacking, varnish- to ha\e very rough usage. Three or
ing and waxing. The processes overlaji four coats of shellac, thinned down with
more or less and vary according to the good quality dimatiired alcohol, are rec-
kind of wood. The treatment selected ommended for either soft or hard wood
should also depend upon the way the floors.
floor IS to bo used. A few fundamentals Refiuishing Old Floors.— Tho proper
may be stated. time to take care of a floor is when the
Open-grained hard woods, such as first bare spot appears. Then nil that
oak, birch, ash or walnut, should be IS necessary is to scrub thoroughly,
treated first with a good silex paste apply a coat of floor varnish or paint
filler. Close-grained hard woods, like to such places ns show wear; nnd, when
maple or cherry, require no filter. Yel- dry, go o\er the entire floor.
low pine, owing to the pilch it is likely To bring a badly worn floor back to
to contain, should first have a thin coat its original state of perfection requires
of shellac to prevent the pitch from considerable work and ingenuity. Thero
blistering later coats. arc two good rtfelhods by which this can
Good silex paste fillers may be pur- bo done. One is to remove tho old finish
chased ready to apply. Or an excellent and then scrape tho wood with a car-
one may be made by mixing the finest penter's steel floor scraper. This scrap-
silex, or siUca, wit)i equal parts of pure ing and subsequent sandjmpering brings
linae^ oil, pure turpentine'^ and best tho wood back to its onginal condition
japan drier, so as to form a medium and all that is then necessary is to fill,
paste. Reduce this paste to a fairly stain and varnish or paint as a new
thin mixture with turpenttlie Only, al- floor. This is a sonfbwhat expensive
lowing the filler to stand lor a time. proceeding, however, and many petmle
In some cases it is possible to add the prefer (P do the work la the following
‘
1 pt’
Oa/ions 0/ Pftint Pure Drier 1 pt.
Covcra^o^(8^00 jq.
3 4,200 sq. ft.
Gallons of Paint gal.
Paste Dry
Materials Rod load Rod-lead
Gallons of I’aint 24% gal.
results gcneraUjr, over a priming coat loud paint will practically eliminate the
of red-lead: most common trouble experienced with
interior Bheot-melal work of this type,
Formula No. 37 —Second Coat the formation of rust spots.
(Exterior Metal) Where the ceiling is to be finished in
white or a very light tint, it is recom-
M«t«rUls SoftPasM HearfFatU
100 100 lb
mended that all the coats, including the
Whit«-lead lb.
Gallons of Pmnl 5 “b gal. Cl* gal per gal.) 4,800 sq. ft.
Coveiago (HUU nq
ft, jK-r gal) 4, 700 sq ft 5,000 sq ft. The second coat should be mixed as
* poor dr) mg condiliona, auch aa
Under follows:
cold wealher, the amount of drier
or huiiiid
should bo incroiisetl, not to exceed twice the Formula No. 41 —Second Coat
amount called for by the formula.
(Interior Metal)
A very attractive light gray, which Amounts
applied fairly (a) Materials
will in one coat (if
heavy) hide the red-lead undercoatiug, Heavy Pa.ste White-lead 100 lb.
scure totally the red-lead undercoat. In Whitv Jead 100 lb. 100 lb
such cases, apply Formula 41 for the Flalting Oil 1% gal 2 gal
second coat, adding about one ounce of
Gallons of Paint fi gal.
lampblack if the final coat is to be Coverage (900 ftq. ft per gftl.) 4,500 iq. ft.
Gallons of Paint
'
5% gal
Coverage (800 sq. ft. per gal. ) 4,200 aq. ft. Gallons of Paint 5 gal. .
or
Coverage (800 sq. ft.
per gal.) 4,000 sq. ft.
(b) Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
White-lead IQO lb. 100 lb.
Gallons of Paint 6 ‘4 gal. Mix the third coat similar to the sec-
Coverage ( 700 sq. ft. por gah) 8,675 sq. ft. ond coat except where a decorative
finish is desired other than the slightly
(b) Materials Amounts shaded red-lead color. In the latter
Heavy Paste White-lead 100 lb. case, substitute one of the tinted red-
Pure Turpentine 1% gal. lead finishing coats.
Fldor Varnish % gab —
Painting Radiators. Pipes and radia-
Pure Drier % pt. tors never before painted should first
bo cleaned thoroughly with wire brushes
Gallons of Paint 6 gal. to remove all traces of rust, dirt and
Coverage (700 sq. ft. grease. Then apply a priming coat of
per gal.) 3^500 sq.ft. red-lead paint based on Formula No. 44.
In the case of pipes and radiators
‘Painting Galvanized Iron. No paint — that have been painted before and that
can be recommended to stand up satis- show some defect such as blistering or
factorily on galvanized iron at all times peeling, the old finish should bo re-
because the coating left by the galvan- moved and the foregoing priming coat
izing process has a tendency to repol applied. If the old finish shows no de-
paint. Sonictimes the paint takes hold fects, the priming coat may be omitted.
properly right away; other times con- In the painting of pipes and radiators
siderable difficulty is encountered in the decorative requirements of the room
making the paint adhere. should bo considered. The finish may
It has been the o.xperience of practi- be in aluminum or bronze, or in some
cal painters that paint made o4i,puro light tinted paint which will harmonize
red-lead and linseed oil gives co6d re- with the color scheme of the room.
sults most consistently. The oest re- In the painting of pipes and radiators
sults are obtained after the galvanized the decorative requirements of the room
iron has been exposed to the weather should bo considered. The finish may
at least six months. be in aluminum or bronze, or in some
Apply three coats of paint mixed ac- light tinted paint which will harmonize
cording to the following formulas: with the color scheme of the room. The
metallic powders, if these are used,
Formula No. 44 —Priming (?bat should bo thinned to suitable painting
(Galvanized Iron) consistency with a mixture of one part
good varnish and two parts flatting oil.
Materials Amounts This makes an excellent bronzing liquid.
Paste Red-lead 100 lb. If a light-tinted flat paint is decided
Pure Baw Linseed upon, apply a second coat, tinted to ap-
Oil . 2% gal. proximately the color desired in the fin-
Pure Turpentine 1 pt. ishing coat, based on Formula No. 41.
Pure Drier 1 pt. Then follow with the finishing cOat
tinted to the desirjid color and mixed
Gallons of Paint 4% gal. according to the above formula or, if a
Coverage (800 sq. ft. semi^gloss finish is desired, according to
per gal.) 3,900 sq. ft. Fomula No. 43. When a fdl gloss is
LACQUERS. PAINta VARNISHES, STAINS 205
desired, a good prepared enamel may be thick the paint will alligator, leaving
employed fot the finishing coat. the knots bare.
Ample time should be permitted to Painting the Hull.—Prime the new
elapse between coats so that each may wood with a thin coat of paint mixed
dry and harden thoroughly before the as follows:
next is applied. If it is possible to per-
mit the steam to pass gradually through Formula No. 46—Priming Coat
the pipes between coats, the drying may (Boat Exterior)
bo hastened in this way. However, the Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
steam should not be turned on full. If V^liitc-lcnd 100 lb 100 lb.
the pipes are submitted to sudden heat- Pure l.inseed Oil 4 gal. 4 gsl.
ing, the coating will undoubtedly be Pure TurpeSline 1% gal. 2 gal.
I'uro Drier fl pt. tl pt.
affected.
It should also bo kept in mind that
CalloiiH of Paint 9 gal.
almost all light tints show a tendency
Coverage (700 sq. ft. per gal.) 6,800 sq. ft.
to darken slightly duo to heat. This
t When boiled oil is used, reduce drier to
should bo taken into consideration wdion ^ pint.
the color is selected.
After the priming coat has dried thor-
oughly, fill all cracks, nail-holes, dents
and other in
the surface care-
defelits
Boat Painting fully with putty. The hardest and most
serviceable putty is that based on white-
The practice in painting boats is
lead. It should Consist of white-lead,
regulated largely by one thing— the
either soft or heavpr paste, stiffen^ to
type of craft. If a boat is a yacht or
putty consistency with dry whiting. ^
a launch, the owner aims to keep it
Use sandpaper to smooth down the
always clean and bright. Its appear-
rough places. Then apply a second coat
ance is a matter of pride with him.
of paint, mixed as follows:
Hence the handsomest job obtainable
is none too fine, and coat upon coat of
thinning dry orange gum shellac with Flatting Oil (or Tur-
good quality denatured alcohol, propor- pentine) 2 gal.
tioned on the basis of three pounds of Spar Varnish % gal.
shellac to one gallon of alcohol, or the
liquid shellac may be purchased as “3 Callons of Paint 5 % gaL
pound cut pure orange shellac." Brash Coverage (800 sq. ft.
the shellae'>^A thin. If it i| put on too per gal.) 4,400 sq. ft
266 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
The preeediiyg' formula givee a Formula No. 52 —
Finishing Coat,
or gJowlosB finish, which wears, Eggshell Gloss
much better under exposure to the (Boat Interior)
water than a glossy paint rich in oil. Materials Soft Paste Heavy Paste
Painting Deck, 8pars and Outside of White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb.
—
Cabin. Use the same fdfmulas for the Flatting Oil (or
priming and second coats on the deck, Turpentine) % gal. 1 gal.
Painting the Interior. New wood- — Painting Metal Parts. Iron and steel —
hulls, masts or other metal parts of a
work inside of cabins, saloons, etc.,
vessel should be painted with two coats
should first receive a thin coat of good
of red-lead, thinned according to the
orange shellac. Sandpaper the shellac
following formula:
when dry. Putty all nail-holes and
joints. Then apply a priming coat Formula No. 53
mixed as follows:
Metal Work on Boats)
Formula No. 50—iPriming Coat Materials Amounts
(Boat Interior) Paste Rod-lead 100 lb.
Pure Raw Linseed Oil * 2% gal.
(a) Materials S<!lft Paste Heavy Paste
Pure Turpentine 1 pt.
White-lead 100 lb. 100 lb.
Pure Drier 1 pt.
FlatUng OU 1% gal. 2 gal.
white-lead, nail-holes with bits of pine, ing. When dry, sandpaper the surface
and very small leaks with white-lead and then apply two coats of japan color
putty. thinned with spar varnish and just
Paint applied over an uneven surface enough turpentine to make the paint
is bound to present a bad appearance. brush out .smooth. One pint of japan
Where the old paint is rough, sandpaper color and one pint of varnish should bo
it down smooth and touch up all bare sufficient to do the work.
spots before applying the first coat. If the old paint on a canoe is in good
After heeding the foregoing direc- condition, the white-lead paint need not
tions, apply two coats of paint, inside be applied. Simply sandpaper tho old
and outside, mixed according to the coat down smooth and apply tho two
following formula: coats of Japan color and varnish.
To refinish the inside of a canoe,
Formula No. 54 sandpaper tho old varnish thoroughly
(Row Boats —Exterior and Interior) and put on o^e coat of good spar var-
nish. Ono pfet of varnish should bo
Materials Amounts
sufficient.
Heavy Paste White-lead 25 lb. —
Patching. To mend n hole in a ennoe,
Pure Turpentine % gal- insert a piece of canvas beneath tho
Spar Varnish pt. torn part, pasting tho patch on with a
Pure Drier 1 gill littlewhite-load and rubbing varnish,
and clinching it to the rib.s of tho canoe
Gallons of Paint IVi gal. with brass or copper tacks. Very small
Coverage (800 sq. ft. holes can bo fixed by plugging them
per gal.) 1,000 sq.ft. with white-lead stiffened slightly with
whiting.
If a colored paint is wanted, tint the
last coat. The addition of a very little White Enamel Paint, Outdoor
lampblack or dropblack will produce a
gray. A little Chinese blue will make 1. Parts
a light blue. (For other colors follow Albcrtol 177 C Extra Palo 100
tinting directions using only one-quarter Linseed Stand Oil Extra Pale 400
of the quantity of ingredients called for, Thickened Wood Oil Extra Palo 100
as Formula No. 54 is based on 25 pounds Cobalt (calculate<l as metal) 0.4
of white-lead instead of 100 pounds.) White Spirit 200-300
The finish produced by two coats of The albcrtol is dissolved in the white
paint mixed according to Formula No. spirit cither in the cold, or at a tem-
56 will bo “flat" or lustreless. If an perature of 50** C. (112° F.), and tho
eggshell gloss is desired, use Formula stand oils, driers and tho remainder of
No. 54, modified by the use of an addi- the white spirit added to this solution.
tional pint of spar varnish, for the fin- The finished varnish is then ground
ishing coat. w'ith zinc white. To obtain a still bet-
Canvas Canoes. —When the paint is so
ter white color, it is advantageous, in-
badly cracked and broken that the can- stead of using zinc white alone, to use
vas shows through in places, it is best 75 per cent zinc white and 25 per ceut
to remove the old coat entirely by titanium white.
means of a paint remover and start Another very usual procedure is to
anew. After the old paint is off, sand- grind the white pigment with a corre-
paper the surface and apply a coat of sponding quantity of linseed stand oil
paint composed of: to form a thick paste. The remainder
Formula No. 55 0| the oils, tho resin solution, the driers
(Canoes)
and the diluents are added to this white
paste.
IfatorUlt Soft Psst« Hetrj Paste
White-lead 2. Decorators' Varnish
Pure Turpentine pt* 1* pt-
Farts
Spar Vamhih % pt. pt.
Pure Drier 1 gill 1 giU Albertpl 177 C. 100
Linseed Btapd Oil 90
OaDons of Paint ^ DtL
Coreraf* (700a«.ft.perfai)^ 176iq.ft. « Thickened Wooa Oil SO
Cobalt (calcuiated as metalV 0.12 1125-175 thinner
I^ttenta * 125-175.^ Proceed as in 4 above.
^ metal) >
^ ^ ^ ^
LACQUERS. PAINT8> VARNISHES. STAIl4
'*
,
• f
Fireproof Paint
20 B6 Caustic Soda 10
Aluminum Powder 1 lb.
Soak the casein in |he warm water,
Sodium Silicate 22®, B6 1 gal.
not over 130® F., and add the caustic
whilst stirring.
together through a Hurrel Horaogenizer The oil may bo replaced with, for
and the resulting emulsion will be stable example, latex, and paints can be made
for a year. If for export to a hot coun- on the following hues:
try, it is advisable to add a litle pre- 1. Sodium Silicato 10
servative, e.g., metachlor-paracresol. Ammonia 10
Water 10
Zinc Oxide 5
Irish moss is sometimes used in order
Sulphur 3
to obtain a high viscosity in paste dis-
Zinc DimethyldithiO Car-
tempers and so keep the pigment from
bamate dS
settling. It is usually dissolved before-
hand form a very thick jelly and
to 2. 60% Latex 100
then added. One well-known brand of Whiting 200
distemper on the market is composed Spindle Oil 60
of an anhydrous basis of Glup 5
Chalk 84.0 % The two s’olutions are made seMr-
Blanc Fixe 1,5 % ately ac indicated, and mixed.
ratio of silica, is not mentioned, bin
Th^
Zinc Oxide .25%
Brunswick Green ^
7.4 % presumably 3.3Si02 is indicated. The
more alkaline varieties of sodium sili-
Dextrine 5.0 % cate cause precipitation of latex by tea-
Irish Moss 1.1 % son of hydrolysis. If, however, ammo-
Nitrobenzene .05%
nia bf added to the solution this iu-
the whole being so adjusted as to con-
tain approximately 90% of water.
creases toe OHion cbneentiation and
prevents splitting of the silicate, so that
the lateic is thickened and rendered
Silicate Water. Paint ,atable. Aluminium sulphate also thick-
Sod. Silicate 40 ens latex by precipitation of the pro-
Pdt. Silicate ^^jcin portion, giving a butter-like prod-
25
Asbestine - '
15
Pigment (fii|^ IlSonsity) i 20 1. Pale Boiled Oil . 1^.
A paint similar to this, but cohtain- Melt the rosin in the oil and dilate
ii^ much less pigmedt, may for while iNIft with the white spirit. Then
coating electric light bolbe/^fWhieh gTihd ii» %h#pigBient.
270 THB CgEMICfAL FORMULARY
2; Casein ^
120 lb. the warm water, the borax added first
Water 000 lb. and then the phenol. This solution is
Borax, 24 lb. allowed to stand for 2^ hours, and the
Ammohia 3 lb. ingredients in the seednd list are then
10% Potassium Bichro- added ^d
afteif mixing hot those in the
mate 30 lb. third. It is well known that pigments
Mirbane 3 lb. grind better in oil than in water and it
is a great advantage to grind the pig-
Dissolve the casein by steeping it in
,
ment into the oil medium in the third
the water at 130* FI, then add the
list before emulsifying it with the
borax and the ammonia. Allow to' cool
casein solution. The proportion of pig-
and add the bichromate solution. By
ment usually incorporated is about six
vigorous shaking emulsify the mirbano
to eight times the total weight of the
with twice the amount of the casein
medium.
solution just prepared, and add the '
litharge to 1 gal. of ready-mixed red * When boiled oil ia used, reduce drier to
Vi pt. y
lead paint. A second field coat, light
brown, has the same composition ns the
first with the exception of the lamp-
Structural Paint
black paste, 5 oz. of which are used in- Firtt or Inter- Ton or Fin-
stead of 10. The third field coat, red, viedtnte (Joat$ ithtng ('oal$
is the same, with all lampblack omitted. Blue Lead in Oil, Paste 100 lb. 100 lb.
The litharge passes n No. 325 sieve Kaw Linseed Oil 2% gal. 8 gal.
Turpentine or 'Paint
with total residue on the sieve not ex-
and Varnish Manu-
ceeding r per cent by weight. The facturer’s 48* to
ready-mixed red lead paint pigment con- 50* iiuplitlia iVi gal. 2 qt.
Drier (r<»sin free) 1 qt. 1 qt.
tains 88 per cent of red lead by weight,
Approximate Paint
which must run not less than 91 per I’roduced 7 Vi gal. 6H gal.
cent true red lead. The lampblack paste WiMght per (inllon,
Approximately 17 8 18V4 to
25 pot cent pure lampblack by
Ib.
is
19V4 lb.
weight, balance pure linseed (|il. Addi-
tion of the litharge gives an extraordi-
narily hard paint film that does not be- Paint for Interior Plaster
come unduly soft by continued soaking.
Priming Coat
The ready-mixed red lead paint contains
76 per cent by V
eight of pigment. Soft Paste White Lead 100 lb.
Tanks arc inspected annually and Pure Hoi led Linseed Oil 3 gal.
painted at intervals of from four to ten Floor Varnish 2 gal.
a set of three 8,000-gal. steel tanks with Coverage (600 sq. ft.
per gal.) 5,700 sq. ft.
demountable steel trestle support is con-
veyed on flat cars to the vicinity of the Second Coat
paint job as a temporary storage plant.
The permanent tank is drained and the Soft Paste White Lead 100 lb.
Pure Turpentine IVi gal.
steel cleaned, sometimes by sandblast-
ing, but more generally by scraping and
Floor Varnish % gal.
Cumar Cut B:
• Mahogany Stain
Cumar 100 lb.
The method of producing a fadeless
Xylol )
.31^ gal.
mahogany stain, which consists in mix-
V. M. and P. Naphtha 13V^ gal.
ing with the steam extracted water in-
soluble extract of quebracho wood suf- This is a cut of 6 pounds of Cumar
ficient hot concentrated nlknli solution to the gallon of thinner.
to produce a jpH value of about 11 to The solution is made by a'gitating
12, ana digesting with sufReiont added
Cumar and ^ho thinners ia.jne^nnical
hot wdter to produce a pH value be- mixer or tuinbling barrel fot 2-3 hours.
tween 7.0 and 8.5 in the final product. The following grinds are suitable:
Grinds Grind 4
Lithopoiw- 840
Traffic or Road Marking P^int Titanium M^hopone.. . 840
Aebentine 360 parts 360 parts
I, Cold Cut Method for Jraffic Paint: Cumar Cut B 300 by 300 bjr
Cobalt T.inoleate Paste weight weitht
Drier (6% Cobalt) . 10 10
Kettle BodM Linseed 6if; . .
."
Ralbw Varnish A 600 600
Xylol
* !•'> •
75 lb. Cumar V
V. M. and P. Naphtha le gul. GVj oz. Cobalt Acotate
Coibalt Resinate (3Vi% t)5 gal. Mineral Spirits
1
Metal) Linseed Oil U bodied At ST.’i* P. ftr 8
Xylol
*
5 gal. orense.s flawing effect.
V. M. and P. Naphtha
'
20 ral The addition of 15-25% of Coke Oven
distillate (Xvlol or Hi Flash Naphtha)
Cobalt Resinate (3%%) 0.8 lb.
increases the flakiiflf effect of the liquid.
Cooking Method: Carry China Wood
Oil to 400° F. Add ^0 pounds Cumar B. Cumar— Phcnoli(fRe8in Tpo—
and bring heah up rapidly to
The following varnish involves thp
Hold for a short ttme and then chick
use pf Cumar with the oil reactive
with the fish oil and Cumkr. at
phenolic resins. The usual low cooking
500° P, (re heating if necessary) for
temperatures may be used:
aboi^ 10 minutes. . Thef add drier an^
thin,
China Wood Oil it.
. .
nil ffARotive PhenoHe Resin
“yHE CHEMICAL FORMLLABy~
I f— -
"*
"' "
'
'
'
S^e3 Lead Begimte
*
S lb. Pov^dered Basic Lead Carbo ^
Cvunar^ , iijite (White Lead) 3^1b.
V3 Map. $6(h270^ F. Mineral Spirits 50 gal,
* Kettle Bodied at 576* F. for 8 hours.
Of
" Procedure: Heat China Wood Oil and
rrW 1 M.P. 300-320'* F. 75 Ib.
45 gal. Rosin in k,ettle quickly to 400° F. A^d
Minefal Spirits ^
'
' * about 25 pounds of Cumar and run
Liquid Drier
Cotfking Motii 9 d: .Run China Wood
rapidly to 565-570® X
Withdraw from
the fijre. Hold until the temperature
Oil, Phenolic Resin and Lead 'Eesinate roaches 580® F. Chill the batch with the
tp 400® F. Add ope-half of the Qnmar Linseed (or Perilla) Oil and 45 pounds
and carry to 480° F.-500® F. Hold for of Cumar. Stir as the temperature
body at this temperature. Chill with drops to about 525-520® F. Add tho
the remuitin^ Cumar. Cool, thin and white lead and stir until taken up. Add
add liquid drier. the remaining Cumar and cool to about
* It Is that enough liquid
recommonded 490° F. Hold between 490° F. and 475°
driers be a concentration of
added to give F. for approximately 30 minutes or until
.02% to .03% Cobalt MeUl on
the weight of
a sample cooled on tin gives a one inch
the oil. Cobalt Linoleato, or Naphthenato
Drier solution majf be used. string or mere. Cool below 450° F. and
thin.
0. Cold Cut Typo The following grind is suggested.
tho user wi.shos to prepare a
Whare
cold* cut aluminum vehicle for outside
Paste No. f
use, ho may usoi>,tho following formula- Titanox C 1000 lb.
tion as a guide in his work. It' must Varnish II 388 lb.,
5 gal. '‘Xylol
Varnish II 253 lb.
Varnish II
aiCandy^ Glaze
'
China Wood Oil 30 gal.
,
12 lb.
LACQUERS. PAINTS; VARWTlItnia^
* Acidf^esistant Paint
Finish Coats*^
A^iltos Fibre 26 100 lb. C^Bmei^ial Hardi Paste
Alununum Silicate 44 ’ Whitcl Lead Carbontm
.Barium Sulfate 26 2 gal. Raw
Linseed Oil
,
Blackboard Paint
Corrosive Sublirmitc 1 oL
Ten pounds of the above are used
Carbon Blhek 15 lb.
with 1 gal. of water.
Shellac 14 lb.
Prussian Blue 1 lb.
Lithopone 1 lb. Enjimel Paint Remover
Powdered Carborundum 7 lb. Benzene (90® B6) 50
Drier liquid 16 Ib. Alcohol 25
AlqMiol 130 lb.
Acetone 10
Linseed Oil Boiled
^-4 — 7% lb. Nitric Acid
Sulfonated Oil
Beeswax *
10
5
1
^ ]Sria^' Paint
'
'*
ndereoats '
'
S Boiled Linseed Oil Zinc Oxide
1 gill Petrolipam Spirits Barium Fluoride
-
, XJHE CHEMIVAL '
JfVnMUljAllz
ui
-
II I
I4ii«eed Oir f' 5-10 Ahye been used for cleaning g^ani^d.*
( irpaand putting
Turpimne it in conditionJo.t^e
MaoHs Copal ' paita.t. No donht this would accpmpl^h
Alcohol 50-» this purp^. »
**
Violet Lake
.
,
1.63 gal. -36 85 lb IW 00%
* Weight of one gallon, 24 15 lb
Marino Paint
Coal Tar 1 gal. Paste Red-lead Formula
Sodium Cyanide 5 oz. PMto red-lead 2 232 gal. - 100 lb 82 58 '
4 gul. Heavy Bodied Linseed The abo\e gallons are “U. gal-
8.
Oil (bodied \y^ hrs. at 590* lons.
’ *
F.)
8 gal. Dipentene
76 gal. Varnolene Varnish Formula No. LV-107
Runthe Rosin and China Wood Oil 40-gnI. Long
to 450® F. in 15 minutes. Add Lend 50% Solids
Acetate and run to 5(55° F. in 8 minutes, Ajiproximate Body F— Qardner-Holdt
(’heck with Heavy Bodied Linseed Oil, Scale
stir and a<ld Lewisol No. 18. Stir until
924'a lb. Lewisol No. 2
all in solution. Run to 500° F., hold for 29 gal. China Wood Oil
body if necessary, cool to 450° F. and 2% lb. Lead Acetate
reduce. Not as durable as No. 2, but 8 gul. Linseed Oil (bodied 4M»
easier to handle. hrs. at 590° F.)
.58 gal. Varnolene or Oleum
Varnish Formula No. LV-89 Run Lewisol No. 2 and China Wood
25-gal. Long Oil to 450° F. in 15 minuto.s and add
Lead Acetate. Run to 505° F. in 10
13 gal. China Wood Oil
minutes and hold for sign.s of string
Bodied Linseed Oil
2 gal. (4% (not over 45 seconds). Chock with
hours at 590° F.)
Bodied Linseed Oil, hold 3 minutes, and
50 lb. Lewi.sol No. 2
reduce at about 450° F.
10 lb. Prepared Rosin
After cold or after grind add Cobalt
1 gal. Dipentene No. 122
in the proportion of .035% ba.setl on the
30 gal. Varnolene or Oleum
weight of the oil.
Run China Wood Oil and Lewisol No. This varnish dries in from 2 to 4
2 to 425° F. slow (20 minutes). Stir hours. Yiobl 104'yi gallons.
continually, run to 520-530° F. in 14 The above gallons are “IT, H. gal-
minutes. Hold for string, in this case lons.'*
9 minutes, check with Bodied Lin.seed
Oil, Prepared Rosin, cool to 450° F. and Varnish Formula No. LV-111
reduce.
40-gal. Long
Varnish Formula No. LV-93
92% lb. Lewisol No. 2
21 gal. China Wood Oil
25-gal. Long 8 gal. Linsee<l Oil (bodied 4%
This varnish is recommended where hrs. at 590" F.)
permanency of white, watcrproofne8.s, 2% lb. Lead Acetate
good flow and color, and very fa.st dry 8 gal. Linsi'ed Oil (bodied 4%
are desired, but where it is not neces- hr.s. at 590° f’.)
.sary to pa.ss the severe fume closet test. 58 Varnolene or Oleum
gal.
7Vj gal. China Wood Oil Run Lewisol No. 2, China Wood Oil
25 lb. Lewisol No. 2 and 8 gal. Linseed Oil to 450° F. in 15
5 lb. Prepared Rosin * minutes and add Lent] Acetate. Run to
% lb. Litharge .565° P\ in 10 minutes and hold for signs
15 gol. Varnolene or Oleum of string (not over 45 seconds). Check
with 8 gal. Linseed Oil, hold at 500° F.
Run gal. Wood Oil and 17 lb.
for 7 minutes, and reduce at about 4.50°
Lewisol No. 2 to 575° F. in 15 minutes
F.
(held for 1 minute). String and check
After cold or after grind add Cobalt
immediately with 1 gal. China Wood
in the proportion of .03% based on the
Oil, Litharge, Prepared Rosin, and bal-
weight of the oil.
ance of Lewisol No. 2. Drop heat to
475° F., hold for 10 minutes at 475-450°
F. for signs of string and reduce. Ester Gum Mixing Varnish
Note. The varnish must be checked (L.V.-151)
immediately at first sign of string at
575* F.
22% gal. China Wood Oil
22% lb. Imperial Ester Gum No. 8
*The Prepared Rosin for the above made
by heating 800 Ib Rosin with 32 lb. Lead Heat to 525° F. and hold for string
Acetate and 25 Ib Lime. and add 45 lb. Imperial Ester Gum No.
After the grind or before the Tamiah is 8, 2% lb. Red Lead, 3% lb. Ground
pnt up add .85% Cobalt baaed on the non-
Litharge, and gain to 550* F. and add
volatile content of the Tamiah. Tleld, 25 M
gallona. 6 gal. LV-150 Oil
282 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Stir well, and, if necessary, hose to 120 lb. LV-89 Lewisol No. 2
500 and let cool to 425®. Varnish
Add Oleum. 200 lb. Grind
104 lb. LV-89 Lewisol No. 2
Varnish
LV-150 Oil
15 fl. oz. Drier
30 gal. China Wood Oil
30 lb. W. G. Rosin Drier
Gain to 52.5® F. and hold for .string 100 gal. 25 lb. Harahaw Load
and add 30 lb. W. 0. Rosin, 30 gal. No. 45
Superior Linseed Oil and stir well and 75 lb. Varnolene
gam to .545° and add slowly 15 lb. 31 gal. 25 lb. Harshaw Cobalt
Ground Litharge. No. 42
Stir for 15 minutes and let cool aud 75 Ib. Varnolene
lank.
The above gallons are “U. S. gal-
White Enamel
lons.”
129 Titanox B
lb.
Sanding Sealer 43 Zinc Oxide
lb.
120 lb. LV-111 Lewisol No. 2
Gals. Pts. Lbs. Material Wt % Varnish
8 61.04 Cotton .Solution. 41 70
8 25 35 Lcwiaol .Solution. . 17 32 200 lb. Grind
6 5 83 Zinc .Stearate Base. 3 1>8 1G4 lb. LV-111 Lewisol No. 2
2 2 16 Dibutyi I’htlialato 1 47
Varnish
1 4 10 83 Butvl Acetate 7 40
1 4 10 14 Butyl Alcohol 6 93 15 fl. oz. Nuodex Cobalt
1 6 76 Denatured Alcohol. 4 62
4 24 28 Laotol Spirits A. 16 58
. .
White Enamel
20 146 30 100 00
HAND IN T»N MINUT10
120 Titanox B
lb.
43 Zinc Oxide
lb.
120 LV-112 Lewisol
lb. No. 2
Cotton Solution Varnish
O&ls. Pts. Lbs. Material Wt. % 200 lb. Grind
193 (X) Wet Cotton .... 28 00 1()4 lb. LV112 Lewisol No. 2
22 7 36 161 92 Ethyl Acetate 23 57
332 12 Toluol
.
48 34
Varnish
40 7.22 . . . .
400° F. and reduce, adding the Co- Rehned Linseed Oil 100 lb.
to
Cobalt Acetate 16 lb.
balt after the grind in proportion of
Mineral Spints 35 gal.
.035% Cobalt as metal based on the
weight of the This varnish dries
oil. Heat Rosin and Tdnseed Oil to 350°
in from 2 to 4 hours depending, of and add Cobalt Acetate slowly. Keep
course, on conditions. Yield, 140 gal- the tempeniture rising. When nearly all
lons. the Acetate has been added, the inixliiie
The above gallons are "U. S. gal- may crystallize but in raising the tem-
lons." perature to 500° 1'. it will again become
Injuid. Add the balance of Acetate if
not already added and hold at 500“ F,
Four Hour Varnish until all acetic acid fumes have been
The following formula using Nevin- eliminated, (/ool to 390° F. and add
dene suggested where rapid drying is
is Mineral Spirits.
desired in a medium oil varnish. The This drier contains one ounce of Co-
liiined Rosin is used to assist kettle balt Metal per gallon.
manipulation, to prevent drier precipita-
tion and to keep the Nevindene com-
Manganese Drier
pletely dissolved. To obtain maximum
speed of drying no Linseed Oil is used. W. W. Rosin 100 lb.
Refined Linseed Oil 100 lb.
minutes until suflGcient body is attained about 15-17 minutes of start) to 485° F.
as indicated by a drop of the melt cooled Check lire, and gradually stir in litharge.
on glass. In this varnish it should give When the litharge is in, boost the fire to
a hard button. The batch is cooled and reach 590° F. This takes 5 to 7 mill-
the cobalt linoleate is added. Thinning utes^* Take off fire at 590° F. and gain
is started at 450“ F. or below. It should 000° F. which temjieratiire is reached
be noted that at no point in this opera- quickly. Chill at once with 5 gallons of
tion is the China Wood Oil cooked so China Wood Oil and follow at once with
that it strings from the stirrer. the Cumar. Stir rapidly and the tem-
This formula is successful except perature drops below 500° F. Hold at
where elasticity is of utmost importance 455-175° F. for (lie proper body (about
in which case a longer oil varnish may 40 minutes to nii hour is required).
be used. Sometimes it is necessary in this opera-
tion to place on the fire to maintain the
temperature. Add (he Cobalt Acetate,
Cumar in Concrete Paints
around 4i‘>0° F. cool to 4.50— 110° F. and
The following varnish A may
be used thin. When intended as a grinding ve
for general purpose alkali resisting var hide it is better to add the cobalt as a
iHslies or as a vehicle for concrete paints. liquid drier after grinding.
However, varnish R is more satisfactory Nnfp- The CXCC18 of Iiflmrpe, added toroiqlraiii
where greater elasticity and case of tlio raio of oil polyim;n/,uti(»n at the I'levalfHl
grinding are required. ti'inperaliire,forms ii clond of insoluble lead
drier whirh requires some time to aetlle
Wliilo lend or Lend Aretnto in equivalent
amount can be used inslend of the litharife
Varnish A
China Wood Oil 20 gal. Concrete Silos, Varnish for Interior of
Cumar V 125 lb.
This simple coating is suggested as a
Mineral Spirits 35 gal. wash coat for concrete silo interiors since
Method: Put China Wood Oil in ket- it will resist the alkaline action of the
tle, run very quickly (12-1() minutes) to concrete and the organic acids and other
400° F. and add 100 pounds of Cumar. reactive liquids which, geni'mted in the
Carry the heat rapidly to 5(5° F. (this ensilage, have a destructive action on tlm
point should be reached within 2(J-25 concrete.
minutes of the start) and withdraw the Cumar V-3 IPO lb.
kettle from the fire as the temperature Xylol 5 gal.
gains 570-575° F. Do not allow the V. M. and P. Naphtha 15 gal.
batch to string, but check with the re-
maining 25 pounds of Cumar. Tins must Dissolve the Cumar by agitation with
be stirred in rapidly. the solvent mixture in a vessel provided
It will be neces-
sary to cool from this point by running with a mechanical mixer or in a tumbling
a stream of water on the kettle until the barrel. The solution possesses a com-
temperature is just below 500° F. Body paratively low vi.scosity.
the batch between 500-450° F. as ft Htir in about 300 pounds of Portland
cools. The varnish can be reheated to c(‘mcnt and ajiply with a heavy brusli.
480-490° It will be understood that if a glaze coat
F.if necessary. The body is
e.stimated by cooling a sample of the 18 required less cement will bo used. If
melt on tin. The batch a flatter finish is desired a greater
is thinned at
450-4:{0° F. amount of cement can be added.
A Cobalt Japan (Equivalent of The mixture is applied with a heavy
1 lb.
of 5% Cobalt Linoleate) is added brush.
later.
Long Oil —
China Wood Oil Spar with a —
Long Oil— China Wood Oil Curnar— Resinate (25 gallon Quick Drying)
Spar Type with Litharge China Wood Oil 25 gal
China Wood Oil 30 gal. Curnar V 75 lb.
Curnar V 100 lb. Fused Lead Resinate (5%
Litharge (Sublimed) 7 Vi lb. Lead Content) 25 lb.
Cobalt Acetate % lb. Cobalt Linoleate (6.5%
Mineral Spirits 60 gal. Metal) 12 oz.
Method: Put 25 gallons China Wood Mineral Spirits 50-55 gal.
Oil in the kettle, carry to 400° F. then Method: Run tho China Wood Oil to
add 25 lb. Curnar. Run quickly (within 300° F. and add the Fused Lead Resin-
about 15-17 minutes of start) to 485° F. ato, then carry temperature quickly to
Check lire, and gradually stir in litharge. 560° F. and withdraw from the fire. Al-
When the litharge is in, boost the fire to low it to gain 575° F. Hold a moment
reach 590° F. This takes 5 to 7 minutes. and chill immediately with 75 pounds of
LACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 287
F. and the kettle is withdrawn and held Method: The China Wood Oil Is heated
untila drop of the oil on cold glass sets to about 470” F. and about 74 pounds
to a hard button. The balance (25 Curnar added wliile still on the fire, with
ixmnds) of Cumar is added with stirring. sufficient stirring to prevent the Cumar
The temperature falls below 500“ F. from sticking to the bottom of the kettle
The kettle is put back on the fire and (as local overheating would darken the
heated to about 510“ F. It is held for varni.sli). This should require not over
15 to .‘10 minutes until sufficient body i.s 12 minutes. The temperature is then run
attained as indicated by a drop of the up about 535“ F., the kettle with-
to
melt cooled on glass. In this varnish it drawn from the fire and held for 15 min-
.should give a hard button. The batch is utes, or until a drop on a cold glass plate
cooled and the cobalt linoleate is added. sets up to a fairly hard button. The
Thinning is started at 450“ F. or below. cooking under any circumstances should
It should be noted that at no point in not be continued so far that the oil be-
this operation is the China Wood Oil gins to string from the stirrer. The bal-
cooked so that it strings from the stirrer. ance of the Cumar (25 pounds) and the
Linseed Oil are added with stirring to
check the heat. It is important to get
Short Oil —China Wood Oil with a the proper body without stringing and
Holding Agent
this method has been found to be both
China Wood Oil 10 gal.
easy and safe. The final bodying is con-
Cumar W or Cumar V 90 lb.
ducted at 50(M80“ F. until a sample
Fused Lead Resmate 10 lb.
tested on glass indicates that the correct
(Metal content about 5%) body has been obtained. The Cobalt is
Cobalt Acetate 2 oz. then added and after cooling below 450“
Mineral Spirits 18-20 gal.
F. the batch is thinned. This varnish
Method: The China Wood Oil and lias excellent lustre and is^hard and
Lead Resinate are put into the kettle and tough.
the heat is carried rapidly to 575-580“ This varnish can be improved in drying
288 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
time by the addition of two pounds of Bodied Linseed Oil 15 gal.
Lead Resinate or Lead Linolcate with the Litharge 3 lb.
Cobalt Linoleate. Manganese Acetate % lb.
Cobalt % lb.
Turpentine 22 gal.
75-Gallon Rosin Varnish Formula
Mineral Spirits 10 gal.
I Wood Rosin 100 lb.
run to 450® F. and add
Heat Wood Oil and Ester Gum and 5
Hydrated Li mo 7 lb.
gal. Linseed Oil to 400° F. Add Lith-
oO-Gallon Amberol 226 Varnish Formula Procedure: Oil and resin in kettle to
450° F. in Vi hour. Hold at 450" F.
Amberol 226 100 lb.
for .35 minutes and thin at once. Driers:
China Wood Oil 50 gal.
'Po each gallon of tlie above varnish add
Mineral Thinner 61V1> g^d.
Liquid Cobalt Drier containing suffi-
2 fl. ounces of XK
1092 (^)balt Drier and
2 fl. ounces of XK-914 Lead Manganese
cient Cobalt Metal to equal .0.3% of
Drier.
the oil content.
Cook the Amberol and China Wood Oil
to 460° F. and hold for body. Thin to XIv-911 Lead Manganese Drier
Body F and add Lujmd (^ibalt Drier.
This drier
is jirep.ared by dissidving
2.7 lb. of lead manganese Soligen in iVi
75-Gallon Amberol 226 Varnish Formula gallons of mineral spirits by warming.
Amberol 226 100 lb.
One fluid ounce of this drier contains
China Wood Oil appro.Minafely one gram of lead and .21
75 gal.
giain manganese as metal.
Mineral Thinner 92 gal.
Liquid Cobalt Drier containing sufli-
cient Cobalt Metal to equal .03% of Varnish Formula
the oil content.
Rezyl No. 11.3 solution containing 40%
Cook the Amberol and China Wood Oil l)y weight of Rezyl No. 11,3, 30% Xylene
to 460° F. and hold for body. Thin to an<l .30%. “Ili-Flaah Naphtha.’' liners
Body F and add Liquid Cobalt Drier. an* present as linoleates equivalent to
0 1%, Lead, 0.05% Manganese and 0.03^;},
Cobalt based on the weight of the Rezyl.
25-Oallon XR-254 Bakelite Varnish
Formula
Varnish Formula
China Wood Oil 22 Vi gal. Solution containing 35% solids, t.e.,
Varnish Grade Linseed Oil 2Vj gal. 17>Xi% ‘‘Jifh of Rezyl No. 113 and No.
Bakelite XR-254 100 lb. 1102, plus .32V2% Xylene and 32Vi%
Mineral Spirits (Varsol) 27^ gab “Hi Flash Naphtha,” all percentages by
Dipentene 10 gal. weight. Driers present are 0.3% Lead,
0,0 1% Manganese and 0.02% Cobalt
Procedure: Oils and re.sin in kettle to
ba.sed on the total weight of the com-
toO" F. in 25 minutes. Hold at 4.50” F. bined Rezyls.
for 22 minutes and thin immediately.
Driers: To each gallon of the above var-
nish add IVi fl- ounces XK
1092 Liquid Baking Varnish for Wrinkle- Finish
on Metal
Cobalt Drier and one ounce XK-944 Lead
Manganese Drier. Manihi Gum 2 V2 lb.
Tung Oil 2’/^ pt.
Raw Linseed Oil Vi pt>
50 -Gallon XR-254 Bakelite Varnish Zinc Sulphate 3 oz.
Formula Lead Manganese Drier 3 oz.
Mineral Spirits 22^ gal. Melt gum to 625° F., cool to 575°.
Procedure: Oil and resin in kettle to Heat again to 640° F., cool to 600°.
450° F. in 30 minutes. Hold at 450° F. Heat again to 650“ F., cool to 600°.
for 20 minutes and thin at once. Driers Heat again to 610° F.
m THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
375* with the The XR-254 and china wood oil were
Heat oila separately to
then add run to 480“ F. in 30 minutes, held 45
zinc sulphate, add to gum,
drier; heat to 560* F., cool and add minutes and the linseed oil added. The
batch was then pulled from the fire held
thinner at 375* F.
for body and reduced.
commercial spirit vaniish there are dis- taking care that it does not boil off.
solved 0.25 part of Victoria blue B, Other pigments may be used in place of
highly concentrated, whereupon 0.5 piirt barytes. This varnish is applied hot.
of concentrated nitric acid i.s added. The It may also be used for bottle cork
varnish is of blue color fa.st to light. capping.
0.45 part cobalt (calculated as metal) is rise to 575° F., at which time add the
* Plastic Paint
Transfer Varnish Calcined Gypsum 100
Gum Mastic 6 lb. Paper Pulp 1-8
Rosin 12 lb.
The above mixed with water as a
is
Sandarac 25 lb.
texture coating and may be “stippled’’
Limed Rosin 1 lb.
by a brush or sponge.
Venice Turpentine 25 lb.
Alcohol 75 lb.
* Plastic Paint
Violin Varnish Ground Calcined Sulfate 40-60
Gum Sandarac 78 lb. Ground Mica 15-35
Gum Elomi 31 lb.-- Asbestos Powd. 10-15
LACQUERS, PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS 295
Casein 100 mesh 8-10 on the following basis: 100 pounds paste
Slaked Lime 5- 7 white lead, 1.5 pounds paste him[)black,
0.1 pound paste Chinese (Prussian) blue,
1 gallon raw linseed oil, 2 gallons boiled
•Paint, “Raised Surface” linseed oil, 1 quart turpentine, 1 quart
Crude Crepe Rubber 10 drier.
Tnchloretliyleno 80
Tetrachloretliano 20
• Shellac Paint, Metallic
Etliyl Acetate 25
Methanol 15 (Non gelling)
Bleached Shellac Solution 25 lb.
Powdered mica, aluminum or pigments Copper Bronze Powder 3 lb.
may be dusted on surface while wet to Malic Acid 0.2-l.r) lb.
‘ ’
give a raised or relief effect.
‘ ’
Tricres)! Pliosfate 0.5 lb.
* Water Paint for Stucco heat to 550® F. (to 570® F. off fire).
Check with
A paint suitable for use on cement
I Wood Rosin 50 lb.
stucco IS formed of white port land <'e
add
ment 50, hydrated lime 50, NaCl 7, Ca
Sublimed Litharge G lb.
stearate 3 and suciose 2 j>arts, ground
dry in a ball mill with any desired col-
allow to cook at 500® F. for 1% hours,
cool and reduce with
oring matter. A1 stearate may be sub-
Turpentine 20 gal.
stituted for Ca sti'urate and some other
V:irsol 20 giil.
modifications may bo made the compn.m Cobalt Linoleate Paste Drier 4 lb.
50-Gallon Rosin Varnish Formula
Cheap White Paint
Wood Rosin
I 100 lb.
Whiting 105 lb.
run to 450® F. and add
Barytes 105 lb.
Hydrated Lime 6 lb.
Lithopono 200 lb.
run to 5G0° F. and add slowly with con-
Zinc Oxide 20 lb.
stant stirring
Raw Linseed Oil 12% gal.
Raw China Wood Oil 37% gal.
Blown Linseed Oil 3 gal.
Raw Linseed Oil 10 gal.
Liquid Drier gal.
2 heat to 550® F. (to make 575® F. oflf
Naphtha 11% pul. fire). Check with
Turkey Red Oil 1 gal.
Linseed Oil 2% gal.
Water 7 gal. Sprinkle on top of batch
Grind pigments in oil and then mix in
Sublimed Litharge 4 lb.
other liquids. allow to cook down to 450® F. and re
duce with
Turpentine 30 gal.
Liquid Paint Drier
Varsol 30 gal.
1. Rosin W. W. 200 lb.
in which has been dissolved
2. Calcium Hydroxide IG lb.
Cobalt Linoleate Paste
3. Load Acetate (Powd.) IG lb
Drier C lb.
4. Chinawood Oil 8 gal.
5. Manganese Borate 2 lb.
0. Benzine 98 gal. Paint and Varnish Remover
7. Kerosene 9 gal. Benzol (90%) 3 gal.
Denatured Alcohol 2 gal.
Molt (1) and (2) and strew (3) over
surface. Heat slowly raising temperature
Paraffin Wax 1 lb.
rub ofT and rinse well with water. Kth^lene (Wycol 15-25 oz.
Heat on water bath until dissolved; cool
and add
Wood Bleaches .Methanol gal.
1
As a wood bleach sodium perborate in
probably superior to any of the others * Putty
now used (including the old stand by
oxalic acid). It has the great advan-
Marble Dust 10
tage over the acid bleaches that it can Whiting 70
Linseeil Oil o
1)0 mixed directly with sodas and alka
should he Homewhat difTereat from those other words, said richly pigmented ink
of euHtoinary coinpositiou. Ordinary residue remains somewiiat soft, yet has
printing inks include oil varnish, which a certain toughness and pliability, or
will dry within a relatively short time, self-sustaining quality; which result is
forming a consid(3rablc bond with the obtained by the addition of a proper
fibers of the papi'r; and consequently amount of resinous material, such, for
these inks are not of"fnaximum effi- instance, as specified in the ink formu-
ciency in carrying out the present in- lae given.
vention. Instead there is recommended The base material is desirably, if not
an ink having a lichly pigmented con- essentially, treated in such manner as
tent; preferably so rich as to give a to carry an ink-transfer accelerator at
stilT paste were not some slow evaporat- the time of heat and pressure transfer.
ing solvent incorporaleil. While the phenol residue in the paper
The ink is tlius iichly pigmented, is activated by the heat of the transfer
and yet is brought down to the proper step to soften the ink, the acceleratoi
consistency, that is, the usual consis- acts to inti'iisify such softening. Thus
tency of an oil varnish jinnting ink by the accelerator acts in conjunction with
the addition of such a solvent as bi'ii/.yl the phenol residue in the paper, thereby
alcohol or ethylene glycol nionoimithyl to hasten transfer of the ink to the bnse
ether. Such ink may be conveniently material. The accelerator, further, acts
made up of the following: as a binder to hold the transferred ink
Color Pigment 3 lb. —
on the base material yet without any
Linseed Oil Varnish 4 lb. undesirable binding action on or adhe-
sive cling to the paper of the transfer
Copal Hesin % lb.
sheet.
Dibutyl Phfhalatc 1 lb.
Henzy] Alcohol I'z lb. The practical value of this ink-trans-
fer aecolerutor will be approcinted,
Another very satisfactory ink for use
when it is explained that a fair trans-
in conneetion is made up of the follow-
fer may be occasionally ctTected even
ing:
when the ink used for the printing of
Color Pigment 3 lb.
the transfer sheet is ordinary printing
Blown Pastor Oil 5 lb.
ink rather than a special ink as here-
(Juinarone Hesin % lb.
inabove described.
Lthvlene Glycol Monomothyl It is rccoinnu'ndod, however, that
‘
Lther P/a lb.
such special ink be employed in every
In making the ink, thorough grinding casi*; since nlwavs in transfer work the,
should not be supplied surplus beyond The base material is sprayed or other-
this to such an extent that smearing of wise coated with such solution, and
the half-tones of the design will occur. while sueh coaling is still moist, the
After the paper is printed, the sol- printed face of the transfer sheet is
vent content of the ink slowlv evapo- laid against the coated side of the base
rates, allowing the rcinaimler of the ink material, and the heat and pressure
to set but without drying eoTiipletely transfer efTected. Thus, at the time of
from the top surface of the printing heat and pressure transfer, the phenol
down to the paper. The ink remains
' and its still unevnporatod solvents on
thus only partially dry apparently for the base material, are applied to and
fin indefinite
period. The richly pig- squeezed under pressure and in the pres-
mented ink residue left on the paper as ence of heat against the printing of the
a result of the printing opemtion is transfer sheet and against the paper
only loosely connected with the fibers carrier, — this carrier having, as afore-
of the paper, and if pressure or friction said, not only a phenol content, but also
is applied, the deposited ink may have a residue of oilv or greasy matter. A
a large portion thereof easily removed, recommended formula for said solution
but not so easily as to be capable of is the following:
fying said lacquer. Excellent results in ately stnppeii idT bv manual pull with
ibis connection are obtained when ;i
out Ihi* ii.se of wafei or .solvents, ea.silv.
surplus of oil, as castor oil, is added to and without bluiring or smudging Ihi*
the lacquer. Such surplus oil contiml transferred printing Then the base
of the lacquer, at the time of the heat material may be tinislual in any ilesnrd
j
cement according to the following for- amounts sufficient to give a metallic co-
,\e('tone 7^)
The water soluble condensa-
initial
tion product of urea and fornialtlehyde stand oxernight and stir be
.\lloxv to
(when reacted in the proportion of one foie using. While tins xnrnish sepa
gram of the former and fixe cr. of the r.afes 111 two laveis and is cloudv, it will
4t) per cent .solution of tlie latter) has gixe n cle.ar film and should not be fil
hecn discovered to yield a highiv resis- len-d. No other sfdx enis or proportions
tant end product on treatment with .sali- of ingredients xx'il! proiluce as good
cylic acid. The latter, in solution in results.
a suitable organic .solvent mixture (e.g.,
ethyl alcohol, butyl alcohol and cthvl Wood-Oil Sfaml Oil (Thickened
lactate), is incorporated with the aque- Wood-Oil
ous solution of the initial ure.a-formal- A batch of raw wood-nil, in prefnr-
dehyde compound and enters into reac- ablx' oxer 10 gallons at a time, is
not
tion during the stnving operation. The heated ns rapidly as possible (within 20
compositions present features of inter- to 30 minutes) to 200° G. Pull otT from
est as protective coatings for articles the fire at tins temperature. The tem-
of non-ferrous metals, ineluding brass perature will rise automatieallv (polx'-
and aluminum. Application may be bv meri/ation) and as soon as a tempera
dipping or spraying, and the film is ture of 28()° C. is reached, the reaction
306 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
isslopped by tho nddition of 3 to 5 gal- is heated to 240-2C0® C. (464-500° F.)
lons of cold thin linseed stand-oil, so and tho temperature maintained until a
hat tho temperature falls to 210® C.
I small test taken from the batch and
As soon as the consistency of a thin thinned down with double the propor-
stand-oil is reached, further thickening tion of thinners after cooling down to
is stopped by pouring the oil into a cold normal temperature under tho tap,
large flat vessel. shows no signs of cloudiness. When
The oil thus cooled, now serves for this point is reached, and not before,
the quick cooling of the next batch of tho two thickened oils are added, and
thickened wood-oil. It is best to retain tho heating of tho batch is continued at
from tho cold thickened wood-oil ns 200-220® C. (302-428® F.) until a
much as is necessary for the next batch. further test remains quite bright, when
In the course of time, the linseed oil te.sted as just described. Tho batch is
content of the thickened wooil-oil will then allowed to cool down and during
decrease, and eventually be eliminated the cooling, first the driers, then finally
altogether, leaving pure thickened wood the thinners are added. In using a fluid
oil. siccative containing 2% metallic cobalt,
Unfortunately, raw wood-oil is some- tho quantity required for the above
times found on the market, that even at recipe is 15 lb.
a temperature of 2(!0® C. will not by
itsidf cause internal further rise of tem-
Enamel Varnish
perature nor polymeri/,!' further. It is,
therefore, recommended to make a pr<‘- Ingredients. —100 lb. Albertol lllL,
Iiminary test of each lu'w ilelivery of 160 lb. linseed stand-oil, 41) lb. thick-
wood-oil. This test is to show exactly ened wood-oil, 0.15 lb. cobalt (calcu-
wlu'n internal heating takes [dace. If
lated as metal), 125-175 lb. thinners.
at 2(i0® this internal heating does not
—
Procedure. The previously prejiared
set in, it will bo necessary to raise the thickened oils arc mixed and heated to
150® 0. (302® F.). Tho Albertol is then
temperature a further 5° to 10® C., or
at any rate, as high ns is required until
gradually fed into tho hot oils at such a
internal heating commences. rate that no accumulation of undis-
In this
case, tho cooling down with cold oil is solved Albertol takes place. Wlicn all
not carried out at 280" C., but at 285° the Albertol is in, tho batch is allowed
C, or 200® rt.
to cool, and during the cooling, first the
It is, therefore, necessary
driers nml finally the thinners are
to establish beforehand the proper tem-
perature forthe preparation of tho added. When using a liquid cobalt
w'ood-oil stand-oil, liecausi* the heating
drier containing 2% metallic cobalt, 7.5
lb, of tho liquid drier arc required for
of the wood oil has to be carried out
quickly, in one action. this formula.
The heating
must not be interrupted in any way, as
even by a temporary slight cooling or Loug-Oil Boat A^arnish (Yacht Varnish,
keeping at the same temperature for Marine or iSubmersihle Varnish,
<'ven a moment, tho wood-oil would be Nou-!Spotting Outside Varni.sh)
gelatinized by tho renewed heating.
Ingredients.— 100 lb. Albertol lllL,
300 lb. thiekened w’ood-oil, 0..3 lb. cobalt
(ealculntcd as metal), 100-300 lb. thin-
Medium Long-Oil Varnish for Inside ners.
ami Outside Use Procedure. — Tho previously prepared
Ingredients. — 100 Albertol 200L,
lb. thickened oil isheated to 150® C. (302°
100 lb. Varnish linseed oil. 125 lb. Lin- F.) and the Albertol is gradually fed
seed stand-oil, 75 lb. Thickened wood- into the hot oil, at such a rate that no
liil, 0.3 lb. Cobalt (calculated as metal), accumulation of undissolved Albertol
150-200 lb. Thinners. takes place. When all the Albertol is
—
Procedure. The varnish linseed oil is in. the batch is allowed to cool, and
heated to 150-200® 0. (302-.392® F.) and during the cooling, first the driers, then
the Albertol gradually fed into the hot finally the thinners are added. If a
oil, at such a rate that no accumulation fluid cobalt drier, containing 2% metal-
of undissolved Albertol takes place. lic cobalt bo employed, 15 lb. of it will
When the Albertol is all in, tho batch be required for this batch,
LEATHER, HIDES, SKINS, FURS
Chrome Tan Calf Finish
Pyro.xyliii 500
Gelatin I’t; 0/,.
'rricn-sO PliosfatO 120
Ca.sein 1 ()/.
Castor Oil 250
Borax •'/i 0/.
Shellac 2 oz. Crejie L'libber 50
Bextniio 3 ()/.
Benzol htlO
Patent Leather Softening Fmulsion The above are thoroughly mixed to-
(ihtenno \ %
2
Should a colored dressing be <lcsired a
Milk 10 %
proper dye may be added to tlic above
Watei to make 100%
solution to obtain desired shade.
The skin is also ironed to render the
film insoluble.
* Artificial Leather Base Temperature of mixing should not ex-
A. Water 100 coed 130° F.
Acetone 400
'riming Coat:
4 Ib.s. caustie soda and f) gallons of watci
for at lea.st 8 hours, making to original
Celluloid 100 gm.
volume with water, until saponification
Am^l Acetate 100 gm.
IS complete; often a further boiling is
Ethyl Acetate 50 gm. iK'ce.ssary. Then add the following pig-
Acetone Alcohol 300 gm.
ments:
Fusel Oil 300 gm.
Solvent Naphtha too gm. Venetian Red 3 lb.
Alcohol 100 gm.
Raw Umber 11 lb.
(histor Oil 125 gm. Brown Acid Dye 2 lb.
the irregular sliapc ot the huh' the dope iliicct black When all is togcllier iii the
IS applied by hand with a by 0" kettle should boil lor about one hour,
_\oii
swab and since it is bnished it is neces- tlu n add snllimcnt old water to make a <
'ury to use high boiling point solvimts tiil.al ot 3 gallons and then heal to about
and, in the case of b'ack oi patent ]2r/ F., ami slii well until mivtiiro is
For na'micsl ,\dviiors, Special Raw Matoriala, Equijunent, CoiiUinera, ate , conanlt Supply
Jection at end of hooV
310 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
2 qt, Hulplionated castor oil. again given a coat of finish, dried, glazed
4 oz. flaxs(!c(l. and finally boarded again.
(J oz. golatino.
4 nz. lo^'wood crystals.
1 Il». lamp blade. Dyeing Chrome Side Leather Black
4 oz. diicct Mai-k. Itecipe No. 1 Logwood and Bichromate
1 llj. \vliJto Borax chip soap. of l*otash. For dyeing 100 Ib.s. of
leather, washed and shaved ready for
coloiing, use:
"^plied after the barberry juice, e.g., a taken up. Then drain off all tho water
solution of fO per cent, of blood albumen and fat-liquor the leather with a suitable
in water should be applied, the goods fat-liquor, after which, black the grain
driod, glazed on the machine, boarded, on a table by brushing in logwood and
T.EATHER, HIDES, SKINS, FURS 311
then the eopperas or other stnkei. When Nit late of lion d o/..
Good 1 (Milts aie also .si'cured by fat- l>iinn the skins in this liquor, of which
liiliionng the leathei fust, thmi running there should b(“ 12 gallons at a tmiipera-
it in gambu'r oi palmetto and afteiwaids tiiK' ol 12<i" Fain, for twmity niimdes.
dyeing with logwood ami striker A ill the meautniK! dissolve' ni gallons of
better black, as to color and duiabilily, is boding water:
obtained by using titanium salts m place (’iqqieias 2 oz.
of iron liquor. Bluest one oz.
until dis.solved; Iheii add the iiistic paste Dveing Kangaroo Skins Black
and stir thoioughl) nm enough < old
;
m Recipe 1. For each 100 lb. of skins,
water to make 12 gallons of liquor Add
(Imsolve by boding in 10 gallons of
the Borax and then coho the skins by
watei
drumming them m the dve until the log-
wood IS taken up. The tempeiature of liOgwood Crystals IKs •'7,.
in a pad of hot water for each 100 lbs. Add r, gallons of cold water to the lifpior
of skins: and use it at J2
j® Falir. Drum the skins
in it for twenty minute's. While the
Titanium Potassium Oxalate 6 oz.
drum IS lunnmg, dissolve m a padful of
When the twenty minutes are up pour hot watei
this solution into a drum and drum the
skins ten or fifteen minutes longei. Then Bichromate of Potash 1 oz.
wash them m warm water and fat -liquor Pour tins solution into the drum and run
them. tlie drum ten minutes. Then diain the
Dyeing with Logwood Acetic Acid and liquor out of the drum and wash the ski^t^
To of
'
Nitrate of Iron. color 100 lbs, in three changes of water. They ate theft
skins use: ready to l»e fat-liquored.
Logwood Crystals 1^/^ lb. Recipe 2. A good color can be obtained
Black Nigrosine 1 oz. with logwood and titanium salts in the
312 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
lollowiujr manner: For every 100 lbs. of leather should l>o dampened, staked and
Kkins, boil until digsolved in 10 gallons tacked.
of water:
Logwood Crystals lb. Chrome Liquor
Fustic Paste 4 oi. The chrome liquor can also be made by
Borax 3 oz. dissolving ten pounds of sodium bi-
chromate in two gallons of water, and
In another tub dissolve in 10 gallons of
adding to this liquor ten pounds of sul-
hot water for every 100 lbs. of skins:
phuric acid. Then add to the solution six
Titanium Potassium Oxalate 5 oz. pounds of syrup gluco.se at intervals
allowing the agitation to subside befoio
I*ut the Kkins and half of the titanium adding another portion. This liquor
solution into the drum and run the dium should be diluted to 45 Bt!*., and fifteen
ten or fifteen minutes; then pour the log-
])ouml.s of it will tan one hundred pounds
wood liquor in and run tlu‘ diuin fifli'en
of skins. Th<‘ dry skin.s, after they have
minutes; finally, to develo]> the colour,
been wa.siied back, can be also cliroiiio
pout in the rest of the tianium solution
tanned wuh .six pounds of taiiolm dis-
and run the drum ten minutes longer.
solved in two gallons of boiling water.
Wash the skins and finish them, but have Drum the skins in the sidt water solution
1 11). of titanium stilt in the barrel of
ton minutes, then add the chrome liquor
seasoning and no foj)[ierus. The logwood
in portions of one-third at a time at in-
liquor should be increased to 1.3 gallons
tervals of one-luilf hour, dinmming for
by the addition of .3 gallons of cold water
two hours. Then dissolve and pour into
and used at a temperature of 125®
tho drum eight ounces of .‘.odium bicar-
Fahr.
bonate and drum one-half then add six
ounces more of the sudinm bicarbonate
Blacking Chrome Solo Leather and drum another hour. After the leathei
When the leather is blacked first and has been diaiued at least tweUe hoiiis
then stuffed, it is taken, a side at a time, it is washed and neutralized w'ltli Boiax,
hot water and run the drum fifteen min- greasy should be given a sig lioforo the
utes longer. The grain should receive logwood liquor is applied with a brush.
a good coat of cod or neatsfoot oil before The object of this treatment is to cut tho
the leather is diied. grease out of the grain so that tho log-
wood can penerato the grain. For this
Fat-Liquor for Chrome Glove Leather purpose a wairn solution of Borax is
The following is given as especially very beneficial. Tho strength of tho
suitable for glove leather: solution must depend upon tho condition
of the leather.
Olive Chip Soap 12 lb.
Glauber’s Salt 3 lb.
Borax 2 lb. Dressing Oil as an Alkali Fat-Liquor
Sod Oil 5 gal. with Boiax
Cod Oil 3 gal. Mix in a wooden tank arianged with
Neatsfoot Oil 1 gal. open steam cod. I’so .H to 5% of Boiux
Boil the fiist three ingredients foi one 111
Vj ^f water to of oil. Ileal the
liulf hour; then add the oils and boil mixture with steam. When tlu‘ Borax is
lignin about one-hiilf hour; then till up thoroughly di.ssolv('d and the mixture
tho barrel to moke fiO gallons of fat- stirred up, you will have a splendid fat-
liquor. Use 7 lbs. of this fiit-liquor for liquor which may bo used as Soon as it
100 lbs. of leather. Dilute it with hot is cold.
'riicre should be twelve gallons of it. The black they can be daikoned further. For
preparation of sheejiskins is about as fol- 50 skins take 5 gallons of logwood in-
lows: They are dewooled with a paint of fusion, and pass the skins through it
sodium sulphide and lime or one made tlirce tinu'S. Them the skins are immersed
of lime and red arsenic; limed for a few in a bath of sulphate of copper. Binso
days in clear white lime. the skins in water, sot out by machine,
ajiply a light coat of neatsfoot oil and
tity of blue aniline in warm water, heated pliable, after which it nmy Ihi rubliod
to the boiling point. If a purple-black is with line .‘uindpaper and pumice stone to
required, an additional quantity of Borax obtain a smooth linish.
and a small quantity of blue umliuo
should bo added, the quantities to bo
The For Tanning White Goat Skins
legulatcd by the shade required.
sides are run in this liquor for 20
} o/ !^u'plKite of Aluminum
minutes. 4 o/.. Sulplmte of l'ota.''li
cerine are used. First dissolve the shellac flesh. Roll them iij> and allow them to
in water, to which has been added the stand for a day oi two then arm crutch
ammonia; then dissolve haematin, nigio- them.
.sine and chrome leather black; stir the
whole together until fairly cold. Give the For Tjinning Snake Skins
sides a coat of this and air off, then A combination tannage is best. 'I'he
gla/e; then another coal, and gla/c again, ingrodii'nts are salt, aliiiii, gambior and
after which they can be grained and are common flour. One third of each of the
ready to be sent out. chemicals and one jiound of (lour. Cover
with alioul a eoiqde of gallons of water.
Tanning Fur Skins Add about five ounces of Borax make
the skins soft.
Cut off the useless parts of the skin,
and then soften it by soaking, .so tiiat
all flesh and fat may be scraped from The Graining Process
the inside with a blunt knife. Soak the
Graining i.s nn art well understood in
skin next in warm water for an hour, moioi'co ljni.''lung, and theiefore it i.s not
and during that time mix equal quanti- nece.ssary to descnlte it in much detail.
ties of Borax, saltpetre and Glauber salts somi'time.s biiused on the
'I he skill
i.s
with enough water to make a thin paste'. llesh befoie giaining, but the geiieial
About half an ounce of each ingredient idea is to get a.s pionouiieed a maikiiig ns
will give enough for an opossum skin,
possible, and tins i.s done by ciossing ami
and projiort innately more will be required iiciosMiig in the ordmaiy way. Morocco
fur larger ones. When the skin has giainiiig, liowcvor, is a jjrocess in winch
soaked in the warm water, lift it and
tlieie is e\ery opi>oTtuinty for tlic woik-
sjiread it out flat, so that the paste may
iiiau to use his bianis and ('xpi'ru'nce, and
be applied with a bru.sh to the inside lor tins icason none Iml the best woikmcu
of the .skin; more paste will be required
aie uMially employed for this imijiose.
wliere the .skin is thiek than where it is
After giaining in the danqi state, tho
tlimner. Double the .skin together, flesh skn.s aie aired olf, and a eoat of the fol-
side inwards, and put it in a cool place
lowing season carefully applied. Dissolve
fur twenty-four hours, at the end of hot m
1 to 0 ounces best orange shellac
which time should be washed clean, and
it
wa'er, and add 2 oiinees of Borax, mak-
treated in the same way as before with a ing up (he whole into six gallons of finish.
mixture of one ounce of sodium carbonate
(washing soda), one-half ounce Borax
and tw’o ounces hard, white soap; these Blacking Kangaroo Calf and flides
must be melted slowly together without After stock has been stuffed and diied
being allowed to boil. The skin should out it should lay some days to mellow
tlicn be folded together again, and put down. Then yellow back it. Take a 50-
in a warm place for twenty-four hours. gallon barrel and put in;
After this, dissolve four ounces alum, 10 gal. of Water
eight ounces salt, and two ounces sodium gal. Neatsfoot Oil
1
carbonate (baking soda) in suflkient hot 1 lb. Hal Soda
water to saturate the skin; the water 1 lb. of Borax
used should be soft, preferably rain 5 lb. of Turmeric
water. When this is cool enough not to
Boil well, then fill up barrel with cold
scald the hands, the skin should lie im-
water in drum apif 12 pails mixture
^
mersed and left for twelve hours; then
wring it out and hang it up to dry. The and turn 1.5 to 20 minutes, thw take out
soaking and drying must lie repeated two and color as follows:
to bleach dark loatlier, submerge same in hide for a few days before it is prepared
a solution composed of for tanning.
The directions hero given have been
4 ounces Borax
prepared for a single heavy cow, steer, or
4 ounces Oxalic Acid
bull hide weighing from 40 to 70 pounds
thoroughly dissolved in or for an equivalent weight in smaller
1 gallon of water. skins, such us calf or kip skins. The
heavy hides are best suited for sole, hai
iie.ss, or belting leather. Lighter hides
Deliming Hides and Skins weighing from 20 to 40 pounds should be
Lizaid and Python Skins.
Crocodile, used fur luce leather.
The dehydrated skins are restored by
soaking in cold water .softened with 8 lbs, Preliminary Operations
of borax per 1,U00 gallons, worked over Before it is tunned a hide or skin
the beam on the flesh side, and limed to must bo put through the following pre-
loosen the scales and separate tlie fibers. liminary operations. As soon as the hide oi
The sl|^s are givim lU to 15 days in skin has been put through these processes,
fairly Mellow lime liquors (no sodium stait the tanning, following the direction^-
sulphidM and hauled daily. The strength given for the particular kind of leather
of the Imo liquor i.s maintained by small desired.
additions of lime paste on alternate days, Blaxing Lime
'riie scales are removed with an unhairing
knife, swollen flesh detached, and the Put from 6 to 8 pounds of burnt or
pelts wa.shcd in a paddle with running caustic lime in a clean half barrel,
lime with 2 lbs. boric acid per 100 lbs. If available, fresh hydrated lime, not
skins, paddling for two to three hours; air-slaked, may
bo used instead of the
then a clear HoO wash. burnt or caustic lime. In this case use
Bates stock immersed in water con- from 8 to 10 pounds in 4 or 5 gallons of
taining Fastan to bring gravity to 1® DC. water.
On next day strengthen liquor to 2® BC. Soaking and Cleaning
On 3rd day, strengthen to 3® Remove If the hide has been salted, shake it
skins on fourth day and place in IIj'po vigorously to remove most of the salt.
bath for 24 hours. Then wash and fat Spread it out, hair side down, and trim
liquor. off the tail, head, ears, all ragged edges,
and shanks.
Home Tanning of Leather and Fur Skins Place the hide, hair side up, length-
Preparation of the hide or skin for wise, over a smooth log or board, and,
tanning may be started as soon as it has with a sharp knife, split it from neck to
been takaji off the animal, drained, and tail, straight down the backbone line,
cooled from the body heat. Overnight into two half hides, or “sides." It will
will be long enough. If tanning is not be more convenient in the later handling,
to be started at once or if there are more especially when the tide is large, to then
LEATHER. HIDES. SKINS. FtTRS 31
split each sidelengthwise through the knife. Finally wash off with a bucketful
“break/’ just above the flanks, mto two of clean water.
strips, making the strip with the back- The side miust be soft, pliable, nnd
bone edge about twice as wide as the clean all over befoie being put into tho
Indly strip. Thus a whole hide will give lime, which is the next step.
two sides or four strips. If desired,
small skins need not be split. In these Liming
directions “side” means side, strip, or Wash out tho soak barrel. Pour in all
skin, as tho case may be. of the .‘linked lime; neaily fill tho bar-
Fill a 50-gallon band with de.an, cool rel with clean, cool water; and stir
water. Place the sides, flesh side out, thoroughly. Place tho sides, hair side
o\er short sticks or pieces of rope and out, again over the short sticks or pieces
hang them in the barrel of watei. Let of lope, and hang them in the barrel so
tlii'in soak for two or three luuiis. Stir that they are completely co\eied by the
tliem about fieipieiitly t« soften, loosen, limewater. Set‘ tliut the sidi's have as
and wash out the bloo<l, dirt, ninmiie, and f.-w' folds or wi inkles as po.ssible and also
salt. The sticks or pieces of lope may be be sine that no air is trapped under them.
lu'ld in jilacc by tj’iiig a loop of coid on Keep the bairel eovered with boaids or
eai-liend ami catching tlie loops o\er nails bags. Pull up tlie siiies and slir the lime-
in the outside of the band near the top. water lliiee Ol four limes each day until
After soaking for about three horns the hair will come off easily. Tins takes
take out tlio sides, one at a time, and from (i to 10 days in summer and pos-
place them, hair side up, over a “beam.” sibly as many a.s 1(1 days in winter.
A ready-made beam can be bought. A Wln-n tlioroiiglily limed, the hair can
faiily satisfactory one may be made fioin be 111 (bed
I off leadily wilh the hand.
a very smooth slali, log, or thick planed Uarly in the liming piocess it will be pos-
lioard, from 1 to 2 feet wide ami 0 to S sible to pull out the hair, but the liidi*
feet long. The slab or log is inclined, must Ih‘ left in the limewatei until the
with one end resting on the ground and hair comes off by iiibliiiig ovei with the
the other extending o\er a box oi ticstle hand. For harness ami bcllnig leatheis
so as to be about wal^t high. lca\i‘ tlie hide in th<‘ limewatei foi from
With the side lying hair side up over .'tto f) days aft(>r this eondition lias been
all this material. When it can not bo sharp knife, with a motion like that of
scraped off, cut it off, but be careful not shaving the face.
to cut into the hide itself. Even should Now proceed as directed under “Bark-
there appear to be no flesh to take off tanned sole and harness leather,” '
Tho lime, lirncwater, sludge, and flesh- the deliming, over sticks, and hang them
ings from the liming process may 1x3 in this bark liquor with as few folds and
used as fertilizer, being particular// good wrinkles as po.ssible. Move the sides
for acid soils. The hair, as it is scraped about and change their position often in
from the hide, may he collected sepa- order to get an even color.
rate!/, and, after being liiiaed sevcial .lii'^t a- .<5oon as (he .sides have been
times, ma/ be used in plastering. If de- huag in tlie bark liquor, again .soak from
.;() to 40 pouiiiLs of ground baik in
sired, it can bo thoroughl/ washed A\itli about
many changes of water until absolutely 20 gallon.s of hot water. Let this second
clean and, after being diied out in a baik liquor stand until tlie sidn !m\e
wann place, can bo used for j):idding, become (weiily coloieil, or for fium 10 to
upholstering, insulation of pipes, etc. 15 days. Tal:e out of the taiinuig band
5 gallons of liquor and pour
in about oiie-
qiiarter of the .sei'ondbark liquor. Also
Bark-tanned Solo and Harness Leather add about 2 quails moie of vinegar and
stir it 111 well. Five days later add an-
Deliming other fmirth of the tan liquor only (no
After tho aides have been put through Do this eveiy 5 days until tho
\ Illegal ).
the unhairing and fleshing opeiations, second baik liquor is used up.
rinse them with clean water. Wash the The progK'ss of tho tanning varies
aides in cool, clean water for from six to somewhat with conditions and can best bo
eight hours, changing the water fic- followed by inspecliiig a small sliver cut
quently. fiom the edge of tin' liide. About .'5.5
Buy5 ounces of U. S. P. lactic acid days after the actual tanning has bci'u
(or 1(5 ounces of tannery 22 pi'r cent started a fiesh cut should show two daik
lactic acid). Nearly till a clean -10 to 50 or brown luinow' stieaks about as wide
gallon band with clean, cool water, and a.s a heavy pencil line coming in fioin
stir in tho lactic acid, mixing thoroughly each suiface of the hide.
with a paddle. Hang tho sides in tlio At this stage wi'igli out about 40
barrel and leave them theie for 21 hours, ])ouiids of fmo bark and ju^t moisten it
pulling them up and stirring frequently. with hot water. Do not add moi(‘ water
Take out the sides, woik ovi'r or than the baik wall soak up. Pull tho
‘‘scud” them thoroughly, as directed snh's out of the baik Iniuor and dump
under “Ihihniring, ” and hang them in in the moi''tened baik, keejiing in the
a barrel of cold water. Change the watei band as iniich of tin* old tan liquor aS
several times, and leave them in
tiiially po.s.vible. Mix tliorouglily and while mix-
tho water overnight. ing hang the snh'S hai-k in the barrel.
If lactic acid can not bo obtained, use Aitiially bary them in tlie baik. All
a gallon of vinegar iimtead. paits ol the sides must bi' kept well down
in the baik mixture. Leave the sides in
Tanning this baik foi about six weeks, moving
Tho sides are now leady
for the actual them about once in a while.
tanning. From 15 to 20 da}s before this At the end of six weeks pull the sides
stage will bo reached weigh out from .'U) out. A cutting .should show that the tan-
to 40 pounds of good-quality, linely- ning has spread nearer to the center. Pour
ground oak or hemlock baik and ]>imr out about half tho lupior. Stir the baik
onto it about 20 gallons of boiling W'.ater. in the band, hang the sides back, and
Finoly-giound baik, with no jiarlicle.s (illthe band with ficsh, finely ground
larger than a grain of coni, will give the bark. Le;ue the sides in for about two
best results. Simply chopping the bail; inunlhs, shaking tho barrel from time to
into coar.'io pieces will not'do. Do not let time and adding bark and water as
the tan liquor come in contact with Iron needed to keep the sides completely
vessels. Use the purest water available. e()\e]od.
Rain water is best. At the end of this time the hide should
Let this bark infusion
stand in a bo evenly coloied all tho waiy through,
covered vessel until ready to use it. Stir witliout any white or raw streak in the
it occasionally. When ready to start center of a cut edge. If it is not struck
tanning, strain off the bark liquor through, it must lie left longer in tho
through a clean, coarse sack into the tan- wet bu'k, and more bark may bo needed.
ning barrel. Fill tho barrel about three- For harness, strap, and belting leather
qlllMrt^rs full with water, rinsing the bark tho side.s may bo taken out of the baik
this water so ns to get out as much liquor at this stage, but for sole leather
tannin as possible. Add 2 quarts of vine- they must be left for two months longer.
LEATHER, HIDES, SKINS. FURS 319
When fanned through tho sides are
fully —
Sole leather. Take the .sides from the
ready for oiling and finishing. tan liquor and liu^ie them thoroughly with
clean water. Hang them up until they
Oiling and Finishing are only damp and then apply a good
Harness and })clting leather. —Take the coating of neat’s foot or cod oi! to tho
gram or hair side. Again hang them up
sides fioni tlie tan luiuor; nn.^e them oil
A\ith water; and scour the giain or haii until they are thoroughly diy.
side thoioughly with plenty of warm When rcj'ainng sliuos with this leather
water and a stiff luush. Tlien go o\er it is advisable, alter cutting out the jucco
[lie sides with a “slicker,” pie-'snig the for suliiig, to dampen and Immincr it
slicker firmly against tiic leather while down well, and tlum, after jintliiig it on
jnishing it away tiom tlieln.id\. “K’lck” the to miike it wateijirnnf and more
.‘'line,
out on the giain or hair side in all direc- serviceable by setting the shoe in a shal-
tions. For hainess, belting, and the like low pan of melted grease or oil and
this .scounng and slicking out must be letting it stand for abnut In minutes.
cop])er or biass about one-foniih inch not lie put III oil or gicase. Tlii' soles of
thick, 6 inclies long, and 4 inches wide. shot's with inblu'r lo'cl.s may be vvalt'r-
One long edge of the sl.eker is mounted proofed in the same wtiy, using a pu' pan
in a wooden handle and lie otlier long
I
for tho oil or gn'ase and pl.acing tho
(‘<lg(> is finislu'd smooth and wi'll ronndeil.
heels out'-'ide (he pan. Anv good nil or
A pK'ce liatdwood, about t> inclie.s
of gtt'a'-t* W'l 1 dn. q'lie following foriiiultis
squaie, ]]'< inches thick at the head, and have bet'll fouinl salisfaeloiy
ing or burlap.
Formnlti 3:
When uniformly damp and limber,
evenly bru'di or mof) o\er the gtaiii or J’l'litilatum 8
hair .side a thick co.iling of waiin dubbin I’aial.iii \iax 4
about equal pails of cod oil and tallow ('inde Tiiipcntlno Oiim (gum
or ncat’s-foot oil and tallow. his dub- 'J Til us) 2
bin when cool must be suit and pasty,
but not liquid. Formula 4:
Hang up the sides again and leave Tallow 12
until thoroughly dned. When dry, sciape Cud Oil 4
off tlie excess tallow by working over with
the slicker. If more grease in the leather
Clironif-tanncd Lcallicr
is desired, damiien again and aj'ply an-
Wdien again dry, remove the tallow and riioie generally known baik or vcgctablo-
thoroughly work over all jiarts of the tanned leather. The chrome piui'css,
leather with the slicker. Rubbing over which takes only a few weeks as against
with sawdust wdll help to take up any as many rnonihs for the Laik-lauuuig
surface oiiincss. procc'S, derives its name fiom the use
If it is desired to blacken the leather, of cht micals containing chioniium or
this must be done before groasaig, A “chiomc. ” H IS a elieniieal jnocO.-s le-
black dye solution can be made by dis- tpiiring great caie. It is felt, however,
(about 90° F.) water and let them stay At the same time dissolve, in a luro(*
tlieio for fiom four to eight hours tub or half bane), 12 pounds of chronit*
Ixd'oro putting them info tlie lactic acid. alum (cliiuiimim jiotassium sulphate ciys-
Stir the sides about occasionally. Be sure tals) in y gallons of cool, clean walei.
that the water is not too hot. It never
This will take .some time tu dissolve and
should bo so hot that it is uncomfortably will need frequent stirring. Here again
warm to the hand.
it is important to use only the very dark,
For each laigo hide or skin buy 5 haul, glossy, purple or pliim-colorcd ciys-
tals of cliiorne alum, not tho lighter,
ounces of U. S. F. lactic acid (or IG
ounces of tannery 22 per cent lactic ciumbly, dull laveuder ones.
acid). Nearly fill a clean 40 to 50 gal- When till! chemicals are dissolved,
lon barrel with clean, cool water, and which can bo told by feeling around m
stir in the lactic acid, mixing Ihoioughly the tubs wilh a paddle, pour tho soda-
with a paddle. Hang the sides in the salt solution slowly in a thin stream into
freshly cut edge of the piece. If the cut dissolve 2 pounds of borax in about 40
edge seems to be evenly colored greenish gallons of clean water and soak the sides
or bluish all the way through, the tan- in this solution overnight. For hides and
ning is al)out finished. Boil the small skins weighiug less than 25 pounds, use
j)iece inwater for a few minutes. If it 1 pound of borax in about 20 gallons of
curls up and becomes hard or rubbery, water. Move the sides about in the borax
the tanning is not completed and the solution as often as feasible. After soak-
sides must be left in the tanning solution ing ovoi night in the borax solution, re-
for a few days longer, or until a small move the sales and wash them for an
piece when boiled in water is changed entile day, cliuiigiiig the w’ater fi\e or six
little if at all. limes. Take the sides out, let the water
The foregoing quantities and directions diaiii otr, mill j>iocecd as directed under
have been given for a medium or large “IHeing lilack,’’ ur, if it is not desired
hide. For smaller hides and skins the to black« ii the leather, proceed as directed
quantities of chemicals and water can be undci “Oiling and liiiishiiig.
mg ami lini.slnng.
'
thosidesout on a wall or tie them in frames J'^^r^iess, straps, reins, and similar articles
being sure to pull them out tight and
®tr(?tch.
smooth, and leave them until dry. When
dry take down and dampen well by dip- bhrome leather for shoe soles must be
,
he.avily greased, or, in other word.s, water-
ping in warm water or by rolling them
up in wet .sacking or liurlap. When uni- prooieu, unless u is lo ne worn in ex-
formly damp and limber go over the sides tremely dry regions. Waterproofing may
with a “slicker,” pressing the slicker be done after repairing the .'^hoes by .sot-
firmly against the leather, while pushing ting them in a shallow pan of oil oi
it away from the body. “Slick” out on gicasc 80 that just the soles arc covered
the giain or hair side in all diiections.
liy the grea.se. The soles should be diy
After slicking it may be necessary to before they are set in the melted giease
“.^take” the leather. This i.s done by Melted pnrallin wax will do, although it
pulling the dami> leather vigorously back makes tlie soles stiff. The simple for-
and forth over the edge of a small smooth mulas given are sati.sfactoiy for watei-
board about feet long, <1 inches wide,
.‘1
pioofing chiome sole leather.
and 1 inch thick, fastened upright and
briK'od to the floor or ground. The lop
end of the boaid must be shaved down Alum-tanned Laee Leather
to a wedge shape, with the edge not more
Deliming
than one-eiglith inch thick and the cornois
well roundeii. Pull the side.s, flesh side After the sides have been put through
down, backward and forward over this the unliaiiiiig and fleshing operations,
edge, exactly us a cloth is worked back iimse them off with cool, eh‘an water for
ami forth in poli.shing shoes. fiotn SIX lo eight hours, changing the
and slick and stake as before. The more lactic acid). Nearly fill a clean 40 to 50
time given to slicking and slaking, the gallon bariol with clean, cool waier and
smootlier and more pliable the leather will stir in the lactic acid, mixing thoroughly
taJsmust bo oloar and glassliko. Do not from the body. Slick out on the grain
me white cnutid lumps. or hair side in all diiectioms.
Pour the soda solution into the alum Alum-tanned leather tilmost invariably
solution in the barrel very, very slowly, drie.s out the fiist time haid and stiff.
stirring the solution in the barrel con- It must bo dampem'd again and lestaked
stantly. Take at least 10 minutes while diying. In sonu' caae.s thi.s must
to poi^r in the soda solution in a small b«' done lepeatedly and another upjilica-
streaih. If the soda is pouied in ia[)idly tion of dubbin may be necesstiry. By r»'-
the solution will become milky and it will jx'ated dampening, .sinking, and .slicking
not tan. The solution should l»e cool, ami the leather can be made us so It and
enough water to nearly till the banel I'liable as desired.
should be added.
Hang each well-washed side fiom tin*
deliming in the alum-soda solution. Pull Tanning Pur Skins
up the sides tuid .‘^tir the solution oi
Much of the Milne of a fur skin de-
eight times each day. l>o not jmt the
jiends upon the mannei m wliicli it ts
bare hands in the Inpior if the\ :ue cut handled in the law si.ilr. Aftei the ani-
or citicked or ha\e soie.s on them. has
mal been cniiuhl. ('\ei\ ciVoil slionld
After six or seven da\s leimne the be made to Ltllow the bi’sl pinciices in
shh'.s fioin the alum-sodti s(>lution tuul sloniiing and curing, in order li) obtiiin a
nn^e well foi about cpiaitei of tin hour .skill ol llie gieat(‘st possible \iibie. (’ei-
in ( lean, cold w titer. be tollow'cd
t.mi tiade cnstoni.s also must
to secure the top iirice. Pur skins
Oiling tuid rinishing :is a protection nii' n nece.s.sity for
Let the snh's iliain and <lty out slowly. lliiise living m cold climnles, but coin-
Wilde still \eiy dam]) go o\er the giain paiatively lew nie tisi'd for tins piiijiose.
or htiir side with ti liheial coating of \lost ot the fill skins tiie made into
neat's- foot oi cod oil. Aft<*r the oil has aitich’s winch jue nioie oi Ic-s of a
gone in tind the sides have dried a little luMiiy, :ind as such tne valued laigely by
more, but tiie still slightly damj), begin their aiqieaiaiice tind tinisli which an in-
to work them over a “stake.” 'I'he time expetnmci'd woiker «‘an si'ldoin imike sulli
to stnit staking is imjiortaiit. The sides cnmlly pleasing, Pnitliciiiioie, law fur
must not be too dtimp; neither mu-'t tlu'v skins aie valuable, ami, if well cansl for,
be too (by. When light spots or light nsimlly find :i rea<ly inaiket. Neveilhe-
stietiks apj’car on folding it is time to h's.s, the spread between 1hi‘ jnices paid
begin staking. Alum-tanned leather must for law turs and tliosi' demanded for
be thoiringlily :ind fi(‘(|nentl\ sttiked. (ini,shed nr nit teles is onoimons.
I No
Slaking IS done by pulling the dam]) doubt, tins sptead in lining instances in-
leatliei vigiiiously back and loith o\ei spiMVS the !ilti‘ni|»ts at home iiiaiiii fact ijie.
the edge of ti small, snio.itli boaid, te- ,\n in(‘\()ei icnced jierson slionld not tiy
di'sciibed. The sides nn^t be staked to tan viiliinble- lur skins ot laigi* hides,
thoroughly all over in order to make them such ;is ctittli*. lioi.se, oi lietii, loi making
pliable and soft, and the ^faking must into <-o:ifs, lolies, oi mgs 'I'ln' imk of
!'(' (oiilimied at iiiteual.s until the l(‘alher damage or of an uii.sat islm'lory jnoduct,
is dry. ;is measured by the usual standiuds oi
Wiien dry, damjien the sides
evenly (inish and apjicaiance, ts too gioat. The
by dipping them in water or by leaving (lilliculties m jirojmrly handling largo
them overnight covcied with w('t burlap hides make the cliuncfs of success remote,
or sack.s. to the grain nr hair side
Apply e\ce()tby those having suit.able equip-
a thick coating of warm dul bin. d'his ment ami expi'iience. Moreovci, tanning
dubbin is made by melting together about tin' skill is only one step in the pKaluction
of the article. After being lan-
equal parts of neat’s-foot oil and t.aPow linislu-d
or cod oil and tallow'. When cool, the iK'd, all .skins must bi' tailored, many
dubbin must be soft and pa.sty but not imjst be dye<l, and simill ones must bo
liquid. If too nearly hqnnl, add more mat<-lied, blended, and sewed together.
ttillow. Leave the greased side.s, prefer- All tlic.se opeiations rcquiie oxjienciico
ably in a warm place, until dry. Scrape and piiictico to secure the attractive tiji-
off the excess tallow and again stake the pearam-e desired by wearers of furs./
sides. If the leather i.s too hard and stiff,
Some ot the operations, such as tlio.se of
dampen it evenly wdth water bet ore bleaching tind dyeing, are so highly
specialized that their undertaking should
staking.
After staking, go over the sides with a not even be eon.sideied liy an amateur.
“.slicker,” pressing the slicker firmly From the standpomt of serviceability and
against the leather, while pushing it away usefulness, inexperienced persons might
324 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
meet with a fair degree of success in tan- The time of soaking depends upon the
ning aud tailoring fur skins, but few can condition of the skin. Some skins re-
ever hope to make a fur piece or garment quire only about two hours, while others
which will compare favorably in appear- need a much longer time. Very hard
ance with the sliop or factory product. skins often must bo thoroughly damp-
Alum-tanned leather almost invariably ened, rolled up, fur side out, and put
dries out the first time hard and stiff. away in a cool place overnight to softon.
It must be dampened again and lestaked While a skin must be soaked until soft,
while drying. In some cases this must it should not stay wet longer than neces-
be done repeatedly and another applica- sary, as the hair may start to slip.
tion of dubbin may be necessary. By re- In fleshing and scraping, care also must
peated dampening, staking, and slicking bo taken not to injure the true skin or
the leather can be made as soft and expose the hair roots, especially on thin
pliable as desired. skins.
When the soaking is well advanced and
Tanning Fur Skins the skin is getting in good shape, work it
in lukewarm water coutaining an ounce
No formulas for tanning are foolproof
of soda or borax to the gallon. Soap also
and success can be attained only by closo
observation, plenty of woik, and the exer-
may bo added. This treatment promotes
softening, cleans the skin, and cuts the
cise of care and patience.
All skins aio
grease.
not treated just alike. In fact, each skin
ha^ its own peculiaritie.s, which only ex- Work again over the beam and finally
perience can show how to treat. rinse thoroughly in lukewarm water.
Some
skins are tough and faiily thick and will Squeeze out most of the water, but do
not wring tho skin. Without further dry-
stand mistreatment; others arc very thin
ing, woik the skin in gasoline, using sev-
and tender aud are easily ruined. Some
eral changes if very much dirt and grease
are fat and greasy and require thorough
working out of the grease; others do not. are present. Squeeze and hang up tho
An inexperienced person should experi- skin for a few minutes.
ment with the least valuable skins. If a The skill should now bo ready for tan-
number of skins of the same kind are to ning. When painting or pasting of the
be tanned, one or two of the poorest tan liquor on tho flesh side only is in-
should bo tried first. cluded in the directions for tanning, it is
best to dry out tho hair or fur side first
Soaking and Fleshing by woiking in sawdust. In this way any
The step to get skin
heating of tho fur side while the skin is
first is the
thoroughly softened, tacked out is avoided, as arc also matting
cleaned, and free
from flesh and giease. and stitfening of tho fur. If while dry-
Split the tail the entire length on the
ing out the fur, the flesh side becomes
underside. If the skin is “eased,
too dry, it must bo evenly dampened with
split
it neatly down the middle of the belly. a wet cloth before applying tho tan-
liquor.
Soak it in several changes of clear, cool
water. When the skin begins to soften,
Combination Tannago
lay it on a beam or smooth pole and begin
thoroughly mix a little olive oil or gly- Finally, to clean and brighten tho
cerin With the paste. tanned skin, tumble or work it repeatedly
Soak, soften, and clean the skin as pre- in dry, warm sawdust, preferably hard-
viously described and tack it out flat and wood sawdust, or bran or cornmeal. Clean
smooth, flesh side up. Apply fjom two these out of (ho fur by gentle shaking,
to three coatings of the paste, depending beating, combing, and brushing.
upon ^e thickness of the skin. Only The Ih'-li side may bo smoothed if ne-
thick slins require three coatings. Each ccs.sary by woiking over a sandpaper
coating should be about one-eighth inch 1 lock. Thus abo helps to further soften
thick and should be applied at intervals the skin. If desired, tho thicker sections
of a day. Between applications the skin of the skin may bo nmdo thinner and
should be kept covered with sach.ng or more flexible by shaving off some of the
paper. Scrape off most of the old coat- skin or hulo.
ing before putting on a new one. After
the last coating has been applied, spiead Salt -Alum 'J'unnago
out the skin uncovered or hang it up to Tho salt-alumjirocef'S, an old method
dry slowly. for fur-bkin tanning, is widely used. It
When practically diy, wash off the
isconsidered slightly betti'r than tho sult-
flour paste, rinse for several minutes in aeid tannage, being a little more jii'mia-
Walter containing an ounce of bonix to iient and, when earned
jiiojicily out, giv-
the gallon, then in water alone. {Squeeze ing skins which liu\o a little more stretch
out most of the water. Put the skin over and flexibility. It often happens, hovy-
a beam and slick it out \\c'll on the flesh e\er, that alum-tanned skins eoiiio oilt.
hide with the back of a knife or edge of stiir and haul and must lie repeatedly
a wooden slicker, thus woiking out most woiked aiul .sometimes rotarined.
of the W'uter. Again tack the akin out A .salt-alum taiiniug solution may bo
smoolhly, flesh side up, and apply a thin made up in tho following projiortion.s:
coating of any animal fat, frihli butlei J ]K)und of ammonia alum or potash alum,
being paiticularly good, or a nondrying dis.sol\<‘d in 1 gallon of water; 4 ounces of
oil, such as neat’s fool, castor, or olive wiisliiiig soila (crystullizi'd sodium car-
oil. Glycerin or a soap may be ubcd in- bonate) and 8 ounces of salt, dissolved
stead of the greaso or oil. If the skin together in oni'Iialf gallon of water.
originally was \eiy giea-sy. It may not bo When dissolved, ]>our the soda -salt solu-
ncce.ssaiy to apply any oil.
tion veiy slowly into tho alum solution
When mnirly dry, but still slightly while st II ring vigorously.
damp, begin to work the skin in all direc- Till) skin, cleaned and softened as pre-
tions, stretching it fiom corner to corner viously described, may be tanned by im-
and working the flesh side o\er a stake or niiT.sion in tins solution for from two to
a wooden edge, such as the back of a li\e days, dejauiding ujion its tiuckness.
chair or piiKie of board clamped in a vise. Heenuse of tlio action of alum on somo
The time to begin working is importiuit fuis it may be best, as a geneial rule,
and is best judged from experience. The to ap[dy tho tunning liquor as a paste to
skm must not bo too wet; neither must tho flesh Hide only.
it be too dry. Tho appearance of a few Mix tho tan liquor as used with sufli-
light spots or a light streak on folding is eient flour to make a thin paste. Add
a good indication of the time to start the flour in small quantitii'S, with a littlo
w 01 king the skin. water, and mix thoroughly to avoid
Work the skin in all directions back lumps. Tack the skin out smoothly, flesh
and forth, as if shming shoes with a .side up. Ajiply a coating of the paste
cloth. The skin may also be worked this about one-cightli inch thick and cover the
way through smooth metal rings. Much skin. The next day scrape off most of
of the success in getting a soft skin lies the paste and give another coating.
in this repeated working, which must be Apply altogether, at intervals of a day,
done while the skin w drying out, not from two to three coalings, depending
after tt is dry. If tho skin is not soft upon the thickness of the skin. Only
enough when dry, it must bo evenly damp- thick skins should need as many as three
ened and worked again while drying. This treatments. Leave the last coating on
may be repeated several times if ne- for three or four days. Finally scrape
cessary. off and rinse clean in water, putting m
After softening and drying out it is about an ounce of borax to the gallon of
wen to give the skin a hasty bath in gaso- water. Rinse at last in water only.
line. If the skin is grea.sy, this must be Work over tho Iicam to remove most of
done. This also helps to deodorize some the water. Stretch tho skin out flat and
^ins, such as those of the skunk. sponge over tho flesh side with a thin
326 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Boap paste. After tliis has gone in, apply of grease or oil. Leave the skin stretched
a thin coating of oil. Leave the skin to dry, and while still damp woik and
Bticlohcd out to dry, and while it is still stake as described.
damp, work and stake as described, wet- Finally clean in gasoline and sawdust,
ting and working repeatedly if necessary. and finish by shaking, b( ating, sand-
Finally, clean in gasoline and sawdust papering, brushing, and combing.
and finish as described above.
5 lb. of chrome alum dissolved in 10 gal. ing about 32% of mercuric nitrate, SOCo
of water at 70® F. and paddled for 2 of free nitric acid and 4S% of water.
hours. A solution of 3 lb. of washing This solution is about the same as the
soda is then run in and the process con- mercuric nitrate carrotiug solution ordi-
tinued for a further 2 hours. The skins nal ily used.
are then left for 12 hours, rinsed, and Then lake one half gallon of the abo\e
then washed in a bath containing per solution, dilute it with three gallons of
cent, borax on the weight of the skins. water and add thereto about one ami one
The patented process is that to the half gallons of water containing about
above chrome solution, CO grm. of for- one half ounce of ammoiiium llmoide. To
maldehyde are added to every 10 litres the u-sultiiig solution thon add two and
of chrome solution. After proper tan- ono half gallons of a eoinmercial peroxide
ning, the skins are rinsed and while moisr solution (u.sually about 3% strength)
are subjected to treatment with chloride and tiniilly two and one linlf gaHoms of
of lime, being woiked for 15 minutes in water.
the cold in a solution of 120 gim. hydro-
cliloiic acid (32° Tw.) per 10 litres. Fur l)\o iM 01 (hints
Then, without rinsing, they are trans- 1 . 1 gr. KoCroUj
ferred to a bath containing the clear solu- to 1 lilcr
(•.5 };r. c I earn of tnit.ir
tion left finm suspending 2 to 4 grm. of water
0.1 gr. CUISO 4 .5 lljO I
chloiido of lime in 10 litres of water ovei
2. 4 gr. (’uSO, 5 11/) l(o 1 liter
half an hour. They arc then replaced,
2 fc. ( Jl/'OO II )
of water
a^aiii without linsing, in the acid bath I
(Ilucose 25 11).
about 30% of cotton fba-ks, wliicli is vul-
MaltoMi IS lb.
canised. together with the unvulcanised
Lactic Acid O.J-O.05/j
impregnating rubber, and neutralised
With aiiliyd. NII 3 Additional coatings
.
kJTi. At the end of this tirtie the resid- Magne.siiim Sulfate 1 oz.
ual layer should be driven into the con- Fused Calcium Chloride 1 oz.
crete by heat. A
free flame should not They are then polished and rubbed
be tued due
will be
^
Are hazards; hot irons
fouhd »fe and effective in forc-
with linseed oil.
Brickwork, Painting
Bituminous Composition Use any good K^imlity outside paint.
(for roads, floors, tennis-courts, etc.) The first coat should seal the pores of
Sand 75-80 the brick; for this the paint is tliinned
Ibtumen 11-15 with turpentine and boiled linseed oil,
Fire Clay .'5-10 and many painters also add varni.sh. The
second coat is not thinned so much, and
for the tliird the paint is used as it
Bitumen Emulsion conies in the can.
Anemulsion for road makiufj contains
Spramex bitumen 48, water 49.5, oleic * Brick, Weatherproofing
add 2 and calcined NaoCO;} 0.5%. The
bitumen is warmed at 95-98®, and the A
coating for brick, stucco, cement or
oleic acid added. The water is heated iron consKsts of
separately with the Na2C03, and the two Cod Liver Oil Crude 1 gal.
lupiids are introduced into the emulsilier. Beeswax Cnidi 12 oz.
Another emulsion contains Spramex bitu- (ilacial Acetic Acid 4-12 oz.
men 50, mineral oil 2-2.5, resin soap
1.5-2, KOH
1, and water 45%. The bitu-
Cohiring Cement Cmy
men is melted and tlie mineral oil ad<led
during agitation. The water is heated Palis Paste 8
to boiling, and in it are dissolved the
Cement or Plaster 1(10
at 95°. W’ith more bitumen there must Tlie Palis Paste is dispersed in the
be added 1-2% of glue, starch, gelatin water by rapid stirring.
or Na silicate, during or after emulsifi- If a darker color is dt'sired the per-
cation, centagi* of Paris Paste is uicreasetl.
Concrete or Mortar
Quantities of Cement, Fine Aggregate and Coarse Aggregate Required for One Cubie
Yard of Compact Mortar or Concrete
1 1 S iri5 21 2 0 Hfl
1 2 0 12 S J.") rt 0 'JA
1 2 5 11 0 27 A 1 02
\
:i 0 5) 5 2i 8 1 07
1 5 3 7 fl 11 4 0 42 22 8 0 85
2 0 2 8 .3 in 6 0 61 16 6 0 61
1 2 0 .3 7 0 14 0 0 52 21 0 0,78
1 2 0 4 6 0 12 0 0 44 24 0 0 89
1 2 5 3 6 5 9 14 7 0 54 20 8 0,76
1 2 5 4 5 6 14 0 0 52 22 4 0 83
1 2 ft 6 5 0 12 5 '0 46 25 0 0 92
1 3 0 6 4 6 13 8 0 51 23 0 0 85
1 Mok cement- 1 cu ft , 4 s»c1u«l bbl Bwed on teblw in "roncret^, Plain and Roinforcwl.”
by Taylor and Thoiupaon.
For Chemical Adrisort, Special Raw MaterlaB. Ifauipmcnt. ConUlnera, etc., coniniU Supply
Section at end of book. f
330 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Materials Required for 100 Sq. Ft. of Surface for Varying Thicknesses of Concrete
or Mortar
C.» Cement in Sacks
F. A, = Fine Aggre^ato (Sand) in Cu. Ft.
C. A. = Coarse Aggregate (Pclibles or Broken Stone) in Cu Ft.
Quantities may vary 10 per cent cither way depending upon character of aggregate used. No
allowance tnaJe in table for waste.
1
ThioknMU c. F. A. C. A. c. F. A. C. A. ‘
C. F. A C. A C. F. A. C. A
in inches
H 1 8 2.7 1 5 3 0 1 3 3 2 1 1 3 4
2 4 3 6 2 0 4 0 1 7 4 3 1 5 4 4
H 3 0 5 4 3 0 6 0 2 5 6 3 2 2 6 8
1 4 8 7 2 4 0 7 9 3 4 8 4 3 0 8 9
IH 6 0 9.0 4 9 9 9 4 2 10 5 3 7 11 1
l'4 7.2 10 8 6 9 11 9 6 1 12 7 4 4 13 3
IH 8 4 12 6 6 9 1.3 9 6 9 14 7 6 2 15 7
2 9 6 14.4 7 9 15 8 0 8 10 9 6 9 17 7
3 7 7 15 4 15 4 6 6 13 0 19.3 5 5 13 0 19 1 3 4 12 8 21 3
4 10 2 20 4 20 4 8 6 17 2 1
26.8 7 3 18 1 25 4 5 7 17 0 28 4
s 12 8 25 0 25 0 10 8 21 6 32 2 9 1 22 6 31 8 7 1 21 3 35 5
e 15 4 30 7 30 7 12 9 25 8 38 6 10 9 27 2 3,8 2 8 5 25 0 42 6
8 20 0 41 0 41 0 17.2 34 4 61 6 14 6 30 4 51 0 11 4 34 1 57 0
10 25 0 61.2 61 2 21 5 43 2 04 4 18 2 3
4.”) 03 5 H 2 42 5 71 0
12 30 7 01.4 61 4 25.8 61 0 77 2 21 8 54 5 70 3 17 0 51 1 85 1
given ns an approximate value for esti- strength. Neat cement should then be
mating purposes. dusted over the surface and worked in
The floor surface should be prepared with a broom or stifT brush. The new
for the treatment by cleaning free from concrete can then be applied in the usual
grease, spots, plaster, etc., and then manner.
thoroughly 8<‘rubbed with clear water. For resurfacing, tlie concrete should be
To get the best penetration the floor roughened with a pick, all loose particles
should bo thoroughly dry, especially be- removed and tlie floor wet thoroughly
fore the first application, and if prac- with water over night. Immediately be-
tical it is well to let it dry for several fore the new spr^u' is npjdied the old
da\s before the first scrubbing. . . The . one should be washed with a freshly
solution may be applied with a mop or jirepared mixture of 10 jioiinds of neat
hair broom and should be continuously cement with one (juart of “Concrete
brushed over the surface for several min- Special" in fourteen (piarts of water.
utes to obtain an even penetration. An This mixture should be brushed in well
interval of twenty-four hours should be and followed at once with the surface
allowed for the treatment to harden, layer.
after which the surface is scrubbed with
clear water and allowed to dry for the
second application. Three apfdications Concrete Ffllorescema*, fiemoval of
made in this manner will usually suffice,
Where etfioreseence occurs, it may be
but if the floor does not ajipi'ar to b<‘
dissohed In a dilute Holiiliou of muri-
saturated by the third application a
atic acid (I part of eom-erif rati'd acitl to
fourth should be applied.
10 pails of water). In using tins In'at-
inent the surfaci* of the concrete is wet-
ted bcTore ufiphing the acid and is
Acid Resistant Concrete thoroughly waslied after the acid treat-
nient.
The same treatment with silicate of
'J'lie length of lime re<|uired for tlio
soda that is recommended for dust proof-
acid solution to dissohe elilori'sccnce will
ing i.s remarkably serviceable in render-
depenil upon tlm titiiounl of tlu> latter.
ing concrete resistant to acid. It works
In most cases, the acid <'!in be washi'il
by filling the poics of the concrete with
otr within tliiee or four miruiles. It is
a material tliat is acid-proof. Concrete
b(*st not to lea\t' the ticid solution on
itself is rapidly attacked by acids, but
longer than four minutes, for it may
when thus jirotectod by an acid-proof
(*tt li the coloreil concrete. If some de-
filler, it lias considerable acid-n'sistance.
posit still remains ufliT the first iifipli-
For example, a block of concrete was
ealion, a second <'an be made. The acid
prepared with the silicate treatment aji-
Holiilion slionhl 1 m' brushed on smoothly,
I'lied to one end and not to the other.
using the least, amount possible for each
Coni'entrated hydrochloric acid was
apjtlicalion.
poured over the bloek. The acid nte
Ktliorescence also cun be removed with
ra[Mdly into the untreated end leaving it
a solution of eijual jiarls of paratllii oil
friable and sandy. The treated end was
and benzine rubbi’il \igorously into tluj
only slightly alToctcd.
surface when the concrete is dry. This
Along this line, therefore, the silicate
treatment also imjiroves the wearing
treatment has froipiently done good ser-
(pialities of the surface by filling the
vice where old floors had to be used.
pores and bringing out the color more
The treatment is useful also for protec-
uniformly. It is freciuently niiplied to
tion against dilute acids, and again.st
concrete surfaces for these reasons only.
organic acids. In some crises repeated
sill eating, perhaps once a year, may bo
desirable.
use 2 pounds of calcium chloride per sack or stoneware vessel and the water should
of cement a solution containing 1 potind be acidulated with not more than one
per quart can bo made, 2 quarts of the teaspoonful of commercial sulphuric acid
solution being added to the mixture for for cacli gallon of water. The sulphate
each sack of cement in the batch. It is does not readily dissolve and requires
important to remember that this solution occasional stirring for a few days until
is to bo regarded us part of the mixing the solution is complete. About 2%
water. pounds of the powdered sulphate will be
required for each gallon of water and
one gallon of the solution should cover
Concrete Iloor Hardeners about 100 square feet of floor surface.
The fluosilicates of zinc and magne- For the first treatment the solution may
sium, when dissolved in water, have been be diluted with twice its volume of
used with fair success for hardening de- water. Twenty-four hours after this ap-
fective concrete finislt. In making up plication the stronger solution may be
the solutions, Vi pound of the fluosilicato used, and twenty-fours should elapse be-
should be dissolved in one gallon of tween subsequent applications.
water for the first application and 2
pounds to each gallon for subsequent
applications. The concrete floor must bo
Zinc Sulphate Treatment
cieaa and free from plaster, oil, paint This treatment consists of the appli-
or other foreign substances, othenviso cation of about 16% solution of zinc
the solutions will not penetrate suffi- sulphate made acid with a teaspoonful
ciently to react. For the same reason of commercial sulphuric acid to every
the surface must bo absolutely dry. After gallon. The mixture is applied in two
the floor has dried, the second applica- coats, the second coat being applied four
tion may be made. About 3 or 4 hours hours after the first. The surface should
are generally required for absorption, be scrubbed with hot water and mopped
reaction and drying. In this treatment, dry just before the application of the
with the average floor, one gallon of the second coat. This treatment gives the
liquid will cover approximately 130 floor a darker appearance.
square feet. Care should be taken to
CEMENT, COxXCRETE. AND MATERIALS 333
am
Concrete
to Kach Sh«>1v
VS ftter for Trial Hatcli (if t'onerele
AKK^^'Kal^>^
ev Ce-
Very lllCIlt IIKMlt
WH Saoka Finr k '(tarsi Sacks Fine ('((!iis(
Cu Ft ('ll Ft ('ll Ft ('ll I 1
5-Gallon Paste for Concrete Subjected to Se\ere Wear, Weather or Weak Acni ami Vlkali Sitliit nuis
Aver-
Colored or plain topping for
age
heavy wearing surfaces as in induH-
Mind
trial plants other twocourso
and all
work such as pavements, walks, 4 'i 4% 1 1 Ik in 12 15
tennis courts, residence floors, etc .Maxim mil M^c lU'gri'ji
6-G.illon Paste for Concrete to be Watertmht <>r Subjected to Moderate W'eur and Weather
Aver
Foundation walls, footings, mass
Band
concrete, etc , not subjected to
weather, water pressure or other iH 5 4 1 24 4 5 14 I •I(y
* Quantities are witimated on wet aKureRaies uwnir stifnceeied trial mixes and medium consistencies
(luantities wiiivary according to the (rradiiuf of aKureiratc and the workability desired
It may b« neewary to use a neher paste than is shown m
the table berausc the concrete may be
subjected to more severe conditions than are usual for a structure of that type For example, a swiin-
min« pool ordinarily is made with a ft-gallon paste. However, the pool may be built a place where m
soil water is strongly alkaline in which case a 6-gaUoo paste is required.
334 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Gallons of Wat< r
Trial .Mixture
to Add to Kach fur First Hatcli laxi-
One i-’ack Hutch mum
Kind of Work .\gi> re-
gate
Dry Monst Wot Size
Sand and Sand and .Sand and Cement .Sand Pebbles
Pebbles Pebbles Pebbles
Water 10
CEMENT, CONCRETE, AND MATERIALS 335
Cement Floor Hardener stain and apply a heated or flat iron
Magnesium Fluosilieate 1 lb. similar heat retaining body. Pemove
Water ]5 lb. iron wlu'n cool. The bituminous material
will be found to be largely or wholly
The above to be flushed over a cement
surface. Wash with clean water to re- absorbed b^> tin* blotting paper. b’«‘pent
treatnu'iit in case of onl\ partial removal.
move soluble salts.
Note: As carluin bi.MilpIiide inllani- i.s
1. Cliinawooil Oil 30
Cement, Resistant to Calcium ('liloride
Ester (ium 20
Solutions
Najdillia 50
Aluminum Oxide -10
2. Itosin 15
Lime •10
Calcium IhdroMde 0.9
Iron Oxide or Silicon Dioxide 15
Lead ()xid<‘ PbO) 0 3
Calcium Clilorule 1
(
of talc, 0,8 pt, of pigment, and the n* Dis-iolve witli lieat and add
action product from Portland cement IS, Tiirki-y Drown Oil 2.50 lb.
('^aCOjj 10, alum 4.7, lactic casein 5 above
'I'o add slowly wliili • boating
sulphuric casein 5.5, borax 1.8, and
\ igoioiisl)
Ca(OiI )2 3.5 pts.
Wati'r 5000 lb.
Sod. Acetate 2>>5 lb.
Removal of Paint from Stone Surfaces
Paper pulp (old newspapers, cement
sacks or stock pulp) is prepared b} * Fireproof Constniction
.shredding in water by means of a steam Thefollowing is used in fire proof
jet. Exces.s water is drained off, 10-15Vc building eonstriK fiun
washing soda is added to the pulp, fol
\oleanic Cinders 45 lb.
lowed by suflScient fireclay (or lime), to
Cement 20 lb.
render the mass plastic. Apply as a
Gyp.suni 5 lb.
poultice to the surface to be treated;
allow to remain 24 hours.
Ihd rated Lime si.
Finely Ground Pumico 25 lb.
The poultice can usually be stripped
off easily at the end of the above perio<l. Water suffiment for setting.
In obstinate cases, repeat treatment.
Last traces of pigment arc removed by
scrubbing with a bristle brush with clear Fbioring, Kiibber Composition
water. A may be used formed of rub-
cfutipn.
ber cork powder 12, H 1, ZnO 2, w'hit
4,
Keinoval of Pitch, Asphalt, Etc., from ing French chalk 2 and paraffin 2
1,
Stone Surfaces parts, with coloring substances as de-
Soak one or two thicknesses of blotting sired.
paper with carbon bisulphide. Lay over
:m THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Industrial Flooring Composition be at least of an inch above the
fin
* Plaster,
8. Cleaning Sound Adsorbent
After removing all loose material, the IHirnace Slag (12-20 mesli) .100
finish shall be scrubbed with warm water Plaster of Pans 125
and soft soap, and mopped dry. Microco.sniic S.alt 2
Sod. Benzene Sulfonate 1
Water Js5
*
Marble, Imitation
An imitation marble slab is formed Board, I’lasfer or Wall
from a mixt. eontg, Keene’s supeitme Portland ('enienl 1)7
white cement (>4, marble or alabaster (Iioninl Slone JOP
powder IGO, pure lime 1 and aluin part 1 Sliredded Sugarcane Pibi-r 24
and may be colored by imnn'rsion in
water on w'hich coloring matter is tloaleil
* Building I’lustci
and rendered translucent by immersing
in oil. It may be furtlier dipptsl in Dry Slaked Linic l.l-.'lOy^
liquid bronze” and lacquer after dry- Limestone Dry (Powd.) 7.>-85%
ing and wax-polished. The limestone slionld be of 50- tOO
nn'sh. 4'he addition of
blast-furnace slag) with bitumen, tar or l-'inc Cotton I ibn'S 20-50 lb.
The alum rock is fused; the other in- *Wall and Ceil^g Composition
gr^ients are added and the mass is
A mixt. of traohvto tiifP 57, sand
molded. (washed free from clay) 34, portland
cement 5.7 and soda 2 parts is used with
* Synthetic Stone sufficient water to cause the material to
set.
Shale (325 mesh) 16.7
Calcium Hydroxide 10.0
Water 5.3 * Wall Efflorescence, Prevention of
Limestone Aggregate (Powd.) 68.0 * The parts are scaled, washed with
Mix thoroughly and compress at 2500 water contg. 4% formaldehyde and
lb. pressure in polished molds. Remove; coated with cement or lime mixed with
allow to stand for an hour. Put in auto- water also contg. 4% formaldehyde. A
CEMENT,’ CONCRETE. AND M.\TERIAI.S 339
top coating of plaster is mixed with •Wood Preserrative
alum and water eontg. 4f/c formaldehyde.
A
method of making w allboard or like
article comprises prei-ipitating zinc nieta-
aiseiute in the pie.st'iici' of a plant liber,
•Waterproof Construction Matenal
and .shaping and diving the liber. The
Suitable for walls, roofs, roads, etc.
liber, alter Gdting on the Foiirdrinier
Coal Tar 3-S.3 and before dr\ing is treated successnelv,
Rubber l-L’.j b\ spra\ing or otherwise, with two solii
Granite Dust 5-8j tioiis, as heieiuafter described, which
Warm together and mill until uniform. react quickly to deposit zinc metn arsen
This may be molded into bricks or shei’ts. ite upon and throughout the mass of
tiber. Excess water may then be pressed
out and the wall boani dru'ii a.s msual.
• Wood Preservative No coiiosne .substance.s are liberated
Wood protected against fungi and
is
liming the diwiiig, and llu* dried wall
insects by O.t N
Na^ A,sO( or ().‘J A board IS tound to be quite uniformlv
NaF, is mixed with a relatively coned, impregnated with micioscojuc cr\Hlals of
soln. of an eartli or In^nv metal
alk. zinc nieta ansenite.The two solutions
salt, e.ff., 8 N
CaCl^, with or without a abo\e mentioned are juepared as follows:
jirotcctive colloid. The mixt. (lo(>s imr tSoIiition A: An aipieoiis solution of a
soluble zinc salt, pieferabl\ zinc sul
form a ppt. until after a cmtain time,
and meanwhile the wood is gi\en ;i single phate, IS prepaied, [uid’eraitly without
imjiri'gnatum with the mixt. liealing. A suitable concent rat ion is 1.5
pel cent, calculated as zinc sulphate.
Snlulinii 1!. Ai.seiiioiis o.xide IS diHSol\ed
• Wood Preservative III water by heating to the boiling iioint
Cojiper Cliips V',
for some time, pieferably in the jires
eni (* of small proportions of smla ash,
Zinc Cliips
Cresol T.-Vf
j'ditim h\dr.i\id or sodium arsenite,
Ammonium IIv<lroxide 7^(
winch act to facilitate and accelenite llu'
‘
or Creosote 5tt
Zn( A.s(h. + Xa.jHO, b iLo + 2f’0^,.
The zinc sulphate and arhcmioiiFi oxidi* are
prc'ferably used m the* {iropoMioiis indi-
• Wood Impregnating Liquid cated tiy the* above equations, tliut is to
Neutral Mineral Oil 15 .sa\ in cspiimolee'ular propoi tions. 'Dm
Mineral Spirit, proportioa t»f sodium h\drogen laiboiiate
Liquid Manganese Drier 10 Used IS preferably tipproximately b5 p(‘r
Oloss Oil 1(1 cent of the (plant ity indicatc'd by the
'rurpentine 20 (•(jiiat ion.
Orthodiclilorbcnzol 5
Chrome Alum 1 •Timber T’r* 3er\ative
Oil .Soluble D}e 0.5
Fuel Oil 85
Asph.dt 10
.\aplif lialene 5
Wood Preseriing Composition
A IIc*at together to dissolve and apply
preservative compn.
prepd. by is
hot.
mixing water .'1-4 qt., lime l-.'l lb., Afri
can gum l.u-2 lb., a mineral or vegetable
*
oil such as paraffin oil 0.7.J-1.0 qt., creo t Timber Preserxative
lin 0.5-2 oz., paraffin oil 3-4 oz., TICl
1.5 gniins of copper n'.mnati* are dis
1.5-2 oz. and “a poison" 4-8 oz. solved 250 grama of amyl
in alcohol,
and 250 grama of turkey-red oil are
340 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
added; the mixture is made up to 5 liters cork to give a product contg. 50-85% of
bulk by emiilaitication in water contain- cork. The mlxt. is molded, hot-vulcanized
iug gniins of crystallized sodium under high pressure and cooled before
ftcetate. releasing the pressure. Pigments and
fillers may be added to the mixt.
moved and melted vvitli the usual lluxes. •Cast Iron, Strong Malleablo
.\n annealing pot is charged with white
* Aluminum Bronze Powder lion castings and with 4-15% of Fe
A1 is ground at 50® with stearic acid oxide, and mniiiliuned at a temp, of 900-
and a solvent, c.g., naphtha, turpiuitine, O.SO® for 20-50 his. to grapliitizc the free
('(jHq, until a smooth paste is obtained cementite; the temp, is then lowotcd to
from which the solvent is removed until between 720® and 05o'^ and maintained
the remainder contains 58% Al, 1% at hiicli range for 10-50 hrs. to graphitizo
|)(*arlitic cementite and etfect decarlioni'
stearic acid, 1% Al stearate, and
solvent (preferably varnolene —a pet 10- /at ion of the white cast iron.
Example 4
Bright Tin Finish for Screws Molding Sand approx. 93 to 91 parts
Use the following tin solution to pro- Borate of Glycol approx. 3 to 5 parts
duce a tin deposit on your work: Naphthalene approx. 4 4 parts
Water Sufficient
Aluminum Sulphate 2 oz.
Cieain Tartar 2 oz. Example 5
Carbonizing Steel
Example 7
The steel blanks are tumbled, burred and Molding Sand approx. 97 parts
tumble finished previous to carbonizing Ammonium Bisulfate approx. 2 pai ts
and are then placed in the revolving drum Hone Acid approx. 1 part
of the carbonizing machine and pints % Ethylene Glycol, 40 per
of catbonia oil with 14 bushel of Burnt cent aqueous solution Sufficient
Bone added. The drum is closed securely,
gas till ril'd on and heated to 7(U)-750 de- Example 8
giees F. for houis. The heat is tinned
II
For Chemical Adrisors, Special Raw Material*, Equipment, Container*, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
344 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
•Rust, Removing for 1 hr., cooling in air, and then hard
ening.
Ferrous-metal articles are immersed in
a bath of NaOH 20 and KMnO^ 1% at
190® F. to break down the resistance of Steel Parts, Preventing Corrosion of
oxide and scale to acid. The articles are Steel parts exposed to corrosive fumes
then immersed in a hot pickling path of are coated with
HCl, HNO3 or H2SO4 for 5 to 10 min. Lanolin 10
Articles so treated are substantially free
Naphtha 20
from etching.
• Pickling Solution for Stainless Steel
Hardening Composition
* Steel 10% (10% 60“ Sulfuric Acid)
50-70 10% Copper Sulfate
Pot. Ferrocyanido
7-12 Heated to 160-200® F.
Soda Ash
Salt 1.5-25
Wood Charcoal 10-20 * Steel, Toughening
Mild steel heated above the Ac2
is
* Anti-Freeze Solution
* Anti-Freeze
Calcium Chloride 100 lb.
ColTeo 2 lb.
Glycerol 1 gal.
Is extracted with Slaked Lime 4 oz.
Water 4 lb. Water to make 17 gal.
and added to following solution:
‘
Anti-Freeze, Prevention of Foam in
* Battery Box Composition
For CJhemictl Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Contaii|jai#etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
348 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
* Box Toe Composition Sod. Silicate 5
('sirbou i’lour 45
Wood Pulp 60
30 Tar suflScient to bind
Cotton Linters
Asbestos Fibre 10
'
An}^ thermoplastic sufficient to impreg-
• Carbon Remover
nate. Isopropyl Ether 10
Propylene Dichloride 10
* Brake Lining Ethylene Dichloride 10
Asbestos Fiber 45 Ohloronaphthalene 8
Magnesium Oxide .3.6
To insure smooth brake action the lin- A ape<’ial flocculated day of low acid-
* De-inking Newspaper
* Carbon Electrode
The paper is broken up and beaten for
A core is formed by baking 5-7 min. at 100-107" (1 atm.) in a solu-
Calcium Fluoride 40 tion containing NaOH (10 pts.),
Strontiipi Fluoride 10 Na 2B 407 (25 pts.) NagPO* (4 pts.),
MISCELLANEOUS 349
Sod. Steanile 20
The following formula is used for Diefh\lamine Stearate 10
coating lamp filaments for “cleaning- (dvcerol 05
up” deleterious residual gases. Water 5
Cryolite (Silk Bolted) 200 gm.
Red Phosphorus .'10 gnu Embalming Fluid
Alcoliol 2.30 cc. Glycerin 250
Mix the above in a ball mill for half Formaldehyde 15()5
These solutions a^
perfectly stable * Heat -Transfer Medium
and may bo kept in glasi^^ stoppered hot
ties, but the mixture does'n^t keep and
Many substances have been used in
the search for a suitable material for
for this reason the duratiolHj^must not
heat storage at high temperatures. Most
exceed forty-eight hours. For iiSei take:
—
Solution A one part; Solution B throe — organic materials decompose at compara-
tively low temperatures, and even di
parts. In using either fixing solution
heuyl, which is one of the most suit-
wash the material in several changes of'
is useless above about 900® F. Tlic
70 per cent alcohol.
Jieat-carricr should not decompose
ItiOlov^PUgi^ 1800® should be reasonable
F.,
Artificial Perspiration in price, n-corrosive, and ns fluid as
(Used in testing materials against de- water within th# widest possible rangi'
fects from perspiration.) of temperature,
Recently a sA^^ce named
^ S “N
Sodium Chloride 8 gm.
fluid” has been^dwSlIped, which appear.s
Acetic Acid 1 gm.
to approach very cIBlefjhjto this ideal. Ii
Butyric Acid i/i gm.
c,onsi.Ht.s of a mixture of inorganic snll.s
Water 1000 cc.
of the general fonnula R' Cl + R"' Cl.j,
c.g., 1 nod. NaCl with 1 mol. AlCh),
* Permanently Neutral Formaldehyde which solidifies to a homogeneous ma.ss
Commercial formaldehyde contains and at .'{02° F. liquefies into a well-de-
traces of formic acid and develops fur- fined solution which regulates its molecu-
ther amounts on standing. lar ratio by expelling excess of AlCl.^ if
In order to obtain a permanently neu- present.
tral solution, it is only necessary toadd
to the commercial acid reaction formalde- * Hydraulic Fluid
hyde a quantity of basic magnesium Water A 10 gal.
carbonate. Agitation or stirring may be Hoda A.sh 7 lb.
used to effect iutimate mixture. An ex- Soft Soap 2 lb.
cess of the salt does no harm. After Boil the above together and when dis-
neutralization the solution may be freed solveil run in with vigorous stirring
from the carbons te by filtration, decan-
tation or other suitable means. Fifteen
Lard Oil 2^ gal.
*
Wood Flour 11/, oz.
Packing, Oil Ilesistant
Crepe Rubbi'r 40-50
Water % lb.
Gum Arabic % oz.
Carbon Black 20-40 Benzol oz.
Vi
(k)tton Linters 10-20 Clovel oz-
Ho
Clue 2- 5
(ilycerol 1- 2
"
Radiator, “Stop-Leak “ for
Diphenylguaiiudiuc 0.5- 1
Dissolve above in vessel fitted with a The yield of Lead Stearate, dry, should
high speed mixer and while stirring rap- be 773 lb.
should take about Id minutes. 'I'lin exceeding about 2 nun. are mixed with
IS pait 1. abmit r/c of a finely powd. alkali cliio-
6. Dissohe the Beta Naphtlud in the mate.
Caustic Soda in 1 qiiait of water.
Cool with ice to 10® C. This is
* Comjxi'^if ion to l*re\cnt Moisture
part II.
Accumulation on Class
7. To add part 1 stirring all
jiait II
the time. An oiange coloied pri*- To a satd. soln. of N’aCl are added
cipitate will foim. Filler, wash and
."0 g. of K.VO;,, 2.1 g. of gelatin and
dry. IdO g. of 107c IlCl, and the mixt. is
boiled.
Note: Make sure receptacles for both
parts I and enough.
11 are large
Radiator Solder
Do not inhale fumes pioduced.
Flaxseed Meal 100
Aluminum Powder 1-2
Mix togellier until all the flaxseed is
* Foam Prevention Agent i-oxeicd with Aluminum. AVhen this is
To reduce foaming of glvcol anti- a(bh‘(| the water in a leaky autoino
to
freeze mixtures fiom U. 01-0.10% Calcium bile radiator, it swells and jdugs up nil
Acetate is added. leaks as the water eiiculates.
OILS, FATS, GREASES, LUBRITANTS,
CUTTING OILS
•Gfraphite Lubricant
The wTighed fat is placed in a steam
Graphite 85
jacketed kettle equipped with a paddle
Gum Tragacanth 10
type agitator and a small portion of tlic
Triethanolamine 1.6
Petroleum Oil, about half the volume of
Sod. Naphthionate 2
the fat, is added. Next the lime is
Water 250-400
hydrated and mixed with sufficient water
Graphite Suspension to form a thin paste. The lime is added
to the material in the kettle and the
Diglycol Stearate 4
whole is cooked for several hours with
Water 100
continuous agitation. When a small por-
Heat to 60® C. and remove heat and tino of the soap on cooling is firm and
stir until a milky dispersion is formed. brittle the remainder of the Petroleum
Add with stirring Oil is added slowly to avoid chilling. The
Graphite 10-20 agitation is continued until a uniform
grease without lumps is formed.
• Lubricating Grease Base
Japan wax and castor oil (1-1.2 pts.
each) are melted and compounded with Locomotive Rod Cup Grease
A1 stearate (3 pts.) and the cooled base 35 parts Tallow
is pulverised and compounded with a 6.5 parts Sodium Hydroxide
mineral oil. 50 parts Steam Refined Cylinder Oil
10 parts Water
Cup Greases
.
Pressure Driving Journal Grease
114 parts Fat 40 parts Tallow
16 parts Quicklime 7 parts Sodium Hydroxide
870 parts Petroleum Red Oil prefer- 45 parts Steam Refined Cylinder Oil
ably 500 Vise, at 100“ F. or
10 parts Watef
over
No. 1
123 parts Fat Cup Grease
17 parts Quicklime Lard OilExtra No. 1 150 gal.
855 parts Petroleum Pale Oil 100 Inedible Tallow ||300 lb.
Vise, at 100® F. Hydrated Lime 198 lb.
Western Mineral Lubricat- •
No. 2 ing Oil 900 gal.
140 parts Fat Water 75 gal.
19 parts Quicklime OilMirbano 6 lb.
840 parts Petroleum Palo Oil 100
Vise, at 100® F, Specifications
Mineral oil. Viscosity 180 to 100® F.
No, 3
(Saybolt) Color between 9 and 10%
157 parts Pat
(Robinson). Sp. Gravity 19 to 21.5
22 parts Quicklime
BaumA
820 parts Petroleum Pale Oil 100 Vise,
Extra No. 1 Lard. Color red or brown.
at 100“ F.
Should not contain more than 7% free
No. 5 fatty acid calc., as oleic.
Inedible tallow. Clear, fresh and free
205 parts Fat
Quicklime from dirt. M. Pt. not less than 110® F.
34 parts
Free fatty acid not more than 5%.
760 parts poti oleum Oil
356
om, FATS, GREASES, LUBRICANTS, CUTTING OILS 357
Hydrated Lime. Finely powdered. Procedure
Contain about 27% to 28% Water and
Charge in closed pressure cooker of
66.6% available CaO. {A.S.T.M. Tenta- 12 barrels capacity, 30 to 50 gallons of
tive Standards.)
oil or tailings from previous butch.
Procedure Run into pressure kettle, 150 gallons of
lard and 300 lb. of molted tallow.
Charge in aiBbpen steam jacketed Mix in .soparato container:
kettle 50 gallon of the oil, slop cup
Mineral Oil 30 gal.
grease, or tailings from the previous
liydiateJ Limo lOS lb.
batch.
Water 10 gal.
Charge into the kettle, the lard oil and
tallow Add this to kettle.
Mix iu separate vessel 198 lb. hydrated Clo.'^e and fasten manhole or opening.
lime, 30 gallons mineral oil, 75 gallons Te.st lor lc;iks by admiitiug compiessed
water. air pre.ssuie of 15 lb. Is icmhed.
till
Add this mixture to kettle and start ReleuM’ picssuie, cIon' relief xal\e.
agitating paddles. Tuiii on steam in j:ickct. Fri'ssiuo of
Turn on steam in jacket and bring tom- 100 lb. required. Rot;ite paddles at 38
jicrature of contents of kettle to 300° F. r.i».m.
in from 2 to 4 hours. Maintain pressure ki ttle at temp, not
Allow lime soap formed to stand in le.ssthan ,300° F. and 50 to 80 lb. pres-
kettle over night with steam on but with- sure for 20 minutes.
out agitating. In open steam jacketed mixer of 30
Test soap to find if saponification is bariels cajmcKy Ijiiiig al)out 5(> gallons of
complete, and estimate water content. slop gre:ise to tem[>. of 225° to 205° F.
Soft pasty consistency indicates incom- Open vaho on 12 banel kettle and
plete saponification or too much water. allow soap to be discharged uiid(‘r its
Stringy more or less tianspaieiit soap own pressuie into large ojien mixer.
denotes exccssi\e watei evapmation. Start piiddles and begin adding oil till
Soaji should be fiim and bieak evenly but volume of oil is 400 gallons.
should not ciumble too readils (('xcess Bring to 212° F.
lime). Corrections should be nuule by Oil added to 750 gallons.
adding from 1 to 5 gallons Na01I(2() B.) Add 4 gallons wab'r. Temp, 180° to
or in ca.se of excess lime an appropuate 18.5° F.
amount of tallow’. Stir 10 minutes.
Kun in mineral oil till total oil in kettle Add mirbaue and balance of mineral
18 400 gallons. Hi'at to 212° F. oil.
For Chemical Advinors, Special Raw tfatariaU. Equipment, Contalnem, etc., eonault SaoDir
Section at end of book
358 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
* Grease, Lubricating
Slushing Oil (for foreign shipment)
Neutral 28" Paratlin Oil 4^ gal. Cottonseed Fatty Acids 16
Anhydrous Lanolin 00 oz. Crude Montan Wax 21.4
Slaked Lime 3.5
Caustic Soda 0.36
*
Wool Lubricant Heavy Black MinersLpil 58.2
100 parts of olive oil or urachis oil or
a mineral lubrieatirif^ oil or fiee olcic
Water % 2.7
mixing 0.5% of rubber latex with 9.5% superior to greases formed by the usual
A1 stearate and 90% hydrocarbon oil, and process which consists in saponifying a
heating the mixt. with agitation to de- mixture of fatty acid and rosin. Instead
hydrate the latex and produce a trans- of a grainy, soft, low melting composi-
parent homogeneous texture and aubso- tion a smooth, clear, hard, elastic, high
tho fatty acids. Tf concentrated am- with 3-5% of a Na, Zn or Ca soap and
monia or a dilute water solution thereof with 5-15% of an amide or anilide such
IS added diicctly to the soap solution, a us stearic, palmitic, oleic or arachidic
stringy, ropy product, which is not an anilide to increase tlie viscosity of tho
efficient emulsifier, will result. The ropi- material.
ness can be prevented by first mixing the
ammonia with denatured alcohol and then
* Lubricating Composition
adding the mixture to the soap solution.
Mix 98 pounds of 95% denatured aicohol Mineral Oil (300 Hayboll) 100
with 31 pounds of ammonia (26° B6.) Steal 1 C 'loluule 5
and slowly stir the mixture into the soap Melt together at 230° P. and tin 'll cool
solution. The icsulting solution is a quickly to congeal.
syrupy liquid containing ammonia and
potash soaps and i.s used to mix with the
neutral oil in making tlie emulsion. • Upper Cylinder Lubricant
The concentrated liquid emulsion is
A lubricant to be added to gasoline
made by adding a solution of 21 gallons
consusts of
of neutral oil, such as paraffin oil, and
Ca'^oline 120
3 Vi gallons of the soap base, previously
Benzol 15
mixed together, to a dilute solution of
Preferably, add the above Toluol 20
soda asli.
50
mixture to a solution made by adding 3.2 (,'ainphor
Ether 20
pounds of an alkaline compound, such ns
Caibon Bisulfide 10
soda ash, to 2i^/j gallons of water. The
Castor Oil 40
soda ash is present in such quantity that
Mineral Oil 50
it reacts with the remaining fatty acids
I’etrolatum 470
and is preferably present in excess so as
Clovel 5
to act as a softening agent for the addi-
tional water that is added to the emulsion
before it is utilized.
•Lubricant, Journal Box
A concentrated emulsion may be made
by adding the soda ash solution to a solu- Potash Coc. Oil Soap (40%) 100
D. Naphthenic Acid 25
Lubricant for Dies and Plates Red Oil 25
Thin Mineral Oil 100
(for moulded clay products)
Caustic Soda (24“ B^.) 25
No. 1. — Thoroughly
mix, with both in- Alcohol 25
gredients lukewarm, one part of S|tponi-
fied Red Oil and five parts of kerosene. E. Rosin Oil 10
—
No. 2. Melt ten pounds of Double Red Oil 10
Pressed Saponified Stearic Acid to just Thin Mineral Oil 70
above the melting point and add ninety Caustic Soda (36“ B^.) 5
pounds of kerosene with brisk agitation Methanol 5
to obtain a thorough mixture.
The above are mixed wath water for
use.
Gun Lubricant
Wliito Petrolatum 150 Rayon Lubricant (Partly Soluble TyjK')
Bono Oil (acid free) 50 70 to 80 parts Water White Mineral
Od
Graphite Grease 10 to 20 parts Mineral Seal Oil (used
Ccresin 70 for cheapening cost of production)
Tallow 70 10 to 15 parts Neat’s-foot Oil (30
F. C. T. grade)
Heat together to 80“ C. and work in
Adjust proportions to 100 parts.
Graphite 30
Add in order named, agitato slowly and
warm until thoroughly mixed.
• Lubricant, Inorganic Allow sample to stand for a short time
The following formula gives a lubri- to see if satisfactory.
cant which is water soluble and not
hygroscopic or delic|ucflccnt under ordi-
Rnyon Lubricant (Insoluble Type)
nary conditions. It is particularly useful
50 to 100 parts Water White Mineral
in systems carrying benzol, turpentine,
Oil
oils and other water insoluble liquids.
0 to 50 parts Mineral Seal Oil
Glacial Phosphoric Acid 100
2 Adjust to viscosity and use desired for,
Boric Acid
with cost included in the final proportions
Orthophosphoric Acid 1%
used.
Heat to 122“ C. and cool.
aJheres well to the gea|| and can be into this and then add 5 with stirring.
painted on with a brush os required at This produces a flear, stable, ‘
‘
soluble"’
intervals of about five hours. Cup grease oil.
may bo substituted for the oil and the If 70 parts water are added slowly,
graphite may be omitted. Omission of with stirring, to 10 parts of the above,
the graphite is ncA advisable in warm a beautiful white stable emulsion results.
weather.
^ The amount of water may be larger or
smaller as needs require. This emulsion
Solid Lubricant is useful as a lubricant, cutting oil, polish
1. Eosin 9 or agricultural spray.
2. Machine Oil 82
3. Caustic Soda (40® B4.) 9
Mineral Oil Softener
Melt and 2 together and heat
1
(For Use on Sulfur After-Trcated and
to and run 3 into it slowly
100® C.
Vat Dyo Blacks or Dark Blues. Also
with stirring and rai.so temperature to
as a Soluble Cutting Oil)
110-120° C.
Sulfonated Fish Oil
• Candlc.s, Non-sticking (sperm 75%) 20 to HO parts
To prevent candles from sticking to I’ale raralliu Oil 70 to SO parts
mold incorporate 5% of glycol or glycerin Adjust proportions on a 100 parts basis
in wax mixture. as to consistency de.sired. lliat tisli oil
until clear. Agitate and tlieii add the
parafhn oil cold and agitate again until
Valve Lubricant
the mix is clear. If desired for summer
rnaffected by gas and high tem- use the initial heating is sufficient, but
peratures. for winter use it is desirable to heat a
1. Barium Stearate .50 second time.
2. Mineral Oil 40 Test for u.sr. A ten p<*r cent solution
3. Talc 10 in a blank solution should not separate
Beat 1 and 2 together with slow on boiling. It is desirable that these tests
nii.\ing at 120-150° C. until di.ssolved be made on the material to b«* [irocessed
work m 3. bO as to see rf any miiii'ral oil murks show
up on the finished material.
* Castor Oil, Sulfonating
Oils, fats and fatty acids and their Dry Powdered Lubricant
mixts. (such as castor oil) arc treated Zinc Stearate CO
with H2SO4 of at least 1.80 sp. gr. and in Talc 50
a proportion of 4.j-100% the wt. of the This is of advantage on machinery in
material to be sulfonated. The acid is nulls where while goods aie handled us
rapidly added with continuous .stirring this lubi leant will not discolor goods.
and the reaction mixt. is simultaneously
cooled at least to 10-15® and the product
is thereafter immediately washed in a Cutting Oil Emulsions
salt solu., the latter is drawn off and the The term “cutting oil” is apjilicd to
product is finally at least jiartially
soluble lubricating oils winch are used us
neutralized. macliiiie lubricants. In lathe and speed-
tool operatioiib the fiist requirement is a
* Castor Oil, Thickening cooling medium which will carry heat
HNO3 of 80-85® Tw. is gradually away from the cutting edge. In addi-
added to about Si) times as mucli castor tion, a ct-rlain amount of true lubricant
oil at a temp, of about 43°, and the temp, i.s advantageous, and both of these re-
is allowed to rise to about 115® and main- quirements are sati-sfied by a dilute oil
tained until “crackling" ceases. emulsion. With the proper oil and
emulsifying agent, the corrosive action of
Cutting or Spraying Oil the water is likewise decreased and rust-
ing of steel prevented. In practice a
1. Mineral Oil 280 lb.
soluble oil is used to produce a 5 to 25
2. Misciljol 32 lb.
per cent oil emulsion, and this is flowed
3. Oleic Acid 24 lb.
over the cutting edge and continuously
4. Water 15 lb.
r<3circulated.
5. Denatured Alcohol 10 lb.
One of the most important re(]|uire*
Mix 1, 2 and 3 mechanically until dis- ments of a soluble oil for cutting is its
solved. Heating speeds solution. Stir 4 dependability. It should not separate
362 the chemical formulary
Mineral Oil 78
one thing, permits the use of oils of high
lubricating value which are otherwise
difficultly craulsiliablc. In addition it 2. Rosin 5
yields emulsions of such high dispersion Rozolin 10
and uniformity that lower concentrations Caustic Soda (35“ B6.) 3.6
of oil in water than are customary can Butyl Cellosolve 3.4
be used with equal lubricating effect. Mineral Oil 78
Another interesting
application for
soluble oils is in the lubrication of textile
3. Rozolin 12
machinery. The elimination of ordinary
Paiaffin Oil (28“ B6.) 81
oil spots from fabrics is usually an ex-
Caustic Soda (35“ BA) 3.6
pensive hand operation. On tho other
Alcohol 3.4
hand, when the spot is caused by a soluble
oil, it may be completely and readily re-
4. Castor Oil 10
moved in tho regular scouring operation.
Rozolin 6
If a stiffer lubricant, more of the texture
Degras 1.7
of a grease, is desired, this can bo made
Mineral Oil 45.4
of any consistency by stirring thoroughly
Water 27.1
up to 20 per cent water into one of tho
Bolublo oils. Another way of making a
Caustic Potash (35“ BA ) 9.5
soluble grease consists in melting 10 per The above are mixed with 3-10 times
cent of stearic acid into a lubricating oil, as much water before using. They are
and then emulsifying this with an equal stable in presence of hard water.
weight of hot water containing 4 per cent
Triethanolamine.
Typo C — Sulfur Cutting Oil
Kesin Soluble Cutting Oil Rozolin 25
Rosin 5
Kosin 7.5 lb.
Mineral Oil 30
100 vise. Spindle Oil 2.5 gal.
Sulfo Turk G 20
Oleic Acid 0.0 lb.
Sulfur 15
100 vise. Spindle Oil 5.5 gal.
32“ Be. Caustic Soda Pine Oil 5
4.0 lb.
Alcohol 2.1 lb. Heat with stirring at 350“ F. until dis-
solved.
Yield 10 gal. The above is dissolved in 4-20 times its
volume of hot mineral oil for use.
Heat tho rosin with the first portion of
the spindle oil at a temperature of about
212“ F. until the former is melted, then
* Cylinder Oil
add the other ingredients in the order
listed. The alcohol should bo added when Cylinder oil is made by heating to
the batch has been cooled to room tem- 400“ F. heavy steam-refined lubricating
peratures. oil 9, with A1 stearate 0.3, asphaltic ma-
terial 2 and lard oil 8.5 parts, cooling the
•“Cutting” Oils mixt. and adding 80 parts of heavy,
C. Tallow 10
Pine Oil, Solidified
Thin Mineral Oil 10
Japan Wax 1 Trihydrox}eth\lamino Linuleate 1
Caustic Soda (40® B4.) 4.2
Pine Oil 10
Water 8
Soluble Oils
* Insulating Oil, Refining The name “solulde has been given
oil
The oil IS tieated with 95-0s% II2SO4 to a clear oil .solutionwhich emulsifies of
(15-50 separated,
for 1‘2-2 hr.,
it>elf when added Such an oil
to water.
posse.sses .Mime advantages over an ordi-
neutralized, ashed, and dried. It is then
nal \ emulsion. In the fii.'?l place, it has
treated with absoibent material ((h5%),
e.g., S1O2 fuller’s eailli. The puri- a good ap[)eaiance since it is a cleai,
aromatic bright solution. Furthermori', becau.se it
fied oil contains 0,l-f)9f of
contains little or no water, the user
resinous compounds which act as anti-
oxidizing agents. If these are deficient
knows exactly what cpiantity of oil is
being dealt with; and, in addition, its de-
the oil may be
blended, or the product
creased volume on this account redin'es
(0.1-5%) by treating turpen-
olitained
timo with 110804, separating, neutraliz handling, stoiage and shijiping co.sts.
Pinally, in imjioitant apjdications, it can
ing, and wasliing may be added.
bo uK‘d in a fir.st step ns an oil, its sclf-
emulsifying piopi'rties being valuable in
* Penetrating Oil sncceedirig operations.
The following is used for Tlie n.^'ual oils to be put into soluble
freeing
rusted connections, bolts, etc. form are the mineral oils. The crauisi-
fving action is brouglit about by dissolv-
Heaxy Lubricating Oil 27-.32%
ing a .soap or similar compound in the
Amyl Acetate 0.25-1% oil. As a rule when sodium or potassium
Cottonseed Oil 2.0-2.5%
soaps are used, a large excess of fatty
Kerosene Balance nci»i together with alcohol or other
mutual solvents are necessary. On stand-
Penetrating Oil ing, the latter solvents are often evapo-
Pine Oil 30 rated, the entire soap then being thrown
Blown Rape Seed Oil 30 out of solution. Ammonium soaps are
Carbon Tetrachloride 10 better as regards solubility in the oil, but
364 the chemical formulary
B.
* Lubricating Oil, Bcclaiming Used
10 Ih. Diglycol Oleato i I
50 Turpentine I an oil in water Oil such as that which has been used
JOO Water / eimi/sion in an engine or transformer is heated and
^ Caustic Soda J impurities which settle out are removed;
the oil is mixed with a fluid reagent com-
C. prising castor oil blended with about 10%
15 lb. Diglycol Oleato of mineral oil of high sp. gr. at a temp,
a water in oil
60 Mineral Oil of about 70°, and the resulting mixt. is
emulsion
75 Water further heated and subjected to the
action of superheated steam while stir-
Stainless Knitting Oil ring to duve off diluent material of non-
75 to 80 parts Good Quality Mineral ' lubricating character; about 3% of ma-
Oil (technical grade water white) terial such as tiimetlianolamine is added
15 to 25 parts Good Quality Ncat’s- to assist in sepn. of the oil from the
foot Oil (should show at least 30“ reagent, the mixt. is cooled to about 22°,
F. c. t.)
the oil IS sepd. from the reagent and
deleterious matter by centrifuging, de-
Adjust proportions on a 100 parts basis
colorizing mnterial such as fuller’s
as to viscosity desired.
earth is added, and the resulting mixt.
is pas.se<l through a straining medium
Oil for Leather such JUS an asliostos filti'r to clarify the
Rozolin 10 oil.
Degras 10
82
Mineial oil — Sulfonated-tallow emul-
Mineral Oil sion suitable finishing compound on
as
cheaper goods where a slight odor is not
* Linseed Oil, Substitute
objectionable, may be corrected by some
Rosin, about 25 lb. special artificial odor. May be used for
Animal Fat, about 12 lb. morconzed yarns.
Lubricating Oil, about 32° Df'. 3 lb.
50 parts 50% Sulfonated Tallow
Cobalt Acetate Vi to 3 lb.
10-15 paits Mineral Oil Softener
Litharge 2 to 10 lb.
33-38 parts Water
Water, about 2 lb.
2 parts Trisodium-phosphate
Kerosene 65 lb.
(this should be dissolved up
The ingredients (with the exception of in the water)
the kerosene) are thoroughly mixed and
Agitate while heating until solution
heated to about 480° F. and then cooled,
reached and sample tested will emulsify
the kerosene being added and mixed after
satisfactorily in cold and lukewarm
turning off the fire.
water.
* Mineral Oil Solublo^^astor Oil The above is especially good for rayon
Castor Oil is heated to 200-280'’ C. because it doesn 't weaken the latter and
with %%
of any of the following until a waslies off readily.
quality commercially, iron free) The jibovi* treatment gui'S an oil of in-
ciea.sed insulating powei.
Adjust proportions according to con-
sistency required, after thoroughly agi-
tating, allow to stand over 12 to 2t houis Insoluble Oil Lubricant for Wool
and drain off water layer.
10-20 lb. Lard Oil, Quality
No. 1
Test. Try concentrated solution added
.SO-'.IO lb. I'ale Paialliiie (deblooined
to cold to hot water for solubility adding
type) Oil
goods to be processed. Test their feel.
If too stiff the amount of sodium silicate Mix cold with Stirling, then heat until
may bo reduced accordingly. lilended and add some tyjn' of aitificial
The above formula may bo used as a odor couqiound.
base and suitable solvents incorporated
into the mixture that will iemo\e oil
* Rancidity and O.xidation in Fats and
spots, etc., in the heel, toe, or leg ot
Oils, Prevention of
hosiery, or material under process.
Tests. Solvents must be cliocked for The addition of maleic or fumane acids
miscibility and other nece«5sary require- or salts or esters of the same in amounts
ments for the particular use, cspeciallv us low us 0.02% is effc-ctive in some cases.
boiling temperatures. (Those above 212®
F. b. p. are best to use.) Paper Size
of cream sizing is boiled with 30
111 11),
Sulphite
Prepared by cooking wood chips at 70 T’tineipal Tyjies of Papi'r
to 80 lb. pre.ssurc 15 to IH hours with a All papers ar<‘ formed on a scrci'n
Solution of sulpluirous acid wliicli has catiliirig tlie Hiisjii'iidcd filims and pass
been passed through a tower of lime or ing througli tlu' water. The n'sulling
dolomite. The final solution varie.s mat IS dried by 8<iuee/ing tlnough felts
greatly but a total sulphur dioxide con- and heating ou hot cvliniiers.
tent, 4.5%, 3.5% free and the re.st com-
bined ia considered good practice.
P.ook
t'hiefly prepared from sulphite and
Sulphate (or Kraft) soda jHilp.
______
Prepared by cooking wood chips at
News
120 to 140 lb. pressure about 8 hours
with a solution of sodium hydroxide and About eighty per cent ground wood.
Bodiiim sulphide. The solution may have
a formula approximating sodium carbo-
nate, 11, sodium hydroxide 90, sodium "Wrapping
sulphide 25 gm, per liter. Sulphite, Suli»hate, .lute, Hope, or mix-
tures.
Soda
Writing
Prepared by cooking wood chips at
110 to 120 lb. pressure about 8 hours May be old rag, but usually Bulphito
with a &-8% sodium hydroxide solution. or sulphite and soda.
A paper that Ima been treated with A. 1.3 gm. iodine, 1.8 gm. potassium
concentrated sulphuric acid. iodide made up to 100 c.c. wit^
water.
B. Saturated calcium chloride (at 70
Cdassinc deg. F.).
A heavily beaten, unloailed jmper. To use this stain moisten the fibers
Supercahind(‘red. with A. Absorb the excess solution with
filter paper and moisten with B.
Grwiae Proof
Prepared aa above, but not .super- Phloroglucinol
enlandered. 5 gm. phloroglucinol in 250 c.c. of
50% hydrochloric acid. (One part cone,
Cellophane acid to one part water.) Avoid undue
exposure to light.
Not technically a paper.A film of re-
generated cellulose, cellulose nitrate or
acetate. To Prepare Paper for Identification
Take about one square inch of a rep
Basic Weight resentative sample of the paper and
cover it with a small quantity of 0.5%
Paper is by basic weight. Official
sold
sodium hydroxide solution. Transfer to
basic weight is the weight of 500 sheets,
a fine sieve and wash free of alkali.
25 by 40 inches. Trade custom basic
Transfer to a small bottle or heavy test
weights vary. To convert from official
tube and add glass beads. Shake vig-
to trade figures the following factors are
orously to macerate the paper and dilute
useful
Trade Size to about a 0.1% suspension. Dot a
microscope slide with small portions
Trade Name (inches) Factor
drawn with a wide mouthed pipette.
Book 25X.38 0.950
Absorb excess moisture with filter paper
News 24 X.3(5 0.8«)4
or dry in an oven at 105 deg. C.
Wrapping 24X:ffi 0.8()4
Writing 17X22 0.374
Effect of Standard Stains
Phloroglucinol
Determination of Basic Weight
This stain is especially useful for mak-
To determine basic weight without the
ing quick tests for the presence of
use of a special balance the ordinary
ground wood. There is no need to pre
analytical balance may be employed.
pare a slide as a few drops on any sheet
The following formula will give the offi-
of paper not heavily coated will give a
cial basic weight.
satisfactory test. In the presence of
Gm.X 1.102X1000 ground wood a deep wine-red color is
Total area in sq. inches instantly produced.
Herzberg Stain
Stains Used in the Paper Trade The sample must be properly prepared.
Herzberg Stain Red— Linen, cotton, bleached hemp.
A, Saturated Zinc chloride (at 70 deg. —
Blue Well cooked wood.
—
Yellow Ground w’ood, jute, unbleached
B. 5.25 gm. Potassium iodide, 0.25 hemp.
gm. iodide, 12.5 c.c. water.
PAPER AND PULP 369
To Parchmentize Paper
PACER COATINGS
Prepare a fifty per cent solution of
('a.scin (due
sulphuric acid. Pass a water-leaf (un-
rasciri 100 Ib.
loaded) paper through the solution being
careful that no air bubbles prevent even
Water 50 gal.
llor.ix 17 lb.
contact with acid. Each part of the
paper should remain in contact with acid
Amnnmia 2<C 1 qt.
for about 5 seconds. Promptly plunge I'lie lascin is prefenibly soaked a few
the paper into a large quantity of cold hoiJis in the water, the borax dissolved
water. Then wash with a running stream in a little —
hot water added, and the
of water from the faucet or a wash bot- wliole cooked to 100° F. till no undis-
tle with a wide-mouthed tip. Next wash Bolved particles of casein remain. Then
with a weak solution of ammonia to re- the ammonia is added and the glue
move the last trace of acid and finally cooled.
wash with water to remove any ammo-
W’ax Emulsion
nia. An excellent parchment-like effect
is acquired by thick papers. However, Garnauba Wax .50 lb.
For Chemical Advisore, Special Raw Materials, Equipnicnt, Oontoiners. fcormidt Supply
Sartion at end of book
370 the chemical formulary
water and
dissolved in the Soda Ash 10 lb.
The soap Is Dissolved in
The wax is added Tri Sodium
brought to boiling. 3 gal. of
Phosphate 7 lb.
and boiling continued until all is emulsi- hot water
fied. The emulsion is preferably stirred Borax 5 lb.
75
Water 105 gal.
(.15% dry) lb.
Clay 1300 lb.
Casein Clm* 8 gal.
Carnauba Wax Emulsion 1 gal. Stir 15 min. in a rapid dissolver and
Talc 4 lb. add
Dry Casein 140 lb.
Pearl
Stir 15 min. and add
Clay 50 lb.
Blanc Fixe Pulp 50 lb.
Dry Borax 18 lb.
Pulped
Italian Talc 4 lb. Stir 5 min. and add
together
Ultramarine Blue 5 lb. Ammonia 4 qt.
Water 4 gal. Heat to 140® F. and stir till casein is
Casein Clue 12 gal. dissolved and cool to room temp.
Carnauba Wax Emulsion 4 gal. Strain before using.
If hard sizi'd coating is desired, in-
Bed crease the amount of casein until the de-
sired degree of sizing is obtained.
Red Pulp (40% dry) 200 lb.
Talc Italian 4 lb.
Casein Clue 12 gal. Coating for Paper
Carnauba Wax Emulsion 0 gal.
Sodium Silicate 30 gm.
Sodium Sulforicinoleate 20 gm.
White Heat together on water bath and add
Clay 300 lb.
30 cc. boiling water.
Water 20 gal. Dip paper into this and draw out im-
Italian Talc 18 lb.
mediately. This gives a parchment like
Casein Glue 25 gal.
effect to the paper.
Carnauba Wax Emulsion 12 gal. Keep the mix boiling for five minutes
and dip second piece of paper into it.
Paper Coating — Special for High This gives: a translucent paper.
Finish — White
Water 65 gal. Paper Coating
Soda Ash 3 lb.
The relative amounts of clay, casein,
Ammonia 4 gills
and water in the coating slips were 100,
Satin White 440 lb.
17.5, and 250 parts, respectively. The
Clay 650 lb.
casein solution contained 100 parts of
Mix thoroughly and add the following casein, 10 of borax, 5 of soda ash, and
solution 2 of ammonia. The formula and method
Water 50 gal. of preparation of the clay-casein mixture
Casein 100 lb. were as follows:
PAPER AND PULP 371
Cby slip: 3000 grams clay, 3825 ml. used for matt or semi-nmtt finishes.
a ter, and 10 ml. concentrated ammonia, Neither clay nor blanc fixe gives such a
he clay was soaked overnight in 8000 waterproof coating as satin white. De-
ml. The additional 825 ml.
of water. pending on the elfect desired and (ho
of water were used the next morning to nature of the casein and the lineiiess of
wash the mixture into the agitator. 'I'lio grinding (d' the pigment, one part of
ammonia was then added, and the mix- I’asem will bind satisfactorily alnuit 20
ture agitated about 1.5 hours before the parts of barucs. 15 j)arls of chalk, 15
casein solution was added. parts of coarse clay, 12 parts of fine
Casein solution: 525 grams casein in clay, and 10 parts of satm white. In
: 2000 ml. of water; 52.5 grams borax in general, the gieater the amount of min-
730 ml. water; 20.25 grams soda ash (58 eral matter piescnt the greater the gloss
per cent sodium oxide) in 750 ml water; and the mote readily does the paper re-
11 ml. concentrated ammonia in 104 ml. ceive the ink.
water. The casein was soaked in the
2000 ml. of water for one hour at room
Paper (’oatiiig (3[imposition
temperature and was stirred meanwhile.
It was brought into solution by the ad A typical ioimulu is as follows:
dition of the three solvents in the order Lactic Casein 9%
— borax, ammonia, each dis-
soda ash, Boiax k’%
sohed in the stated amount of water. Blanc Fixe ()()%
After the solvents had been adihal, the 'Pale 1%
solution was stirred for 1.5 to 2 hours, S|i('( ial Soap Solution •1%
warmed to 57° C. (1.85° F.), and \\ ali'r 121%
screiaied through a No. 200 sieiix The The .soap solution is made by boiling
screened solution after being cooled to •gether
room temperature was mixed with the
Carnauba Wax 20.0_%
clay slip. The mixture was agitated for
Potassium Carbonate 1.25%
1.5 to 2 hours, screened, and ajiplied to
Water 78.75%
the base paper in the coating nnu lime.
gri'ati'r degree of wat ('r resistance can
be sccuicd Iw Hiibstitiilmg for the borax
Paper Coating OIK' sixth of its weigiit of caustic soda,
Soak (1) in (2) for an hour. Dissolve F.; cool. Stir for hour.
• Deinking Paper
• Waterproof Heat Insulation Paper The paper is treated with about 100
Asbestos Fiber Q.*! parts of waWr to each part of paper i»
Wood Cellulose .1 an ordinary paper beater or hollander,
Starch 2 the said water containing sufficient of
374 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
tho sodium hydroxide, sodium mctasili- losic fibers may then be washed so as to
catc and/or trisodium phosphate to give insure the removal of any residual fillers
it tho desired hydrogen ion concentration and pigment, this being done either on
of pH 9.0 to 12.6. The duration of this tho screen itself or, preferably, by trans-
beating is preferably about one hour. ferring the wet mass of cellulosic pulp
At the end of that time there is adtlcd to a vessel containing clear water and
for each 5 grams of paper present 10 ml. thereupon again throwing this new mix-
of a 1 % soap solution or a 1% solution ture onto the screen. In localities where
of the sulphonatcd oil in water, which is the water is hard and when soap has been
equivalent to 1/10 gram of soap to 5 used, it is advisable to employ a softened
grams of paper, or in tho ratio of 1 part water or else to add sufficient alkali to
of soap or sulplionated oil to every 50 the water so as to prevent the formation
parts of paper. In other words, when of insoluble calcium soap, which, if
treating a ton of paper, there would be formed, would deposit itself upon the
required J/50 ton or 40 pounds of soap fibers and cause them to lose their bril-
or tho said oil. The said sulplionated liant white color. If such an alkaline
oil is quite dispersible in w-ater and pro- washing solution is employed, this does
duces a sort of milky emulsion. not necessarily imply a waste of mate-
After the addition of the soap or oil, rial, as the filtrate obtained from this
the boating is continued for about 20 washing step may, after correction for
minutes, until it is soi'n that tho fibers itshydrogen ion concentration, be em-
have quite well separated from tho fillers ployed for the first step in the treatment
in the paper and the ink pigment. If of a subsequent batch of printed paper.
tho paper that is being treated does not However, if the sulphonatcd oil is em-
contain any filleis, it is advisable, al- ployed, this precaution will not be nec-
though not absolutely essential, to add a essary.
finely divided inorganic material such as In any event, and particularly when
finely powdered gypsum or land jdastcr, alkali is used in tho wash water, the
or a colloidal clay such as bentonite. paper fiber is then further washed witli
Tho amount of such lillers addl'd for this pure water so as to remove tho residual
purpose may be on the order of from 10 alkalinity thereof and produce a pulp
to 25 pounds per ton of unfilled paper, suitable for the manufacture of new
such as uewspiint, undergoing treatment. paper or paper product.
After adding this extraneous mineral The present process lias been particu-
matter, tho beating is preferably contin- larly useful in the removal of colored
ued a further 20 minutes so as to insure printing ink from highly coated maga-
tho gathering of the ink pigment upon zine stock and similar papers, it being
the said mineral matter, so that it can- well known that the removal of modern
not rodeposit upon the cellulosic fibers. rotogravure and process inks presents a
In either event, that is, when treating problem difficult of solution and a prob-
either coated or uncoated paper, the ma- lem which was never presented to prior
terial is now ready for filtration to sepa- inventors, as in the past ordinary print-
rate tho cellulosic fibers from the pig- ing inks based upon merely a linseed oil
ment and fillers. This is accomplished base were tho most commonly employed,
by running it over a coarse sieve having whereas the modern printing inks often
meshes fine enough to hold tho fibers but contain synthetic resins and dyestuffs
suflUciently coarse to let the fillers, ink which are by no means as easy to remove
pigment and dispersed ink vehicle pass as tho ordinary old-style printing inks.
through with the solution. It is pre- The temperatures employed in the
ferred to do this without any suction, treatment, it may be stated, may be any-
and the most advantageous manner of where between room temperature and
doing it is to pass the material over an about 180® F. (87® to 90“ C.), the lat-
ordinary screen such as is well known in ter temperature being particularly suit-
tho paper-making art. It is not advis- able. As the hydrogen ion concentration
able to employ any groat degree of suc- approaches 12.6, it will be advisable to
tion, as this tends to mat down the fibers use a somew'hat lower temperature, say
and thereby causes physical entrapment 160“ F. (or from 60“ to 75“ C.). Heat-
of the pigment and fillers. ing the solution in this manner accele-
After the solution containing the sus- rates the action, but the process will work
pended pigment and fillers, etc., is passed even at room temperatures, provided the
through the screen, the remaining cellu- agitation is sufficiently prolonged.
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY
Acne Cream Skin Ointment
Petrolatum White 10 lb. Amber Petrolatum 270 oz.
Calamine 3 lb. Amber Liquid Petrolatum 78 oz.
Calamine lb.
Kolc: For s[)ecial treatment of burns
2Vi
Boric Acid VA lb.
add 4 oz. Pune Acid,
For acute eczemu and other inflamma-
tory conditions of the skin add 4 oz,
Acne Ointment
Kcsorcin.
Bctanaphthol 2
Sublimed Sulfur 4 Anesthetic, Local
Balsam Peru 15
Ktliyl Aminobenzoato U. P. 3
Petrolatum 15
Benz)l Alcohol 5
Ktlier 10
Analgesic Balm Glue Oil 82
Lanolin Anhydrous 45 oz.
Yellow Petrolatum 25 oz. Antiseptic Solution (N. F.)
Menthol 2 oz.
Boric Acid 25 g-
Ethyl Amino Benzoate 2Vi oz.
Thymol 1 g-
Distilled Water 18 oz.
Kiiealyptol 5 c.c.
Oil Wintcrgrcen IVi oz.
Methyl Salicylate 1.2 c.e.
375
370 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
M Alcohol
Glycerin
ze or decompose is made
owing as a solvent.
by using
10
10
Applied to burns this leaves a thin moist,
cooling, protective layer
ing results.
and rapid heal-
Calamine Lotion
Antiseptic Cure for Poison Ivy Calamine 8.00
Wash infected parts well with strong Zinc Oxide 16.00
soap and water to remove poisonous oils. Glycerin 15.00
Also use ether and chloroform or Lime Water 60.00
gasoline. Rose Water q.8.ad. 120.00
Then apply 5 % solution ferric cliloride
mixed with 60-50 alcohol and water. Camphor Ice
Pat generously on infected part. Castor Oil 25 oz.
White Beeswax 15 oz.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Baw Materials, Eqoipneot, Omatalnan^ ate., conaolt Sapply
fitcUoA at and of book. ^
378 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Stir until cooled to about 50® C. then add Agar Agar Flakes 23.275 lb.
Oil Clovo and mold into sticks. Sodium Benzoate .75 lb.
Water 20. gal.
Glycerin 5. gal.
* riastcr, Dental
00-80 until the agar is dissolved.
(a) Silica (finely ground)
Al{)hfl (iy{)sum 20-40 Simultaneously in a steam-jacketed can
Gurn Aiabic 0.5 prepuie an emulsion from a strained
solution of:
I.
While the liquid petrolatum is being
Vanillin 0.5
added to the Acacia solution, steam is cir-
Boiic Acid Powd. 5.0
culating through the jacket of the can in
Powdered Acacia order to heat the emulsion to about 60°
Powdeiod Tragacanth
C. As soon as a uniform emulsion is ob-
of each enough to make 100.0
tained it is transferred to the steam-
II.
jneketed kettle and mixed under stirring
with the hot agar solution. Then the
Powdered Acacia
stirrer is shut off and the hot mixture by
Powdeied Agai-Agar
means of a pump is drawn from the
of each 0.05
kettle anil stiained through a 40 mesh
Powdered Tragacanth make 10.00
to
struincr into two 50-gallon tin-lined cop-
In making these prepaiations, it is per cans, in which it is left undisturbed
essential that all of the ingredients be in for forty-eight hours. The so obtained
the form of a veiy line powder. agar mush is soft and smooth, although
of somewhat curdy appearance. It is
Castor Oil 35
• Agar-Petrolatum Emulsion Milk of Magnesia 5
In a steam-jacketed kettlo heat under Water 60
constant stirring:
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 379
product is cold.
Eye Lotion
• Laxative Mineral Oil Emulsion Zinc Sulphate 0.24
Psyllium Seed
Sat. Sol. BoricAcid 180.00
1. 0.3
Spanish SalTion (to color) 0.12
2. Agar 0.1
Alcohol 4.00
3. (Jelatino 0.07
Camphor Water q.s.ad. 250.00
4. Mineral Oil 70
6. Water 29.5
Swell 1, 2, 3 and 5 then boil ; cool and
Eye Salves
filter add a preservative and run 4 in Mercuiy oxide, red or yellow, is used
slowly while beating intermittently. mixed with wool grease, petrolatum or
butter salve base. Special prepared salve
bases may also be used. In one compo-
Paraffin Oil, Emulsion of
sition 1 to 3% yellow oxide of mercury
(for Internal use)
(freshly precipitated) is mixed with 10%
Powdered Tra^picanth 5 gm. of anhydrous wool grease, 8% of distill^
Moldex 1 gm. water, 2% of olive oil and white petro-
Alox)hol (90 pet cent.) 10 gm. latum to make 100%. In another compo-
Glycerin 1 160 gm. sition one to 2.5% of collargol is mixed
Distilled Water t 304.5 gm. with 15% of distilled water, 12 parts
PH VRMACKUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY HHI
anhydrous wool grease and white petrola- using more or less olive oil the jamcils
tum to make 100%. Another formula may bo made of any desirtul consistency.
contains 0.001 gram mercuric chloride,
0.05 gram boric acid, 5 drops olive oil and
Gargle, Sore Throat
5 grams white petrolatum. Also 5 parts
red oxide of mercury are mixed with 3 The preparation is used, diluted with
parts opium and 100 parts fresh sweet two or thioe paits of water, either from
butter; also one part red oxide of mer- a spiay ap[)liod to nose and throat, or
cury is mixed with 29 parts white bees- as a nasal douche from a nasal irrigator
wax and 70 parts fresh sweet butter. or syringe. Habitual users commonly in-
hale the solution into the nostrils from
the palm of the hand. The prepaiatioii
Foot Powder alho a
IS mo.-it m-cful gargle for sore
Zinc Stearate 60 gm. throats:
Alum Acetate 10 gm. Sodium liicaibouato 1.00
Menthol %
gm- Itorax 2.00
Sodium Benzoate 0.8U
Foot Powder Sodium Salicylate 0.52
The ordinary old-time foot powder is -Menthol 0.03
(^.imposed principally of some such base Thymol 0,0.5
alcohol. Melt the paraffin and add the Aromatic j^fl. or. 320 min.
mixed solutions. When homogeneous, Chloroform 40 min.
pour out into suitable molds. Water to Produce / 1 gaL
Wrap the pencils in paraffin paper or Caramel as desire^
^
tin foil, and pack in wooden boxes. By The sodium salieymte and phenazone
382 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
are diflsoIvcJ in tho bulk of tho water, to- Lavender 6 parts
gether with flullicierit caramel to give the Oil of Pine Needle 5 parts
necessary coluur, which should be cither Eucalyptus .3parts
dark blown or almost black, and the solu- Ko.semary C parts
tion filtered. The chloroform is dissolved Formaldehyde 4 parts
in the spirits and added to tho clear Acetone 71 parts
aqueous solulion, being made to bulk with Proerdure: Mix menthol and cam-
water. Tlio dose of tho normal inixtuic phor, and warm until Add
liquefied. tho
is one fluid ounce.
oils and tho solvent. Mix and add the
2, 8odium Salic^'lato 3 oz. 287 gr. foirnaldehyde.
Liquor Ainmomi Aceta-
tis Cone. 1--7 2•^ fl. oz. No. 3
Ammonium Carbonate 480 gr. Thymol part
.5
Water to Iboduco 1 gal. I’cppermint Oil 6 parts
Caiamel as desired. Pine Needle Oil 3 parts
The sodium salicylate, potassium bicar- Formaldehyde 5 pa its
bonate, and ammonium carbonate are dis- Isopropyl Alcohol 86.5 parts
solved in the bulk of tho water, with Procedure: Di.ssolve thymol in the oils
Hutficiimt ^ivo a dark brown
caninu’l to add solvent and formaldehyde. Mi;
colour. The solution of ammonium acetate tlioioughly and filter.
is added and (he mixtiiro lilteied, and
Mix 1 and 2 and add .3 and 4 slowly Fatty or oily siibstaiua’s, petrolatum,
with stirring; let stand overnight. for exami'le, ha\e been used foi lubri-
cating suigical instruments, such as
iiiethral sounds and vaginal specula.
Artificial Vaseline
Latterly mueilaginoiis pieimiatioiis ai<‘
Geresin or Parafrm l.'i-LM)
advised for this [iiiipose, as they may bo
White Mineial Oil M‘adily lemoved by washing with water.
Siieh a piepaiatioii may bo inado as
Wart Kemover follows;
Water 10
Mix the thn'e liquids, p<uir upon tra-
gacanth contained into a inoitar or
* Iodine, Colloidal
giadiiate, let stand foi 12 to 21 houts or
Finely divided or colloidal I is pto- until the gum ih tlioroiiglily softened,
duced by treating cryst, 1 with 1% s(dn. then tiitiiiate or beat to a smooth [lasle.
of NaOH until a straw-coloied liquid re- If ile.'.ireil still smoother, strain forcibly
coaisc crystals are filtered out, the Such a picparation may bo made by add-
tilt ate
I is allowed to stand and concen- ing to li> lluidounces of mucilage of Irish
trate and the supernatant sola, is drawn moss, HI drops of oil of eucalyptus and 5
off to remove the NaCl. diops of foi inaldehyde solution.
Liniment
Lubricating Jelly
Camphor Oil 74 oz.
Oil Laurel, Expressed 10 oz. Karaya Gum 7.3 gm.
(Jlyconicl 10.0 C.C.
Oleoresin Capsicum G81’ (vIII) 5 o/..
2 oz. Loliid 5.0 c.c.
Ethyl Amino Benzoato I
Water 100 c.c.
Camphor Powder 2 oz. /
2 oz.
*"
Moldex 0.15 gm.
Oil Rosemary
Chloroform 5 oz.
Bring 2 to a boil and stir until dis-
Oil Mustard, USP ^2 oz.
solved. Tool and add quickly to 1 while
stirring. A heavy gel forms immediately.
White Liniment Air bubbles can be removed by ke<-ping
The following formula is said to yield warm for a time. Thin gel spreads
a creamy white preparation of excellent evenly on the skin and does not roll uji.
penetrating power: Various antiseptics and medicaments rnay
Ammonium Carbonate 30 gm. be used to make vaginal and other jallieii.
Water 240 C.C.
384 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
>IonthoI Pencil or Crayon Saccharin
100 Saccharin 52 gm.
Menthol
10 Heliotropine 11
Benzoic Acid
Eucalyptol 3 Peppermint Oil 50 c.c.
Cinnamon Oil 10 c.c!
Melt together and cast in forms.
Tincture of Cochineal 250 c!c!
Ten parts beeswax and 46 parts an- Procedure.— Dissolve saccharin, helio-
hydrous lanolin are melted and 180 parts tropinc, peppermint, cinnamon, and co-
distilled water added. Mass is well mixed chineal in alcohol in the order stated.
and then mixture of 15 parts menthol, 16 Mix well. Chill and filter.
parts methyl salicylate and 2 parts rose-
mary oil are worked in and uniform salve
Aromatic
obtained. In another preparation 5 paits
Kucalyptol 10 oz.
menthol are dissolved in 6.5 parts acetic
Menthol 10 oz.
ester, 4,2 parts absolute alcohol, LS.")
Clove Oil 5 oz.
parts triple strength ammonia liquor and
Wintergreen Oil 1 oz.
solution is worked up into salve with 45
Hi'liotropino 0.1 oz.
parts anhydrous lanolin, 36.5 parts white
Acetic Ether io oz.
ietrolatura and perfumed with 0..5 part
Cliiorophyl Ether Soluble 2 oz.
favondor oil and 1 part essence of eau do
cologne.
Alcohol, q.s. to make 1,000 oz.
Mosquito Cones
Procedure . —
Add all ingredients to the
alcohol one at a time, while mixing in the
1. Powd. Charcoal 16 oz. order given. Mix for three hours. Chill
Nitrate Potassium 2 oz. in a cooling tank to 40“ F. and filter.
Carbolic Acid IVi, oz.
Insect Powder 8 oz.
Tragacanth Muciluge, a Salol-Thymol
Salol 10 oz.
sufficient quantity
Thymol 4 oz.
Make into a with the
stiff paste 1
Mosquito Powder
1. Oil Eucalyptus 1 oz. Mouth Wash
Powdered Talcum 2 oz.
Benzoic Acid 1 lb.
Powdered Starch 14 oz.
Boric Acid 2 lb.
This powder is to bo rubbed into the Borax 1 lb.
exposed parts of the body to prevent the Alcohol 1% gal.
attack of the in.scct. Eucalyptus 3 fl. oz.
2. Oil Pennyroyal 4 oz. Oil of Thyme 1 fl. oz.
Powdered Nnphthalin 4 dr. Oil of Wincergreen 2 fl. oz.
Starch 16 oz. Water 15 gal.
Mix Caramel Coloring I Vi fl. oz.
well and sift. This is to be used
like the preceding. The boric acid and borax are added to
part of the water and dissolved by boil-
ing. The solution is cooled by the addi-
Basic Formulae for Mouth Washes tion of the rest of the water and left to
It should be noted that terpeneless oils b^ome quite cold. The benzoic acid is
are best employed. For use, a few drops dissolved in half the alcohol, and the
of the product are added to a glass of essential oils in the remaining half, and
water the two mixed and added to the water
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 386
fiiul Menthol
with a portion of the Yellow Oleic Acid 20 parta
l\»troIatum until smooth. Gradually add Petrolatum 70 jiarts
the leniainder of the Petrolatum and the
I.aiiolin.
(U) Mix Epinephrin Solution with Dis- Deooloiized Tincture of Iodine
tilled Water and add this aqueous solu- Iodine Ciystals 50 jnirts
tion slowly under trituration to No. 1 and I’otussium Iodide 25 pints
mix until homogeneous. Stronger Ammonia Water liH) parts
Water 400 parts
Alcohol, a sullicient quantify
Mustard Ointment
to nuiko loOO parts
Lanoliu Anhydrous 45 oz.
Yellow Petrolatum 27 OZ.
Mugni'suun Carbonate,
Diabetic Tea I’owdeied 13 lb.
Calcium Carlinnate,
Two examples of such teas are as fol-
Powdi'ri'd CAVi lb.
lows, Ten parts acacia flowers, 20 ixirr.s
Milk of Magnesia 31 lb.
mistletoe, 15 parts water fennel seeds
Distilled Water 24 ])t.
and 30 parts lady’s mantle. Also 5 puits
Saccluiiin 282 gr.
lovage root, 5 parts valerian root, 5 paits
Salt, I’owalered lOS 11».
blackberry root, 35 parts herba lierl)a
Flavoring Oils Sulflcient,
anserinac and enough foliue myrtillae to
make 150 part^ in all. Mix glycerin, water, soup. gmm, milk of
magnesia and saccharin in a nipid mixei.,
Add flavor and mix for 15 miuute.s.
Transfer to small mixer, add salt, run for
Tobacco Cure
fi\e minutes and add magnesium car-
The following mouth wa.sh is said to bonate; mix additional five minutes; feed
“cure” one of smoking. calcium carbonate to pasty mass and mix
Silver Nitrate 0.2 for 20 minutes. Allow' to .stand 12 hQt|r>'^:
OilPeppermint 0.1 stir slowly for 10 minutes and fill iu
Water 100 tubes.
The mouth should be rinsed with this
several times daily.
(Acid) Tooth Paste Formula
Glycerin 200.0 parts
#
* The acid solution is made as follows Dissolve glycostcrin in water and gly-
citric, boric, and tar-
5 parts each of cerine oil water bath. Stirred mechani-
taric acids dissolved in 100 parts cold cally while cooling. Added 15 gm. of the
sired by adtling nioie or hss of the Cal- Pn-ii/nic Acid and Saccharin. Finally,
Sulfate but this should never be tlic water. Mix foi 5 minutes. Hsftt
Proerdure: Pub up the oil with part Cream of Tartar 350 gr.
of tho calcium carbonate until finely dis- Milk Sugar 300 gr.
persed. Add
tho other ingrodieuts and Colloidal Clay 375 gr.
mix thoroughly. Sift. Flavor 8 gr.
Color if Desired (usually pink)
Calcium Carbonate 600 gr.
Tricalciiitn Phosphate 150 gr. Procedure: Add flavors to milk sugar
Calcium Chloride 20 -gr. and mix. Mix cream of tartar with the
Bicarlx>nate of Soda clay ai)4 niix both mixtures together
00 gr.
Pulv. Neut. Soap thoroughly. Sift.
55 gr.
Confectioner’s XXX Stigar 100 gr.
Flavor to Suit
8 gr. Tooth Paste Flavors
Procedure: Mix the flavoring with tho Tho following three formulas represent
sugar thoroughly. Add tho soap and mix flavors to bo used in preparing an herb
again. Add the bicarbonate and tho cal- toothpaste, a wintergreen and a cherry
cium chloride. Mix. Add the tricalcium toothpaste.
PHARMACEUTICAL AND PROPRIETARY 301
2 .
Oil of Aniso Vi part sections are made so that one fits down
cator (litmus or broniothymol blue). mirror bright. The pptd. AgoS from the
fixing soln. is treated in the same way
except that it is melted with Fe, as
* Develo])er, Photogmphic AgoSF Fe= FeS+2Ag. 'lo regenerate
p*propylanunophenolhydro- fixing sidution Ag is pptd. by NU2S.
chloride 1
Sod. Thiosulfate 9
Photogmphic Negatives, Removing
Pot. Carbonate 8
Water Spots from
Water 200
For removing water-spot drying marks
on negatives bleach in the following
Photographic Developer, Rapid soln.: K2O2O7 1 g., HoO 100 cc., HCl
Boln. A: metol 5 g., hydroquinone 5 2 cc. and redevelop with an elon-hydro-
f.,
NaoSOs 100 g., H2O 1 1.; soln. B: quinoue developer.
K2CO3 100 g., H2O 1 1. Time of im-
mersion of film in soln. A, 1 min., fol-
Photographic Negative Intensifier
lowed by immersion for to % in
The following formula is recommended
soln. B.
for the intensification of underdeveloped
transpar^Mj^: soln. (1): citric acid 10
PhotogUphic Developing Fi.\er
g., diatd. 500 cc., pyrogallol 7.5 g.
Metol 5- 10 aoln. (2) ; 10 g., distd. HgO 200
Hydroquinone 15-20 cc. For ust^ix 25 cc. of (1) with 20
Sod. Sulfite 50- 80 ilrops of (2). Pour quickly over the
All formulae preceded by an asterisk (*) are covered by patents.
392
PHOTOGRAPHY 393*
For Chernies] Adviiori, Speelsl Bsw Ifsterisb, Kqstpneot, Contsioers, tie., contaH SuMAT
Section st end ni hook.
394 the chemical formulary
quire4il.Thifl bleach ia alao better than B. If the image fades during washing,
otli*r8#l|ul/i(le toning. the print should be bathed in 5%
*'
C2H2O4.
4
bottle in a dark place. Soln. B: VCI4 hard H2O maybe removed by means of
as paste, 5 g. HCl (coned.) 25%, 50 cc.;
;
dll. AcOH
(2.5%). Mounted prints may
distd. H2O, 200 cc. P’or use, take 100 cc. be sponged with this soln. since the acid
of A, 100 cc. distd. H2O and 5-10 cc. of evaps. without harming the print.
Red-Browns
COLORS FOR PLASTICS
Colors for Plastics
Deep Indian Bed 1.75
Burnt Turkey Umber .75
Mahoganies Besin 49
Btumt Sienna 2.92 Wood Flour 49
Black Oxide of Iron .44
Deep Indian Bed .64
Deep Indian Bed 1.50
Besin 49 Black Oxide of Iron .5
Wood Flour 49 Besin 49
\Vood Flour 49
Burnt Sienna, Dark .8
Burnt Sienna, Very Dark 3.12 Blacks
Black Oxide of Iron .08
Nigrosine Dye 1.4
Rosin 49
Black Oxide of Iron .6
Wood Flour 49
49
Resin
Wood Flour 49
Burnt Sienna 1.64
Black Oxide of Iron .14
Deep ladian Bed .22 Olive Drab
Resinl 49 BlaaiyWjle of Iron 1.
Wood flour Yellow Oxnie of Iron
Besin^ 49
Wood Flour 49
^ Seal Browns
^Bumt Sienna, Dark 1.85
Black Oxide of Iron .1 Molding Powder
Ultramarine Blue .05 Asbestos Flour 147 parts
Besin 49 Chalk 147 parts
Wood Flour 49 Clay 147 parts
Bakelite 30 parts
Cumarone 30 parts
Deep Indian Red .75
Burnt Turkey Umber 1.75
49 Rubber Pyroxylin Mixture
wood Flour 49 A common solvent for rubber and py-
roxylin is composed of following
For Cbemlcal Advlson^ 8 p«d*I Esw MUwUI*. *qulpB»nt» Oottialnws, etc., WMuH
BeeUon at end of book.
»96 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
* Albttpg Composition, Celluloid luloid plate. A compn. contg. gelatin 3,
glycerol 15 and water 82% may be used.
TileM^jirhosphate 75-80
GypstM 300-350
'
‘
^ •Cellulose Composition
* Ivory, Artificial
* Bottle Caps, Oelatin
Twoparts of casein are dissolved in 12
capsules are formed from a
Elastic
parts of water to whi?h a small addition
compn. consisting of a basic inixt. of of sodium hydroxide was added. To this
gelatin 400 and glyeeiol 100 parts to casein solution add then a solution of so-
which is added a mi.xt. of about 0.013- dium penla-sullide which contains 3.7
0.02 part of petroleum and about 0.03- parts of sulfur in 15 parts of water.
0.04 part of benzoin- resin, and the cap- The decomposition of tlie poly-sulfldo
sules are hardened with a 3-5% formal- witli 10% liyUroclilonc acid goes beyond
dehyde soln. to which glycerol and ale. the formation of colloidal sulfur and re-
are added. sults ultimately in a flaky coagel of col-
m casing. The acid is re
loidal sulfur
Oelatin Films, Hardening moved from the eoagcl by washing it
with water; the greater part of the
Ck^in or other protein layers are ren-
water retained by the casein is removed
dereowery insoluble by treatment with
by pre.ssing it at a relatively low pres-
the following;
sure.
Formaldehyde 100 cc. The obtained mass is now homogen-
Pot. Carbonate 100 gm. ized,for instance in a salve mill, and
.Water 1000 cc. becomes thereby so far plastic that it
may be transformed under high pressure
into platen or other desinible forms.
• Film, Non-Inflammable
Application of heat greatly facilitates
Cellulose acetate 100, triphenyl phos- this transformation by pressure. The
phate 10-20, and diethyl piithalate 10- shaped masses are then finaMaL dried at
15 parts are closely combined with the gentle heat and are hardcnedHL heating
aid of a solvent composed of acetone 85 them for 10 hours at a tenoj^ture of
and nlc. 15 parts to form a flowable 90 to 95*.
dope, which is cast on a suitable surface.
The excess of solvent is evapd. and the
stripped from the surface. • Plastic, Molding
resultant lUm
500 grams of sugar, preferablj^ brown
cane sugar, is thoroughly mixed about m
iJ^on- Inflammable Film, Prevention of 1000 cubic centimeters of say 40% for-
P Shrinkage maldehyde solution. When the sugar is
^
Sucly films are treated with dilute am-
i completely mixed in the formaldehyde
monia lor six hrs. at 30-50* C. to pre- solution, heat is applied to the solution
vent staining or wrinkling during de- until a temperature of approximately 40*
velopme^ C. is attained. The
solution is main-
tained at this temperature for about 10
• Gelatin
minutea After the expiration of this
Sound Records period, about 10 grams of sodium sulfite
A (which may be hard-
gelatin soln. (NajSO^) is added to the heated solu-
ened with a dichromate) is poured on the tion in small amounts while the tempera-
wax master record to form a ture of the solution is increased to about
lUM'>hich when solid is mounted oh a 60* C. The temperature is preferably
backing such as a metal or cel- maintained at 60* C. for about 10 min-
PI^STICS 397
*
5% to 15% of the leather si'rap,
Plastic Composition
for example (10 pounds in the example
Ethyl Benzyl Cellulose 100 given above), is placed in the steam-
Triphenyl Phosfatc 1 jacketed kettle. There is also preferably
TricresyL Phosfatc 3 added glycerine and ethylene glycol, the
Benzol 200 relative amounts being variable and also
var\ing, somewhat with the amount of
The above is used for dental and other
nuplithalene or equivalent used. As a
molding or modeling purposes.
representative proportion use glycerine
to the amount of 10% of the weight of
the blither scrap (10 pounds fai the ox
• Celluloid Substitute (Nun-Inflammable) ample given), and l- 27o ethylene-glycol
Camphor .15parts (1~2 pounds in the given example).
Rosin 05 parts These are preferably mixed together m
the mixer at a temperature of 200“ P.,
Fuse above at 130*-180* inta a C. and a thorough mixing of the said ia*
sticky condition in a closed vessel The fredients performed before adding the
product formed by boiling 20 parts of {eather gum- J
waste floss silk in a 2% caustic soda so-
’
tains its elasticity and does not shrink. (il\cenne J2 lb. 5(1 lb.
PLA 'TNG
PREPARATION OF METALS sand rolling tlie objects are rolled in steel
bari(‘ls with abrasives such as sand,
FOR ELECTROPLATING aluiiduni, carbornndmn or cinciy mlxial
with water or 01 Where (lie number of
!.
For the production of impervious ad- oltjert.s is .small a sled uire brush is best
herent metal electrodepoaits, the prepara- for removing coarse .scale.
tion of the articlc.s for plating is of the A certain amount of jiulishing should
greatest importance. be used in all eases before plating,
whether a high luster is desired or not.
A. Polishing and Rufling This IS bei’an.se tlio siirfac(‘ will be nm-
No
general procedure can be given for dered more uniform, winch will iniprovo
all objects due to the large number of the quality of finish and coiroslon re-
factors to be taken into account, such as sistance of the final plate. However, tho
composition of the object, shape, size, polishing and sub.seipient treatments must
plate and surface finish desired, etc. The lie cari'fiilly studied and controlled in
directions given here will Iw* of a general order not to weaken the siiiface layeis
nature, with some specific procedures for with siilmetjuent pi'eiiiig after iilnliiig.
the commonbase metals iron and steel, I’inler oidinary circumstances finishing
and copper and brass. Treatises on the is a two step operation: “cutting down’'
subject should be consulted for further to )uodu<‘«‘ a smooth surface and “color-
information on these and other sub- ing’’ to produce a liigh final luster. It
of polishing and bufl5ng the object before rials used for the wheels include muslin,
plating, and in some cases afterwa'-ds. flannel, felt, canvas, brushes of various
The particular choice of cutting and kinds, leather and wood depending upon
finishing tools, abrasives, etc., is deter- the nature of the material being polished,
rainod by the metal, the degree of finish the coarwnesH of the abrasive, the finish
on the final surface, etc. desired, the preference of the ppltocr^
For objects covered by a considerable etc. The abrasive composition it. of Muck
tages. One canvas wheel faced with glue ing of the surface or by adsorption of
and 180 mesh abrasive; one tampico the dirt. Each plater, seller of plating
bnisll wheel faced with fine emery paste; supplies, etc., has a particular composi-
and one cloth wheel faced with chrome tion and procedure that he swears by.
or steel rouge. Tho brush wheel offers Since the kind and degree of contamina-
the advantages of reaching backgrounds tion of metallic surfaces vary consider-
that cannot lie reached with the usual ably in different plating shops, naturally
polishing wheel, and of not requiring Hie certain particular mixtures used in con-
glue-dressing step needed for the latter. junction with a specific procedure will
PLATING 401
cleanmore quickly than others. However, giving a film which will cause subsequent
probably any hot alkaline solution will peeling of the eloi't rode posit. In such
work ifgiven suflficient time. In general cases the object should be made the anode
either soap with one builder (alkaline for short time, either in the same or in a
salt) or a mixture of two alkaline salts separate bath. An alternative procedure
is used- The soap should be of a very IS to use anodic cleaning. The mechanism
soluble variety so as to be quick and free of anodic cleaning is cpiite Jifferent from
rinsing; fish oil soaps have been found that of cathodic. In tho latter, as stated
very satisfactory. Soda ash has been above, the action is due to the bubbles
used in the past as an alkaline soup of gas and iho iiicreiused alkali concentra-
builder because of its cheapeness. Even tion. However, with anodic eloauing the
today practically all commorcial cleaners action is largely due to tlie etching
contain much soda ash. However, it is (solution) of the surface. Since the im-
being gradually replaced by the more purities ate on the surface only, they will
eflicient detergents trisodium phosphate thus diop off. Anodic cleaning is often
and sodium metasilicate. These seem to used for biass and coppci Zinc should
act more quickly not only because of not be cleaned nnodiciilly us it is attacked
higher alkalinity, but also due to specific so lapidly tlie surface lilackens duo to
emulsify iiig action. Caustic soda is used the finely divided metal funned.
in many mixtures; it cleans not only by A simple cleaning bath base may bo
its emulsifying action, but also by made of the following
saponifying the fats present on tin' metal. 8 oz. per gal. (tit) g. per 1.) Soda
(Since any alkaline solution will have A all t anil \ d rous suili um ca rl »oniitc
some saponifying action, the grea'<es used ( NaoCO;,)
in themanufacturing and polishing o|n*r- or
dtions should be of the sapouiliablo 22 oz. piT gal. (itir) g. p(‘r 1 .)
variety.) WuHliing Soda (.Nil., (’().; • JO-
Electrolytic cleaning i.s fH'cpient piac- ILO)
tice inplating shops, in this method an It) o/. per gal (12(1 g. per 1.) Tnso-
eleetiic current is passed through the dium Phosphate (Na.jl'O^ 12-
object, which is made one electiode in a HoO)
hot alkaline solution. Usualh the object or
18 made the cathode, both because ot the 4 0 /.. per gal. (.'hi g. ju t 1.) Sodium
greater gas evolution (hydiogen) which Melasilniite (Na^SiO^ ollgO)
gives a scouring action, and the higher
To this should be added 1-2 o/ j'cr gal-
free alkali concent ration giving an in-
Furthermore, as lon of soap ami 1-2 oz. pm gallon ot
creased cleaning action.
caustic soda. If used clei-trolytically,
cathode metals will not dissolve and some
most or all of the soap should be elimi
reduction of the oxides on the surface
nated - <1 I oz. per gallon is sufficient.
may take place. The voltage applied
For large seah* piodintion a double
should be suflicient to produce a cuireiit
system will be found desitable. The
density of 10 amp. per sq. tt. (1 amp.
Any of the gVeatcr part of the gu’iise by solviuit dip
per sq. dm.) or greater.
or bv a strong hot soap solution; and
solutions used ordinarily for cleaning
the alkali or alkaline then ’the object put into the electrolytic
may bo employed;
elcaiiMT. Psually .T-4 minutes of the
salt content should bo high to give good
cleclndvtic clearmig is sufficient. When
conductivity. Cleaners contaiiung sus-
clean there should be a continuous film
pended solids should be avoided, as solids Kinw
of water left on the obj«‘<'t.
are often occluded to an electiode during
thoroughly before procet'ding with tlie
electrolysis. Iron bars or the containing
pickling.
tank may be used as anodes.
Special procedures must be used when
C. Kemoval of Oxide.s and Tarnish
the objects contain aluminum, zinc, tin
Oxides, scale and tarnish are usually
or lead. For ordinary cleaning caustic
removed by solution in a suitable reagent,
soda or potash must be avoided as these
will dissolve. In cathodic the process lH?ing usually culled pickbng.
substances
electrolytic cleaning these will dissolve to
For iron and steel, sulfuric or hydro-
chloric acid is used; and for copper and
some extent in any case whether caustic
formation of
to the brass sulfuric and nitric acids.
is added or not, due
Hornet imes If the copper or bnuw is polisherl and
free alkali at the cathode.
zinc, tin or lead clean, a short immersion in a ‘'bright
small amounts of the
dip," comi>08ed of 425 ml eone. 2 SO 4 H
may be redeposited from such cleaners.
Raw Mater Eqaipment. ConUlners. etc., consult Supply
For Chemlcsl Advison, Sperial Is,
upon the amount of scale present and will pa.st. The remedy found in recent years
vary from si'veral minutes to an hour.
fication.
—
(Madscuell piocess patented) is dogasi-
After pickling the met.al to he
These acids act not only by actual solu-
tion of the oxide, but also by attack of plated is made the anode on a 12 volt
the metal with evolution of gas, which circuit in concent lated sulfuric acid at
helps detach tho scale. For objects with room temperature. Usually a lead
imbedded sand (fiom castings or sand cathode is u.sed. The current starts at
blasting) hydrolluoric acid should be uliout 5 amp. per sq. dm. and .subsides
water). This will dissolve the silica. eea.se.s.By this process the occluded and
After pickling thoronghly rinse the ob- adsorbed gases and embedded oils and
ject and immerse immediately in (he plat- gieases are removed. Although a passive
ing batli with the current on. 1 'he latter film of metal is probably formed, this
doe.s not seem to be detrimental to the
precaution is particularly impoitant for
acid plating baths to avoid partial solu- adhesion of the plate. An alternative
tion of tho metal before the cuirent starts method is to use solutions of dichromates
or ehromic acid; old chromium plating
to flow. The exposure to the air of the
prepared object should bo a minimum, be- baths servo admirably.
cause tho surface is unusually clean and
particularly susceptible to oxidation.
4 per gal.
Wash ill cold water.
Nickel Sulphate oz.
All aliovo \\oik is done in the dip room. ITocediiie fui Plating:
The I'ollowiiig woik is finished in the Wash and btii'-h in milk iilkaliue solu-
hull loom plating department. tion
Hiight dip \\oik i.s washed in mdk alka- W.ash in walei
line solution again het'oio going thioiigh Dip Ml (T.iiiidi* solution.
the following opeiatioiis. W ash 111 watei,
Uulfed he platml are lirst
parts to Fla^h 111 ^ihei strike at (5 \olts,
dijiped ami blushed with gasoline and Pl.ite in sihei bath foi nun, at 2
lined in sawdust, after which tluw are Volts.
(lipped and bruslied with milk alkaline W:ish III old w.iter.
boluf ion. Wa''h in hot water.
Wash in water. I >i \ 111 hot lio\
•
Ibp incyanide solution.
Washed with water.
Plate in black nickel solution. Mnj'ping Solution
Wash in cold water. Stnj'ping solution.
Wash in hot water.
\n Imh* Oil Soap 1 oz. pei gal.
Bright dipped paits an* dried in saw- ho/, pel gal.
Sodium Ihdinxido
dust. Buffed paits aie diied in hot bo.\. Scdiiiiii Sill, .itc 1 oz j'cr gal.
Formula
Sodium Cyanide 0 oz. Ni.'kcl Strip iSulution
Cadmium Oxide 3 o/.
Nitre A. 1.1 1 pnrt
Hoditim Ilydi oxide 2 o/.
Siil|iliun( \<'id 2 parl.s
Water 1
I se at lu .1( grees F.
Use at room temperature uMiig S to B>
ampeies per sq. ft.
Fleet t:< Cleaner
Procedure for plating:
Mild Aik. lime Solution h per gal.
oz.
Very gren.-^y work is washed in gasoline
'J'hm s.iluti'.n is used with au F. M. F.
and diied in sawdust.
of f. to 12 volt.*-, oil work M (pilling I'xcep-
Wash and brush in milk alkaline suriufe. It can be uiig-
tioimlly (lean
Solution.
b\ iiddifKiii of strongei deter-
riieiiti'd
Wash in water.
ginl.'ibut cate must be used to prevent
Dip in Muriatic Acid.
.sfaming of eolored work. Use at
Wash in water.
200 dcgre(_!i F.
Wash and brush in milk alkaline
solution.
W^ash in water. Blight Dip
Dip in Cyanide,
Suli>huric Acid OG®
Wash in water.
Plate in cadmium solution from 20
Banme 08 oz. per gal.
Bronze solution:
When arsenic is added to a brass solu
tion produce a bright deposit, can’
to
“Bionze plate” (really a high-copper
should bo used to avoicl an excess as a
brass deposit) is generally produced in
light colored deposit will be the result
an alkaline solution, one similar to a brass To prepare the arsenic stock solution
solution, but with a higher copper
take two pounds of caustic soda and dis-
content.
solve same into two quarts of cold water.
Copper Cyanide 4 oz. Then add one pound of white arsenic and
Zinc. Cyanide % oz. when all has been dissolved, dilute to one
Sodium Cyanide 6 oz. gallon. One ounce of this stock solution
Sodium Carbonate 2 oz. is enough to add to each 100 gallons of
Rochelle Salts 2 oz. solution. It is impossible to bright dip
Water 1 gal. a piece of work that has been plated in
Temperature 95* P. Cathode current a brass solution that contains an excess
density, 2 to 2.5 amperes per sq. ft.; 2 of arsenic. Arsenic should never be added
to 3 volts. Rolled bronze anodes, 90% to a bronze solution; neither should am-
copper, 10% zinc. monium salts be added.
Temperature always plavs a very im- The free cyanide of a bronze solution
portant part in the control of this solu- is usually less than that of a brass bath.
tion, so the tank should be equipped with The color desired should be regulated by
a steai^^oU to keep the temperature con- the proportion of the copper and zinc
PLATING 405
Halts used and the temperature at which Nickel Sulfate 1.5
the bath is operated. Tuikey Red ()i) jo
tcmperaluie and cun eat density. (lion add the cailniium o\nic. Dissolvo
balance ol the sodium <'.\:inide and caustic
.soda ami aild to the .solution. Itiliite with
Bronzes, Restoration of Ancient
walor to full \oliinie.
The article is made the cathode in 2% 'Die free <'.\;uiide conlcnf is a ^ery im-
iS’aOll soln., and a weak curiciit is passfd ]iorl,int f'acloi. It .should c(|ual the metal
for .some lirs., a sheet-mm aiKMie bung umtciit, and lor barrel plating it should
used. In this way the inerusiraiioii is re- be oiisidctabh highci
I
duced again to metiilbc Cu, and the ouiei H.irnd pl.atmg cadiiiiiini solution
lHN(‘rs of dirt and loose sinnige (’u are usually contains twice tin' amount of
tlien reailily removed liy gentle blushing, chemicals used in the still solution.
tlins leaving a clean surt’me wlmli ii.siially
shows all the original surfau* detaihs.
Malignant jiatina is due to the i>resenc<'
('upper Hating
of Cu ()\,\chloiide in the corrosma piod- 'I'lieie are two t.\p«'s <if solutions Hint
ucts; the above elect rol;i tic pnc ess aie u.sed l<ir the d« position of copper,
ofTectiM'ly eliminates l!ie jnitina, espe- immil.N, the and theaud (sulpimte)
ciall\ when the malignant salts imiucg'- alkaline ((.vannie)
Their use is batiis.
settle, the solution syphoned off, tho car- Cu(CN )2 7.5-J5, NaCN 3.2-7 .5, NaOH
bonates removed fiom tho tank, tho solu- 15-30, Na K tartrate 22-120 g. per liter.
tion is then replaced in the tank which It i.s operated at 80-100“, using current
is filled with water to proper solution at 0 volts.
level when the solution is ready for use.
It is not advisable to remove all of tho
Copper Electrotyping
carbonates, for without any carbonates a
Tho prepared graphited wax cases arc
hard deposit will bo produced.
“oxidizoil” and ki'pt in starting tank for
2-5 minutes. They are tlien copperplated
Acid copper solution:
iu
Copper Sulphate 28 oz.
(’opper Sulfate 210 gm. per liter
Sulfuric Acid 3 to 5 fl.oz.
Sulfuric Acid 75 gm. per liter
Water 1 gal. Current density 110-140 amperes; 6
Temperature 75“ P. Cathode current volts; temperature 85“ F.
density for still solution 10 to 15 amperes
per sq. ft.; Yt to 1 volt. Agitation of
tho cathode or of the solution allows the Copper Plating Glass
uso of higher current density. Use rolled The following method is used for de-
copper anodes. positing silver upon glass, after which
the silver may be copper plated:
Remarks on Copper Solutions Tho articles are freed from oil or
Bright deposits of copper from tho grease, and placed in a dilute hydrofluoric
cyanide solution may be obtained by add- acid solution to rougheu the surface
ing to tho bath lead carbonate which has slightly; then rinsed in clean cold water;
been dissolved in a caustic soda solution. then tL*y are ready for the silvering ope-
Agitation of the cathode is also neces- ration for which two solutions are
sary. 'I’lio deposit from newly prepared necessary.
cyanide solutions is usually hard and at —
Solution No. 1. Dissolve 90 grams of
times blisteicd. Tho addition of one or sugar in 250 c.c. of distilled water; add
two ounces per gallon of caustic soda 4 c.c. of c. p. nitric acid and 175 c.c. of
helps to over come this condition. ethyl alcohol Make up to 1 liter by
Oxidized finishes are hard to produce diluting with distilled water.
^ uniformly from a cyanide solution that —
Solution No. 2. Dissolve 1.8 grams of
contains hyposulphite of soda. ,
silver nitrate in 100 c^c. of distilled water,
More uniform bronze ^ialms are pro- and add ammonia drop by drop until the
duced from an acid cop««|f^posit. An precipitate which forms is nearly redis-
excess of sulphuric acid^rw acid solu- solved; then add 0.9 gram of potassium
tion produces a deposit is hard and hydroxide dissolved in 25 c.c. of water;
Btreuy; so will an oxes»p current den- and again nearly redissolve the precipi-
3.
PLATING 40'!
Other metals may bo then plated thereon. ri'st roil, on which the work
to be platei
then iclieve the high lights with bicar- Nickel Formate sutriciont to saturate
bonate of soda, replate in gold solution water.
for a few .nvonds, dry and lacquer.
To remove fire scale after soldering on Iron Plating
solid and karat gold, the work is pickled
Formula for iron solution:
in a dip composed of: sulphuric acid 12
ounces, sodium
Ferrous Chloride 40 oz.
bichromate 4 ounces,
Calcium Chloride 20 oz.
water 1 gallon used hot.
;
Water 1 gal.
Lead Plating
Solution be operated nt
to 80® F.; 2
Foimula for lead solution:
f(i
2*a M'lts; <i to S amperes pi'r sq. ft.,
Load Farbonale 20 o/.
and a fill of .5.S,
11 \diolluoric A( 1(1 02 o/.
nnkel anodes
J h’jiohit i/ed •VM/t 1- aie
Loi ic Acid J 1 o/.
lecomiuended tin use in this type of sidil-
filuo .02.5 0/.
tion. l{cpleni''h the siiliition by llu' addi-
'I'o prepare the solution, place the tion of single nickel salts.
li}drolluoi C acid in a lead-lined tank
1 and For solutieris that me opeialed at n
add the bone acid with constant sin ring. lijghei teiiiperatiiK and a coriespondiiigly
Wiien the boric acid is comjdetely di.^- higliel cuiienl density, Use:
sohed, the solution is allowed to stand No. Doubh Nh kel 8 oz.
2. ‘
Sails
until cool, when the lead carbonate is
Single Nic kcl Salts 8 07 ,
and the glue added by diss(»l\ing the 20 amjiet•es per S(l. ft., and a pH of 0.
same in warm water. Mechani<-al agitji- Dipolaii/ed ni( •kel anodes 90%. He-
tion of the solution is essential. pleiush by the addition of flingle nickel
A cathode current density of 10 to 20 s.ilts.
*
(d. l.G)
Platinum Plating
for 30-45 sec.
After plating and rinsing, dry in an surface washed off with distdiod water
oven at a temperature of 400 to 450 de- and again treatrvi with the mixed sobi-
grees F. for several hours, then perform tioiiH lo the extent of half the quantity
the final finishing operations. Still another ii-icd in the first application. The fininhed
method that has been used with some suc- surface i.s wiped and waslicd off in the
cess is to rinse the work in a solution most careful manner find when thor-
of 2 ounces of cream of tartar to the gal- oughly dry is coated with shellac or copal
lon of water, letting it remain in this vaniish. Tho glass to be treated should
rinse for 10 to 15 minutes, and then dry- be absolutely clean and free from gri'ano
ing it after passing through cold and hot and tht whole process requires much care
water rinses several times. to make it a succesn.
,
grease must be absent, even the trace of Use cathode current density of 10 to 12
grease found naturally on tho lingers. To amp. pel square foot.
succe.Hsfully prepare a mirror will demand
hours of preliminary piacticc.
Silvering Glass
Ammonium Hydroxide 1
Water i part
Ammonium Chloride Vii oz.
gal, Pse hot and agitate work.
Water 1
Pcinove fire scale by reverse current
Either of the two solutions \m 11 t^ive with
^ood results if operated at a teinpeiature 8 oz.
density Sodium Cyanide
of 75° E. with a catliodi* current gal.
Water 1
of 4 or 5 amperes per sq. ft.; to 1 volt. % work. l>oad
Solution 1 is goucrvally used, but No. 2 Pse hot and agitato
v\hiter.
anodes; 4—0 v.
is
Blight dip:
Silver strike:
Sulfuric Acid 2 gal.
Silver Cyanide Nitric Acid I gal.
Sodium ('yanido 8 <*/.
Water I qb
Whiter ^ g’“‘
^
One oiinc(‘ of muriatic acid for five gal
Pse steel or carbon anodes; 0 volts.
Ions of ai)o\<'.
g'i>-
Nitric Acid 1
bright dip.
140° F.
bottom of the tank is covered with moss Use pure zinc anodes in both solutions.
tin over which is placed an iron wiio Corn .sugar may be used in tho propor-
screen. tion of one ounce per gallon in either
The work to bright dipped
bo tinned is solution to obtain a finer structure of
or tumbled clean, placed in brass wire deposit.
what by tumbling for a few minutes in Tho pH is the most important factor to
hardwood sawdust. control in the acid solution. A pH of 3.5
Moss tin is prepared by melting the to 4.5 using thymol bine as an indicator
tin and pouring same into cold water at is about right. This should be main-
a slight elevation. tained by adding the required sulphuric
acid.
PLATING 415
In the cyanide bath, the free cyanide is saturated with copper acetate to
the most important factor to control. If amuioiuum carbonate has In'en added,
the free cyanide is equal to the metal or
content best results ^v ill be had. An excess Solution No. 2.
of free cyanides causes a bright, rough rmineiM* in a solution of ammonium
deposit. li}dio\ide winch has been .satiiraied with
Caie should be used in drying /inc de- tojipm carbonate
posit to jiievent stains.A thoiough nns-
lug in clean cold water followed by hot Solution No, H.
water and hardwood sawdust is good
Immerse in
pioccdure.
Wlute Aisenic 12 0 #
Yellow Antimony Suljdiide 07,.
Zinc, Plating Nickel on Water 1 gal.
A cleaning soln.: Na sdicate, 10
g./l.,+ Na;jP 04 liU g./l., opeiated at
,
Imiiieise in
approx, the b. p. with just luiougli curreiii lljposulpliite Soda 8 07 .
Yellow brass may be colored blue black Sodium Cyanide (90-98%) 4 oz.
by immersion in a solution of water Copper ('yanido , 3 OZ.
416 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
oda Ash 1 oz. Cathode Current Density
fodium Bisulfite 1 oz. 2-5 amp./S.P.
Ratio Anodo to Cathode Surface 2-1 —
Voltage Still Solution
Temperature 08 -120° F. Note: When making up a new solution,
Cathode Current Density ounce of ammonium cliloride may bo
10-2.J amp./S.F. used.
Voltage — Solution
Still 3-6
Voltage — Barrel SWution 8-12
Mercury Dip
Water 1 gal.
Note:
Sodium Cyanide (l>f>-98%) 6 oz.
For barrel plating double the pro- Bi-Chlonde .Mercuiy oz.
t iona just given.
2. Hypo Soda can bo usedfor brighten-
ing purposes in the concentration of Silver Cyanide Stiike Solution
ounce per gallon when the deposit is not Water gal.
1
to be oxidized. Sodium Cyanide (91^-98%) 8 oz.
3. The reason for the addition of so-
dium bisulfite is to obtain better anode
Silver Cyanide % oz.
Caustic Soda oz.
efficiency and better color of deposit. Temperature Normal
Voltage ()
mutely, of the above described potassium Mix (2) and (?>) and stir until uni
soap mixture. form. Mix (0) and (7) and rub into n
Then stir into this mass a mixture of paste witli part of (1), (2) and (5).
approximately fifteen parts glycerine and Hlowly add the balance and while mixing
approximately thirty parts of water. vigorously add mixture of (2) and (O).
To this combination is then ad<led ap
proxiniately seventy five parts of silicon
carbide and approximately twenty five •Cleaner, Aluminum (Non Corrosive)
parts of electrically fused alumina. Tartaric Acid 00
All of these operations are perfoimed .Sodium I'luoride 1
proportions of waxe* can be Mix the oleic acid with the paraffin
chaSMd depending upo^ Bie case of pol- and slowly add the potassium hydroxide,
isholf required and thoJPirdness of the previously dissolved in 200.0 of water.
finak#lm. The naphtha and water con- Soak the tragacanth in 500 cc. of water
tentffmn be varied slightly to change the until fully absorbed, then heat to boil-
conailieiiey of the emulsion. When the ing, and when cool stin into the above
primary use of ^is product is for pol*
Ishing rather thE^^as a cleaning and pol-
emulsion.
^
POLISH. ABRASIVES, METAL CLEANERS
Once a good surface has boi'n pro- Japan Wax SI5
duced by the above it is not uu advan- Paraffin Wax (10
tage to use too frequently, as frietioual Turpentine 326
powders are bound to show the efTcvt
sooner or later if unwisely used. A thin
• Automobile Polish
film of wax once deposited on paintwork
of the highly polished variety is best Tartaric Acid 1.25
kept in condition by a Imrd wax polish, Oxalic Acid 1.25
lieeswax is too soft, and the best for the Abrasue Mild 3.75
purpose is Caruauba wax. This, liowe\er, Suspeiuiite 0.25
is intractable and likely to eniinble; it
Mineral Oil 2i||
needs rubbing up with the cloth in order Water 6^
to soften it before applying. A niodifi
cation enabling the polish to be easily
Automobile and Floor Polish
applied and which does not niodi||f in (Wax Paste Typo) — (Rubbing Typo)
any way its polishing and surfacing ef- Yellow Beeswax 6 lb.
fect is made as follows; Cenifliix Tech. 1() lb.
Eniulsonc B 10 lb.
Brass Polish
“1," “8," “9," and “10’' are
Petroleum Spirits 30 parts
mixedfand allowed to stand over night. Ammonia 4 parts
“
Then add “ 3 ” and stir. Next add “ 7 Oh'in 10 parts
and “2’’ and stir vigorously. Now add Tripoli Powder 50 parts
“4,” “5” and “0“ slowly while stir- Methylated Spirits 10 parts
ring vigorously. Continue stirring inter- Water 20 parts
mittently for 2 hours. Allow to stond
overnight and stiSf for hour the next
Brass Polish with Oasoline Bai%.
day. If a thinner product is wanted re-
Tripoli
duce Emulsone B to 5 lb.
Whiting
Prepared ClD:
Auto Paste Wax Polish Stearin it
Carnauba Wax 20 (iasoline
For Chendwl AdTisort, %pwi*l R»w Msterisls. Equipment, ConUlnen, ste., coniult Supply
Section at end of book.
^20 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Dissolve the stearin in the gasoline, “Dry Bright" Polish
add the oleic acid and then stir in the Carnauba Wax 13.2 lb.
powders, using care to keep them from Oleic Acid 1.5 lb.
forming in lumps. More or less stearin Triethanolamine 2.1 lb.
may bo used to give any desired body, Borax 1.0 lb.
and the gasoline may be replaced in Water 108 lb.
whole or in part with kerosene. Shellac 2.2 lb.
Ammonia (28%) 0.32 lb.
Oleic Acnl 18
These are of the ‘‘water in oil” type, Ammonium Hydroxide 4
and consist essontiallv of oils, soap, and 1‘ine Oil 10
tlie friction or Hatting
powdered earths
in fine form. They should be easy to I'loor Polisli
work and yet not “scratch” the paint Carnauba Wax 30
or varnish. 0
Rosin
Tallow 20 parts
Heat above to l lO” cool to 100” (b
Soap 30 ]Kiits
Mild add following with vigorous stirring
I’aralfin 18 parts
whuh has been lu'ated to flS-lOO” C.
Water 20 parts
Soap riakes 10
Waxes 8 parts
18 parts Turpentine 1
Turpentine
Water 270
Tripoli or Partly P.rick
Dust (U) jiarts
Jdoor Wax
Beesw'ax Yellow 5 lb.
Heated to 100*
(1. Keep as close to 100* then slowly until the emulsion is cold.
C. as possible for !.'> minutes.
This formula can stand additional Properties
water if a low(‘r cost product Is desired. Wax polishes of this type are used
The more water added, however, the where a permanent finish is desired, as
lower the gloss will be. on woodwork, furniture, automobiles, etc.
They require hard rubbing, but proiluce
a polish of high luster. Triethanola
mine stearate, being non destructive to
Liquid Floor Wax
lacquer, is particularly indicated because
(Rubbing Type) of Rs ability to act as a clean.siT n.s well
Heat to 10 lb. of Glyco Wax B and asPiin emulsifier for the various con-
2 lb. Hecswax with 20 lb. Naphtha or stituents.
kerosene until dissolved. Cool and stir
thoroughly when thickening begins. (!!olor Furniture Polish
yrtlow or orange with an oil soluble dye,
(Packages in glass only. No tin cans.)
'JMiis may be made thicker or thinner by
varying the amount of wax. 200 gal.
Turpentine 8 gal.
Naphtha .20 gal.
Lt. Spindle Oil 49 gal.
Wood fMoor Finish Acetic Acid 30% 0 gal.
Brush liberally with a mixture of three Water 100 gal.
parts boiled linseed oil and one part tur- Antimony Chloride 4 gal.
pentine; after a few minutes for soaking Gum Arabic 10 lb.
This polish works exceptionally well on Make into a slurry with water for use.
lacquered, painted or varnished metal
sarfaces.
Glass Polish (Liquid)
Furniture Polish (Paste) White Bole 5
Vienna Chalk 10
A. Carnauba Wax 60
Turpentine 60 Work into above
Stearic Acid 2 1
Oleic Acid
B. Trihydroxcthylamine Denatured Alcohol 75
Stearate 12
Tlien add while stirring vigorously
Water 62
Water 20
Heat (A) and (B) in separate vessels Ammonium Hydroxide 15
to 200° F. and run (B) into (A) slowly
with vigorous stirring. Stop when homo-
geneous. Glass Polish
Whiting 54
Furniture Polish <<Liquid) Silica “Smoke'' 18
Wax 6 Starch 15
Carnauba
Wax 9 Cream of Tartar 11
Paraffin
2 Magnesium Oxide 10
Ceresin
43 Infusorial Earth 2
Naphtlia
Turpentine 4 For use make into a cream with water
Stearic Acid 1
or benzine.
Trihyc^xyethylamine Stearate • Polish, Gold
Soap 20-25
Precede —as above. Coconut Oil 1
PriH-ipitated Chalk 25
Kieselguhr 8
FumiiSffe Closs Oils 40^5
(Jlycerol
These are essentially emulsions of oil Leinenone 1
and gum in water. A little glycerine
aids the ease of application.
* Gold and Silver Polish
Water 10 parts
China Clay 47
Nut OU 1 part
part Precipitated Chalk 47
Mineral Oil 1
5
4
^ Am, Sulfate
'
Preparation
Leather Dressings
Dissolve the water soluble Nigrosine in One of the ’
oldest and best known
the water, add the Triethanolamine and leather dressings consists of a soln. of 4
stearic acid and heat to boiling. Stir parts of rosin in 9(5 parts of CftHo plus
until a smooth soap solution is obtained. a trace of nitrobenzene. Another con-
In a separate container, melt the car- tains rosin 0, linseed oil 2 turpentine 4
,
nauba wax in the turpentine and add the and benzine 4 parts. A more complex
oil soluble Nigrosine. When this solu- prepn. consists of rosin 3 and EtOH 15
tion has reached a temperature of 85- parts as soln. I and rubber lat 6 2
90“ C., add it to the soap solution. Stir | ,
parts of the second solution. The prod Oil or llozulin with twenty-five (25)
net isa smooth viscid paste, hard but pounds of Denatured Alcohol. Add
flexible when tlie w’tHer of emulsion or tueUe (12) pounds of 2(5° Bii Ammonia,
solution has evaporated away, and not to be wanned slightly to affect saponifi-
,
The choice of abrasive is very impor- H.,0 15 gal.
^ taiit in making a satisfactory metal pol- Ammonia 26° iy4 gal.
ish; and the variety chosen depends upon
the metal on which it is to be used. For
For polish use
fine metals, like? silver, a jeweler’s rouge A 2% gal.
or a precipitated chalk is used. For B 1% gal.
brass or nickel, a slightly coarser abra- HoO 35% gal.
^
sive is valu^le, such as the collo^al Air Floated Silex 97 %.
clay ia.the above formula, or a fiae’%ili^.
Mix and run Uirpqjlb colloid mill.
A dye i(j' often added to commercial pol-
ishes in idditiotf to th« other ingredients.
If a non-colloidal abrasive is to be in- * ’
Metal Cleaner
corporated, it should be mixed with the
oleic acid and naphtha instead of with Zinc Powder
33f
the Water, and considerably higher pro- Sod. Acid Tartrate 100
portions of acid and Triethanolamine Coi^r Q|^ 10
will have to be used. Mineral Cm to make paste
:^0ZQkn . 10 lb. .
4^te Pigniej»k.^,TJ»-a.H,
sV^emlMred Alcohol
4) (Paraffin) ^
W^e Shoe ^eanera, ll|
A. SoduTAsh /
(
give rich cro^uny emul- Roeh^(nehftr!ttr^^^
Titanox C
^
^Water
5^x
TiModluakJmosfaUA
^ t-15
7-15 lb.
W Lithopone
y* "
«
Wftter
.^examallivlone 0.5- 8 lb. Guni AfJlbic‘(507o Sol.)
Caitorj^il %- • 1- 5 oz.
Clovtf^* J; , 1 02 .
Liquid Shoe Blacking
1 k ‘
Nigrosine Base g
* Razor.^
^ Bozolm
?OBii|l.^ ; S 17
idtun IVarm and stir until dissolved. Cool
^Bupr \ and add
Oxi^ 24
1^(1 Iron
Acetone 22
AGIP together Benzol 42
g. Wax Orudiu
Montaj| 15
Liquia^a y
^ Caustic Potash
3
5
Soap Fla^^ ^ \ 1
VoVSdtiM Water 156
ibouble
Btearicl^d;
Pitted ^dln V .JJi,j^sine (Water Soluble) 4
Edible Tallbw
Camphor
'
T '
*
,'-5vr!!;^sBu.
'
3* parts *
Paraffine Wax '
Carnauba Wax
iVax
Cold Polishing Dyes for D|i^(bg Shoos
F. and add to this slowly
Carnauba Wax > T.5 kg.
frring while heatin|^ on a
Marseilles Soap 1.0 kg.
l^tassumi Catenate 1.5 kg.*
C5
f Water ‘
^ ^
'
polishes, especially,^ havo^
clean cloth. A
higher polish will be obiC, ^
i Whx ,
6.3 kg.
i3(
Carnauba 20
added, th^
Paraffin Wal^ Ceresi^ 150 parts
12
and finally
In a separate vessey put following? Turpentine Oil 900 p^s
Turpentine • 05 The mass is filled at 45° ft (105^.).
No. 1 Polish Black * 2.5
'
Oil Soluble Black l)yo
0.^
j^Heat tliis to slightly above melting
point
point
^ reached, a^ the
w
the ^&xefi,dl(ks
lirMtine
as this
to
Dyestuff SoUble in Oil 30 pa^s
,J^aAffin 110 parts
the m|j|jd^axe8, wnidR shouldwc just
Ozokerite
point. Stir vigor- .Ap®" parts
Turpentine Oil parts
stirring should be
conlinue<Pj|jpi|ig the cooling. As soon
an jt is coided to a thin 'paste, pour into 3. ^J|b*nauba Wax .parts
og^ where it .wilKf urther cool to a stillL «» Crude Mofltan Wax
Dyestuff Soluble in Oil
^
lo
parts
parts
ParaflJl 40 parts
Sapon£Mkl Water-Wax, Shoe Polish* Cere^ f5 parts
Turpentine Oil 760 parts
Mixture 1
It* is recommended to use only stearic
Oarnauba Wax 8 parts acid or crude Montan wax for dissolving
Montan Wax 8 parts the bases, as oleine or mixtmps of crude
Paraffin Wax 4 parts Montan wax with oleine do not give such
These are saponified in a hot solution of: fine sur^ces.
Potash 3 parts
^^er ISlO parts For^oor Polisjhes
*
^0 parts
flowing pour into suiti^ble containers anf
set aiida until co],d.
y-* ^ ^ Shoo Po» " '
Beeswax ^ 1 lb.
ShfB Cream, Black
f
? Shoe Polish ,
Lino, it is
this, easy to
j
modify any.
given.
o;
for-
Soap Flakes 4 oz.
mula soii^o meet requirements. If, for in-
^
^Whiting *
8 oz.
stance,'! th% |!oM.i«Btfti|»d is bigh
Ammooiu Vi
cno^h, it Indicates that more wax should
be used; if the polish dries out too rap- "
* Silver Cleaner
idly turpentine; if it rolls ^
Infu.sorial Farth
under tha^tober, use more soap, and
•* Sod. Olcate - -0',;,
so on, 5-15%
Salt
Beeswflit 1 lb.
bahm^*e
Water
Ceaesin 1 lb.
add ^he anilin dye and stir in the soap Keep dh heat and agitate vigorously
solution, continuing to s^ir until cold.
until uniform. Cool and work in
(Iraphite Flake
^ 5
RlaBk Shoe Polish Lampblack ^
Montan Wax 15 until uniform.
Mix thoroughly
Paraffin Wax 10
^
4
Vit^Beeswax
Wax 4 Suede Cleaner
Japan
3
Nigrosine Base Precipitated Chalk or ,
Turpentine 04 12
Whiting
Quilava Bark Ǥ 20 lb.
Water
* Silver Polish ^*1
Gelatin ,
Ole<viteari»e 5 Ib.
Rosin 9 lb.
ingredients
homogeneous. Add the other tan^Vax 1 lb.
Japa ^
alld mix to a snAoth paste.
#
SilW
— 4
Polish
Flint
Tripoli Flour, j^ouble
Ground
315
08
lb.
lb.
P
2 IK
432 JHE CHEMICAL FORl^ULARY
Tripoli Buffing Sti^ Turpentine or White
Spirit 225 parts
V Double Pressed Saponified^
1 part
Stearic Aci(j|^ 30 parts
Water 10 parts
Edible Tallow 25 parts
Paraffin Wax 25 parts The soap is dissolved in water (hot)
Tripoli Flour 20 parts and the waxes are dissolved in the di-
(or as much as will bo absorbed) pentene. When cool the solutions are
mixed with vigorous shaking or stirring.
A buffing or polishing paste may
made using the above formulae with the
addition of a small ^mount turpen- * Wood Preservative and Finish
tine and of water to bring to^^he eon-
Creosote Oil 4
sisttmey desired.
Alcohol 1
Paste Wood holler 4
Turpentine 2
Grease Stick for Buffing and Polishing
Hydrochloric Acid (Cone.) 1
Purposes
Single Pressed Saponified
Furniture Polish
Stearic Acid 25 parts
Edible ^llow 70 parts Pale Paraffin Oil 3 parts by vol.
Paraffli^Wax 5 parts Benzol 2 parts by vol.
sive grains are sifted over surface, an 1 ner. (Hue IS applusl to aluvl at tem-
then paper passes into drying chambers. perature of HO'’ F., and then wheel is
pnunptly rolled into desired sized abra-
sive gram, and then allowed to dry for
Abrasive Wheels 24 t<» J8 hours, after which it is ready
For polishing steel, iron, copper, etc., for use.
wheels composed of paper or felt disks
bon tetroihloride must be free from car- warm wmter. When* making up this
bon bisulphidp. If the latter is present, solution it essential to ad(i the am-
a fact which can easily bo ascertained monia fir A
as otherwise the hydrosul-
by the smell, the, carbon tetrachloride phito will DC decomposed; this is then
mnst be shaken i#h charcoal and ffl- sponged on to the marble when the
violet coloration of the permanganate
will ^ntirely disappear leaving a clean
rinsed with clean water before applying 10% Sod. Thio Sulfate folowed by
water.
the permanguuate solution.
Iron Snlts.—Sod. Hydrosulflte 8% solu-
tion.
Stains, Ulacking Kemovi^
Lacquer. — Trichlorethylcno 5, Paraffin
The following will probably be effec- Wax 1, Acetone 1, Benzol 1, Tetralin
tive: Methanol 1.
1,
1 part Mitrobenzeno
bane)
(Oil or Mir- —
Lead Compounds. Stain with Tine. Io-
dine; dry and dissolve with concen-
7 parts 1‘henol (Carbolic Acid, trated pot. iodide solution.
U. 1)0% Solution)
H. 1*.
Manganese. —
10% Am. Sulfate Solution
cohol.
^
After Implication, “rinse well with al- followed by dilute Hydrochloric Acid
then water.
Mercury. —
.5-10% Solution Pot. Cya-
Removing Stains nide (poisonous) followed by water.
—
Antimony (Compounds. Ammonium Sul* — Nickel. 10% Solution Pot. Cyanide
(poisonous) then water.
tide solution.
Arsenic —
(kimpounda. Ammonium Sul- —
“Nicotine." On skin Sodium Sulfite —
llde solution followed by nmmouiuTn 25, Water 100, Hydrochloric Acid 2
^ or 10% Hydrogen Peroxide 10, Am.
hydroxide if necessary.
Chloride 1, Alcohol 5.
Asphalt 1 Soften by rubbing with
Oilsonite warm petrolatum or min-
Oil orFat.— Glycol Oleati' 1, Hexahn 2,
|
ertil oil or tetralin and dis-
Carbon Tetrnchlonde 1 followed by
solve with following: Hen-
any dry cleaning solvent.
zol JL Carhontetrachloride PerspirntioD, —
10% Borax Solution or
I,Twhlorethylene l,Ethyl- 10% Aqli Carbonate Solution.
J
or Hydrogen Peroxide {W%)
Copper.—Warm 25 -30 % ttdide 5, Am. Cypride 2||^ater 75.
Solution. ^
REPAIRING, REMOVING STAINS 435
the stained jiart and it is necessary to In some easi's it may not, be possiblo
bv an application of sodium citrate solu- is apt to become stained from the per-
tion. Some chemicals used for remov- spiration or oil from the haiwjB.
ing stains are very unstable and decom- disroloratlfns sometimes become very
pose under certain conditions, producing prominent and resemble iron stains.
stains of their ow« which may be more This stain is not as difficult to remove
troublesome than fhe original. Thia is ns Ihoso caused by lubricating or lin-
parflcnlarly true of the hydrosulj^o seed oils.
citrate may be used instead of .sodium operation until the stnin disappears.
citrate to obtain soinevsliat (pucker re- Sometimes it may
be advantageous to
sults, but,due to the development of an eoiiibine thisand tlie method above;
acid condition, it may injure a polished that IS, remove tlu' greater part of the
surface slightly. stain with the poultice and iinish with
Method No. U. —
For deep and intense tin' cyuniile solution. This solution is
iron stains more satislactory to em-
it is very poisonous if taken into the .system.
ploy sodium hydrosulphite (Na 2 S 204 ).
Hefore applying the hydrosulphite to
Ink Stains
the stain the surface should be soaked Inks arc of various compositions, ami
for a few minutes with a solution of recjuire ditferent tieatmonts.
sodium j8itrato made by dissolving 1 Ordinary writing inks usually consist
part of the citrate crystals in t» parts of of gallotannate of iron, n blue dye, a
water. To apply the citrate solution, mineral acid, phenol and a gum or gly-
dip a white cloth or piece of cotton bat- cerin. Such an ink may etch the sur-
ting into the .solution and paste it over face of concrete due to the neid content.
the stain for 10 or IT) minutes. If the To remove a stain of this type, make a
stain is on a horizontal face, sprinkle strong solution of sodium perborate in
a thin layer of the hydrosulphito crys- hot water. Mix this with whiling to a
tals over it, moisten with water, and thick paste, apply in a layer ^A-inch
cover with a stiff pa.ste of whiting and thick, and leave until dry. If some of
water. If the stain is on a vertical the blue color is visible after this poul
face, place a layer of the whiting paste tice is removed, repeat the process. If
on a plasterer's trowel, sprinkle on a only a brown stain remains, treat it by
layer of the hydrosulphite, moisten Mi/thod No. 1 for iron rust. Sodium per-
slightly, and apply it to the stain. Re- borate can be obtained from any drug-
move after one hour. If the stain is gist. Repolish the surface if necessary.
not all removed, repeat the operation. Synthetic Dye Inks. Many of the—
Unless the stain is (leep, one treatment red, green, violet, and other bright col-
will bo sufficient. When the stain dis- ored inks are water solutions of syn-
appears, rinse the surface thoroughly thetic dyes. These contain no neid and
with clear water and make another ap- do not etch concrete. Stains made bv
plication of the citrate solution as at this tvpe of ink can usually bo removed
first. Althongh fhe polish is a^t to be bv the sodium perborate poultice de-
dimmed somewhat by this treatment, it scribed above. Often the stain from
repairing, removing SyAINS
437
such inks can be removed by applying Powdered talc is preferable to whiting,
ammonia water on a piece of cotton bat- since it holds the moisture longer
Javelle water may also be elfcc-
and
ting. thus prolongs the action of the
active
ti\e]y used in the same way as ammonia cliemu-als. It also has the ailvantnge
water or mixed to a paste with whiting of being easier to remove from the
sur-
‘’aud applied as a poultice. A mixture of luce alter it has dried. Whiting
m apt
equal parts of chlorinated lime and to cling so firmly that it has to
bo moist-
whiting reduced to a paste with water ened before it can be scraped off. This
may also bo used as a poulticing mate- is an undesirable feature, since the
rial. dried poultice coutauis the staining
Prussian Blue Inks.— Some blue inks matter, and if it has to be soaked loose
contain Prussian blue, which is a ferro- from the .surface some of the staining
cyanide of iron. Stains from this type matter is apt to be driven back into
of ink cannot bo remo\ed by the per- the concrete. If the paste is madt^ of
borate poultice, Javelle water]! or chlori- the pioper consistency, it can he applied
nated lime poultice. Such stains yield with a paint brush. A whiting paste
to a treatment of ammonia water ap- 1ms the desired brushing propciiics, but
plied on a layer of cotton batting. ,V in order to make the talc poultice work
strong soap solution applied in the same well as a brushing coat it is in<cessary
way may also be elTi'clue. to add a tcaspoonfiil of sugar to each
Indelible Ink.— This type of ink of- pound ot talc. Powdered talc in the
ten consists entirely of synthetic dyes, raw stale is of low cost, but is not al-
j
Stain.H from dye inks may be treated ways easily obtained. When only a
ns outlined above for that* type. How- small amount is rcijuired, one may em-
ever, sonic indelible inks contain silver ploy (he cheaper grades of taleuin pow-
'«nlts which eanse a black stain. This or purchase
<lei.s un,scented
thi' grades
may bo removed with ammonia water from aiilomobile tire distributers.
applied on a layer of cotton batting.
Usually several applications will bo
Method No. 11, — The following formula
will be found to be soinevvlmt more elli-
necessary'. cacious than either of the foregoing:
I)i''Sol\e 2 pounds of Irisodiuni phos-
4. Tobacco 8taina phate erysials in 1 gallon hot water,
—
Method No. 1. The grit scrubliing .Mix the contents of a 12 ounce can of
powders, commonly used on marble, ter- <filoriiiat(‘<l liint' to a paste in a shallow
ra//.o, and tile floors an* u.sually salis- enaiiiele<l jtan by adding water slowly
taclory for nppliealion as a poult icing ami inaslung Ho* lumps. Pour this and
material on this type of stain. Stir the the Irismlmm phosphate solution into a
powder into a jiail of hot water nnlil stoneware jar and add water until tip-
a moitar con.-iistoney is obtained. Mix provimatcdy 2 gallons are obtaineil. Stir
ihorouglily for several niinutes, then w(dl, cover the jar, arnl allow the lime
applv' to the staimMl surface in a layer lo settle. For mse add sonio of the
about one-half inch thick. Leave this lH|uid to powdered talc until n thick
on until dry'. In iiio.st ca.ses two or more paste IS obtained, and apply as a pouF
—
Method No. 2. If the scrubbing jiovv- add about one teaspoon ful of sugar to
ders called for in Method No. 1 are not each jxiuml of powdered tale. When dry
at hand, the following procedure inav scrajte off with a wooden paddle or
bo useil. Make up a soap solution by trowad. This inixlure is a strong bb'ach-
dissolving about 1 cubic inch of snap ing agent and is corrosive to metals,
in a quart of hot water. In anoth.-r hence in using it care shouM be taken
vessel dissolve one largo tablespoon ful not to drop it on colored fabrics or
of soda ash or two tablespoonfuls of inefal fixtures.
washing soda in one pint of water. This formula is also valuable for
Combine equal parts of these tw'o solu- treating other stains and will be fre-
tions and apply a portion of it to the qnentlv referred to in tho following
stained surface with a mop, or saturate methods. Trisodium phosphate may be
a piece of cotton batting in the liquid purchased at most drug stores, at chem-
and place it over the stain for a few ical supply houses, or laundry supply
Rotten Wood Rtains poult lee met hods, or they may yield to
a surfjicc serulibing with .lavcdle water,
Under damp conditions wood will rot .tavelle water can usually be pureliased
and cause a chocolafe-coloreiJ slam on at <lriig stores or may be prepared as
concrete which is readily distinguished follows:
from most other stains by its dark I)i^->olve 3 pounds of washing soda in
color. The treatment found for
best 1 gallon of water. Mix the coriteals of
this type of stain is that rceommeniled a IL'oimee can of chlorinate<l lime to a
for fire stains. The action mav be ac- paste in a .shallow enameled pau by
celerated by first scrubbing the surface adding water slowly and mashing tho"*
thoroughly with glycerin diluted with lumps with a spatula or pointing trowel.
four times its volume of water. xVdd tho paste to the soda solution.
440 TH^CHEMICAL FORMULARY
mako up to 2 gallons by adding water, Lacquer stains can bo removed easily
and place in a covered stoneware jar to with amyl acetate (banana oil), lacquer
settle. Tour off the clear liquid when thinner.
required for use and dilute with six To remove mercurochrome stains, 1st,
times its volume of clear water. Use boil % hour in soapy water, and, 2nd,
this as a soap or other scrubbing solu- apply benzaldehyde, then a 25% hydro-^
tion. In using this solution it is advis- chloric acid solution. Rinse thoroughly
able to first rinse the surface with clear afterward.
water. Jnvello water is a strong bleach- Mildew is removed in one minute
ing material, hence it should not be al- with Javelle water, but not from silk
lowed to drop on colored fabrics. It is or wool.
not recommended for general cleaning Faint or varnish is removed with car-
purposes, but its occasional use on bon tetrachloride, benzol, Stoddard's
stained concrete is believed to be en- Solvent, amyl acetate; not for Rayon,
tirely safe. which should bo scrubbed with two
Poulticing with eommeriial grit scrub- parts carbon tetrachloride, two of alco-
bing powders, such as those coini.ionlv hol, one part of oleic acid.
used for cleaning marble floois, will JVrfumo can bo removed with alco-
prove satisfactory for removing most hol.
stains of this class. In poulticing witli Perspiration stains arc removed with
those, the material is slowly stirred into soapy water and hydrogen peroxide.
a pail of hotJ^water until a thick paste Seoreheil stains are removed with po-
of mortar consistency is obtained. X tassium permanganate followed by hy-
small addition of whiting will aild some- drogen peroxide.
what to the working qualities of the Shoe polish .«tains are removed the
poultice. This is applied to the surface same as caridlo drippings, or use benzol.
with a trowel in a layer Vi inch thick
or more and allowed to remain until
dry, when it is scraped off with a Developer Stains, Removal of
wooden paddle. Treatment with I as follows U
Should it be deemed expedient to use
claimed to remove developer stains from
a poultice that may bo applied with a fabrics. Holn. 1: K1 35 g.; I (crystals)
brush instead of a trowel, Method No. .I Soln. 2: NaoSoO;,.
10 g.; water to 1 1.
for tobacco stains is well adapted to The stained
51f.,0 25) g.; water to 1 1.
this purpose.
material is treated in soln. 1 for a few
min., then placed in soln. 2 for 15-20
min., and subsequently washed for 30-
Stains, Komoving 40 min. Both new and old stains arc
Argyrol stains can be removed by ap- said to yield to the treatment.
plying potassium iodide solution fol-
lowed by hypo crystals.
Blood stains can bo removed in water Hectograph Stains from Skin,
with ammonia. Removing
Candle drippings are removed with 5-10
Sodium Hydrosulfite
lard and ben/ol. 05-90
Water
Cod liver oil stains are removed with
soap dissolved in amyl acetate.
Enamel stains are removed with amyl
General Spot Remover (Egg, Blood,
acetate and acetone.
Candy, General Dirt)
Fruit stains are removed by pouring
boiling water through the garment from 2% Liquid Soap Solution
a height of several feet. Use peroxide Wet the spot and place folded cloth
of hydrogen. underneath. Dip clean cloth in soap
Grass stains are removed with ether solution and gently rub spot until lather
or soap and alcohol. forms. Remove .suds by rubbing with
Gum staius arc removed with carbon wet cloth. Repeat if necessary.
tetrachloride, benzol.
To remove ink stains apply hydrogen
peroxide and hold in steam issuing from Grass, and Fruit Stain Remover
a kettle until yellow i^h. llepeaf. Then
apply oxalic acid solution and wash Immerse spot in 95% denatured alco-
with water. Repeat if needed. hol and then follow with 2% soap solu-
thiosulphate.
REP.URIN;G, KKNim iNC ^INS 441
Leather “Nouriaher"
For leggings, boots, base-ball gloves, Rust Stains
etc. Rust stains are produced by corroding
Menhaden Oil 39 fire escapes, lamp brackets, and similar
Tallow 60 attachments of iron or steel in contact
Clovel 1 with limestone walls. These can be pre-
442 TH| CHEMICAL FORMULARY
vented by keeping the iron work pro- B, Sod. Bisulfite 10
tected from rusting, and can bo re- Orris Hoot, Powd. 10
moved by suitable treatment, although Perfume to suit
they sometimes become so thick and so
Apply
1. solution A with a swab and
hard that drastic methods are required.
after a f('w minutes rub with B moist-
Scrubbing with hot eonci'ntrated oxalic
ening with water if necessary. Wash
acid will usually remove all rust stains,
welt with soap and water.
the wall being washed thoroughly after
the treatment. Hydrofluoric acid put
up in lead tubes under various trade
names for dry cleaners may also be Dry Cleaning Roap
used, but the corrosive character of the Parts
acid demands caution. Oleic Acid-while 10
2. An alcohol solution of pot.
Hydroxide (2 oz. by wt. of
Copper Stains
pot. Hydroxide in 10 oz. of
Copper stainsare oeeasionally ob- denatured alcohol) 10
served on limestone surfaces bidow cop-
3. Carbon Tetrachloride 150
per roofs or gutters, adjoining copper
down-spots, or around eojiper, bronze, Mix 1 and 2 then add 3,
or brass name plates, lamp standards, Use plain then rinse article with gaso-
and the like.* The following methods of line or better still with carbontotra
removing copper stains have been de- chloride allow to dry.
veloped in our laboratory. A potassium
cyanide solution will wash olT this stain
very satisfactorily but must be used Dry Cleaner
with caution because of its poisonous TTso
nature. Glveololeate 2 parts
Carbon Tetrachloride GO parts
Cigarette Stain Bemovnl Variiolinc 20 parts
The following method removes ciga- Benzine 18 parts
rette stains from fingers.
An excelbmt cleaner that will not in-
A. Pot. Pomianganato (2% Soln.) jure the finest fabrics.
For Chemical Advisow, Bpecial Raw Materiala. Equipment, Containers, etc., coniult Supply
Section at end of book.
444 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
thick brown transparent emulsion which Grafting Wax Sticky
may be diluted inllnitely with water. Lanolin 40
Rosin 20
Rozolin 10
Shellac, Reconditionity Insoluble Turpentine 11
Shellac wliieh has become infusible
and insol. in EtOH
throujfh prolonged
storage, overheating, or other cause is
Modeling Wax
juhled slowly to rosm at 270“. The prod Venice Turpentine 90
uct is completely soluble in OjjHfl and Rosin 10
PhMe and can be used as substitute for Ik'cswax 00
rosin in making varnishes, adhesives, etc. Tallow 14
Thin Mineral Oil 4
Color to suit
Wax, Carving
•
Cerallux 24 Jteoswux 3
Carnauba Wax 1 Ozokerite 2
Terra Alba 75 Parathn Wax 4
Tallow 19
Modelling Wax
Dental Impression Wax
Bec'swax 4
Parefliu Wax 90 \ euico Turpentine 9
Ceresin Laid 4
Beeswax 40 China Clay 3.5
Venice Turpeutino :;o
Japan Wax 20
Wax Putty
Beeswax 4 lb.
Thread Wax
Beeswax Tapered Candles
40
Japan Wax 10 Tliese fire usually a
hand dipped oper-
Paraffin Wax ation entirely. Theeomhination of
150
waxes and color is melted in the kettle
and a con.stant temperalure maintained
Beeswax Substitute at slightly above the melting jioint.
Glyceryl Stearate 20 Dipping proceeds from the bottom and
Pi'oswax 8 progresses up the wick to the desired
Japan Wax 10 length in order to iittaiii the desired
taper.
Ten pounds of darnar gum are dis- forming ammonium carbonate winch acts
solved in gallon of solvent mixture
1
as a buffer to hold the solution substan-
mad(! up as follows: tially neutral during the evaporation of
ethyl acetate
the water.
21 oz. fl.
ient to allow the solution to stand over- centrifuged where a very clear colorless
night. product IS desired.
Twenty-five parts of hexametlnlene- Tlu* wati*r may be r!i|)i<lly and con-
tetraniine is added to the solution and venieiith re|||||red by disl dial ion, jtref-
carbon dioxide passed in until the solu- eiabh under*'duct'(l pressuu'. Ifuring
tion is neutral to litmus. Besides tlie the remo\al of the last poitions of the
barium carbonate, where commercial water, foaming is likt'ly to occur, due to
formaldehyde is used, there is usualh a the Msco.Mty ol the solution. 'Hus
liigli
small amount of colored insoluble material teiidoucN to foam can be \cry largely
present. Where a very light colored resin pre\cnt<‘d by the addition of a very
IS desired, the solution should be filtered small amount of paralliu. Usually an
or centrifuged. amount of paralliu equivalent to less
The water is then evaporated from the than O.OU;, of tlie weight of the batch
filtered solution by boiling in an ojum i.s ample to pie\ent e\cessi\<* foaming.
evaporator. the When
temperature Other well known oily tir water insolubh*
reaches about 100° C., the product has a materials may be substituted for the
tendency to turn milky, but this may be paiallin foi llie purpo.si' of n'diicing the
disregarded. Evaporation of flit' water lendenev lu foam.
IS continued until a product of the de- W lu‘re a \acmim distillation is nseil to
sired viscosity is obtained Since this n-moM' the watei, the solution nmy bo
resin cures at temperatures above nbout heated more lapidlv wilhoiit danger of
110°, care must be used during the last curing tin* resin Ihnn is the cast* wliero
stages of evaporation. no \acuuni is used. In an_\ ease Hie solu-
Example 3 tion should Hot bi* heated nbove ll(t"C.
foi any peiiod of time, as then* is dnnger
Place in a suitable mixing device,
of lilt* resin going o\er to the insoluble
Tliiourca 30.') parts infusible state above this teinperulure.
Urea 1110 parts SanipleH renio\ed from time to time dur-
3(i7f, Formaldehyde Solu- ing the (Instillation of tin* water show
tion 833 parts a product of increasing hardness. To-
Ammonia Solution (sp. gr. waid the (*iid of the distillation the tem-
0.9 ) 8 parts jicialure rises more rapidly and Hit* rate
Calciumllydrate (Ca(OH) 2 ) 1 part of (list dial nm dt'creasi's. When* a hard
Agitation should be started as soon as gnndabh* resin istempera-
(h'Sin'd, tin*
the calcium hydrate has been adilcil. A tun* of tin* M'sin may be allowed to rise
reaction starts almost as soon as the as high as 10.3" (\ toward tin* (>nd of the
calcium hwlrate is added, the mixture (list illation m
onl(*r to drive off substan-
warms up and both the urea and tliiourca tially all of the wat('r.
go into solution.
The addition of ammonia is desirable
•Ke.sin, White Synthetic
but not essential. Where ammonia is not
used, the formaldeliyde solution should 100 pans by w'eight of phenol, 23
be neutral, or slightly alkaline. In an\ [•arts and KiO parts of -10 jier
urc'a
case the solution should be sufilciently coat foimaldehyde solution were* boiled
chw to tlie neutral point that it beconu's III nil op(*n flask in the [ircsenco of
alkaline to litmus upon the addition of aliout 1 ftarl of concentrated hydro-
one part of calcium hvdrate or of cal- chloric acid. Afli'r boiling for a short
cium oxide to the quantities of formahle- tune a W’hite mass s(*[»ar:ile(l and the
h)de, urea and thiourea shown in this boiling was continue'l for 1.3 minul(‘s.
example. Rather than adjust the hydro- When cold a white, rather brittle
gen ion concentration of the solutioii, it [loreelainlike soliibb* resin was ob-
is more convenient to add ammonium hy- tained. It was washed first with a 2
droxide solution. A greater amount than per cent solution of sodium earbonate
8 parts of ammonium hydroxide may be and tlieri with w'ater. The yield of the
added, if desirable, without changing to resin was 178 parts. This resin was
any appreciable extent the nature of the opa(|ue and pure white in color. It was
product. exposed to sunlight for a period of
The reaction is usually com-
initial nearl\ two months and during that time
plete in about tw'o hours, but the solution there was no diseoloration. The opacity
should preferably stand eight hours or of the exterior layers disappeared and a
longer before the water is removed m white glass like coating resulted. This
order that additional polymerization may ap{)ears to be due to the removal of a
take place. Carbon dioxide may be small amount of moisture present in the
passed in and the solution filtered or mass.
RUBBER
•Latex, Artificial Rubber 1% of lauric acid as ammonium laurate
In 750 grammes of benzene (or com- and then y^PIo of phosphoric acid as
mercial benzol ’), dissolve 250 grammos
‘
‘
’
.secondary ammonium phosphate. The
of crude rubber (balata or gutta percha) latex 18 then spray dried, and the result-
and 25 grammes of oleic acid, with proper ing crude rubber has a quick breakdown,
agitation until the oleic acid ia diffused good calendering, and extruding prop-
throughout the mass. Thorouglily mix el tics; and the vulcanized rubber has a
20 grammes of 26“ aqua ammonia with good abrasion and flexing resistance.
750 grammes of water. Then add and Example 3: To a similar latex 1% of
thoroughly mix the water with tlio rubber lauric acid as ammonium laurate is added
solution. The dispersed or diffused par- and then 1% of monochloracetic acid as
ticles of oleic acid are saponified by the tho ammonium salt. The latex is spray
ammonia in situ, forming an ammonia diicd, and tho resulting crude rubber has
soap which acts a.s a dispersing agent and excellent breakdown and milling proper-
stabilizes the final dispersion. As the ties and, when vulcanized, a good abra-
• Compounded Latex
done for about 40 minutes. At the
qAT of this time the mass looks like
Example 1; To latex preserved with toasted cheese, and it is finally passed
%% ammonia and having a concentra- through Lheeting rolls.
tion of about 35% is added 1% of lauric Greater plasticity than ordinary masti-
acid in the fo;^ df ^ammonium laurate, cated rubber is claimed for the new prod-
and %% of ammonium chloiide, these uct; it facilitates masticating, mixing,
latter figures being based on 100 parts of calendering, tubing, molding, and spread-
solids in tho latex. The latex is then ing, saving time, power, labor, and solvent
spray dried, and the resulting rubber has and increasing output and efficiency. The
a quick breakdoivn and a high abrasion danger of scorching is said to be reduced;
and flexing resistance when vulcanized. calendering and tubing give smooth sur-
Example 2 To a similar latex is added
: faces. Spreading doughs and solutions
having much lower viscosity than usual emit, solution of casein in aminouiacol
peinnt varied mixings and the addition of water. Tlieie resulted a viscous fiuid
a much greater pioportiou of mineral whuh was pas.-^ed a second time through
tillers; while unvuicauized soltened lub- tlie plant, .^'he viscosity sliglitly in-
ber dough holds its shape much better, a cieascd duri^ 4S liours after tlie prepa-
matter of importance in calendered, ration.
forced, or stamped goods and m molding
ebonite. * Rub) tor Sultstituto (Factice)
Mechanical properties and aging are
said to be unimpaired. But piaetically
A white lultber factice is made by mix-
ing nun-mineitil oil, <,(/., rape-seed oil
pure mixe.s, containing little filler, show
(100 pis.), a low-temp, vulcanising agent,
a slight falling oif in breaking strain as
t'.g., SoClo (30 pis.), a stabilising agent,
compared with ordinary rubber. More
(.<}., MgO (5 pts.), and an XU, salt, e.g.,
heavily compounded rubber, however, as
NU^IICO;, (10 pts.), and mairiiaining llio
tiie treads, shows no difference in me-
temp, below that at which Ml;, is nia-
chanical properties when compar'd with
teimlly generateil, iiiilil vulcanisal loii is
ordinary mixes. For comparatively pure
coiiiplfie.
mixes, therefore, blending softened lub-
ber with ordinary rubber is advisi'd; thus
•Latex Factice Compound
a 50/50 mixture is recommended foi high
grade inner tubes. 85 kilograms of I'ol/a oil and 15 kilo-
gitiins of elemental sulphur were heated
tdgetlier with stiiiiiig for ti\e hours at
Protection of Rubber Belting in Storage tibout 150° The iiiixing was allowed
Shellac 1 qt. to cool to 95° ami (lie still fiuid mass
Alcohol 1 pt. was then slowly poured into a hoinogeiiiz,-
Ammonia qt. iiig plant, iiilo which were simultaneously
For Chemicsl Advisors, Special Raw Materiala, Equipment, ConUlnera, eto., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
460 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Substitute-dispersion at strength and decrease porosity, and a mix
75 per cent, (as m tho which is stated to lie resistant to practi-
previous example) 3.00 kg. cally all oils and solvents is: Ethanite 20 ,
Calcium carbonate (iii pale crepe 1 zinc oxide 2 carbon black 5
, , .
fine subdivision) 3.00 kg- When cured these products show prac-
Sulphur 60 gr. tically no dimensional increase when im-
Zinc Oxide 100 gr. meised in such solvents as Vjenzol, toluol,
Ultra-accelerator 10 gr. and carbon tetrachloride, and acids, with
Organic dyestuff 10 gr- the exception of strong nitric or chromic
Calcium Sulphate 50 gr- acids, are without action. A
20 per cent,
caustic soda solution or concentrated am-
This compounded final-dispersion w'as
monia attacks the material, but the latter
proved l)y immersion of differently
docs not appear to suffer from aging in
shaped heated foimers to be suitable for
the usual manner of rubber goods. Tho
the nianufaeture of articles of various
particular advantages obtained are offset
kinds such, for example, as bathin^r caps,
to some extent by the objectionable char-
tobacco pouches and hand-^rips, all of
acteiistic odor which, besides rendering
which piovcd in tho finished state to bo
the use of the products impracticable in
very smooth and of great softness.
many instnnees, for example foodstuffs,
renders tho geneial atmosphere where it
* in proce.'SH, particularly in the region
Latex, Powdering Rublier is
of tho mill, decidedly unpleasant. Pos-
0- 12 %
of dextrin is added to the latex
sibly means will ho found of overeoining
which is
tlu'ii spniyed into ti heated
this, at any rate to a considerable extent.
chamber to give a rubber powder.
Assuming tho latex contains 0.70% Sprinkling with talc pievonts rubber
jimmonia it may be treated as follows: goods and sheets from sticking.
Latex 100
Water 25 * Resin, Rubber (Compound
Boric Acid 2.75
Dextrose 100 giams of Rosoap (60%
Dissolve
8.25
diy matter) in 500 e.c. of water: add 10
giams of latex (containing 20 ruliber %
Oil-Resisting Materials and a tiace of ammonia) with tliorough
Mention has pri'viously been made of stilling; add enough liydiochloric aeid to
new jt rod nets ilesigmal to lesist piacti- neutiali/i' the ftoe 'ilkah and to decom-
cally all soUents, oilsand fats, such as pose the losiii soap; hod tlu' niixtuie with
Fthaiiite;a reaction jiroduct of eth^leiic fonnatioii of \iseous layi'r of losiu and
dichloride and calcium juiUsullide, ami ruMier di'-'i'iiiinated tlierethrongh ;
re-
Thiokol, a poly methylene pulysullide. mo\o the losin and inhhi'r mixtuie and
Although different claims may be imule diy tin' same in an o\eu to dri\e off the
for the individual products now on the moisture. The pioduct is a clear diy
market, in geneial these polysulfuU'S may solution in viscous form and has propi'r-
bo vulcanized in a similar manner to rub- ties that are not found in either constitu-
ber requiring no sulfur, but zinc oxide' ent alone. When cooled and set it is
in proportions of one to twenty per cent, tough, hard, does not absorb water to tho
is necessary; the material in appeal mice same extent as rosin, and does not de-
is similar to rubber, being homogeneous teriorate leadily. It can be used with
and pliable, but the gravity is much oil and turpentine to produce vaniish. It
higher, viz., 1 .6. The suitable vulcaniz- is suitable also for electrical insulation.
Ethanite alone, but generally speaking, evapd. until anhyd. and is heated at 150°
tho oil resistance deteriorates according until a product is obtained which is clear
to tho amount of rubber present. Carbon and non-tacky at room temp.
black may be added to increase tensile
lU RHER 451
* Ti-Tone 25.00
Resin, Synthetic (Sugai G..50
Zinc O.xide
Clucoso 80 Magnc'ium Carbimafe 1.50
Water (io
10(^ 'riiKiiiex Master Hatch 0.G25
Rosin f.o
7\nti-Scurcii-'r 0 ()G25
Aniline GO Sulfur 1.00
Reflux for 5 hours. Allow to .settle
(^-uro — 11 to 12 minutes iil 10 lb. stetim
draw off and di.scard nquoon.'' hnei.
The resinous reaction piodiict u|»on melt-
ing and continued heating becomes in- 'I'lre ('ushum Stocks
fusible. Smoked Sliects 00.00
Ambei (Iiepe •10.00
—
Cure 15 minutes at 274® F.
Whiting (Natural)
Zinc Oxide
7.25
1.00
Litharge 0.125
Transparent Rubber 10% Thioncx Master Batch 1.125
Palo Crepe 100.00 Sulfur 1.50
Plastogen 5.00 Cure — 12 minutes at 40 lb. steam.
Redo No. 10 0.10
Stearic Acid 1.00
Bathing Cap
Zinc Carbonate 2.00
Ziinato 0.25 Rubber 100.00
0.50 Stearic Acid 1.00
Captax
Cycline Oil-softener 4.00
Sulfur 1.50
Zinc Oxide 5.00
Cure —Approximately 15 minutes at
Whiting 15.00
15 lb.
Lithopone 15.00
Barytes 15.00
High Grade Comb Theka 0 1.25
Smoked Sheets 100.00 I). P. G. .25
Captax
Sulfuj;^
'
2.50
High Grade Black Sole
CJuro—45 minutes at 274® F.
Pale Crepe 50.00
Smoked Sheets 50.00
Black Footwear Agerite Gel 1.25
Rubber 100.00 Zinc Oxide 60.00
Plastogen 6.00 Gas Black 10.00
Agerite Powder 1.00 Dixie Clay 40.00
Zinc Oxide 5.00 Kahte No. 1 60.00
Whiting 40.00 Captax 1.25
Kalite No. 1 20.00 Tuads .0125
Dixie Clay 25.00 - 2.50
Gas Black 2.00
0.10
^ro-^O minutes rise and 45 to 60
Zimato minutes "t 255® F. under 30 lb. air
Altax 0.50
pressure.
Captax 0.50
Sulfur 2.50
Soft Rubber Sponge
—
Cure Dry heat. 60 minutes rise to
Rubber 100.00
260® F. and one hour at 260® F. under
Stearic Acid 1.00
30 lb. air pressure. 1.00
Red Oil
Petrolatum 18.00
Black Heel White Substitute 6.00
11.50 Zinc Oxide 2.50
Smoked Sheets
64.00 Sodium Bicarbonate 15.00
Whole Tire Reclaim
RUBBER 453
—
Cure Open steam. 10 minutes rise to
Sulfur
Rosin Oil
8 oz.
8 oz.
200° F. and 30 minutes at 200°.
Dissolve in petroleum naphtha.
Lithopono SR.OO
Whiting 21.50 Anchor Rubbe?^r Artificial Suede
Accelerator 808 0.125
Pale Crepe 40 11).
Sulfur 1.25 "^
White Reclaim 20
Cure — 15 minutes at 292° F. Tube Reclaim 15
lb.
lb.
Hard Factice (Brown) 8 lb.
Lime ^ 1 lb.
1 lb. 8 oz. About 4 oz. per square yard of this
By Pfoduct Whiting 65 lb. compound is calendered onto a backing
RUBBER 45i
occluded volatile eomponnds and to ex- toil paits of linseed oil eonig. NallS();j,
tract soluble salts, the boiling prefeiably 5.5 paits Nal, 15 parts Kllj oleate, .5
being repeated several times, and tho paits gelatin, 800 paits water and 8 jiarts
plastic being comminuted belween boil- Mg ()2 Mie mixed, coagulated and dinal in
ings. The purified jdastic issubstantially a (’<>2 atm. The iiibber-like product is
flee fiom halogen, is of high coherence, plavlie, (-.an be mixed with filling ma-
icviliency and pliability, and lias elas- letiaK and can be vulcanized nt 80°. Or
lii'ity somewhat similar of soft
to that MilcaiD/ation can bo carried out at
tnbb(‘r. Tt IS only slightly soluble in most iL’o UiO" or at lower temi>. in presiuico
be worked, molded and rolled into sheets ratois; piotective colloids may be added.
around 150°-140'' C.
at ternpeiatures
• Rubber Matrix
* Rubber Belts, Noiseless Thocomposition employed can bo
Tho surface of a riii^r belt is covered poured cold into a mold or upon a back-
with Zinc Stearate a&d it is heated at ing sheet. Whnn set, it is of somowlial
280-300° F. to cause pefljttration. This wux-like character, more or loss tough
treatment may be repeated a number of or tenacious, and unaffected by the tem-
times. perature at which molten metal or alloy
for proilucing printing platOS is com-
Rubber Cement, Reducing Viscosity of nionlv jioureil.
The addition of 2-5% alcohol reduces 'I’lie comjiosition is made to tho follow-
the viscosity of thick robber cements. ing formula:
. .CommiTcial Rubber Cement 3 lb.
Cheap Rubber Topping Formula C^thon Tetrachloride 2 lb.
Smoked Sheets 7 lb. ^enzol 2 Ih
Boot and Shoe Reclaim 57 lb. Tliemically Pure Talcum
Whiting
Cliffstone 55 lb. Powder 4 lb.
Rubber can be introduced into waxes The method of producing floor cover-
or high lioiling oils Ity heating the molten ings which consists in mixing together
wax or oil to 120 to C., .stirring, and (liy raw inbber with not less than 15 per
introducing rubber lat^x in a fine .stream cent by wmglit of sulphur and with 50
at a rate which allows the water in the f>ei cent to S'l jier cent of the whole muss
latex to boil o(T. TTe.aling and .stirring is of ork granules by kneading and rolling
t
continued until all the water is out of giving the whole mass a desired sliapo
the mix. Up to 4% by weight of rubber and then vulcanizing said mass under a
’an thus bo introduced into molten pressure of from 42.1 to H50 pounds per
I'araffin wax, yielding a very viscous stpiare inch and a temperature of ap-
1 lass. The rubber i.s disseminnted in a pro' iinnlelv 145“ 0. and finally cooling it
1 tie condition throughout the oil or wax. while the pre^furc is sustained.
RUST PREVENTION, PICKLING
* Corrosion Proofing Aluminum, Zinc, Boil the above for half an hour, pre-
Magnesium and Their Allots ferably using a steam coil, if the smell
is objectionable add 2 lb. unslaked lime.
Sod. Phospho-Clirornate 0.75
Sod. Sulfo-molybdate 0.75
Trisodium Pliosfate 0.40 Rust Remover
Soda Ash 1.80
Orthophosphoric Acid 25%
Sod. Tartrate 1.80
Water 20%
Water 94.50
Ethyl Mcthvl Ketone J0%
Dissolve salts in water and bring to a Monoethylether of Ethylene
boil. The metal to be protected is im- Glycol 25%
mersed in this hot solution until a sufTi-
ciontly thick protective coating is formed.
* Corrosion Inhibitor
Sod. Chromate 20
* Preventing Corrosion of Aluminum
Mineral Oil 15
Tubes Sulfonated Red Oil 50
To toothpastes or other mildly alka- Diglycol Oleate 2
line preparations packed in aluminum Water 9
tubes, the addition of 0.07-0.4% sod. Soap 1
silicate prevents corrosion.
* Tarnishing of Magnesium,
Battery Terminals, Prevention of Prevention of
Corrosion Magnesium articles are subjected to
Slaked Lime 7 the action of l()-;i0% Sulfuric acid so-
Sod. Bicarbonate 2 lution and then washed thoroughly.
Borax 1
Kezincl No. 2 Magnesium and Its Alloys, Prevention
sutricient to make a paste of Corrosion by Water
dry cloth, and, if necessary, repolishcd The article is made the cathode in a
in the usual way. boiling solution containing Zn(H.>P04)2
and 0.05-(kl3% of free II3PO4, v\>tli or
*
without NaIl2P04, until a dense black
Steel Pickling, Inhibitor for
coating is produced.
About 0.05% Dibcnzvl formaldehyde
mercaptul is used with tlie diluted sul-
furic acid. Diminishing Corrosion of Aluminum
Aluminum or its alloys are jirotected
* Steel, Pickling agninst corrosion by chlorine or bromine
In bronzing iron or steel the grease is water by the addition of 0.5 and 5%,
removed and the iron or steel pickled, of sod. silicate respectively.
cleaned and introduced into a bronzing
hath of NaOIl (U), trinitrotoluene 2, • Eustproofirig Iron and Steel
PbO^ 0.8 and IINO3 2.05 jiarts.
Iron or metal parts are dipped in a
water solution of anitnonium linoleate,
* Steel, Cleaning (Prior to Galvanizing) oleate or palmoleate. On exposure to air
The iron or steel is passed through a the water and ammonia evaporate leav-
cold bath containing 35-250 gm. II2SO4 ing a protective fatty film.
Examph' 1 .
—A piece of printed .satin soiliuni
may
phosphate to 100 parts of water
be used. Either of these shellac
made from artificial silk \is<-ose is jiassed
on the jigger through a bath containing sulufiuns for the purpose of softening
a zirconium salt in solution. The tem- may contain about 0.1% of olive oil us
perature of the bath is .about 18® C. ; tlie an emulsion.
time of passage tli rough the bath is The printed goods as so prepared are
about 5 minutes; the concentration of provuled with a finish which has not been
the bath is about 50 grams of zirconium obtained liitherlo. This finish is, for ex-
acetate per liter. After wringing, the amph‘, exceedingly useful for the manu-
piece passes through a second bath which facture of uinlirellas. However, goods
contains an aqueous shellac containing tiiu.slied in this manner are also exoop-
borax solution. Thereafter the piece so lionally valuable for blouses and other
treated is on a cylinder drying
dried wearing ajiparel.
machine and the goods arc then passed Fxtnnplr 2. —Boiled cotton goods are
over a solid mixture of .Japan wax to slinink in a well known manner with mer-
which, in order to reduce its softening cerizing lyc— caustic soda solution of —
point, paraffin is added. Sufficient pam appniximatcly 30® B“. with the addition
ffin is added to give a softening point of about 1% sodium peroxide. Tho
of about 30® C. The shellac-containing goods remain in this liquor for about 30
borax solution may be produced by dis- WTimds at about 1®® C., Thereupon they
solving 12 kg. of shellac in a solution are rinsed and dyed in a manner custom-
of .3 kg. of borax in 40 kg. of water. ary in tho textile finishing industry.
In place of this a solution of 30 parts of ^This is followed by the treatment in ac*
5% soap solution. After this also, as acetic acid and 175 gr. of aluminum
stated above, it is thoroughly washed and acetate di.s.solved in 50 kg. of water are
dried on the tentering frame. Finally, added. In a bath thus jirepared, a cot-
the fabric is calendered in the customary ton-artificial silk-mixed fabric is treated
manner. for 10 minutes at room temperature, then
Example 4 —
10 kg. of urea are dis-
. squeezed and left overnight. This is fol-
solved in the cold in 20 liters of 20% lowed by a hot drying at about 80“ C.
formaldehyde solution. This solution is finally by a calendering on a highly
left to stand for 12 hours ^nd is subse- heated calender at about 120° C.
quently diluted with 4 times its quantity . —
Example 0 A viscose fabric is put
of water and thereupon heated to 80“ C. into a bath in the jigger consisting of
A cotton fabric which has been subjected 200 grams of urea and 4 grams zinc
to a prior treatment for Vi hour with a acetate per liter and left therein at 60“
cold 0.2% aluminum acetate solution, is C. during 10 minutes. The fabric is then
agitated for a short time in the above squeezed and passed through a second
hot solution of this pro condensate and bath for %
minute containing 300 ccm.
thereupon pressed between a pair of of 40% formaldehyde solution and 8
rollers. The fabric while still wet, is grams of aluminum acetate per liter at
left to lie for one hour and is thereupon 60“ C. The subsequent treatment is done
dried at 80“ C. Finally the fabric is as stated >n Example 3.
calendered in the customary manner. The silk, cotton mixtures thereof
. —
Example 6 Artificial silk fabric is finished in accordant'" wtth the invention
run into a solution heated to about 70“ are much more fie:i^le fthan the corre-
C. containing200 grams of urea and 2 sponding untreated materials. They have
grams of aluminum acetate per liter. It acquired properties of animal fibers such
is treated for
there about % hour. as silk and w|pl. It is possible to crush
wrung and passed
Thereupon the fabric is the fabrics much more firmly together
on a slop-padding machine through without causing them to wrinkle.
cold 40% formaldehyde solution. After The artificial silk finished in accord-
previous wringing, the fabric is hung up ance with the invention is very much
SILK, RAYON, COTTON, FIBRE, ETC. 451
better adapted for hosiery purposes than ing elements are maintained at about the
such silk hitherto fo^d on the market.
j
same temperature.
It has above all the Important property The printing completed, tlie cotton
of grater mobility in the meshes and a fabrics are passed through a drying
far gi%tcr lack of sensitivity to moisture machine.
and street dirt. A special property of
the artificial silk obtained in accordance Use of Glue
with this process lies in the fact that
when moistened with water no rings form It has been found by exporienco that
textile goods wdiich have been treated in If the metallic powder used is suffi-
accordance with other finishing processc's. ciently fixed, the (lesigns are very smoolh
cordance with the present process are not shapes they form a collection of fine
very much harder than the untreated lim‘s almost iiiiperceplible to the eye, but
one of the parafline emuhsions. >Vl)o\e fabrics, and as give a rather ex-
thesi'
clusive air their us(‘ has <levcloj»ed of
nil, how’ever, the artificial silk fabric.s
late. Till* printing of tlicsc fabrics must
treated in aceordaiicc witli the new proc-
be done with greater care than of those
ess are very similar to real silk in con-
destined for carnival wear. The fixation
nection with its resistance to eni.'^hing.
It is a wmll-knowm fact that neckties or
of the powders must bi* absolutely com-
plete, to the point of being able to re-
ribbons made of rayon are eruslmd and
wrinkled after liaving been tied two or sist a soaping without risk of the powder
bleeding, even partially.
throe times, to such an extent that th«*v
cannot be used again without first iron The designs are most frequently
u.sod
For Chemical Advisora, Special Eaw MaterUla, Equipment. ConUlneri, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
462 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
ducod in this way liave sufficient resist- of water. After mixing these substances
ance to washing and rubbing. well, 10 parts of aniline oil, 10 parts of
Sometimes, in the preparation of the alcohol and 12 paVts of tannin powder
pastes blood albumen {c.g., 10 parts of are added. The paste is then ready for
the commercial quality, inodorous as far use.
as possible) is used. It is wetted with When the designs have been printed
15 j^rts of water and mixed with a on the cotton fabric, this is dried,
wooden rod twelve hours later, until a steamed for four minutes, and passed
uniform mass is formed. This is then through a tartar emetic bath, if the color
filtered through a sieve and part of % must possess good fastness; finally, the
essence of terebenthine and 1 to 'A parts fabric is rinsed in running water, dried
of bronze, brass, aluminum or other and calendered.
powder are added. This mixture is used It is simple to vary the effect by mix-
fur direct printing from engraved rollers. ing color of various kinds with the pow
The smell left by blood albumen in the ilers, so as to shade or modify these.
fabric, sometimes gives rise to complaints. Interesting effects are also obtained l)\
It isavoided by mixing an egg albumen confining the powders to certain parts of
with the blood albumen, or by using the the print, obtained with basic colors or
former exidusively. This leads to a others on cotton, and by limiting the
marked economy, but the re.sults are le.ss print to points, circles and so on, with
certain and sales more difficult. One or lines of gold or silver, applied on the
other of these albumens is sometimes re bench and giving the appearance of origi-
placed by casein dissolved in a weak nal oriental goods.
ammonia solution. In these various cases,
the fixation of the powders is not so
When it is wished to use rubber Finishing Compound for Light Woolen
good.
Fabrics
for the fixation, 150 to 200 parts of the
powder are mixed with 1,000 parts of a yoyabean-Lecithin 5 lb.
fixation takes place after the solvent has White Mineral Oil 2 lb.
with the Aid of Acetyl Cellulose —Hohi- This compound forms a white stable
tions of cellulose or of its esters gi\e (Miiulsionwitli warm water. About 5
excellent results, when it is a question of parts of about compound in 100 parts of
producing fine designs. The cellulose is water are used.
dissolved in ammoniacal copper oxide,
the metallic powder is added in the de-
sired proportion, and the paste used on a
The Dyeing of Cotton
color printing machine. The copper ox- The preparation of the fiber for dye-
ide in the fabric is eliminated with the ing depends upon the form in which it
aid of acid. The objection to this pro- comes into the dyehouse and differs in
cedure is its high cost. the handling as well as processing.
Instead, one may
use acetyl cellulose Skeiiis are boiled out under pressure of
dissolved in an appropriate solvent. The 2-3 pounds with 0.25-0.5% calc, soda
paste is prepared by mixing 12 parts of and 1% of a sulphonated oil or suitable
the acetyl cellulose solution, 21 parts of wetting out agent for 3 hours. Tlie boil-
resorcine, 16 parts of water (added ing liquor should be at least 15-20 inches
later), and 48 parts of denatureil alco- above the check-chain before the kier is
hol. The mixture is agitated, allowed to clo.sed.
stand until the constituents are entirely Biece-goods must be thoroughly desized
dissolved and 15 parts of fine metallic, before dyeing to prevent “Landscapes”
powder arc then added. One hundred or cloud effects. An addition of 0.1-
parts of this paste are used on the roller 0.2% of Activin based upon the weight
printing machine, together, if wished, of the goods will aid in a rapid and
with pastes containing basic colors or more complete dosizing of the material.
others. Piece-goods which must he bleached are
If colors are being used, one proceeds best boiled out with cau.stic soda,
mereial acetic acid; to this mixture add here that the degree of desizing can be
20 parts of iron-free water and, later, 10 successfully tested with a solution of
parts of hydrolite dissolved in 10 parts potassium iodide.
SILK, RAYON, COTTON, FIBRE, ETC. 403
When piece-goods are to be dyed with at'cumtely known to the dyer, to begin
vat colors it is well ta note that the ends dyeing at n lower temperature and grad-
of the pieees when sP^-n together should ually raise to the dNeing temperature, as
lie over one another, somewhat in the in tins manner no complicnl ions will liave
manner of roof -shingles. l*iiH-es sewn to to be feared. ]»ro\i(ieil tlie condition of
gether side by side, i.r., against each the \at IS constantly obs(T\cd.
other, will show “aiistrifies” after d}e After du'ing the material is siji>'c/i\l
ing, evidenced by a deeiier shade. and hung on sticks to oxidize. Should
Tubular knit goods (jerse\) and deli- tixidatmn be too sluggi.sh the process cau
oate materials are, of course, not boiled be hastened by jcissing the lot through
out under pressure, but are boiled out on a bath made u[> with cc. per liter
the reel with 1% of calc, soda and V'l of Hydrogen Peroxide, at a tern
of sulph. oil for one hour. peniture of S(l~ lUO" F. Sodium Per-
Raw cotton, slubbing,
bobbins,cops, borate (1-3*^', from the weight of the
and warp on the beam are usually han- goods) can Ito u.sed instt'ud of Hydrogen
liled in mechanical apparatus and are Peroxide. After tin' material has been
boiled out with 1% calc, soda and handled m such a bath for 10 l.') min-
sulph. oil for one hour. ul(*s, the leiiiperature (-an be raisi'd to
Preferred and often used is the cold tin* boil and the Hubseijucnt soaping be
wetting-out method for raw' cotton ami carru'd out without fi'ar of complica
slubbing, which has the advantage of tions,as the perborate will give up its
pri'serving the sjiinning qualities of the oxygen quickly at a temperatun* of l.'iO®
tiber. During the packing of the mate r. It may be pointed out that such a
rial attention should be paul that no method IS also nmre economical as it
channels devidop, as this will interfeie eliininat(*s one extra liandling of the
not only with the proper boiling out pioc- iiiaterial.
ess but also will give unsatisfactory re-
sults in d\eing.
•Airship Fabric, (’oat ing for
Bobbins and warps on beams can, of
(’otton or silk is coati'd with
course, be d}ed with vat colors in me
cluinical apparatus, however, certain ir Pohglyccrol.s 2.5
regularities must be overlookial, ami the Gelatin 1
same is true when dyeing skmns in ap This gives a flexible, adherent, gas
paratus w'hicli employ so-called “Hang tight finish.
' ’
systems.
Dyeing skeins with vat colors in the Penetration and wc'fling out ngimts
dye kettle offers, of course, also certain suitable for dveing cotton and rayon
difficulties such as unevenness, ami an goods in vaiioiis foims (hosiery, pack-
aid to good results are levelling ami pro- age yarns, skein, etc.).
tecting agents such as Tetracarnit, (ilue,
A. Siilf. Pastor or Red
Sulfite cellulose-waste liquors, Soap, Sul-
Oil 35 jiarts
phonated oils, etc. It must, however, be
Steam Distilled Bine
remembered that Soap or Sulphonated
Oil .’Ifi [larts
oils can be u.sed only to limited amounts
Water 30 parts
in the dyobath, as they will induce the
material to swim and thereby only bin- Heat the ca.stor or red oil agitate
der the dyeing process. An addition of whih* adiling the jiini' oil until fhor-
(jIucosc to the dyebath will often aid m oiiglily blcmled, add water then adding
overcoming unevenness, however, the a -op, solution of solution withNaOH
amount of caustic soda must be increased stirring until the solution becomes ch'ar.
about 30%, as the Glucose will use up Test B' cc. in 50 or
l(t0 cc. of cold
this amount. A further aid to level un water should dissolve instantly and no
even dyeings is to remove the lot from separation should occur.
the dye liquor, squeeze, and return to the
•lyebath under addition of more sodium B. Water 50 parts
hydrosulfite, and raising the dyeing teiii KOH or NaOH 16 parts
perature from 60-100° F. It must be
75% Half. Castor Oil
mentioned, however, that most of the vat or Red Oil 0-8 parts
color types will lose their brilliancy and
Cresylic Acid 25-32 parts
also give up part of their fastness quali-
ties should the temperature be raised Add caustic to water then castor or red
above their regular dyeing temperature. oil IS mJded while being stirred until
It 18 perhaps more advisable, providing solution clears. Cresylic is best added
the dyeing qualities of the dyestuffs are lief ore oil.
404 THE CHEMlCATi FORMULARY
C. Water 50 parts A and B will give fair increase in
KOH or NaOII 5 parts weight on tinished^oods. If “feel'’
Su]f. Red Oil (75% ‘
too harsh, increasIPproportion of starch
Strength) 20 parts and for softer feel use 5-20 lb. of emu]
Steam Vistilled Pine sided Japan Wax. Chemical finishes for
Oil 15 parts increasing weight are not recommended.
^Cresylic Acid 12-18 parts
Sulf. Red Oil or Castor
C, Sulfonated Castor or
Oil (75%) 8-10 parts
Sulfonated Tallow 20 lb.
4rhese materials added in order named Com Starch 30- 35 lb.
with constant stirrinj; until solution Dextrine 70- 85 lb.
clears. Tlien solution should be tested Salts 90-100 lb.
for stabdity and solubility in cold water GlWse 8- 12 lb.
us well as wetting crat properties by Formaldehyde 1*^- 3 lb.
some approved method. This formula C can be used on cheaper
goods for largo weight increases.
IfcWetecn 10 oz.
liquor (f.)., Its own wi'iglit ol lesin sol)
nicker finish:
’'*'*bcat the whole into a smooth B|8te,
heat until the gum is dissolved, ancM^l. ‘xtnne 200 parts
Ejisouj^alt 110-1.10 parts
Resist White gives a better wlatr uri
GliK'rtW 50 piirts
der the blaek than zinc oxide. Zinc oxide,
Munopole Soap 6- 7 parts
however, is to bo preferred for colois,
because it works better I6ll printing ami [ler lOOO parts paste or brought up to
ields brighter shades. It is usually the required degro^o:^. T,W.
f round up with a little glycerin, an<l tur 3. Cheap finish:
pentino is added to minimize the ten
Potato Flour 50 parts
dency to froth.
Epsom Salt 50 ^rts
Monopolc Soap ,^6
€k)ioTi^ per 1000 part^pffi^
^ ,
Zinc V ^
« Dissolve the diiTerent ^sHipentB
Waterfe,;- 170 gm. separatidy in water attfl jnjy iheih J|F
"
Glyceriii 25 gm. getlier by good stirring.' e
Beat into a paste, and add the proclucts cannot be ^IraSfiTwl S(Ta-
Gum 200 gm. ijitely owing to want of accumtimdatmn,
l>»rk British
dissolve the dextrine or potato flour to-
J6hlSDi,jS^gal 50% Solution 150 gm.
gether with the Epsom Balt and boil, tlien
add the glucose and finally the Mono-
775 pole Soap. The latter is dissolve^' IHth.
direct steam in a small quantity of
Heat to dfssolve the gum, and then use but before adding it to the finish, dilute
warm or cold. tie ili.ssidved so.ip with as much water as
possible in order that tlie fatty
may be finidy and uniformly divided and
•Increasing Ironing Resistance of thus render same paiticiilarly stable.
“ Celaneso’’
The dissidvnig of a little dextrin ( 1-.j
caustic soda solution and diied immedi- with the Monopole Boap will bo foumi
ately and quickly. advantageous.
It 18 not iK'cessary to boil the finish
again after the addition of the soap, al-
Scouring and Dyeing Assistant though a boiling is not detrimental.
For use with Acetate yarns and ma- The temperature of the size ready for
terials (hosiery, etc.). use should be 95-115“ F.
For dark shados increase plauber salts torting or damaging the pile in the nip,
to 15% and increase temperature to a barrel |i|mder ami a rotating bristle
‘
100® F. brush wmAlbicod before each set of
of 1% neutral oli\e oil soap may squeeze rt||||f^ii the machine. The next
be used for improving feel of tiiushed two boxes contained L’l pounds of Tri-
goods. Dry at 100° F. sodiuru I’hosp' .itc ca.-h. Most of the
giease wa.s euuilsilied in the firsts two
boxes. The small amount rcmainiiig
SCROOP easily remoxed by tlie fairly alkaJE^i
Rayon Products baths in boxes .'5
and }. Due to the qlffii
The fabric should be run first tl
IS i(|ried oxer into box
a lukewarm bath of turkey red oil. .'5, wliile tlie per
iiainerse for5 minutes in a 1% solution ceiitage of soap in box 4 is negligible.
of glycerine or glucose to which has Ix'en The temperature in the first four boxes
added %%
of acetic acid. After whicli was maintained at 20(1° means of
lo.sfd steam ebils. while the remaining
F. bx
remove the goods, extract, and dry at a <
low temperature, but do not wash. three boxes wck- all cold. A nip roll i(^f
plact'd after box 1 to H(|m*eze out as
much of tin* alkaliiK' li(|uor ns [uissibh-,
• Rayon, Delustering l5ox 5 contnius 12 pounds of 2S'J nn-lic
|Ti00 g.) is intnxluced into m-id to ncuti:4i^^y^.alkaiine rcsuhie.
, « cold n. (if M gSi r,j . (i 1
1
j( -Ot poundik*»^4a iw\wol^ ilik
t (ID to prater 10 mtti. the soln. millibar fi98), lintrijig pitAtwiny no af-
yM ritwfyilfeatpfi |o 70-00° and ki'pt iiiiity for c6ttli^n, WHS
also placed in th^Oo* Thii d>eslnlT .
'
iSiO^ deposits m the was used So as to prex-mit Ifny exhamslioa
fiuenllv the iiiaterml of the (oloi. The latter would m-ies.si
tale feeding du-stufV into liox 5 winch
might in turn rc.siilt in iincviea piaoe.s
* Delustering Rayon
from end to end “ (
I a 1 1 1 ng’'*pi0f’l) • ‘
^
nip roll was plmcd l)c(\fjia!llj^|»OXftBd
^acetate fabric is worked#for an the next, Hox (Icontainr^d .nr’pounds of
75° C. in a bath containing .Id'',
;
to ld xioh't and no and. Tins box ami
and 0.5% aminoiuum thioi-_\aiiatc to box 7. whnh roiitaiin-d water oiiI_\, wcic
act as sw’elling agent on the silk filieii, iniciuh'd to level out an_\ slight uneven
or j||||Jjlcetate fabne may be tn-atecl for in (ofir which might
iie-^- rc.siilt from
45 minutes at 75° C. with 50 times its the p( ssiblc unevenness in tin- acidify of
weight of the (loth III box 5. Nip rolls wen- used
Aqueous Dispersion of bcloic and after box 7. Allei passing
Colloidal (jlraphite —10 f', through tin- last ni[i, tin- cloth was
Ammonium Tluoe\anate — .P/c plaited on a fnick and was then tnulv
lint
box.
Cue per cent of zinc oxide with 11 ja-r
cent of latex (150 per cent) and a swell-
ing agent gives e.xccllcnt results as far Polling Off Silk
as delustering is concerned. Raw silk (•(.I'M'-ts cliii'llv of two sub
.stalin'', iIk- tiue silk liber, called ti
t e
silk
the outer layer of sericin, whereby
becomes lighter in color an^^he
luster is developed, and it becomes jlBker
Delustering Cellulose Acetate
material is steeped at 80-100°
'he
and more suitable for dyeing.
for a short time in a 5% pine oil emul-
During the process pf boiling off, the
sion.
sericin first swells uj^, mking the silk
sticky. then dissolVW, leaving the
It
Dyeing Silk Black (Lyons)
Justrous and internal thread exposed.
In treating piece goods whicli are com- About 10 to 20 per cent yellow prus-
posed partly of cotton or wool, the boil- siate of potash is used in proportion to
ing off process serves the further piir- the weighting with oxide of iron which
pjae of cleansing |rpm the material the silk has received previously. In ad-
m^ever dtiBt may De "Inhering to the dition, a quantity of hydrochloric acid,
silk. equal to the prussiate, is required. Pre-
It tends also to improve the quality of pare the bath with the prussiate and half
the cotton or wool mixture. It is custom- the hyilrochloric acid. Enter at 30° 0.,
ary to put the goods through a washing turn the silk about ten times, heat to 45",
process after boiling off. The boiling off turn a few times, add the other half of
and washing processes consume much the acid and heat to 50 to 55° C., turn
time and labor, and employ materials again a few times, wring out and wash
wliich, while not expensive in themselves well in water.
or in small (juw^tities, become expensive A weighting of 16 to 24 per cejit is
when usedMn Ihrge quantities, as they obtaim#!; or by a threefold treatment
must be used in the customary practice with nitrate, etc., the loss sustained by
of the art. tjie (liscliurging is recovered, and the silk
It is claimed by users of Sulphonated thought to “pan.” A further
Castor Oil A A that if silk is left to itig of 4 j)or cent may be added l^jlFone
Boak in a bath made up to eotiMsf of: moie treatment with “nitiale of iron”
One part of the Oil to 1000 parts of after the blue dvoing, and subsequent
water, with the addition of sullicK'nt soda rinsing with water to precipitate the fer-
ash, or about two parts, to make tin* ric hvdroxide (hot soaping would affect
bath slightly alkaline at a teiiqieralure the Prussian blue). Work the silk after
of about 1>8° C. for one half hour, the these treatments one hour in an old bath
deguinnung process will become complete of catechu (gambier) standing at 4 to
during the dyeing. 7%° Tw., the temperature of which
The solution is very mild in its action should not exceed 50° C., so that tlie
upon the with
fibroin, leaving it coated Prussian blue may not be decomposed
a very thin layer of nitrogenous material and the shade become too dark; rinse
whicli is repellent to water, though sol-
and hydro extract. The silk acquires in
uble on {irolonged boiling. The protec- the catechu bath an overcharge (over
tive layer is of extreme thinness, and is pari) of 15 per cent and becomes more
removed in whole or in part in the ordi- greenish.
nary opemtions to which silk goods are
subjected subsequent to boiling off. This
layer also probably protects the fibroin
• Silk Weighting and Waterproofing
from weakening not only during the time 240 grams of nickel .sulphate arc dis-
that it is in the bath, but during the solved in 9320 cubic centimeters of a 14-
subsequent operation of dyeing. 15%) solution of ammonia, and 080 cubic
centimeters of an aluminate solution con-
taining 68 grams of sodium hydroxide
* Silk, Degumming and 2.5 grams of aluminum are added,
Silk treated at 50® with a solution
is under agitation. A Bordeaux-red liquid
of papain with Sod. Sulphoxylate equal is obtained which may be used directly,
to 25% of papain used. if pure reagents have been employed, or
after filtration, if the reagents employed
SILK, RAYON, C OTTok. TORE. ETC. 409
Cliar- Acetate
(’otton Linen Jute Hemp Itamie Viscose Wool Silk
donnet Silk
Disinte-
grated
CaUiSlio MxJa, 76” Tw. Brown Yellow. Un- fYbre
Insoluble Insoluble and Soluble Soluble
Insoluble Insoluble changed swells cold
partly hot
dissolves
Alkaline load .
Black
KMn04 and 3.5 g. MgS04 per I, expose called sulwtanlive They do nt»t
for 3-4 hrs. to the sun, treat in a bath need any chemical to develop or lock the
contg. 40 c.c. NanS03 35° Be. and 4 c.e. d\e into the fiber. Common salt, how
H2SO4 B6. and rinse.
()t)° Add more e\er, is used as an auxiharv to aid ^\e-
For silk the first bath contains per 1. of Iheing instructions: Prepare d\e bath
water 1.5 g. KMn04, 2 c.c. II2HO4 0(>° using about four gallons of watiy b>
the second bath 20 g. NallSOs 35° eacli pound of mateiial.
;
B6. and 2 g. II2BO4. Add li\e pounds of salt for each ])ound
of d,\e used.
Bring temperature up to 110° F, In
Woolens, Finish for
troduci* the material. Itnng temperature
Water 15 gal. up to a bull and keep at lioiliiig point
Lupogum 6 oz.
tliree (piarlers of an hour. Kmse and
dry on felt covered rollers. dry.
Average Yellow r<'(]uiies
2 lb. per 100 lb. material that the wool material printed by this
method sufTc'rs no loss of strength and
Pink — Rhodamine B does not acquire the harsh handle which
2 per 100
lb. material lb.
it otherwise would.
Blue— Methylene Blue 2B
2 per 100
lb. material lb.
Wool Printing
Violet— Methyl Violet
Direct
2 lb. per 100 lb. material For direct printing on wool, the fol-
lowing formula is recommended for the
Green — Mjilachife Green X
Chrome Fast Dyes:
2 lb. per 100 lb. material
Black — Black
Bii.sic
Dyestuff
Glycerine
20 gm.
50 gill.
2 11). per 100 lb. material
Water 408 gin.
Neutral Starch Tragacanth
Dyeing Tussah Pile Fabric Thickening 500 gni.
Ammonium Oxalate 12 gm.
Goods are entered into the dyebath at
Neutral Ammonium
120° to 125° F. After running for 30
Chromate 10 gm.
minutes to thoroughly wet the cloth,
37.5% Fustic Extract and 5% bluest one
Total 1000
are added in the order named, but a few
minutes apart. The cloth is run in this Steam one hour and wash.
liquor for 15 minutes when 7.5% cop- For heavier shades the quantity of
peras and 8% oxalic acid (previously dyestuff is proportionately increased.
dissolved and mixed together) are added. With Erio Chrome Print Black a full
SILK, RAYON, COTTO'^, FIBRE, KTC. 173
bloomy shade can bo produood with 60- '1\» prepare the finish piotaH'd as fol
It is advisable to col(»r the finish with times its own vvt. of acefom*. d'he two
a little substantive Blue and Ikimk- \ lo soln.s, are thoroughly mixed giving a
let, say vvitli gin. l!en/.o Bloc H\\ and spinning S'dii. deliistenal cellulose
The gum tragacanth should be placed Sizing Compound for Cotton Warp
in separate vesseland heated up to boil Yarns (To bo Used With Starches)
and allowed to stand until complete jell 40-50 parts good quality Reef Tal-
has been reached, then it is ready to low
add to mix. 8-12 parts good quality Sulfonated
Mix the sulfonated tallow and raw tal Tallow (50% commercial grade)
low in kettle and heat while mixing until parts solvent and emulsi-
thoroughly blended and syrupy. fier Di-Ethylene Glycol for ex-
Add the gum trag jell and mix until ample)
blended. %-2 parts Locust Bean Gum (Gum
Add the necessary amount of preserva- Trag) made up into a 8: 100
tive and place in closed barrels until Water Gel and in thorough solu-
ready for use. tion before adding.
1% parts Steam Distilled Pine Oil
ratio with starch and a good paste b<‘ than can be prodm-ed when Stearic Acid
made at high concentration of 1 pjirt IS used alone. It is neutral.
Caustic 39° Bd 1090 lb. drier and Itio kilograms of boiled linseed
oil free fr<uii driers.
WATERPROOFING
Waterproofing Composition 7) oz. of castor oil is added. A second
To thirty parts of commercial petro- soln. IS formed by dissolving 6 o/,. of
latum fifteen parts, by weight, of alu- gum sandrac and (5 oz, of gum
mastic in
minum palmitato are added and the 13 oz. of amyl acetate, 13 oz. of biit^l
mixture kneaded into a smooth paste acetate and 15 oz, of butyl ale. This
free from lumps. Or tho petrolatum soln. is strained and mixed with the first
may bo heated to about 130° F., where- soln. for about I hr. Benzene (35 oz.)
upon tho consistency of tho petrolatum 13 slowly ailded to the compn. and thor-
100.0
Waterproofing Canvas
The compositions of the above ex- Beeswax 25 11).
amples are prepared by a simjile mix- Glyceryl Stearate f) lb.
ing operation. Preferably tlu‘ wax is Sfeanne Pitch 102 lb.
added to the toluol in a mixer and Cojiper Olentc If) lb.
agitated until di.ssolved, and the cellu- Castor Oil 48 lb.
lose nitrate is sej»arnt(dy dissoKcd in Naphtha 50 lb.
the ester solvents and alcohol, the other
materials then being added to the nitro- Waterproofing Canvas
cellulose solution, which is then com-
I’or canvas pauiins or largo portable
bined with the wmx solution.
covers:
The compositions may be applied to
Formula 1
fabricsby a number of known methods
but preferred to apply these com-
it is Petrolatum (Vaseline),
positions simply by immersing the fab- Dark or Amber 8% lb.
ric, or paper, or material to be treated Beeswax, Yellow Refined 1% lb.
until it is thoroughly saturated and Earth Pigment, Dry (Ochre,
then wringing nut the excess coating Hienna, or Umber) 5 lb.
material by squeeze rolls or centrifug- Volatile Mincnil Spirits
ing. This process is conducted at room (Painters' Naphtha) 5 gal.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materi I, Equipment, Contalnera, etc,, cobbuH Supply
Section at end of book.
480 TH E CHEMICAL FORMULARY
or several thicknesses ot cheesecloth
Formula 2 into the waterproofing liquid. In For-
Petroleum Asphalt, Medium mulas 3 and 4 the pigments should be
Hard 7% lb. thinned in i similar manner with lin-
Petrolatum, Dark or Amber 2Vi lb. seed oil before they are added to the
Lampblaek, Dry 1 lb. bulk of the oil.
Volayio Mineral Spirits When the waterproofing material set-
(Painters' Naphtha) 5 gal. tles to the bottom of the container or
thickens, it will bo necessary to warm
The quantities specified are sufTicient
the mixture just before applying it to
to treat about 40 square yards of can-
the canvas. This must be done in the
vas on one aide. open air by placing the container in a
A mixture of 3 gallons of gasoline lob or can of hot water. Be sure that
and 2 gallons of kerosene can be sub- the container is open, and never place it
stituted for the volatile mineral siiirits, over or near a flame.
but will evaporate more slowly, t^in-
vas treated according to the first for- Application
mula will be colored buff by ochre,
khaki by raw sienna, drab by raw um- The must be thoroughly
mixture
ber, and brown by burnt urnlx'r. If a stined before and during application,
ill order to keep the undissolved mate-
white treatment is preferred, use dry
zinc oxide in place of earth pigment. rial in suspension. These preparations
For some purposes. Formula 1 with a may bo ajiplied to the canvas by means
light-colored pigment will be preferable
of a paint brush or by spraying. Wagon
to Formula 2, because canvas treated
co\er.s, shock covers, etc., may be
lrerit(‘(lb-'st by stretching the cam as
with the latter will absorb more heat
from sunlight, owing to its black color. against the side of a barn or attaching
it to a frame and applying the material
For permanently fixed canvas covers:
with a brush. Once the canvas is fixed
in position, no more time is required to
Formula 3
treat it than is necessary to apply a
Boiled Linseed Oil 1 gal. first coat of paint to a rough board sid-
Lampblack, Ground in Linseed ing having the same area. Much time
Oil 2 lb. may be saved in treating large pnulins
Japan Drier 1 pt. and standing tents by applying the ma-
terial with a spray pump, with which a
Formula 4 pressure of at least .'iO pounds is devel-
Boiled Linseed Oil 1 pal. oped. Some loss of material, however,
Aluminum Bronzing Powder 1 lb. results from this method.
Japan Drier Vi pt. The experience has been that one coat
For lightweight fabrics not continu- applied to one side of the canvas
ously or frequently exposed to sunlight: usually is sufficient. With one coat ap-
plied to one side, using the strength of
Formula 5 solution ns given in the formulas, there
will bo an increase in weight of ap-
Beeswax, Yellow Refined % Ib.
pro.ximately 40 to 50 per cent when
Spirits of Turpentine 1 gal.
Formula 1 or 2 is used. When Formula
3 or 4 is used the fabric will gain about
Mixing the Materials
75 per cent in weight. When Formula 5
In the preparation of waterproofing is used the gain in weight will be
solutions according to Formulas 1, 2, around 10 per cent.
and 5, place the specified weights of When canvas is treated with linscod-
waterproofing materials in a suitable oil preparations it should bo allowed to
metal container and melt slowly and dry thoroughly (for two or three weeks)
carefully at as low a temperature as while freely exposed to the air. If
possible, with constant stirring. Then folded and stored in a warm place be-
remove to a place where there is good fore drying is complete the accumulated
ventilation and no fire or open flame heat from continued oxidation may re-
and pour the melted material into the sult in spontaneous combustion.
solvent while stirring. When a pig-
ment is used, thin the pigment in a sepa-
rate container by mixing with it small •Waterproofing Cement Walls
additions of the liquid, and when the Cement walls are waterproofed and
pigment mixture is sufficiently thinned freshened by painting or spraying with
strain it through fine-raesh wire screen following:
AVATERPHf>OFING 4S1
gallons water. The clear solution is tine, 10 lb. tallow soap in .30 gal. boil-
siphoned off the lead sulphate which is ing water ami mix solution in 4 gal.
formed in the reaction and is run into water in w'hich 15 lb. alum has been <li«-
The cloth is entered into tie- first and cooled to 104° F. At that tempera-
bath at the rate of about 15 yards per ture fabric is soaked in it, dried, rinsed,
minute so that it is in contact wdth the dru'd, and finally calendered. In this
emulsion for about 12 second.s. This process the alum yi.'irtially decomjiosed
rate has to be varied with the type of the soap, forming either free fatty acid
cloth treated. The cloth is sipieezed be or an acid alumina soap. The gelatino
tween rollers and without rinsing is forms an insoluble compound with tho
passed into the second bath. It is alum. The free fatty acid or acid soap
squeezed between rollers again and is mostly carried down on the fibre by
by
Whito-Lead ... 6 7 65 8
3. Grams per litre (g./l.) multiplied liasic Load .Sulphate . 6.4 63 3
Chrome Yellow (medium) 6 0 60 0
0.122 — troy ounces per gallon (troy
Zino 0\idc (white zinc) . 6 6 46 6
oz./gal.). Rnaic Leiul Chromate . 6 8 66 6
English (mercury) Ver-
4. Troy ounces per gallon (troy million 8 2 68 3
oz./gal.) mulLiplied by 8.2 —
giania per Rright Rod Oxide of Iron 4 9 to 6 26 42 0
litre (g./l.). Indian Rod Oxide of Iron 6 26 43 8
Brown Oxide of Iron
Gram.s per litre (g./l.) multiplied (Prince's) 3 2 26 6
Ultramarine 20 0
by 2.4l = penayweighls per gallon
Prussian Blue
2 4
185 16 4
(dwt./gul.) Chrome Green (blue tone) 4 44 37 0
Chrome Green (yellow
6. Pcnnyweiglita per gallon (dwt./gal.) tone) 4 0 33 0
. . .
l.ampblaek 185 15 4
Degrees Ceutigrado X 1 8 + 32 = deg. Fuhr Carbon Black .
.
1 85 15 4
9
—aevi
= dog Reaumur. Red-Lead
White-Lead (heavy paste)
44 8
34 0
White-Lead (soft paste) 30 8
White Zinc .... 25 0
Tloaumur X 't
Chrome Yellow (medium)
.
24 0
Degrees = dog. Cent Chrome Green 24 0
4 Venetian Red 19 0
French Ochre 15 0
Centigrade X 4 Prussian Blue 10 0
Degrees = deg. Reaumur Lampblack 9 1
5 Drop Black 11.7
4S4
TAbA 485
•20 IHJniiy weights = 1 ouiKf, oz —4hO grains 12 ounces —1 pound, lb. -57bO giaius
12 ounces = 1 pound, lb = .'iTnO grains
20 fluul oiiiiecs :
1
piiif ( (
) )
1
20 grains =1 scruple
Linear Measure
jHih's clinm =1
12 inches--! foot 1
40 jMilcs furlong -
feet =1 yaid
1
:!
Sijuan* .Measiiro
foot
144 square inches=l square
0 stniare feet =1 s(iuare\aid
leet = square rod
30.25 square vards or 272.5 m;.
l
sq leet-1 acre
_
]G0 square rods or 4StO .sq. yards or
4.;.5(.o
Cubic Measure
CAI’ACITY MEASL'IiE
Liquid
4 gills =1 pint
2 pints =1 quart
4 quarts =1 gallon
convejRsion of thermometer readings
121.11
27.22
123.89
27.78
28.33 126.67
40.00 30 -1.11 80 26.67 250
28.89 129.44 600 900 482 22
-0 56 81 255 132.22 505 910
38.89 31 487 78
37.78 32 0.00 82 29.44 260 610 920 493.33
30.00 265 135.00
36 67 33 0.56 83 137.78 616 930 498 89
35.56 34 31.11 270 620 940 604.44
143.33
34 44 35 275 146.11 625 950 510 00
33.33 36 280 630 960 615 56
32 22 37 30 66 285 140.55 535 970 621.11
151.67
31.11 38 290 640 980 626.67
30.00 39 31.67 295 545 990 532.22
Twaddell
ir.) 5.3 0 I
VJ) 51 1
107 05 7
lOH 05 9
37 22 5
38 23 0
40 24.0
129 60 0
41 24 6
130 50 9
Dry
2 pints =1
quart
8 quarts =1
peck
4 pecks —1 bushel
1 U. 8. standard bushel (Btruck)= 2150.42 cubic inches.
0.80356 U. 8. bushels (struck) =1 cubic foot
pH Values of Chemicals
Solution
Strength Reagent pH
1% Commercial Olive Oil Soap (Neutral) 10.1 -10.3
1% Commercial Olive Oil Soap (Neutral) 10.1 -10.3
1% Commercial Olive Oil or Tallow Soap Containing 20% Soda Ash 10.75-10.88
1% (’ommercial Olivo Oil or Tnllow Soap (Jontaimng 5% Caustic 12.0-12.2
Vj% Commercial Olive Oil or Tallow Soap 10.0 - 10.2
%% (Commercial Olive Oil or Tallow Soap 9.9 -10.1
1% Sulphonated Oils (Neutral) 6.0 -7.0
1% Sulphonated Oils Containing Free Acid Below 6.0
%
V4 Trisodium Phosphate 12.3
4^1
492 TOE CnEAfiCAL FORMULARY
Phot. Chonik Soap
Photofreund Soap Gazette
Plater's Guide Bonk Swedish Patent Office
Phosphoric, Solution 42
Wax 4
for Wigs 5
Acid Proof, Cement 6
Coating .302
Wood 5
Composition .395
Wood Veneer 5
Wood, Tin, etc., to (’elliiloid C)
Marking for Quartz Thermometers. 209
W’ood, Waterproof 5
Stain 297
After Shaving Lotion 132
Acid-Proofing Creamery Floors .328
Agar Pet rolatiiin Emulsion 378
Acid Resistant, Concrete .3.31
Agricultural, Insecticide 214
Enamel 191
215
Larvicide
Paint 27.5
T>
SpiH'ialties
Acid Wash for Concrete Surfaces. . . 34
Spr.ay 215
Acululants, Beverage 41 Air Conditioning Water Treatment. ,346
Acne, Cream 375 Air Drying Black Enamels and Var-
Lotion 124, 37.5 nishes 242
Ointment 375 Air-Plane Wing Dope 2.34
Acriflavine, Emulsion of .378 Airship Fabric, Coating for 4(i3
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Eqalpmeat, Containers etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book. *
403
494 mmx
Alloy-Continued Aluminum —Continued
Silver Finish for g.
Bourbon, 1 to 1
.‘:,5 Brushless Shaving CH‘am..l20, 150, 117
51 P.ulling Nickel Polish 127
1-1 Extract
.51 Hugs, Beil, Iiiseeti<M<le 210
l-no, Oil
Aroma .'M Building Blocks, Concrete 3.50
1-5, Super
51 Building Blaster 357
Whiskey Es.sence
1 Bullet Coinjiosition Tracer 170
Box Toe, Adhesive
518 Burn OIT Dip 415
Composition
540 Burn 5'reatmenl 370
Box Wood, Cigar
222 Butter, Coloring 08
Bracken, Eradication
Bnike, Drum Alloy 10 ami Honey Cream 47
..510, .518 Snb.stitute 47
Fluid, H\draulic
518 'rubs, ('oatirig for H02
Lining
510 Buttermilk, ('hiirned 65
luning Composition
U1 B(‘inona<lc 45
-Shoes, Automolnh’
9,', .Manufa<-tiiie of, from Skimmed
Brandy, Coloring
Milk 47
Brass, Black Finish on
B)1 Yogurt or Bulgarian 4.5
Black Pickling for
0-5 Butterscotch Fmige 55
Coloring Red
95 Buttons, Coloring Bone 95
Green ITnish on
Ink for 107
Plating 404 C
405 C.abbage Maggot Insecticide 219
Plating on Steel
419 Cabinet Makeis’ Glue 0
Polish
420 Cable Oil, High Tension 225
Refinishing Corroded
177 Cadnuiun Plating 40.5, 405
Solder
415 Cake, Fruit, Shrine 55
Solution
Row Msterioln, Equipment, ConUlnors, otc., conimlt Supply
For Chfmicil Adri^ors, flprrml
Section et end of book
49S rtfDEX
Waterproofing Brio 00
Cement 1- Brinza 07
Accelerator 334 Canienihort (!7
For Chemical Advinors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, ConUineni. etc., oonuult Supply
SactioD at end of book.
500 WDEX
Chrome-Tanned Leather 319-322
Chromed India-Kips, Coloring 312
Chromium Steel, Magnetic, Heat Soap, Liquid
Treatment of 344 Soap, Rug 85
Churned Buttermilk C5 Straw Hats 77
Chypre, Cologne 144 Cleanser, Astringent Lotion..., 123
Perf«me Base for Face Powder... 133 and Conditioner, Hand 122
Cider, Acid Compound 43 Window 432
Apple, Cheap 40 Cleansing Cream .106, 107
Fkvor ‘^87 Greasy Type 139
Orange, Compound 44 Lemon 110
Sweet Drinking Artificial 40 Lemon Juice 139
Cidcrette Syrup 40 Liquefying 147
Cigar Box Wood 340 Liquid 107
Cigarette, Stain Removal 442 Soluble 106
Tip Adhesive 2 Clear Lacquer 097
Cinnamon Flavor 25 Clear Gloss Lacquer 24.1
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipmenl, ConUInem, etc,, coniuH Sepply
Section at end of book.
502 imEX
Copying, Ink 195, 197 Crayon —Con tinned
Pencil, Blue 212 Ml^rking 194
Cordage, Groaso 358 194
Sizing for Polishing 475 Cream, Absorption Base 105
Waterproofing 481 Acne 375
Core, Binder 341 Anti-Perspiration 105
Oil 341 Anti-Sunburn 105
Cork Composition Binder 395 Artificial 57
Cork and Wood Flour, Binder for... 5 Astringent 105, 113, 148
Corn, Cures 377 Black Shoo 428
Ether 31 Bleach 105
Fertilizer 17 Brushless Shaving 147
Oil Emulsion 153 Butter and Honey 47
Ecmedy 377 Catarrh ....* 37(5
Removers 377 Cheese 69
Weevils, Killing 215 Cheese Manufacturing 57
Corpse Tissue Filler \l()l Cholesterol-Lecithin 104
Corroded Brass, Refinishing 420 Cleansing 10(5, 107
Corrosion Inhibitor 458 Cold 107, 108, 109, 139, 147
Auto Radiator 341 Cold, Making 107
Proof Steel 23 Cucumber 14(5, 147
Proofing Aluminum, Zinc, Magne- Dental 390
sium and their Alloys 458 Depilatory 140
Resistant Coating 303 Foundation 113, 114
Resistant Iron Alloy 20 Gasoline Cleaning 76
of Steel Parts, Preventing 344 Greaseless 109, 110
Cosmetic, Plastic 127 Greaseless Quinosol 108
(.osmeticH 101 Increasing Viscosity of 57
(hittage Cheese 09 June Typo 14(5
(h)tton,Bleaching 87 Lavender 14(5
Cloth, Back-Filling 4(55 Lecithin Nourishing MO
Coloring 471 Lemon 110, 14(5, 147
Dyeing 4(52, 4(53 Lemon Cleansing 110
Dyeing Black 404 Liquefying 110
Fabrics, Scouring 404, 405 Liquid Almond 105
Finish on Sulphur Dyed 4(54 Liquid Cleansing 107
Finishing of 4(54 Liquid Cold 109
Good Softeners 477 Liquid Lanolin 110
Hosiery 404 Massage 110, 111, 140
Hosiery Scroop 404 Mint 116
in Kier, Bleaching 87 Modern Cold 146
Removing from Cotton Wool Mosquito 11
Mixture 404 Mosquito Repellent Ill
Cotton Seed Oil Emulsion 153 Neutral Shoo 428
Cotton Siac 474, 475 Nourishing Ill, 112
Cotton Solution 234 Nourishing Cholesterol 112
“Cotton! zing” Fla.x Waste 4(55 Pearly Vanishing 148
Cough Lozenges 377 Perspiration, Deodorizing 115
Counter Etches 1(55 Petrolatum 113
Counter Irritant, Refrigerant 387 Polish, Furniture 422
Crack Filler 304 Protective 85
Crackle I^acquer Base 233 Rolling Massage Ill, 140
Crayon 192 Shoe 428
Animal Marking 193 Shoe, Black 430
Blgipkboard 193 Soluble Cleansing 106
Cltrti^arking 193 Soothing 141
Drawing 193 Sour 65
Lithographic 194 Strawberry 146
All -^rmulae preceded by an asterisk (•) are covered by patents.
INDE.\ 5 (
Silk
Cr^stalli/i^g, Lacqm’r — ‘I
V'lrnnh 292
('team
Plasicr
Pencil ll'»
Cupric-phenol I'hxing Solution
Perspiral ion H.>
Curacao, French ‘lO
I’orcelain Ch'arier 7o
Curling Jelly ^
^ " INiwdcr Hd
Liiiuid
•''O Ibd'iigeiator HS
Curry Powder, Spicing
Sjoa) F19
Cuticle Remover .‘.‘"I/!/,
|)eodori/mg H8
Cutting Oil
l-'J*
l)isiiifectant
Base
C.arlic
Emulsion
Spray, Pine H9
Resin
Dejulalory Hd
Soluble
Cream HO
Sulphur '1^’"
’’-7
Hide
Cyclamen, Extract of
JIO I’erfumi'S hll
Cylinder Carbon, Removing
Depolarizer for Dry and Leclanche
Cylinder Oil
'>>9 Batteries ’07
Cylinder, Upper, Lubricant
Detergent, Laun<lry 77
and Paint Rmnover 77
Silk Stockings and (lloves 77
Dairy Equipment Cleaner
“'* Detonator, Electrical
Dammar Cut
Developer, Pliotognijdiic ,..802
Dance Moor Wax
FO Stains, Removal of ,*.440
Dandruff, Lotion for Dry
Developing Fixer, Photographic 392
Lotion for Oily
Dewaxing, Cum Darnar 440
Mixture
l ‘» Taibricating Oil . .862
Ointment 117,
Diabetic Tea 388
Preparations
Dies, Lubricant for 360
Remedy
Raw Matcriala. Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supply
For Chemical Advisors, Special
Section at end of book.
m JNDEX
Dip, Blue 404 Dust, Insecticidal 215
Bright 403 Diujtproofing Concrete Floors 330
Burn Off 413 Dj^ Applying to Leather 90
Mercury 416 Azo Oil
Dipping Enamel, Olive Green 230 Black Leatiier 9,;
Dipping Solution, Pearl 232 Hair
Direct Wool Printing t.472 Mordants, Fur 327
DisiufeStunt 149 Resist, Crepe 400
Bleach 150 Shoe 429
Cresol 150 Toner for Printing Ink 211
Deodorizing 150 Dyed Fabrics, Stripping Composition
Laundry 150 for 89
Lyflol Type 150 Dyeing, Bleaching, Coloring 87
I’ine Oil 150, 151 Cellulose Aoetate 98
Heed 18 (’hrome Side Leather Black 310
Heed Potato 18 Cotton 402, 463
Disinfucting a. 148 Cotton Black 464
Disinfection, Seed 215 Fur Skin 90
Dispersions of Casein and Shellac ... 304 Goat Skins Black 311
Distemper, Cure for Doga 24 Kangaroo Skins Black 311
Matt Finish 270 Knit Fabrics 40(i
Oil-bound 270 Leather, Degreasing before 3H
“Dissolving” Glue 9 Rayon 4(’)3
2?,
31
Cli<*rry Wild Aroma ColTco ...25, 3"
34 10 -
'j
^elly for Microscope Mounting 3.11 Green Lead Arsenate 218
OMt Skins, Dyeing Black 311 Green Patina on Copper 92
Tanning White 315 Green Pigments 205
Gold, Bronze Ink 197 Green Tomato Mince meat 54
Cyanide Solution 41G Grinding Compound 421
Dental Crown Enamel 185 Grinding Paint 27(3
Heat, Canned
Ice, Water, Sherbets
;
“
59
Skating Rink,
I.-eHkai.ng
Ice Art.fn-ml
!ink, Artificial 352
X,i
Conducting Lubricant
Icing, (’h<»i-olal<* 55
o-i
Insulating Material
Inrtllatioi 22^. 2dr, (W. 55
'ol (’ofTee
< olTi'c 514
Insalatiil Paper, Waterproof
22r. Honu- Made
Home oo
55
Insulato/
lami""
I.enion 54
•
278 Manischino
Marasihino >*
54
Eesisting Paint
277 Orange 54
Sensitive Paint
Transfer Medium 352 Pmeajple
Pineapple M
54
For Cheimeal Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc., conault Supply
Section at end of book.
516 . INDEX
—
Lotion Continued M
Anesthetic Shaving 123 Magnesium, Aluminum Alloy,
Anti-Sunburn 123 Working 23
Astringent 123, 124 Casting Mold 342, 343
Astringent Cleanser 124 Corrosion Proofing 45 }^
Anisette '’•4
Pear, Ftlu-roiil :U
Anti-Oxidant for .'{00 Penetrating .'iO.'t
Stainless Knitting 20
Lye, Azo
.:;78 Stains, Treatment of 428
Earache
17)S Strawberry, Artificial 28
Emulsion, Linseed
Emulsion, Neatsfoot 17)8 Snlfomiting Castor ilOl
Coating
369 Waxed 368
Coating, Casein (due....
371 Wrapping 807
Coating Composition . .
For Cbemical Adrisort, SpoeUl Row lUtorUii, Eqolpmoni OonUiaors, otc^ eoatolt Bapplf
Boetion *t end of book.
626 /NDEX
Kayoii —Conhn ued Kink, Artificial Icc-Skatiug 352
Size 475 Rinse, Lemon 118
Hizing 4<i5 Roach, Poison 221
Razor Bhulo Steel 22 Road, Maikiug Paint 272
Razor, Jlono 428 Mol tar 3;j0
For Cliemicul Adviwrs, Speciil Raw M«t«ritls, Equipment, CoDtainers, etc., connult Snppljr
Section *i end of book.
530 INDEX
Non-magn|ffc
^ 22 Stiong I’a^te II
Finish for Screws 312 'Pra( (‘r Bullet ( Viiiposit ion 170
Plating 413, 411 'Pracmg Paper, 'Penqxirary 3ii9
Yiolet—Continued —
Waterproof Confinm d
Soap 81 Marking Ink 269
S^Tithetic 145 and Oilproof Binder 6
Violin Varnish 294 Paper 369
Virgil Lights 445 Plastic Coating 398
Viscose, Manufacture 4t*9 Shellac . . 299
Skeins, Weighting 4()9 Show ('aid Ink
Sponge 409 Wood Adliesive 5
330 478
Waterproofing
222 Water Resistant, Adhesive 5
Warble-Fly, Control of
l*'l 9
Warehouse Chalk ^
1"*'’ 294
Warp Size
Water Sliellae Varnish .... 294
Warp Sizing 474, 4/5
»83 Water Soluble, Cohirs .. ..89
Wart Remover
127
Wash, Antiseptic Hand '5
310 Shellac Solution 270
Washable Writing Surface
Washing and Bleacliing Powder 81 Transfer (!(nnposition
237 Water Solution of Shellac 209
Wash, Wall
IfiO
Watch Spring Alloy 21
in Water 'I'ank Paint, Hailroad... 270
Water, Emulsions, Coloring Oil
Waters, (kiloring, Non-Fading.. 100
154, 155
373 143
and Flame Proof Paper
Wave, Concmitrated Hair 143
Ice, Sherbets 59
l)ry<*r. Finger 120
Javel
Fluid, Permanent 120
Paint 269, 270, 296
275 Solution, iVnnanent 121
Paint Cement
275 Wax, A<lliesi\e 4
Paint, Cold, Outside
Anti-oxident for .3(i0
Water Fugitive Transfer Composi-
302 Automoble, Polish 418
tion
84 (
'nrving 444
“Waterless” Soap
309 194
Waterproof, Boot Dressing
-
Oil
Yellow I’igments.. .... .. 199, 2i><)
Printing, Direct
172 Yellow Smoke (loinpobil ion ... 172
Protecting in Vat Dyeing
, . .
Worm Expcllor
97
471 Zinc, Plack Stain on ..
Worsteds, Finish for
Chloiide Mouth Wash .38(1
Wounds, Aseptic and Analgesic Pow-
('oriosion Piooling ..458
der for
(Vanide Solution .41(1
Woven Goods, Finish for 400
Die ('ust, ('(doting . . 97
Wrapping Materials, Kesistance to
^ 1 65
Etchi'S for. .
Wrinkle Cream
234 Prepaiing for Painting 297
Wrinkle Finish Lacquer
Solder F’lux ^77
Wrinkle Proof Fabrics 439
Stearate -^>4
Wrinkle Remover
•h43 Stearate Paw* 282
Wrinkled Finish Coating
4
195, 197 Steaiate (.'’n>nm
Writing Ink
CouUmwB, etc., coubuU Supply
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Matcriab, Equipiueul,
Section at end of book.
addenda
ALCOHOLIC HQUOHS
The most important constituent of alco- ness cun bo hastened by
the addition of
holic beverages is the alcohol. Its 1 pint of skmiiiied milk.
strength depends upon the character of
The clear liquid
18 then siphoned off later. Where rapid
the beverage. If the alcohol is inferior clearing is desired filtration must bo re-
in quality or has an oily taste and odor, sorted to.
the finished product will be unsatisfac-
tory. Be sure to use good alcohol. Sugar Essence Aroma tie
18 used to sweeten the liqueurs and, in
No. 1
many cases thickens the liqueuis as well, Cardamom gin.
which is desirable. Clovo Kill gm.
The colors used should be certified, Mace Bid gm.
pure food colors. For brown coloring (’mmunoii 580 gm.
tlie most predominant color is burnt 95% Ali-uhol 10 kilos
augur color or caramel. Sometmie.s its No. 12
taste helps to mellow' or round out the Cmaeao Peels BIO gm.
taste of liqueurs. Wines and fruit juices ('love.s 8.'i gm.
also may be used sometimes to bring out Maee K;t gm.
the fuller taste. 9o% Alcohol 10 kilos
The quantities ofcssi’nces or flavoring No. .1
oils called for in each formula should be Angelica Root L2I) gm,
carefully measured. It is (he essence or (lalgunt Root 1120 gm.
oils that gives the alcohol in tin* finished (linger Root 10 gm.
beverage its ciiaracteristic ta.ste and (’alamus Root 1‘JO gm.
aroma. The skill employed in making (’haiiiomile 100 gm,
these beverages usually ilecides success Laurel Li'uves L20 gm,
or failure. As with ail formulas, care- Maee 20 gm.
lessness, inaccuracy and haste will only (’hues 00 gill.
result in failure. A formula that im- Orange Peels 80 gill,
parts good taste and aroma is one always Pejqiermint 100 gm,
sought for. (rood recipes never grow old. (’innamon 100 gm.
They do not change as the science of Zedoarv Plant 200 gm,
(’hemistry does. And so an old formula 9.5% ALohol 10 kilos
when tried and found to be true never No. 4
grows old. Orange Ih'els 450 gm.
Some of the liquor formulas in this Chtves 90 gm.
book may call for substances other than Ma<-e 90 gm.
simple oils or simple ingredients. By r<‘ 95% Aleoliol 10 kilos
ferring to the first section of this liook No. 5
in the chapter of non alcoholic, flavors Angelica Root
beginning on page .'^0, you will find for- (linger Root
mulas for making these products. When (’ala inns Root
or should you desire to
difficulty arises ('ardamom
become more expert in mixing, blending Lavender
and compounding, call in a reimble, rep- Mace I/> gm.
utable chemist. He will be able to assist Nutmeg 25 gnu
you and render valuable service. Orange Pei'ls .300
Even a freshly prepared mixture of Peppermint 200 fm.
aromatic substances lacks homogeneons- Cinnamon 50 gat.
ness and only after some period of time Zedoary J’lant 100 gm.
are the ingredients well mixed and 9.5%; Alcohol 10 kilos
blended. However, storage is nc<;e8Hary
in every case to round out taste, flavor Absinthe Essence a la Turine
and brilliancy — to produce an equilib- No. ]
rium of the reactants present, to give the Oil Angelica 3 gm.
proper bouquet which characterizes a Oil Anise 5 gm.
good product. Oil Fennel 5 gm.
When beverages arc stored in barrels, Oil Cardamom 1 gm.
the tannin of the wood appears to pos- Oil (Coriander 5 gm.
sess thepower of hastening, ageing and Oil Marjoram 3 gm.
improving the taste. Oak barrels are beet Oil Star Anise 6 gm.
to use to clear nr make liqueur brilliant. Oil Wormwood .3 gm.
Storage usually sufficient but the clcar-
is 95% Alcohol 10 kilos
For INDEX to Addenda see page S87.
For Chemical Advison, Special Raw Hateriala, EqaipmcDt, (ToaUlnera, etc., consult Supply
SscUon at and of book.
Ml
542 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
No. 2 Oil Ether Oenanthic Vio gm.
Anise Seed ICO gm. Oil Star Anise 1 gra.
Bitter Almond 70 gm. Oil Wormwood 3 gra.
Fennel 100 gm. Oil Lemon 1 gm.
Calamus 20 gm. 95% Alcohol 10 kilos
Coriander 50 gm. No. 2
Peppermint 10 gm. Oil Angelica 2 gm.
Wood
Sassafrtis 100 gm. Oil Anise Russian 5 gm.
Wormwood Herb 20 gm. Oil Fennel 3 gm.
^
Sugar 700 gm. Oil Calamus 20 gm.
95% Alcohol 10 kilos Oil Caraway 3 gm.
Oil Marjoram 5 gm.
Vienna Absinthe Essence Oil Mace 2 gm.
Oil Clove 1 gm.
No. 1
Oil Orange 20 gm.
Oil Angelica V/i gm.
Oil Aniso 2 gm.
Oil Pimento % gm.
Oil .luniper Berry 2 gm.
Oil Fennel V/i gm.
Oil Wormwood 25 gm.
Oil Ginger 1 gm.
Oil Lemon 3 gm.
Oil Coriander IV2 gm.
Oil Marjoram IVi gm.
95% Alcohol 10 kilos
No. 1
gm. Angostura Bitter Essence
Oil Angelica 1
Oil Anise 1 gm. Angostura Bark 1000 gm.
Oil Marjoram 1 gm. Cardamom 200 gm.
Oil Orange gm. Clove 50 gm.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supidj
Section at end of book.
AIX:!OHOLIC LIQUORS .543
Alcohol 90% by Volume 30 lit. For brown, color with caramel color.
Lemon J'lssence 50 gm.*
Sugar S,^^up 05% 4 lit.
Absinthe Brandy
W'ater 00 lit.
Color AVllow to suit. Alcohol 90% by Volume .'iO lit.
Raspber ry 11 randy
Sugar S\rup 05% L''/j lit.
Water 01 lil.
Alcohol 90%j by Volume 17 lit.
C(»lor: (Ireen.
Cherry ^Vhlskey .3 lit.*
Calamus Brandy
Cherry Brandy
Alcohol 9o';< by \’olunio 30 lit.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 10 ht.
(!alaimi.s Esseme % bt**
BitterAlmond Oil Essence 10 gm.*
Sugar Syrup ()5% 4 lit.
Cinnamon Oil Essence 20 gm.*
gm.*
Water 59 % lit.
Clove Oil Essence 10 Color; Brown.
Sugar Syrup 05% 3% lit.
Water 32 Vi b t.
Cherry Juice 48 ht. Bergamot Brandy
Alcohol 90% by Volume .38 lit.
For Chemtcal AdTisort, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Contalnert, etc., coniult Supply
Section at end of book.
THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Oil Star Anise, Leadfree 4C5 mils Lemon Brandy
Oil Angelica Root 30 mils Alcohol 90% by Volume 21% lit.
Oil Bitter Almonds, F.F.P.A. 8 mils Lemon Essence 600 gm.
Oil Rose, Artificial 2 mils Sugar Syrup 5% lit.
in which has been dissolved 38 lb. sugar. Goldwasser Essence 750 gm.
Rose Water 1% Tit.
For Chemictl Adrisort, Special Raw SfateriaU, Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supple
Section at end of bonk.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 515
1
Calamus
Hamburger Bitters
Alcohol 90%
by Volume 21 Vi bt.
Alcohol 90% by Volumo 21 Vi bt.
Calamus Essence 500 gm.
Hamburger Bitter
Sugar S\rup 4 Vi 111.
Essence 550 gm.
Water 21 lit.
Sugar Solution 4% bt.
Color Light. Brown with Caramel.
Water 24 bt.
Color Brown with Caramel.
Cardinal
Khme or Mosi'lle Wine 75 lit.
Absinthe Brandy (Swiss) Cardinal Es.seiice 400 gm.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 25 lit. Sugar 10 kilos
Absinthe Pls-nence .‘Uio gtn. Water 10 hi.
Water 25 h(. water and the
lb.s.sol\e Sugar in tlie
Color Green to suit. osscitco in the Mine and mix till* two
solution.s.
Alcohol 12 oz.
Oil Star Anise, l.eadfree 1<) o/,.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materiala, Equipment, Containers, et«., consult Supply
Seedon at end of book
546 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Oil of Ceylon Cinnamon 15 dr.‘ Gin, Old Tom
Rum Ether Pure 3 pt. Essence Gin, Holland 1 gal.
Acetic Ether 214 OS5- Alcohol 1 pt.
Butyric Ether 1 oz. 1 dr. Oil Coriander, Pure 1 oz.
Tincture of Saffron Oil Calamus 1 oz.
1 lb. to a gal. 4 oz.
Dissolve 1 oz. of above oil in 5^/j gal-
Extract of Vanilla Pure 3 oz.
lons alcohol. Then add gjillons water.
Balsam Peru 2 dr.
Mix. Filter through magnesium carbo-
Tincture* Styrax U.S.lk 2 dr.
nate.
Couinarin 5 dr.
Holland Gin
Gin, Old Tom Oil Gin 1000 mils
Oil Coriander, Pure .I oz. 4 dr. Glycerine C.P. 200 mils
Oil Angelica Root .3 dr. Alcohol 216 oz.
Oil Anise, Russian, Rectified 1 oz. Dissolve 5 oz. of above in 2^ gallons
Oil Caraway, Dutch 4 dr. alcohol. Then add 2% gallons water.
Oil Juniper Berries, Mix. Filter through magnesium carbo-
Rectified 7 oz. 4 dr. nate.
Alcohol 1 pt. 8 oz.
Bourbon
Essence for Artificial Sliv(»vitz
Oil Bourbon
Oil Combindlion (1 oz. per gallon)
Alcohol Oil ofCognac 2 oz.
Tannic Acid Solution 1 lb. Benzaldehyde 4 oz.
C.P. Tannic Acid Pis-solved Rum Essence Ethyl Acetate 0 oz.
in 1 gal. Hot Water 10 oz.
12 oz.
Orris Itoot Tincture
Saccharin Solution 1 lb. Sol- Wine Brandy 1 lb.
uble Water Saccharin 5 Pineapple Essence 1 lb.
gal. Boiling Water Vi Carob Tincture (1 to 5) 2 lb.
10 oz.
Citric Acid Solution Alcohol 2 lb.
100% JiOO oz.
Sugar Color Distilled Water 2 lb.
Vanilla Ext. Imitation 2 oz.
Vanillin. Dis-
Imit. Vanilla Ext. 1 oz.
gal. Water. Ginger Liqueur
solve in Vi gal- Alcohol; Hi
Alcohol 90% by Volume 31 lit.
Water 20 lit.
Alcohol 90% by Volume 45 lit.
•
Alcohol 90% by Volume 4^ lit.
Water 18 lit.
Schiedamer Geneva Holland Gin
Color : Red.
Alcohol by Volume 78% 20% lit.
For Ohemioal Adrisorn, Specisl Raw Materials, Equipueat, Containan. et«., eoaialt flopphr
SaoUott at and of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 549
Color: Green.
Rum Essence 0
120
Balsam of Peru 2 gr.
in % liter Water
5^^ I?-
Rum Ess. No. 10 500 gr.
Water
Color; Yellow. Dissolve 1 oz. of above in 2% gallon#
Water 27 lit.
Sugar 52 kg.
Water 7 lit.
For Chemioal Adviaors, Bpeciol Bow ICotorUla, Equipment, OonUinert, etc., consult Supidy
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 551
For Chemical Advisora, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Oontainera, etc., consult Supply-
Section at end of book.
552 THE CHEMICAL FORMULAKY
'
Bitter Essence Spanish—No. 1 Raspberry Essence
Horse Heel 80 gm. Raspberry Squashed 10 kg
Angelica Root 40 gm. Orris Root 200 gm
Holy Thistle 80 gm. Alcohol 90% 10 kg.
Calamus Root 250 gm. Colored : Red.
Gentian 40 gm.
Polypodiura gm.
Galgan^ Root
10
80 gm.
Grunewald Essence —No. 1
No Color.
No. 3 Herb Essence
CoffeeBurned and Ground 400 gm. Angelica Root 2V2 gm.
Cinnamon 5 gm. Anise SoihI 10 gm.
Vanilla 2 gm.
Calamus Root 20 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Lemon Peels 25 gin.
Coriander Heed 2 Ml gm.
No Color.
Galgant Root 3 gm.
Ginger Root 2V2 gm.
Coffee Triple Essence Marjoram Herb 3 gm.
Coffee Burned and Ground 5 kg. Orange I'eels 25 gm.
Vanilla 10 gin. Roseimirv Herb 3 gm.
Orris Root 2 Ml gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
No Color. .lumper Berries 2% gm.
Alcohol 05% 10 kg.
(’olored: OrasH Green.
Calamus Essence —No. 1
Carmelite Essence
Life Essence —No. 1
For Chemictl Adviion, Sp«clil Raw llatwriaU, Equipment, OonUlners, et«„ consult Supply
Section at end of book.
654 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Wormwood 250 gm. Ginger Root 1.5 gm.
Cinnamon 30 gm. Caraway 3 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Spearmint 20 gra.
No Color. Pimento 3 gm.
Orange Peels 35 gm.
Juniper Berries 3 gm.
Flower of Love Essence Alcohol 95% 10
Oil ClV^B 10 gm.
Oil Nutmeg 10 gm. No. 3
gm. Anise 20 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 3
Basilicum Herb 20 gra.
Alcohol 95% 10
Lemon Peels 50 gm.
Colored: Light Red.
Calamus 20 gm.
Chamomile 20 gm.
Stomach Bitter Essence Cardamom 5 gm.
Angelica 150 gm Coriander 20 gm.
Anise 100 gm Oalgaut 15 gm.
Calamus 300 gm Lavender Herb 5 gm.
Peppermint 50 gm Mace 5 gm.
Orange Bitter 300 gm Nutmeg 5 gm.
Cinnamon 50 gm Orange Peels 50 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Rosemary 20 gm.
Orris Root 15 gm.
Cinnamon 5 gm.
Stomach Bitter Essence French Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Anise 20 gm No. 4
Cardamom 25 gm
Inula (Horse Heel) 15 gm.
Lemon Peels 45 gm
Angelica Root 10 gm.
Fennel 40 gm
Anise 30 gm.
Galgant Root 10 gm
Basilicum Herb 10 gm.
Ginger 20 gm
Calamus 25 gm.
Mace 5 gm
Lemon Peels 45 gm.
Nutmeg 5 gm
Coriander 25 gm.
Cloves 10 gm
Galgant 20 gm.
Orris Root 15 gm
English Spice 15 gm.
Woodruff Herb Dry 100 gm
Ginger 10 gm.
Cinnamon 10 gm
Spearmint 10 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Caraway 15 gm.
Lavender Herb 10 gm.
Stomach Bitter Essence Breslau —No. 1 Grains of Paradise 10 gm.
Anise 25 gm. Orange Peels 45 gm.
Basilicum Herb gm. Juniper Berries 10 gm.
25
Alcoiiol 10 kg.
Calamus Root 5 gm.
Chamomile 25 gm.
Cardamom
Lemon Peels 50
3 gm.
gm.
Stomach Bitter Danzig —No. 1
Inula (Horse Heel) 25 gm.
Coriander 15 gm.
Anise 70 gm.
Galgant Root 5 gm.
Calamus 12 gm.
Mace 3 gm.
Chamomile 5 gm.
Nutmeg 3 gm.
Lemon Peels 45 gm.
Orange Peels 50 gra.
Dill Seed 12 gm.
Rosemary Herb 25 gm.
Caraway 15 gm.
Orris Root 5 gm.
Nutmeg 12 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Pimento 6 gm.
No Color.
Orange Peels 45 gm.
No. 2 Oil Rose 1 gm.
Inula (Horse Heel) 5 gm. Orris Root 15
Angelica Root 1.5 gm. Cinnamon 15 gm.
Basilicum Herb 20 gm. Zedoarv Plant 15 gm.
Calamus Root 5 gm. Alcohol 10 kg.
Lemon Peels 35 gm. No. 2
Galgant Root 1.5 gm. Angelica Root 50 gm.
Coriander Seeds 3 gm. Anise 20 gm.
For Chemical AdrlBora, Special Raw Matoriala, Equipment, Containers, etc., consnlt Supply
Section at end of book. ^
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 656
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, ConUinsrs, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
AL(X)HOLIC LIQUORS 557
Worawood Essence Oil Orange 10 gm.
Angelica Root 60 gm. Oil Rose
5 gm.
Anise 20 gm. Oil Juniper Berries 3 gm.
Benedictine Herb gm. Oil Cinnamon
60 5 gm.
Calamus Root 30 gm. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Coriander 20 gm.
Gentian Root 30 gm. Corn Essence
Marjoram 50 gm.
Ethyl Acetate x'’^500 gm
Orange Peels 50 gm.
Ethyl Oeimntliic 10 gm.
Peppermint Herbs 50 gm.
Oil Juniper Berry 50 gm
Lesser Centaury 60 gm.
Alcohol 10 kg
Wormwood 100 gm.
Cinnamon 30 gm.
S]>earniint Esstmoe
Alcohol 95% 10
Color: Dark Brown. Oil Spearmint 4 jjm.
Oil Peppermint ‘2 j^ui
Aleoliol 10 kg.
Civet Essence
Civet 30 gm.
Caraway Essence
Rose Oil 1 gm.
Oil Anise 1 gm.
Alcohol 95% 1 kg.
0)1 Coriander gm.
1
No. 2
Itura Essence
Oil Anise 8 gm.
Ethyl Butyrate 80 gm.
Oil Angelica 2 gm.
Ethvl Acetate 15 gm.
Oil Coriander 2 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 5 gm.
Oil Caraway 80 gm.
Orris Root Tincture 15 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
Alcohol 10 kg.
Aleoliol 95% 10 kg.
Bishop Essence
No. 1
Oil Orange Peels 50 gm.
20 gm. Sugar Sol. 437 Gnims Sugar in
Oil Bitter Orange Peels
10 kg. 1 Litre Water.
Alcohol
Sugar Sol. above 57.20 lit.
For Chemical Advisor*, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc, consult Supply
Sectloa at end of book.
558 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Liqueur Body for Fine Liqueurs No. 13
No. 4 Sugar Sol. = 43.7 Grams Sugar in
Sugar Sol. = 327.7 Grams Sugar in 1 Litre Water.
1 Litre Water. Sugar Sol. above 5.72 lit.
Sugar Sol. above 42.90 lit. Alcohol 61.77 lit,'
Alcohol 50.91 lit. Water 46.90 lit.
Water, 20.59 lit.
No. 5
Sugar Sol. = 305.9 Grams Sugar Creme de Angelica
in
1 Litre Water. Oil Angelica 2.5 gm.
Sugar Sol. above 40.08 lit. Oil Lemon 0.5 gm.
Alcohol 50.33 lit. Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
Water 24.02 lit. Oil Mace 0.2 gm.
No. 0 Oil Nutmeg 0.2 gm.
Sugar Sol. = 202.2 Grams Sugar in
Oil Cinnamon 0,5 gm.
Liqueur-body 11.5 Tit.
1 Litre Water.
Sugar Sol. above 34.32 lit.
Color: Yellow.
Alcohol 50.33 lit.
1 liitro Water.
Sugar Sol. above 22.88 lit.
Iluile d ’Angelica
Alcohol 50.08 lit.
Oil Angelica 3 gm.
Water 35.46 lit.
Oil Lemon 0.5 gm.
Oil Cloves 0,1 gm.
For Double Spirits or Whiskey
Oil Orange 0.5 gm.
No. 9 Oil Peppermint 0.1 gm.
Sugar Sol. — 131 Grams Sugar in Color: Grass-Green.
1 Litre Water.
Sugar Sol. above 17.16 lit.
Anisette de Martinique
For Ordinary Spirits or Whiskey
Oil Anise 2.6 gm.
No. 12
Oil Fennel
Sugar Sol. =
65.55 Grams Sugar in 0.4 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.4 gm.
1 Litre Water.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Sugar Sol. above 6.86 lit.
Alcohol 60.62 lit. No Color.
Water 46.90 lit.
For Chemicol Advisors, Special Raw Hatorials, Equipment, Oontainsrs, etc., consult Supphr
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 559
No Color or Violet.
Creim' do Bergamot
Oil Bergamot 3 gm.
Amourette .laamine Water 5 gin.
Oil Lemon Italian 2.5 gm. Roae Water 5 gin.
Oil Orange Italian 2.5 gm. ^'anilla Tincture 5 gin.
Absinthe Creme
Boonekamp (Stomach Bitter)
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, ConUiiiera, eU., coMult Supply
Section at end of book.
560 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Oil Ginger 0.4 gm. Curacao Simple
Oil Mace 0.4 gm.
Oil Orange 4 gm.
Oil Marjoram 0.4 gm.
Oil Mace 1 gm.
Oil Peppermint 0.4 gm.
Oil Cloves 0.5 gm.
Oil Star Anise 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11,5 Rt.
Oil Juniper Berry 0.5 gm.
Oil Wormwood 0.6 gm. Color ; Light Brown.
Liqueur^l^y 11.5 lit
!o]or: Yellow.
Curacao de Hollande
Oil Orange IS gm.
Boonekamp Dutch (Stomach Bitter) Oil Neroli f),5 gm.
Oil Angelica gm. OilCinnamon
1 0.25 gm.
Oil Orange Bitter 1 gm Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Calamus 0.5 gm Color; Light Brown.
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm
Oil Ginger 1 gm
Oil Mace 0.5 gm Creme de Curacao Dutch
Oil Nutmeg 0.5 gm
Oil Juniper Berry 1 gm Oil Pear 1 gm
Oil Wormwood 1.5 gm Oil Bitter Orange gm.
1.5
Oil Cinnamon 0,2 gm Raapberry Ether 2 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Neroli 0.4 gm.
Color; Amber- Yellow
Oil Mace 0.1 gm
Oil Orange 1.5 gm
Vanilla Tincture 5 gm,
Water Cress Liqueur Oil (hnnamon 0,5 gm.
Sugar Solution 15 lit
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit
Alcohol 90% 41.5 lit Color; Yellow.
Water 40.5 lit
Oil Water Cress 50 gm.
Curacao dc Marseille
Color; Green.
Raapberry Ether 10 gm
Oil Mace 1 gm.
Creme de Canelle Oil Orange 4 gm.
Oil Neroli O.i gm. Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
OilCinnamon 3 gm. Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Liqueur Body 1 1.5 Tit Liqueur Body ILt) lit.
Christopher
Oil Lemon 5 gm. Creme de Dames
Oil Mace 1 gm. Oil Anise 0.5 gm.
Oil Melistt/ 1 Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm.
Oil Cloyrt 1 gm Oil Lemon 0.5 gm.
Oil Cinrtwi^n 1 gm Raspberry Ether 5 gm.
Liquenjj^ Body 11.5 Tit Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
For ChSmIoa} Advisor*, SpeciM Raw Mat«rials, Equipment, Container*, etc., eonsnit Supply
Section at fnd M book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS
561
Oil Cloves 0.5 gni. Balsam Pine 1 rri„
Oil Neroli 0.5 gm. * ‘
Rosemary Oil ’
J gm.
Vanilla Tincture 5 gm. Oil Cinnamon
1.5 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Color: Rose Red.
Color: Yellow.
Eau d’Or~A *
Gold Water a la Danzig Oil Lemon '8 gm.
Oil Rose '
Sugar Solution 25 lit. 0.5 gm.
Oil Cinnamon
AJcohol 90% 40 lit. 4 gill.
B
Eau de Diane Oil Clovei! 1 gm.
Oil Bitter Almond 0.5 gm. Oil Maee 2 gra.
Oil Rose 1 gm. Oil Peppermint gm.
5
Oil Ncroli 0.5 gm. I.iiqueiir Body 11.5 Tit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Color: Dark Brown.
No Color.
Eau Celeste
Eau de Milles Fleurs Oil Anise 1.5 gm.
Oil Bergamot 0.5 gra Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm.
Oil Lemon 1 gra Oil Coriander 0.5 gm.
Oil Lavender 1 gm Oil Cloves 0.5 gra.
Oil Mace 0.5 gra Oil Neroli 1 gm.
Tincture Musk Tonquin 0.5 gra Oil Cinnamon 1 gra.
Oil Coves 0.5 gm Liqueur Body 11,5 Tit.
For Chemical Adrisors, Special Raw Materials, Eqaipment, Containers, etc., consnit Supply
Section at end of book.
662 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
«
Wormwood 50 gm.
Alcohol 95% 0.0 lit. Pim'apple Ratafia
Liqueur Body 1L5 lit.
Pineapple Ether 20 gm.
Color : Green. (^)gnac Essenci* 10 gm.
Ethyl Oenanthic Solution 10 gm.
Lemon Liqueur (1 gr. to 1 lit. Alcohol 95%)
gm. Rose Water 40 gra.
Lemon Peels Fre^h 400
Tartaric Acid 40 gm.
Alcohol 95% 0.0 ht.
11 -5
I..iqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Liqueur Body lit.
Color; Yellow.
Lemon Peels to be extracted for 8 days
with the alcohol. Color: Yellow.
Ratafia Aux Bergamottes
Oil Bergamot 3 gm.
Cliina Liqueur
gm. Rose Water 10 gm.
Angelica 50
gm. Vanilla Tincture 6 gm.
Anise 50
gm. Cinnamon Tincture 5 gm.
Mace 20
gm. Tartaric Acid 20 gm.
BitterAlmonds 200
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Cinnamon 20 gra.
_
Color: Yellow,
Digested with 1.1 lit. Water.
Alcohol 95% 0.6 lit.
Color: Yellow.
Sailors Hearts-Content
Tonka Ratafia Hearts Content Essence 2.55-3 lit.
Chocolate Liqueur
Amber Liqueur
Amber Essence 5 gm. Creme de Vanilla Pure
Musk Essence 0.5 gm. Vanilla Tincture loO gm.
Civet Essence 0 5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Color Red 1 .
English Bitter
Huile de Vanilla Surflne
Essence Bitter Orange 40 gm.
gm. Benzoin Tincture 10 gm.
Essence Holy Thistle 00
Hosewal<*r 60 gm.
Essence China Bark 40 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 20 gm.
Essence Gentian Root 40 gm.
gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Essence Lesser Centaury <)0
Color: R(><1L
Essence Orris Root 40 gm.
Essence Wormwood 60 gm.
Liqueur Body 11-5 lit. Cinnamon Liqueur Simple
Color : Brown. Cinnamon Tincture 0..55 lit.
For Chemical Adviaora, SpecUl R«w llstwisU, Equipment, ConUinora, etc., coniult Supply
Section «t end of book.
566 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
#
Orris Root Tincture 5 gm. Dissolved in 100 gm. Alcohol 95%.
Cinnamon Tincture 0.5 gm. Vanilla Tincture 8 ra.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit
Color: Cherry Red. Colorless.
Creme de Cocoa
Cream of Raspberry gm.
Vanilla Tincture 25
Raspberry Tincture 10 gm. Cocoa Tincture 1.15 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 2 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Cinnamon Tincture 2 gm. Color : Brown.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Color : Red.
Cream of Flower
Indian Ginger Jasmine Tincture 10 gm.
Vanilla Tincture 10 gm.
Amber Tincture 1 gm.
Oil Rose 1 gm.
Musk Tincture 0.6 gm.
Dissolved in 0.15 lit. Alcohol 95%.
Oil Ginger 2 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
No Color.
Color: Brown.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials. Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 567
Swiss Creme
Creme de Juniper Berry Oil Angelica 0.5 gm.
Oil Lemon 4 gm. Oil Bitter Almond 1 gm.
Oil Orange 4 gm. Oil Calamus 0.5 gm.
Oil Juniper Berry 10 gm. Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Oil Cloves 0.2 gm.
Colorless or Faint Green. Oil Peppermint 0.2 gm.
Oil Rosemary 0.2 gm.
Oil Thyme gm.
Juniper Berry Liqueur —A Oil Juniper Berry
0.5
0.5 gm.
Oil Coriander 1 gm. Oil Wormwood 0.5 gm.
Cognac Essence 4 gm. Vanilla Tincture gm.
6
Oil Juniper Berry 3 gm. Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit.
Color: Green. Color: Green
B
Oil Calamus
Oil Cardamom
0.5
0.5
gm.
gm.
Usquebaugh —No. 1
Color: Green.
Fleurs d ’Oranges
Oil Neroli 2 gm.
Pcrsico de Cattaro Oil Orange .'5 gm.
gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Bitter Almond 4.5
11.5 LL No (’olor.
Liqueur Body
No Color.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Baw Materials, Equipment, Containers, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 571
"
%
mixed
Oil Melissa ^ 48 gm. of this mixture are to bo
Oil Nutmeg 0.5 gm. with 25 ht. of <50% Alcohol, 2r) lit.
Water,
11*^ Hugar.
1 lit. Bourbon Whiskey and
4 kilos
Liqueur Body
Color : Green.
11.5 lit.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Liqueur Body
Color: Green. No Color.
Color: Green.
Cardinal Liqueur
Liqueur dcs Carmelites Remains Amber Tincture 10 gm.
Oil Lemon 2 gm.
Oil Lemon 2 gm.
Oil Nutmeg 1 gm.
Oil Coriander 1 gm.
Oil Cloves 1 gm.
Oil Fennel 1 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 1 gm.
Oil Mace 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 lit.
Oil Melissa 0.5 gra.
Oil Peppermint 0.5 gm.
No Color.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, CooUlners, etc., consult Susnlr
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 573
Color: Brown.
Calamus Liqueur
Oil Calamus 3 gm.
Oil Cardamom 2 gm. Liqueur Allemiinde (Grunewnld)
Oil Orange 1 gm. Oil Angelica 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 ht. Oil Lemon 1 gm.
Color: Red- Yellow. Oil Cardamom 0.5 gm.
Cognac E.ssence 5 gm.
Oil Galganl 1 gill.
Eau de Calume Orange gm.
Oil 1
Oil Calamus 4 gm. Oil (’inimmoTi 0.5 gm.
Oil Coriander 0.5 gm. Oil Wormwood 1 gm.
Oil Orange 1-5 gm. Liqueur Body 11.5 III.
No Color.
Double Genevre
Oil Cardamom 1 gm
0.5 gm Eau de Valeriane
Oenanthic Ether
Oil Juniper Berries 4 gm Oil Angelica 1 gm.
gm Oil Valerian 3 gm.
Oil Wormwood 1
0.5 gm. Oil Calamus 2 gm.
Oil Cinnamon
11.5 Tit. Oil I^emon 1
Liqueur Body
Color: Dark Yellow. Liqueur Body 11.5
Color: Yellow.
Color: Green.
Extracted for few days, pressed, fil-
tered and mixed with sugar, the last to
Bishop Drink be dissolved in rose water.
Anise 20 gm.
Lemon Peels 100 gm.
Fennel Rosemary 70 gm.
10 gm.
Peppermint Herb Calamus 8 gm.
60 gm.
Orange Peels Anise 8 gm.
60 gm.
Savin Herb Raisins 280 gm.
50 gm.
Liqueur Body Pepper 50 gm.
11.5 lit.
Caraway 110 gm.
Color; Light Red.
Ginger 110 gm.
Com Brandy 4 lit.
Wot Ohtmical Adrison, Special B«w Materials, Equipment, Containers, «tc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
570 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Hunters Water— “A** Nordhauser Com Liqueur
Oil Mace 1 gm. Acetic Ether gm.
10
Oil Peppermint 2 gm. Oil Juniper Berry 0.5 gm.
Liqueur Body 11.5 Tit. Oil Cinnamon 0.5 gm.
No Color or Green. Liqueur Body 11.5 Lt.
Water % lit.
« Oh«mlo*l Ad^wr*. SpMial Raw Materials. Equipment, CooUlnere. etc., eoniuH Supply
Bection at end of book.
ALCX)H0L1C LIQUORS 677
75 gm.
Strawberry Oil No. 1
50 gm. Strawberry Fruit Liqueur—
Orange Peel Oil
Pineapple Essence
20% Tit. Strawberries 8
gm. J Jg*
“K-
100 Sugar
Woodruff Extract
48 drops Alcohol 95% 4-5
Neroli Oil 3.4 J'
lit.
Color: Yellow. Water
According to taste 50 gm.
Mace or
Polish Water
Cinnamon Tincture.
185 gm. No. 2
Currants
30 gm. Strawberries ®
Anise Jg-
30 gm. Alcohol 95% [«•
Cinnamon gra. Water 2.6 kg.
30 Sugar in 3 lit.
Goves gm. Vanilla.
30 According to taste a little
Fennel
30 gm.
Peppermint
20 gm.
-
Galgant
uaigani. Fig Fruit Liqueur
crumbled and
These drugs have to be alco- Figs (Fresh)
5 Itg.
with 18 lit.
extracted for 14 days Water 2.28 lit
press
lit rosewater, then
hol 95% and 4 , o i
8»PP>r
Aavl»r., 8p«u. lU.
F.,
SKtlon It end of book.
678 THE CHEMICAL FORMUURY
Alcohol 4.6 lit Cold Saturated lilalic
Sugar *
2 kg. Acid Solution 10 gm.
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Raspberry Fruit Liqueur
6 kg. Raspberries (squashed) are to be f
extracted with 2 lit. Water and 5 lit. Pineapple Fruit Ether
Alcohol Shake daily for 14 days. Ethyl Butyrate "
50 gm.
Amyl Butyrate 100 g^m.
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Raspberry Fruit Liqueur
Fresh Pressed Raspberry
Juice 10 lit. Apricot Fruit Ether
Alcohol 95% 8 lit.
Ethyl Butyrate
Sugar 100 gm.
6 kg.
Ethyl Valeriate 50 gm.
Oil Bitter Almond 10 gm.
Cherry Fruit Liqueur Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Cherries 6.5 kg.
Sugar 3 kg.
Alcohol 95% 4.6 lit.
Pear Fruit Ether
Water 1.1 lit. Ethyl Acetate 50 gm.
Bitter Almond Tincture 50 gm. Amyl Acetate 100 gm.
Very sweet dark cherries very ripe,
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
have to be squashed including the pits,
in a stone mortar. The mash has to stand Strawberry Fruit Ether
a few days in a cool place then press it
Ethyl Acetate 60 gm.
out and add the sugar and water and
Ethyl Formate 10 gm.
heat until it boils. After it cools off add
Ethyl Butyrate 50 gm.
Bitter AJmond Tincture and alcohol.
Ethyl Salicylate 10 gm.
Color; Dark Red.
Amyl Acetate 30 gm.
Amyl Butyrate 20 gm.
Peach Fruit Liqueur Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Peaches 6 kg.
Sugar 4.5 kg.
Current Fruit Ether
Alcohol 95% 4.6 lit.
Water 1.7 lit.
Ethyl Acetate 50 gm.
Bitter Almond Tincture gm. Ethyl Formate 10 gm.
16
Ethyl Butyrate 10 gm.
The fruits skinned and pits removed.
Ethyl Benzoate 10 gm.
Then to be squashed and ex-pressed. To Ethyl Oenanthato 10 gm.
the residue 1.7 lit. water added together
Ethyl Salicylate 10 gm.
with the stamped pits. This mash re-
Ethyl Sebaciate 10 gm.
mains for 2 days then press it. Dissolve
Amyl Butyrate 10 gm.
sugar in those liquids, add Bitter Almond
Cold Saturated Solution of
Tincture. No heating.
Tartaric Acid 50 inn.
Color: Pale Red.
Alcohol 95% 1000 gm.
Ethyl Acetate
Alcohol 90% % lit.
Oil Birch 6
Ethyl Formate
Ethyl Butyrate
Hhyl Benzoate Lamp Black Tincture
Methyl Salicylate
Amyl Acetate
Lamp Black 17, p.
Orange Flower Oil
Alcohol 90% H l»t.
jit.
Sugar Syrup 05% 45
Rhino Wine Extract Alcohol 90% 4
t.
Mix together:
3% lit. Citric Acid dissolved in
Alcohol 90% gm. water 750 gm.
75 1 lit.
Strawberry Oil
•
50 gm.
Orange Oil \
20tA Tit. Strawberry Lemonade
Pineapple Essence
‘
100 30
Woodruff Essence 1^
Sugar Syrup 65% lit.
48 drops
Neroli Oil 3
Alcohol 90%
‘color: SUghtly Yellow. ,
.t.,,
» B.ppl,
E.W lUWrirt. Koulpm...,
Cb«.Uc.I AdvUor., Sp«i.l
lection at end of
book.
580 THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Strawberry Ether 25 gm*. Vanilla Spirit
Citric Acid dissolved in bean percolate with
500 gra. vanilla
1 lit. water 750 gm. 42 lit. 00% alcohol, and 5 lit. water and
Color: Strawberry. over 34
distill lit.
^
cut up 4
Raisins 2 kg.
Orange Liqueur
Orange Oil Essence 30 gm.
Oil of Neroli 10 drops Alcohol 90% 20 lit.
Sugar 8 kg. Orange Essence 875 gm.
Water 2 lit. Sugar Syrup 65% 7 Tit.
Water 23 lit.
Cherry Lemonade
Clove Bitters
Cherry Juice cooked with 17 lit.
Water 24 lit.
Rum
Bischof Wine Alcohol 90% 25 lit.
Red Wine U lit. Jamaica Rum Essence 600 gm.
Alcohol 90% Jl lit. Butyric Ether 15 gm.
Sugar Syrup (55% lO lit. Water 25 Tit.
Flavor with Bischof Extract and make Mix well, color well and let stand.
acid with Tartaric.
Maraschino
Cardinal Extract
Alcohol 95% 8 lit.
Alcohol 90% 20 lit.
Oil of Bitter Almonds 35 gm<
Orange Blortom Oil 416 gm.
Sweet Orange Peel 266 gm. Sugar Syrup 65% 15 Tit.
Water 15 lit.
Water 1% Tit.
Cdoves
Bischof Extract
Alcohol 90% 20 lit.
Oil of Clove 25 gm.
Cardinal Extract 3 lit.
Sugar Syrup 65% 5 lit.
Orange Peels 100 gm. Water 25 Ut.
Bitter Orange Oil 100 gm. Color : Light Brown.
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, Contaiae>ra, etc., consult Supply
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS 581
Hamburger Bitter Extract
Angelica Tincture
Galgant Root 3000 gm. Angelica Root 1500 gm.
Oak Bark 125 gm. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
^np;er Root 150 gm.
Cffris Root 375 gm.
Gentian 1000 gm. Angostura Tincture
Alcohol by Volume 90% 8 V2 bt.
Angostura Bark 10^)0 gm.
Digest the above in alcohol for 5 days Alcoliol 95% 10 kg.
after which add 8 Vj lit. of water and
let stand for 8 days. Then draw off the
clear liquid and add to this the following Anise Tincture
solution
Anise Squashed 1600 gm.
Alcohol by Volume 90% 3 lit. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Oil of Bay 75 gm.
Oil Cinnamon 600 gm.
Oil Nutmeg 25 gm. Arrac Tincture
Oil Cloves 6 grn.
Cognac Ether 1800 gjn.
Ethyl Acetate 75 gm.
Oil Calamus
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
730 gm.
Valerian Tincture
Hamburger Drops
Valerian Root 2500 gm.
Alcohol by Volume 90% 21% lit.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Hamburger Bitter
Essence 550 gm.
Sugar Solution 10% ht.
Basil Tincture
Water 23 lit.
Basil Leaves 6 kg.
Color: Brown with Caramel Color.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Raspberry
Benzoin Tincture
Cook together the following:
Benzoin Tears 600 gm.
Sugar 7% kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Clear Raspberry Juice lit. 7%
Cherry Juice 2 lit. %
Cool this and add to it the following
Bergamot Tincture
mixture:
Bergamot Peels 3 kg.
Raspberry Syrup 12 % lit.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Alcohol by Volume 90% 17% lit.
lV>r Chemlcsl Advisors, 8pecUl Raw Mstorials, Equipment, CooUinert, etc., consult Supply
6wtion St end of book.
682 * THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY
Jasmine Tinctare Rosemary Tincture
Jasmine Flowers 5 kg. Rosemary 1500 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Sage Tincture
^
Coffee Tincture
Sage Dry 2500 gm.
Coffee 'Fresh, Burnt, Ground 4 kg.
Alcohol 95%
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
10 kg.
Celery Tincture
Calamus Tincture Celery Seeds 200 gm.
Calamus Root 2500 gm. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Cocoa Tincture —No. 1
Cocoa 2 kg.
Cardamom Tincture Alcohol 95% 10 k|
Cardamom COO gm. No. 2
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Cocoa Deoiled 1500 gra.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Cassia Tincture
Star Anise Tincture
Cassia Cinnamon 1 kg.
Alcohol 95% Star Anise Crushed 1000 gm.
10 kg.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
OIL TINCTURES
Angelica Oil Tincture Marjoram Oil Tincture
’
Clove Oil Tincture Rosemary Oil Tincture
Oil Cloves 50-60 gm. Oil Rosemary 160-200 gm.
Alcohol 95% 10 kg. Alcohol 95% 10 kg.
Simple Tinctures
Anise 750 gm. Aniscsecd 4% lit. Alcohol
Angelica 750 gm. Angelica Root 7 lit. Alcohol
Lemon 1 kg. Lemon Peel 4^ lit. Alcohol
Calamus 1 kg. Calamus Root 7 lit. Alcohol
Strawberry 58 lit. Ripe Berries 14 lit. Alcohol
Raspberry: 58 lit. Raspberries 14 lit. Alcohol
Coffee: 750 gm. Boasted Coffee 9 lit. Alcohol
Cherry 58 lit. Sour Ripe Cherries 14 lit. Alcohol
Kumrael 750 gm. Caraway Seeds 4% lit. Alcohol
Balm Mint: 750 gm. Balm Mint 9 lit. Alcohol
Nutmeg: 875 gm. Nutmeg 4% lit. Alcohol
Cloves 750 gra. Cloves 4% lit. Alcohol
Peppermint 3 kg. Peppermint Leaves 14 lit. Alcohol
Orange: 1 kg. Orange Peel 4% lit. Alcohol
Quassia 375 gm. Quassia 4Vi lit. Alcohol
Juniper: 750 gm. Juniper Berries 9 lit. Alcohol
Mixed Tinctures
Oftrdamom: 750 gm. Cardamom Seeds, 400 gr. Anise Seed 7 lit. Spirit
Nutmeg: 200 gm. Nutmeg, 25 gm. Nutmeg Leaves, 50 gr.
Cinnamon 4^ lit. Spirit
For Chemical Advisors, Special Raw Materials, Equipment, CooUiners, etc., consult Supplj
Section at end of book.
ALCOHOLIC LIQUORS
- r" — 585
Rhatany Tincture
Pear Essence
Black Currant Essence
(1 oz. per gallon)
Cherry Juice
Grape Essence (from dried
.
Vanillth % dr.
587
588 INDEX
t
Bouquet des Banies .574 Carnation Creme Liqueur .570
Bourbon .547 Carnation Liqueur, Double.. .564
Super Aroma .547 Cassia, Creme de .566
Whiskey .547 Oil Tincture .583
Brandies .543 Tincture .582
Brandy, Absinthe .543 Castoreura Tincture .581
Absinthe, French .545 Catechu Tincture .582
Absinthe, Swiss .545 Cattaro, Persico de .569
Anise .543 Celery, Creme de .568
Artificial Cherry Essence .547 Liqueur .577
Bergamot .543 Oil Tincture .584
Calamus .543 Tincture .582
Cherry .543 Champagne .580
Clove .543 Chartreuse .544
Cognac .544 Liqueur .577
Corn .543 Cherry, Brandy .543
Italian Orange .545 Brandy Liqueur .547
Juniper .543 Fruit Ether .578
Kummcl .543 Fruit Liqueur .578
Lemon .543, 514 Lemonade .580
Orange, White ..543 Liqueur .565
Peppermint .543 Li(|ueur Essence .547
Pineapple .545 Water, Black Forest .576
.574 .566
Raspberry .543 Liqueur .563
Trester .,574 Chocolate, Creme de .506
Brandy Liqueur, (’herry .,547 Creme, Spanish .565
Breadwater Liqueur ..574 Essence . 556
Burgundy, Fondant .585 Liqueur .565
Wine Punch Extract .586 Itutafia Aux .564
Christopher .500
C Cinnamon, Creme of .567
^lalamus .545 Essence .557
Brandy .543 Liqueur ..565, 567
Creme .573 Liqueur Dutcli .507
Essence .553 Tincture .583
Liqueur .573 Citron, Creme de .567
Liqueur Composed .573 Huile de .567
Liqueur Simple .573 Ratafia Aux .564
Oil Tincture .583 Civet, Essence ..557
Ratafia .564 Tincture .583
Tincture .582 Claret, Essence . .584
Canelle, Creme do .560, 576 Fondant .585
Caraway, Creme de.., .571 Lemonade .585
Essence 553, 557, 571 Punch Extract .586
Liqueur .571, 572 Clous de Girofle, Creme de.. .570
Oil Tinfture .583 Cloves .580
Tincture .582 Bitters .580
^•Cardamlim, Liqueur .... .572 Brandy .543
Tincture .582 Essence .555
Carding .545 Oil Tincture .584
BsseAee .553, 572 Tincture .582
Extrlct .580 Coast Water .576
Uqutor .572 Cocoa, Creme do ..566
l*or Ohtmioal Adrlaon, Special Raw Mati^ala, Equipment, CooUinen, etc., consult Snpplj
Saetion at end of book.
index 589
«
Coffee —Continued —
Creme Continued
Liqueur Peru 565, 666
Tincture 582 Pineapple
Triple Essence Raspberry
Cognac 544, 549 Rose 548, 508, 509
Brandy Seven Fruits 608
Contuszawka P^ssence 553 Spanish Bitter
Cordial, Sherry Spanish Chocolate 505
*
Coriander, Creme do 572 Stomach 504
Liqueur 572 Strawberry 570
Oil Tincture 583 Sultan ....504, 500
Corn, Brandy 543 Swiss 508, 577
Essence 557 Vanilla 505, 570
Liqueur, Nordhauser . . 570 Vanilla Pure
Crambambuli 571 Venus
Creme, Almond 570 . . .500
Tor OhmiMl AItImh, 8p«UI B4v MiUrldL (fflpmnt, Cmulim, tU., eoanit ItpMr
8«etioa kt m4 «f b«ek.
590 INDEX
Claret
Greek Water ^62, 575
Grunewald o64, 573 Lemon .
4|1«...679
Essence 552 Muscatel
Nectar
H Orange
Ebnuborger, Bitters 645 <rry
Drops 681
Vor dManlMl Advison. SjMeUl Baw It, OontslMn, sto., ||m|| 0«99lr
592 INDEX
For Ohemioal lp«cial Rtw Ifftterlftls, Equipment, Containers, eto., consult Supplj
flMtion at end of
INDEX
•V
' '
nr -
. ,
d
5 ^
- ~.JII
For Chemical Advisors, SpocUl Raw Materials, Equipment, CoaUiiuora, etc., coniult Supply
Section at end of book.
Trade Named (^hemicals
During the past few years, tJie practice of marketing raw mati'rials
helplessly by whih‘ tin' fruits of lh('ir labor wen* being filched from them
with the chemistry involved, the Editors felt that the inclusion of for-
sponding number.
697
TRADE NAME LISTINGS
A Butalyde 22
A-Syrup 59 Butanol 22
Abalyn 35 Butyl Carbitol 13
Accelerator 808 25 Bromo “Acid” 60
Accelerator 833 25 C
Acid Black 10 BX 00 Cadalyte 61
Adheso Wax 30 Calgon 12
Agerite Gel 79 Calo-Clor 44
Akacene O 3 Calorite 28
AliztirineBlue A. S GO Captax 79
Alftalato No. 222 A 05 Carbanthrene 49
Alba Floe 77 Carbox 2
Aloxite 14 Carbitol 13
Altax 79 Carbon Black P-33 79
Amberol 62 Carboncx 8
Ammonium Palmolate 30 Carboraffin 2
Anhydrone 7 Carborundum 14
Ansol 78 Carboxide 13
Antidolorin 27 CCH 45
Anti-Storcli T 25 Celite 39
^Aquaresin 30 Cellosolvo 13
Aquasol 3 Cellosolve Acetate 13-27
Asbestine 38 Censteric 16
Astringent Powder No. 1 30 Ceraflux 30
Aurasol 0 Cerelose 21
Auromine 0 00 Cetamin 30
Avirol 25 Chlorasol 13
Azo Oil Yellow 408 00 Chlorox 13
Azo Orange 30 00 Cliloro Green S 60
Azo Bubine 60 Chloro Green 8-310 60
Chrysophinine C Yellow 60
B •*
(
Clarex 37
Bakelite XR-254 5 Cliff Char 20
Bardex 8 Cloth Red 60
Bardol 8 Clovel 30
Barretan 8 Creolol 40
Base No. 214 3 Croceine Scarlet 3 Bx 60
Beckacite Eesins 10 Crysalba 74
Beckolac 1308 10 Cumar 8
Beuteno 51 Curbay Binder 78
Black Walnut Flavor 60 Cutrilin 3
Blandol 09 Cyanegg 61
Blendene 30 Cyanobrite 61
Borden’s Lemon Powder 11 Cyanogran 61
Borden’s Orange Powder, 11 Cyanogas A ,... 3
Bordo 24 Cycline Oil Softener 64
Borosoap t 54 Cycline 47
B. B. 0. Mineral Rubber 8 Cymanol 37
600 trade NAMK LlSTlNfiS
0 Wax
Dark Bed BA Dye CO !.!!.*!!
Darco 23 Guantal
Decalin
Docalso 57 H
Deramin 30 Ilulazoiie ,
47
Deo Base 09 llarslww’s No. 42 Cobalt
Diafllt 37 Hexaliii
. A *7
Diatol 78 HTII . . 7. .
Dili! 37 IBacehne 25
Dipentene No. IKB 35 Hvdristear K1
Dipolynier 35 IlMlromaliu 30
Direct Black E 00 Hydroreain
Direct Brown 00 Hvdrotau 32
Direct Fast Yellow NN 00 Ilvdrowax 30
Direct Pink E 00
Direct Sky Blue 5B 00
Direct Violet N 00 Imperial E.st<‘r (Jum 43
79 Indusuil
Dixie Clay ;j7
Doh-Tone 55 lodeikoti 44
Isoliol 30
Dowco 24
Dowflake 21 Isolem* 50
Dowicide B 24 Jsoprepumtl 13
Dowmetal 21 Ivo Bono Black 9
Dowtherm 24
K
Duclean
Kalite No. 1 79
Du Pont Antox
KelH^jr KIJU 70
Durez Resin No. 500... 29
Koliiieum 40
Dutox
Konate 3
Krone J'lake 34
E
Koreou 48
Emulsone B ;]()
. .
N '
Pylam Purple 60
Narobin 30 Pylam Red 60
National Bismarck Brown Y Extra. . 49 Pylam Orange 60
National Buffalo Black NliU 49 Pylam Spirit Black 60
National Metllylene Blue 2B 49 Pylam Spirit Orange, . 00
National Phosphine liN 49 Pylam Scarlet No. 13,23 GO
National Resonune lirown R 49 Pylam Water Maroon.. 00
NatioM^ Saf ranine A 49 Pylam Yellow 60
NatioMl Wool Orange A Conr 49 Pylam Yellow S 60
Nelgin 30 Pylam Yellow S-318... 60
Neoinerpin 25 Pylam Violet 8-333... 60
Ncozone A 25
Neville Hard Resin 52 Q
Novindene 52 Quakersol 56
N^agin M 31
Nuchar 37
R
JiTutxIcx Cobalt 53
Resin C 8
Resinox 22
0
Rezinels 30
Opal Wa c 25
Ortliciic 47
Rhodainine B Bx 00
Rhodamine Bx 00
Orzol <»9
Rhodine 25
Oxonc (il
Rhod(d 25
O-xynoue 47
Rodo No. 10 79
P Roaoap 30
Parachol 30 Rozolin 30
Paracido 3(5 Rubber Orange 2R 25
Paradi 3i)
Paradow 24 S
Paraflux '
3,3 Salamac 32
Paraplex li2 Sapinoue 30
Paraatcrin 3,0 Schultz Silica 17
Paris Paste 9 Sheragum 30
Pearl Essence 40 Sica pun 30
Peerless Carbon Black 9 Silex 74
Pentacetatc 07 Soh’ustol 3
Pentalarm 07 Solcornol 3
Pentaphen 07 Soligen Driers 1
Pentasol 07 Solozonc 61
I’erchloron 55 Solvent No. 75 30
Pennosalt 30 Solway Green 60
Pctrohol 71 Special Oil A 3
Pipsol 47 Stearoricinol 30
Plastogen 79 Stripper T. S 4
PylaAVhite 00 Sulforoii 32
Pylakronie Black 319 00 Sulfonol 69
Pylakrome Green 43,0 00 Sulfo Turk A 30
Pylakrome Grecni LX 790 00 Sono dell 69
Pylakrome Oil Green No. 1119 00 Super Spectra Black... 9
Pylakrome Red No. 420 60 Syntlie-Copal 10
Pylam Amber S-271 60 Suspendite 30
Pylam Basic Black 60 Santamine 47
Pylam Black 60 Santicizers 47
Pylam Brilliant Gelo Red 60 Santochlor 47
Pylam BrilliantGreen 60 Santolite 47
Pylam Ebony Black 00 Santotan 47
602 TRADE NAME LISTINGwS
• V ’IT
Taiuik .. 3 Vandex 79
Tecsol .. 26 Varnolono 78
Teglac .. 3 V^aselino 19
Tetralin . 25 Vaso 80
Texavac . 3 Vinyhte liosnis . 13
Thinnex . 25 Violamine 211 . ..... 00
Thionex . 25 Viscogum . . . !(h
Thylox .. 40
#
Ti-Tone . 41 W
Titanox B 75 Wetting Oil SF.. 3
Triclene . 25
Trikalin . 30 Y
Tripoli .. 74 Yarmor I’lno Oil.
Trogeen . 30 1
Tuads . 79 Z
Turpenol 3 Zerono 25
Zimate 79
Zyklon B 3
Urazine 25
Ureka C 64
Uveraol 34
Suppliers of ^^Trade Name” Chemicals
603
604 .
SUPPLIERS OF “TRADE NAME** CHEMICALS
It took seven years to perfect it. Only large scale production and
modern manujacturing methods make such an accurate compact scale
possible at such a low price.
To get good results from any formula, you must weigh accurately
The gleaming black Bakelite and the silver sheen of the light alloy
beam in stream-lined modernistic design make the Bennett Balance an
object of rare beauty which will not rust or become drab looking.
Chemists tell us it is the most accurate and beautiful scale they have
ever seen at less than twenty-five dollars —
and also more rugged and
durable than high-priced scales.
If the Bennett Balance is good enough for chemists and colleges it should
answer your needs perfectly. Send your order in now, before you forget.
* Your money will be refunded if you do not find the Bennett Balance exaaly
as represented above.
New York Testing Laboratories
80 WASHINGTON ST., NEW YORK CITY
CHEMISTS METALLURGISTS ENGINEERS
Process and Formula Development
Analysis op Metals, Ores and Fuei^
Shirley Laboratories
30 IRVING PGACK
New York City
Taub Laboratory
Harry Taub, Director
ROYAL SPECTRA
BONE BLACKS-DROP BLACKS -SPECIAL BLACKS
MAPICO REDS
MAPICO BROWNS
MAPICO YELLOWS
GLYCERIN
mwuu
mn
THE EXPERIMENTERS SUPPLY CO.
14 EAST 33d STREET NEW YORK
Photographic. Printing
And Deveioping Kit
NOT A TOY-
A practical outfit for the
study of fluorescence and the
development of spectacular
luminous color and lighting
effects.
PRICE $7.00 .
OPEN CLOSED
Compact, individual chemical kits containing the proper amounts of each
chemical required by the student for his experiments.
Considerable time is saved for both the teacher and student. Experience
shows that a large portion of the laboratory period is used for distributing
chemicals to the student. Kemkits do away with this waste of time, leaving
more time for actual chemical work.
Ckmtains 42 Chemicals
PRICE $3.25
Includes C.P. Chemicals that are
generally required for experiments
performed in a course in elementary
general chemistry in the high school
or secondary school.
Any Assortment of Chemicals can
be furnished in this KEMKIT for
Ten Model A
boxes holding 1000
samples occupy only 33 inches shelf
space. This model is recommended
for all purposes that can use the
i in. vials.
Each, $3.26 Dozen, $30.00
MODEL B; \ \
Contains 60—2 J ins. Xi in. vials \
Each, $2,60 Dozen, $24.00 1
^
MODEL C: \
Contains 60—3 i ins.Xl in. vials \
Each, $3.60 Dozen, $36.00
^
MODEL D: \
Contains 60— I in. XI in. vials
Each sample storage set is complete with vials, corks, gummed labels
and large index card for recording details of samples for quick reference
i
at the greateat magnification there ia none of the blurry color-
fringe characteriatic of Inferior lenaea. The many Gem advan-
tagea are worth aeelng. Price $14.S0 with one objective
(76 X to ITSX) and Book I, " Microacope Sxperimenta" free.
Extra objective and Book II, ** Microacope Ezperimenta ** free,
$2.60.
MICROSCOPE EXPERIMENTS
(TWO BOOKS - . - BOTH PRBE)
Book I tells how to care for your New Gem, and how to use it.
It is liberally illustrated, and contains 20,000 words of strictly
THE PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC
OUTFIT
Here is With this Outfit
what every amateur has wanted I
Aaetram Olycopon AA
Abietic Acid Tech. Olycopon AAA
Adhetio Wax Olycopon 2A
Adhoao Wax Emulaion Olycopon 4A
Adlplo Acid Olycopon 8
Ammonium Laurate Tech. Glycopon U
Ammonium Linoieate Tech. (B58S) Olycopon XS
Ammonium Naphthenato Tech. Olycopon 644
Ammonium Oluate Tech. Glycoaterin Special
Ammonium Pnlrnolate Hydromalin
Ammonium lliclnoleate Tech. Hydroresin
Ammonium Stearate Hydrowax Cream N
Ammonium Stearate Tech. Uydrowax Liquid N
Ammonium Undecylenato
Aquaroein leohol
Aquareein OM Loraenone
Aquareffiii M Lenumone Crude
Aquaresm T Tech. Llnoleio Acid Tech.
ANlnnij’uiit i’owder No. 1 Mlscihol
Bead on Moldex
Blondone Muiic Acid
Naphthenic Acid Tech.
Ceraflux
(’ora/iux Tech.
Narobin
(ntronoIJa Oil (Art.)
Natrex
Nelgin
C’lovel
No-Foam
Doramin Parachoil
Di-Olycol Mono Oleate Tech.
Parasterin
l)i-OIycol Mono Stearate Tech.
Permosalt
])1-Olycol Oleate Tech.
Phenyl Chloride Tech.
])l-01ycoI Oleate Tech. (Llyht)
Pot. Abietate
Di'Olycol Stearate (Tech.)
Pot. Palmolata
Emulsion B777 Proflex
Emulsion 751Z Rezinel No. 2
Emulsone Rezinel No. 6
Kmulsoiie B Ricinoleic Acid Tech.
Emulsone £ Bosoap
Emu Wax Sapinone
Flexore.sin A1 Sheragum
Flexoresin B1 Bicapon
Flexorosin DAI Sodium Alfrinate Tech.
Flexoresin El Sodium SuJforicinoleate
Flexoresin LI Stacol
Flexoresin HI Stearoricinol
Plexo Wax Sulfo Turk A
Foainapin Sulfo Turk B
Galagum Sulfo Turk 0
Qalagum C Suapendito
Qelowax A Suspensone
Olycera Wax Teecol
Glyceryl Bori-Borate Triethanolamine Oleate
Glyceryl Mono Stearate Tech. Trihydroxyethylamine Llnoleate
Glyceryl Naphthenate (T.H L )
Glyceryl Oleate Tech. Trihydroxyethylamine Stearate (T.S.)
Glyceryl Phthallate Tech. Trihydroxyethylamine Stearate Special
Glyceryl Stearate Tech. Trikalin
Glyco Wax A Trogeen
Glyco Wax B Turkey Brown Oil
Glycol Bori-Borate Vlscogam
Glycol Naphthenate
Glvcol Phthallate Tech.
Wax B480
Glycomel
Wax No. 181
Gljcomine Zinc Fhenolsulfonate
Glygo Products Co., Inc.
Emulsifying Agents
ALCOHOL SUBSTITUTES
(FOR FOOD PURPOSES)
RESINS, SYNTHETIC
WAXES. SYNTHETIC
WATER SOLUBLE RESINS
consuming points
SPECIALTIES
DullCompounds for Dull and Rosin, common and treated
FUt Finishes Waxes of aU kinds
Hydrated Lime or Lime Flour Venice Turpentine, Pale Pure
Oxide of Calcium or Live Lime and Domestic Synthetic
Hardening Powder for treating Larch, Superior quality Venice
Rosin Turpentine
GEORGE R LINCKS
123 FROOT STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.
GEORGE LUEDERS & CO.
(EtUblUhed 1S85]
Factory: Bnx^yn
Essential Oils
and
attractive perfumes
We can offer a wide range of
and arc in position to
for creams, powders, etc.,
.
The Urgeit end most complete stocks in the world, in
COMMISSION MERCHANTS
IMPORTERS EXPORTERS
BROKERS
Complete line of
DRUGS PHARMACEUTICALS
COSMETICS INSECTICIDES
PAINTS VARNISHES
LACQUERS TEXTILES
LEATHER RUBBER
PAPER
Headquarters for —
Materials of Japanese Origin
^
TT
WAXES
CARNAUBA WAX
CRUDE . REPINED . POWDERED
CANDELILLA WAX
CHINESE INSECT WAX
CERESIN WAX
JAPAN WAX
BEESWAX
BLEACHED • REFINED • CRUDE
ilifactured by
l?®EOCESS COMPANV
IlutchinRon, Kans.
*'^1
LITERATURE .
' •
TECHNICAL SERVICE
c and advice of Solvay Technical experts is Available to us^
IV products through the Technical Service BSpartment of the
> Mi ll in this department are qualified through both pmetical
iind .ilioratorN experience. There is no charge for this servjc©^ ^
DISTRIBUTION SERVICE
dis-
Solvay products afo stocked in over 100 conveniently ^^cated
tribution points. This gives Solvay customers the double
prompt service with minimum transportation charges.